# ListPlus Help Center > Every published ListPlus help article as clean markdown. HTML version: https://listplus.ai/en/help. Per-article markdown: append .md to an article URL. ## Section: Getting started ## What is ListPlus? Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/getting-started/what-is-listplus Last updated: 2026-09-28 ListPlus is a web app that turns whatever you start with into **contacts that are ready for a job**: a CRM import, a cold-email campaign or a call list. You bring a list, a name or a description of the people you want to reach. ListPlus checks the data, fills the gaps and hands the finished list to the tool you work with. You use it in the browser at listplus.ai/app. It is made for people who prepare business contact data: founders and salespeople who do their own outreach, sales and marketing teams, CRM admins who clean exports, agencies, and technical users who want an AI agent to work on a list. A few words used throughout the help: - **Enrichment** (Anreicherung): looking up missing data for a contact, such as an email address, phone number, job title or company details, from specialised data providers. Most lookups cost credits. - **Evaluation** (Auswertung): the job you want a list to be ready for, such as Cold Email. ListPlus rates every row against it. - **Sequencer**: a tool that sends email campaigns, such as Lemlist. ListPlus is not one. - **CRM**: the system where your company keeps customers and deals, such as HubSpot or Salesforce. ### The four ways in - **A list you already have.** Import an Excel, CSV or JSON file (1 credit, every plan), or connect a tool such as Google Sheets (Pro) or HubSpot (Premium). - **One person.** Look them up in **Person Search** (Personensuche) by name and company, email or LinkedIn URL. - **An audience by criteria.** Filter about 300 million profiles from our data provider in **Segment Search** (Segmentsuche); each results page costs 2 credits. - **An audience no database has.** Describe your target group in your own words in **AI Research** (KI-Recherche); AI agents search the open web and bring back up to 25 matches per run with evidence. Which one fits your goal is explained in "Which finder do I use?". ### What "ready" means A contact is ready when it has everything a specific job needs, in a usable form. In a list, pick an evaluation such as **Cold Email**, **CRM Quality** or **Cold Calling** in the **Find & evaluate** (Finden & auswerten) field in the middle of the list header. Each row is then rated **ready** (einsatzbereit), **enrichable** (anreicherbar: something essential is missing but can be looked up) or **unusable** (unbrauchbar). You enrich only the enrichable rows, and the app shows the maximum cost first. Details: "Is my list ready for cold email, CRM or calling?". ### A typical workflow 1. **Get contacts in**: import, connect a tool, or use **Add to list** (Zu Liste hinzufügen) in Person Search, Segment Search or AI Research. 2. **Check**: click **Analyze** (Analysieren) in the list header to run the quality checks. 3. **Choose the job**: pick an evaluation in **Find & evaluate**. 4. **Enrich the gaps**: click **Enrich** (Anreichern) in the list header; lookups cost credits. 5. **Save**: nothing is kept until you click **Save** (Speichern). 6. **Hand it over**: download a file, send the list to your CRM or email tool, or hand selected contacts to a **pipeline** that passes them on to your CRM, Slack, a sequencer or your own API when you release them. The "First 10 minutes" article walks you through this with the sample list. ### Working as a team Everything lives in a **workspace**: its lists, Saved contacts, Inbox, AI Research runs, pipelines and connected accounts are shared with everyone you invite. Members are free and use the workspace owner's plan and credits. Agencies can create one workspace per client. See "What is a workspace". ### What ListPlus is not - **Not a CRM**: no deal stages, notes or tasks. (**Pipelines** in ListPlus are not sales pipelines: they pass records on to other tools.) - **Not a sequencer**: it does not send emails, make calls or run campaigns. - **No own contact database**: all data comes from external data providers. - **No scheduled automation**: you (or an AI agent you connect) start every enrichment, export and sync, and pipeline entries are only sent when someone clicks Send. ### Where to go next - Getting started: First 10 minutes · First steps by goal · Which finder do I use? · Navigation and glossary · Comparisons (how ListPlus differs from Clay, Apollo and similar tools). - Costs: Plans and pricing · Do plans include credits every month? · Price list. - Trust: Where does the data come from? · Where is my data? · What the AI sees. - For technical users: API connection overview (give Claude, ChatGPT or your own agent access to one list). **Related topics:** first-10-minutes · first-steps-by-goal · which-finder-do-i-use · navigation-and-glossary · comparisons · plans-and-pricing · price-list · campaign-ready-evaluations · where-does-the-data-come-from · where-is-my-data · what-the-ai-sees · api-connection-overview · saving-is-manual · what-is-a-workspace · pipelines-overview ### FAQ #### What is ListPlus? ListPlus is a web app (listplus.ai/app) that turns contact data into contacts that are ready for a job, such as a CRM import, a cold-email campaign or a call list. You import a list or find new people, ListPlus checks the data and looks up what is missing, and you hand the finished list to your CRM, email tool or a file. It is not a CRM and does not send emails itself. #### Who is ListPlus for? ListPlus is for anyone who prepares business contact data: founders and salespeople doing their own outreach, sales and marketing teams, CRM admins cleaning exports, and agencies. You need no technical knowledge. Technical users can also connect an AI agent or their own scripts to a list. #### What can I start with in ListPlus? There are four ways in: a list you already have, one person in Person Search, an audience by criteria in Segment Search, or an audience no database has in AI Research. Importing a file (Excel, CSV, JSON) works on every plan and costs 1 credit; connecting Google Sheets, Airtable or Lemlist needs Pro, HubSpot, Salesforce or Pipedrive needs Premium. Person Search, Segment Search and AI Research use credits per lookup, page or run; the Price list has the numbers. #### What does enrichment mean? Enrichment (Anreicherung) means looking up missing data for a contact, such as an email address, phone number, job title, LinkedIn profile or company details, from specialised data providers. Most lookups cost credits, for example 0.25 for company data from a domain; a few, such as finding a LinkedIn URL or company website via Google, are free. In a list, click Enrich (Anreichern) in the list header to start. #### What does "ready" mean in ListPlus? Ready means a contact has everything a specific job needs. In a list, click the Find & evaluate field in the middle of the header, pick an evaluation such as Cold Email, CRM Quality or Cold Calling, and every row is rated ready, enrichable (something is missing but can be looked up) or unusable. You then enrich only the enrichable rows, and the app shows the maximum credit cost first. #### What does a typical workflow in ListPlus look like? Get contacts into a list, click Analyze in the list header to run the quality checks, then pick an evaluation in Find & evaluate to see which rows are ready. Click Enrich to look up the missing data (credits per lookup), fill the empty cells and click Save, because nothing is kept until you save. Finally export or send the list to the tool you work with. #### Is ListPlus a CRM? No. ListPlus has no deal stages, notes or tasks and does not replace your CRM; it prepares contacts and hands them over, for example to HubSpot, Google Sheets or as a file (every plan). Its Pipelines feature is not a sales pipeline but passes records on to your CRM, Slack, a sequencer or your own API. #### Does ListPlus send emails or run campaigns? No. ListPlus is not a sequencer: it does not send emails, make calls or run campaigns. It gets contacts ready (checked, verified, complete) and sends them to a tool such as Lemlist or into a file, where you run the campaign. #### Does ListPlus have its own contact database? No. ListPlus owns no contact database; the roughly 300 million profiles in Segment Search come from our data provider. ListPlus combines several providers and keeps the best value per field. #### Can ListPlus enrich or sync my contacts automatically on a schedule? No, nothing in ListPlus runs automatically or on a timetable: imports, enrichment, exports and syncs back to your CRM or sheet only happen when you (or an AI agent you connected to a list) start them, and quality checks run when you open the Analyze panel. There are no recurring jobs; a pipeline only sends its waiting entries to a CRM, Slack or sequencer when someone clicks Send. An AI Research run can keep going in the background after you close the window, but only after you started it. #### Who makes ListPlus? ListPlus is made by Airrange GmbH in Munich, Germany. The imprint, privacy policy and terms are linked in the footer of the listplus.ai website. For questions, write to support@listplus.ai or use the chat on the Home page of the app. --- ## Your first 10 minutes with ListPlus Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/getting-started/first-10-minutes Last updated: 2026-09-28 The fastest way to see what ListPlus does is the built-in sample list. It is already loaded with realistic — and deliberately incomplete — contact data, so you can go from "empty account" to "checked, enriched, exported list" in about ten minutes, without touching your own data. ### 1. Sign up (or just look around first) You can browse the app without an account. The moment you want to open the sample list, save anything or spend credits, ListPlus asks you to sign in: enter your email address and a one-time code sent to it — no password, no credit card. New accounts start with **25 free credits**, which is enough for everything in this walkthrough. ### 2. Open the sample list On the **Home** page, a new account shows a **"Want a look first?"** card with an **Open sample list** button; the **Lists** page shows the same offer as **"Just want to look around?"** with an **Open a sample list** button. Either button loads the **Sample contacts** file straight into the import preview — 247 business contacts across 21 columns, with gaps and mistakes built in on purpose (missing company names and domains, missing job titles and genders, a few malformed email addresses, a couple of generic addresses like info@ and admin@). Click **Create List** to import it. Loading a sample goes through the exact same import as your own file: it costs **1 credit** and runs the same automatic column detection (a small extra amount of AI credit) that a normal import uses, so what you see next is what you'll see with your own files too. ### 3. Take the 3-step tour The first time a list opens, a short tour points out the essentials: 1. **Find & evaluate** — the field in the middle of the header, for searching the table or picking a goal to rate your data against. 2. **Your three workspaces** — one click opens **Analyze** (checks data quality and selects rows), **Record** (every field of one contact) or **Enrich** (finds emails, companies and contacts). 3. **Everything else in one place** — click **More** (the grid icon with a caret) to open sublists, change history, columns, prompts, automation and the dashboard. ### 4. See what needs fixing The **Analyze** panel opens and runs automatically — no button needed. You'll see a quality score, a distribution of contacts from excellent to unusable, and a list of checks such as "Company missing", "Job title missing" or "Invalid email format", each showing how many rows it affects. Running the checks is free, and the optional **Include AI Analysis** setting (off by default) is marked in the app as using credits. ### 5. Fix the quick wins Checks that can be corrected automatically (like capitalization or stray characters) show a **Fix** or **Fix all** button. Clicking it applies the correction to every matching row; this doesn't cost credits, but it does create unsaved edits — you'll see them highlighted in the grid. ### 6. Save Click **Save** in the header. Nothing you do in a list — fixes, edits, filled cells — is kept until you save it. If you try to leave the list with unsaved changes, ListPlus shows a warning with three choices — **Save**, **Discard** or **Cancel** (to stay on the page) — so your edits are only lost if you deliberately choose Discard. ### 7. Pick a goal In the **Find & evaluate** field, choose the **Cold Email** evaluation — a saved set of rules for what a contact needs to be ready for a specific job. Every row is instantly rated **ready**, **enrichable** (something needed for cold email is missing but can be looked up) or **unusable**, and a bar lets you filter by each status (details: "Is my list ready for cold email, CRM or calling?"). ### 8. Enrich a handful of rows To try enrichment without spending much, tick the checkbox next to 5 rows (pick some from the "enrichable" filter) and click **Enrich** in the selection bar that appears. A dialog titled **Enrich** ("5 contacts · choose what you want to enrich") lists fields to tick, grouped under Person, Company and Tasks & analyses — for example **Company** under Company data or **Email** under Contact details. As you tick data fields, the footer shows the maximum cost for the fields you picked, e.g. "at most N cr for 5 contacts" (this covers the data fields, not separate tasks like Verify email); click **Next**, then **Start enrichment**. Most lookups are only charged when they find something; a few checks, like Verify email, cost a small amount per check. When it finishes, a **"Fill empty cells with enrichment data?"** dialog asks whether to write the new values into the grid. Choose **Yes, fill empty cells** — this only touches cells that were empty and never overwrites data you already have. Save again to keep the result. ### 9. Export your result Export lives in a separate **⋯** icon button at the far right of the header (not the More button from step 3). Open it and choose **Export as Excel** for an instant download of the current list. For other formats and destinations — CSV, JSON, Google Sheets, HubSpot and more — choose **Export Data** in the same menu (or **Export Wizard** from the command palette, ⌘K) to open the export wizard, which lets you export a selection, a filtered view or the whole list. ### What this costs in total - Importing the sample: **1 credit**, plus a small amount of AI credit for automatic column detection. - Checks and fixes: **free**, and the optional **Include AI Analysis** setting (off by default) is marked in the app as using credits. - Saving and picking an evaluation: **free**. - Enriching 5 rows: the cost depends on which fields you tick. If you tick **Company** and **Email** for 5 contacts, expect roughly **2 to 21 credits** for this whole walkthrough. Example per-contact rates: company data by domain **0.25 credits**, a verified email with company phone **2 credits** (only if found), a full contact profile from an email **4 credits**. Most lookups are only charged when they find something; a few checks, like **Verify email** (0.1 credits), are charged per check per check. A mobile number costs **12 credits per hit**, so ticking Phone/Mobile for 5 contacts can use more than the 25 free credits you start with. The Enrich dialog shows the maximum cost for the data fields you pick before you confirm (every rate: price list). - Exporting: **free**. All told, importing the sample plus a Company/Email enrichment test on 5 rows typically uses somewhere between about 2 and 21 credits out of the 25 you get for free on sign-up — richer fields like Mobile can use more. ### If something looks different - If you already have lists, the Home page shows your list grid instead of the empty-state card; open **New List** and scroll to **"Want to try it first?"** to find the samples — there you also find **Sample companies**, a smaller reference list of well-known companies for testing company data and joins. - The tour only appears once per browser. If you don't see it, you've likely already seen it on this device — the walkthrough above still works without it. - If the sample list already looks clean, someone has run the checks and fixes before you (for example on a shared account) — you can still enrich and export it the same way. ### For advanced users The tour is stored per browser, not per account, so it reappears once in a private/incognito window or a different browser, but there is no in-app button to replay it on demand. The Analyze panel's checks, the evaluation ratings and the selection-bar enrichment plan are all computed live from the current grid state, so re-running any step after an edit (including Fix all) recalculates the numbers you see. **Related topics:** what-is-listplus · first-steps-by-goal · which-finder-do-i-use · quality-checks-overview · campaign-ready-evaluations · fixing-issues · saving-is-manual · selecting-rows · enrichment-overview · fill-empty-cells · export-overview · price-list · credits-explained. ### FAQ #### What should I do first in ListPlus? Start with the built-in sample list rather than your own data: it walks you through checking, fixing, enriching and exporting a ready-made list in a few minutes, so you know what each step does before you try it for real. Click Open sample list on the Home page to begin. #### Where do I find the sample list? With no lists yet, click Open sample list on the Home page ("Want a look first?") or Open a sample list on the Lists page ("Just want to look around?"); it loads the sample contacts (247 rows with deliberate gaps) straight into the import preview, and Create List imports it. If you already have lists, open New List and scroll to "Want to try it first?", where you also find Sample companies. #### Does opening the sample list cost credits? Yes — loading a sample goes through the same import as your own file, so it costs 1 credit plus a small amount of AI credit for automatic column detection. New accounts start with 25 free credits, which comfortably covers this and the rest of the first-10-minutes walkthrough. #### Why is the sample list missing so much data? It's on purpose: most rows in the sample contacts are missing company name and domain, and some are missing job title, gender, or have a malformed or generic (info@, admin@) email address. This lets you see what the Analyze checks catch and what enrichment can fill in, before you try it on your own list. #### What should I do with the errors in the sample list? Open the Analyze panel (it opens and runs automatically) to see the issues listed by check, then use Fix or Fix all wherever it's offered to correct them for free. Anything left over — like the missing company names and domains — you look up afterwards with Enrich. #### Which rows should I enrich in the sample list? To try enrichment cheaply, pick the "enrichable" filter after choosing an evaluation like Cold Email, then select just a handful of rows (for example 5) instead of the whole list. ListPlus shows the maximum cost for exactly the rows and fields you picked before you confirm. #### How much does it cost to try ListPlus? If you tick Company and Email for 5 contacts, trying ListPlus with the sample list costs roughly 2 to 21 credits in total: 1 credit to import it, checks/fixes/saving/evaluations/exporting are free, and most enrichment lookups are only charged when they find something — a few, like Verify email, cost a small amount per check. New accounts get 25 free credits at sign-up; richer fields like a mobile number (12 credits per hit) can use more of that balance. #### Can I try ListPlus without signing up? You can browse the app and look around without an account, but opening the sample list, saving edits or enriching data requires a free account (email address + one-time code, no credit card). Sign-up gives you 25 free credits, enough to import a list, run the free quality checks and enrich a few contacts. #### What if I don't see the tour? The tour only shows once per browser, so if you (or someone else on this device) already opened a list before, it won't appear again — the walkthrough steps still work without it. To see it again, open a list in a private/incognito browser window. #### What should I do after trying the sample list? Import your own file the same way — drag it onto the New List page or pick it with the file picker, which also costs 1 credit — or try Person Search to look up one specific contact. From there the same steps apply: check, fix, save, evaluate, enrich and export. --- ## First steps by goal: "I want to…" Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/getting-started/first-steps-by-goal Last updated: 2026-09-28 Pick the sentence below that matches what you're trying to do. Each one gives you the first few clicks, what it costs, and which help topic to read next for the full picture. If none of these fit, "Which finder do I use?" compares Person Search, Segment Search and AI Research side by side, and "[Navigation and glossary](https://listplus.ai/en/help/getting-started/navigation-and-glossary)" explains every place in the app. ### I want to clean up or check a list I already have Import the file on the **New List** page — drop it or click **Select File** (CSV, Excel or JSON) — then open the list and click **Analyze** in the list header. Every check card that offers a **Fix** or **Fix all** button corrects that issue for free; click **Save** afterwards to keep the result. Importing costs 1 credit, and checks and fixes are free too — and the optional **Include AI Analysis** setting (off by default) is marked in the app as using credits. Next: Quality checks overview. ### I want to find missing emails or phone numbers for my list With the list open (select specific rows first if you only want those), click **Enrich** in the list header, open the **Find Missing Email or Phone** group, and pick **Find Email (by Name & Company)** or, for a phone number too, **Find Email + Phone (by Name & Company)**. Finding an email this way runs roughly 2 to 6 credits depending on the provider, only charged when one is actually found; Find Email + Phone costs 30 credits per contact in total and is charged whenever it returns data, even an email alone. Next: Find a verified email (and Find phone and mobile). ### I want to find one specific person Click **Person** in the left rail to open **Person Search**, then type a name and company, an email address or a LinkedIn URL and click **Search**. For a name, confirm which person you mean (ListPlus asks even for a single match); an email address or LinkedIn URL skips that step. The profile then loads automatically for a small amount of credits. Next: Person Search. ### I want to build a list of people by role, industry or company size Click **Segments** in the left rail to open **Segment Search**, set filters such as job title, seniority, industry, location or company size (or describe your audience in a sentence to build the filters automatically), then click **Search Contacts**. Each page of up to 25 results costs 2 credits, and revealing a verified email or mobile number for a specific person is a separate, later step. Next: Segment Search (audience database). ### I want to find leads with signals no database has Click **Research** in the left rail to open **AI Research**, describe your target group in a sentence (role, a visible signal, ideally industry or region, best in English), and click **Start research**. You're billed for the actual work the AI does rather than a fixed price per lead, and you need at least 1 credit in your balance to start. Next: AI Research. ### I want to turn notes, signatures or invitations into contacts Click **Inbox** in the left rail, then paste text, attach a PDF, or forward an email to your personal Inbox address for this workspace (under **More ways into your inbox** → **Forward emails**; click **Create address** the first time). Open the entry and click **Recognize contacts**, review the suggested people, then click **Add to list** or **Save**. Every recognition run costs at least 0.5 credits, with longer free text (an email body, a note, a forwarded PDF) adding the AI's actual token cost on top; a short line such as a signature costs just the 0.5 base. Next: Inbox. ### I want to send my finished contacts to my CRM, Google Sheet or email tool Open the **⋯ menu at the far right of the list header** and choose **Export Data** to go straight to the export wizard and pick a destination — an instant download, or send to an app such as Google Sheets, Lemlist or HubSpot. For a quick file instead, the same **⋯** menu also has **Export as Excel**, and the wizard is reachable via Commands (⌘K) too. Nothing updates on its own afterwards: file downloads are free, and pushing a later change back to a connected source is something you trigger yourself each time by clicking **Sync Now**. Next: Export overview (and Sync overview for push-back details). ### I want to work on lists together with my team Open the **workspace switcher** in the Home page header (or the workspace row in your avatar menu) and choose **Members & invites**, then enter your colleagues' email addresses and click **Invite**. Everyone who joins sees the workspace's lists, Saved contacts, Inbox, AI Research runs and pipelines; members are free and spend the workspace owner's credits, so only the owner needs a plan. Next: What is a workspace (and Invite teammates to a workspace, Credits, plan and limits in a workspace). ### I want to give Claude or ChatGPT access to a list Click **More** in the list header (the panel-switcher button) to open the panels list, choose **Automation** under **More tools**, then in the **Automations** panel click **+ Add** and choose **Add API Endpoint**. Copy the URL and the **Copy AI instruction** text into Claude, or add the same URL as an MCP connector — a standard several AI apps, including ChatGPT, use to plug into outside tools. This is included on every plan, including Basic; whatever actions the AI takes are billed at the same per-action credit rates as doing them yourself in the app. Next: API connection overview. ### I want to enrich contacts from Outlook Install the ListPlus add-in from Microsoft AppSource, then open an email and open the add-in's sidebar to see the sender's job title, company details and LinkedIn profile. A cached match is free; a new lookup uses credits from your account and is written into an auto-created "Outlook Contacts" list. Next: Outlook add-in. **Related topics:** which-finder-do-i-use · navigation-and-glossary · quality-checks-overview · find-verified-email · find-phone-and-mobile · person-search · categories-audience-database · ai-research · inbox · export-overview · sync-overview · what-is-a-workspace · invite-teammates · api-connection-overview · outlook-addin. ### FAQ #### I want to clean my list — where do I start? Import your file on the New List page (drop it or click Select File), open the list, and click Analyze in the list header to see every quality issue. Check cards with a Fix or Fix all button correct the issue for free — click Save afterwards to keep the result; checks and fixes are free (the optional Include AI Analysis setting, off by default, is marked as using credits). #### How do I find missing emails or phone numbers for my list? With the list open, click Enrich in the list header, open the Find Missing Email or Phone group, and pick Find Email (by Name & Company) or Find Email + Phone (by Name & Company) — select rows first to enrich only those. Finding an email this way costs roughly 2 to 6 credits, only when one is actually found; Find Email + Phone costs 30 credits per contact in total and is charged whenever it returns data, even an email alone. #### How do I find one specific person? Click Person in the left rail to open Person Search, type a name and company, an email address or a LinkedIn URL, and click Search. For a name, confirm which person you mean (ListPlus asks even for a single match); an email address or LinkedIn URL loads the result directly. Loading the basic profile costs a small amount of credits. #### How do I build a lead list from scratch by role, industry or size? Click Segments in the left rail to open Segment Search, set filters like job title, industry, location or company size (or describe your audience in a sentence to build them automatically), and click Search Contacts. Each page of up to 25 results costs 2 credits; revealing a verified email or mobile number is a separate step. #### How do I find leads with signals no database has? Click Research in the left rail to open AI Research, describe your target group in a sentence — the role, a visible signal, and ideally industry or region — and click Start research. You pay for the actual work the AI does rather than a fixed price per lead, and you need at least 1 credit to start. #### How do I turn notes, signatures or meeting invitations into contacts? Click Inbox in the left rail, then paste text, attach a PDF, or forward an email to your personal Inbox address; open the entry and click Recognize contacts, review the suggested people, then click Add to list or Save. Every recognition run costs at least 0.5 credits, and longer free text such as an email body or a note adds the AI's actual token cost on top (a short signature stays at 0.5). #### How do I get my contacts into HubSpot, Google Sheets or Lemlist? Open the ⋯ menu at the far right of the list header and choose Export Data to open the export wizard, then pick the app to send to, such as Google Sheets, Lemlist or HubSpot. Nothing keeps syncing on its own; you export again whenever you want the destination refreshed. #### How do I give Claude or ChatGPT access to my list? Click More in the list header to open the panels list, choose Automation under More tools, then in the Automations panel click + Add and choose Add API Endpoint. Copy the URL plus the Copy AI instruction text into Claude, or add it in ChatGPT as an MCP connector (the standard AI apps use to plug into outside tools); this is included on every plan, and actions the AI takes are billed at the same rates as doing them yourself. #### How do I enrich contacts from Outlook? Install the ListPlus add-in from Microsoft AppSource, open an email, and open the add-in's sidebar to see the sender's job title, company details and LinkedIn profile. A cached match is free; a new lookup uses credits from your account and lands in an auto-created "Outlook Contacts" list. --- ## Which finder do I use? Person Search vs Segment Search vs AI Research Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/getting-started/which-finder-do-i-use Last updated: 2026-09-25 ListPlus has three ways to find people, and each answers a different question: **Person Search** for "who is this one person", **Segment Search** for "who matches these criteria", and **AI Research** for "who is doing this specific thing right now". They live behind **Person**, **Segments** and **Research** in the left navigation, and a switcher at the top of each page lets you jump between them. ### Comparison | | Person Search | Segment Search | AI Research | | ------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Best for | One named person | A group defined by filters (role, industry, size, location) | A group defined by a signal no filter can see (hiring, funding, a complaint) | | You type | Name + company, email, domain or LinkedIn URL | Filters, or one sentence turned into filters | A plain-language brief, ideally in English | | You get | A profile drawer for that one person | A table of up to 25 people per page | Up to 25 match cards per run, each with a source link and evidence | | Cost | Free to search; opening a profile loads the basics for about 0.75 credits; a verified email with company phone is 2 credits, a mobile number 12 credits, each only when found | 2 credits per page of 25 results; free if nothing matches; a verified email with company phone is 2 credits, a mobile number 12 credits, each only when found | You need at least 1 credit in your balance to start; the run itself is billed by usage, plus optional paid sources per search | | Speed | Seconds | Seconds | Several minutes; can keep running in the background | | Without an account | Understanding your input and the candidate list are free; you can also open a few full profiles free to try it before signing up | You can build filters for free, but running the search needs a free account | You can write a brief for free, but starting the research needs a free account | ### Choose Person Search when… You already know who you're looking for: a specific name, an email address, or a LinkedIn URL. You want their verified email, phone or a quick profile check, not a list of candidates. ### Choose Segment Search when… Your audience is defined by attributes a database can filter on — job title, seniority, industry, company size, location. You want a table of matching people you can page through and add straight to a list. ### Choose AI Research when… Your audience is defined by something happening rather than a fixed attribute — a company hiring for a role, a person complaining about a tool, a startup that just raised funding. No filter captures that, so AI agents search the open web (and, optionally, Reddit or X) and bring back evidence for each match. ### Combining them The three finders feed the same lists, so you can mix them: build the bulk of a list in Segment Search from clean criteria, add the one VIP contact you need through Person Search, and layer in a smaller, signal-based group from AI Research that Segment Search can't find. If you type a group description into Person Search by mistake, it recognizes this and offers to open the same criteria in Segment Search instead of searching for one nonexistent person. **Related topics:** person-search · categories-audience-database · ai-research · first-steps-by-goal · what-is-listplus · find-verified-email · find-phone-and-mobile · price-list. ### FAQ #### Which finder should I use? Use Person Search if you have a name, email or LinkedIn URL for one specific person. Use Segment Search if you can describe your audience with filters like role, industry or company size. Use AI Research if your audience is defined by something happening — hiring, funding, a complaint — that a filter can't capture. #### What is the difference between Person Search and Segment Search? Person Search looks up one named person and opens their profile in seconds; Segment Search filters a database of roughly 300 million profiles from our data provider by criteria like role, industry, seniority or company size and returns a table of matching people. Use Person Search when you know who you want; use Segment Search when you know the criteria but not the individual names. #### What is the difference between Segment Search and AI Research? Segment Search filters an existing provider database by fixed attributes such as job title, industry or headcount, at 2 credits per page of 25 results. AI Research instead searches the open web for people showing a specific signal that a filter database doesn't track, and takes several minutes rather than seconds. #### I want a lead list of CEOs in Germany — which tool do I use? Use Segment Search — its filters (Job Title or Seniority, Person Location) are built for exactly this: pulling a page of matching people by role and location, rather than searching for individual names. See "[Segment Search: the audience database](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/categories-audience-database)" for the filters and steps. #### I need the email of one specific person — which tool do I use? Use Person Search — it's built to look up one known person's contact details directly, rather than filtering a database of many people. Open their profile and use the email add-on there; see Find a verified email for the exact steps and cost. #### Can I find leads with signals like hiring or funding? Segment Search has dedicated filters for hiring activity and funding stage, so try those first if your signal fits a filter. For less structured signals — a specific job ad, a forum complaint, a press mention — AI Research is built for it: describe the signal in your brief and it searches the open web (plus optional paid sources) for evidence a filter can't match. #### Which finder is cheapest? Each finder bills on a different model: Person Search charges per profile you open plus optional per-contact add-ons, Segment Search charges per page of results, and AI Research has no fixed per-lead fee — it bills by the AI's actual usage. Segment Search also repeats an identical search free within 30 days, and reveals in Person Search and Segment Search only charge when something is actually found; see the price list for exact rates. #### Which finder is fastest? Person Search and Segment Search both return results in seconds. AI Research is the slowest of the three: it searches the web over several minutes, though it can keep running in the background while you do something else. #### Do the finders give me emails and phone numbers immediately? No. Person Search and Segment Search show whether a verified email or mobile exists and let you reveal it as a separate paid step, charged only when something is actually found — see Find a verified email and Find phone and mobile for exact rates. AI Research matches come with evidence but no contact details until you enrich them afterwards in a list. #### Can I use the finders without an account? Person Search goes furthest without an account: understanding your input and the candidate list are always free, and you can open a few full profiles free to try it before you're asked to sign up. Segment Search lets you build filters for free and AI Research lets you write a brief for free, but actually running either one needs a free account. #### Why did Person Search send me to Segment Search? Because your search described a group of people, not one person — for example "marketing managers in Berlin" — and a group is what Segment Search's filters are built for. ListPlus shows a "Target-group search detected" card with your criteria already set; click Open in Segment Search to run it there instead. #### Can I combine Person Search, Segment Search and AI Research in one list? Yes — all three finders write to the same lists via their own Add to list button (Segment Search shows it as Add To List), so you can build the bulk of a list in Segment Search, add a VIP contact from Person Search, and layer in signal-based matches from AI Research. Run the duplicate check afterwards, since the same person could come from more than one finder. --- ## Recipes: common ListPlus workflows Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/getting-started/recipes Last updated: 2026-09-28 These are short, numbered paths through ListPlus for common goals. Each step names the exact place to click and points to the topic with the full detail — no new facts here, just the order to do things in. If your goal isn't below, start with "First steps by goal" or "Which finder do I use?" instead. ### 1. Prepare a cold-email campaign 1. Get your contacts in: import a file or build an audience in Segment Search ("[Create a list and import a file](https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/create-list-and-import-file)", "Segment Search: the audience database"). 2. In the list header click **Find & evaluate**, choose **Cold Email**, and use the cockpit bar's ready / enrichable / unusable counts ("Is my list ready for cold email, CRM, or cold calling?"). 3. Fix format issues (typos, duplicates, invalid emails) — "Fix and Fix all", "[Finding and merging duplicates](https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/duplicates)", "Email quality checks and verification". 4. Enrich the enrichable rows for a verified email — "Find a verified email address". 5. Send the ready rows to your sequencer — "Sending contacts to Lemlist, Instantly and Smartlead". ### 2. Clean a HubSpot export and push updates back 1. Bring the export in: import the CSV, or connect HubSpot directly (needs Premium) — "[Create a list and import a file](https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/create-list-and-import-file)", "Connecting a CRM, spreadsheet or other app". 2. Run the checks and clean up duplicates and format issues — "What the Analyze panel checks and how the quality score works", "Finding and merging duplicates", "Fix and Fix all". 3. Fill any gaps you want enriched — "[How enrichment works](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/enrichment-overview)". 4. Push the cleaned values back: on a list connected to HubSpot, save and click **Sync Now** ("[Keeping a connected list in sync](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/sync-overview)", "Setting up how changes push back to your source"); on a list imported from a CSV, use **Export** → HubSpot → **Contacts Only**, which creates or updates contacts ("[Exporting to HubSpot and Google Sheets](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/export-to-hubspot-and-sheets)"). ### 3. Find decision makers at 50 target accounts 1. Open Segment Search and set the Company filter to your target accounts (names or websites) plus a Job title filter for the roles you want (e.g. VP, Director, Head of) — "[Segment Search: the audience database](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/categories-audience-database)", "[How Segment Search filters work](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/filters-explained)". 2. Click **Search Contacts** (2 credits per page of up to 25) and review the results table. 3. Tick the rows you want (or take the whole page) and click **Add To List**; repeat on each further page. ### 4. Turn event or Zoom attendees into leads 1. Import the attendee list as a file, or connect Zoom (works on every plan) to pull a webinar's Registrants or Participants directly — "[Create a list and import a file](https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/create-list-and-import-file)", "Connecting a CRM, spreadsheet or other app". 2. Run the checks and remove duplicates — "What the Analyze panel checks and how the quality score works", "[Finding and merging duplicates](https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/duplicates)". 3. Enrich for company, job title and a verified email — "How enrichment works". 4. Export or send the finished list onward — "[Exporting your list](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/export-overview)". ### 5. Enrich inbound leads from a form 1. Route form submissions in: send them to your Inbox intake address (Inbox → **Automatically via API** → **Set up**) via a Zapier/Make/n8n webhook step or any tool that can POST JSON, or simply forward the notification e-mail to your Inbox's own e-mail address — "[Zapier, Make and n8n via webhook](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/zapier-make-n8n)", "[The Inbox](https://listplus.ai/en/help/inbox-and-saved/inbox)". 2. In the Inbox, click **Recognize contacts** (at least 0.5 credits per run), tick the people and click **Add to list**. 3. Run the checks and enrich for the fields you need — "What the Analyze panel checks and how the quality score works", "How enrichment works". 4. Continue as with any list: dedupe, export or sync onward — or hand the finished contacts to a pipeline (recipe 7). ### 6. Watch customers for job changes 1. Import or connect your customer/contact list — "Create a list and import a file", "[Connecting a CRM, spreadsheet or other app](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/connect-crm-and-sheets)". 2. Run **Detect Company Changes** (Enrich menu, AI Analysis group; free), or the **Detect Job Changes** wizard (Enrich menu → ENRICHMENT WIZARDS) for a fresh check: it verifies the email (0.1 credits) and re-fetches the LinkedIn profile (0.5 credits per profile found) — "[Detecting job changes](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/job-change-detection)". 3. There's no automatic or scheduled check — repeat step 2 yourself whenever you want an update. Flagged rows show the old and new company in the record panel under "Signals". ### 7. Notify your team about new leads 1. Open **Pipelines** in the left rail and create a pipeline with the target your team reads — for example **Notify your team in Slack**, or an **Email** digest to members of your workspace (see "[Pipelines — send records on to your CRM, Slack, e-mail or API](https://listplus.ai/en/help/pipelines/pipelines-overview)"). Owners and admins set pipelines up. 2. In a list, in Saved or in a contact's detail view, click **Add → Send to pipeline** and pick the pipeline. 3. Open the pipeline and click **Send** to release the waiting entries — nothing is sent automatically. Pipelines cost no credits. **Related topics:** first-steps-by-goal · which-finder-do-i-use · enrichment-overview · export-overview · pipelines-overview. ### FAQ #### How do I prepare a cold-email campaign? Import or build your list, check it against the Cold Email evaluation, fix format issues and duplicates, enrich the enrichable rows for a verified email, then send the ready rows to your sequencer. See "[Is my list ready for cold email, CRM, or cold calling?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/campaign-ready-evaluations)" and "[Sending contacts to Lemlist, Instantly and Smartlead](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/send-to-sequencers)" for the details of each step. #### How do I clean a HubSpot export and push updates back? Import the export (or connect HubSpot directly — needs Premium), run the checks, remove duplicates and fix issues, enrich any gaps, then push the cleaned values back: **Sync Now** on a connected list, or **Export** → HubSpot → **Contacts Only** on an imported one. See "[Connecting a CRM, spreadsheet or other app](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/connect-crm-and-sheets)", "[Finding and merging duplicates](https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/duplicates)" and "[Exporting to HubSpot and Google Sheets](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/export-to-hubspot-and-sheets)". #### How do I find decision makers at a list of target accounts? In Segment Search, set the Company filter to your target accounts (names or domains) together with a Job title filter for the roles you want, run the search, and add the matching rows to a list. See "[Segment Search: the audience database](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/categories-audience-database)" and "[How Segment Search filters work](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/filters-explained)" for how the Company and Job title filters combine. #### How do I turn event or Zoom attendees into leads? Import the attendee list as a file, or connect Zoom to pull a webinar's Registrants or Participants directly, then run checks, dedupe and enrich the list like any other. See "[Connecting a CRM, spreadsheet or other app](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/connect-crm-and-sheets)" for what Zoom can import and "[How enrichment works](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/enrichment-overview)" for filling in the gaps. #### How do I enrich inbound leads from a form? Point your form's automation (Zapier, Make, n8n, or any tool that can send a webhook) at your Inbox intake address, or just forward the notification e-mail to your Inbox's own e-mail address, then open each entry and click Recognize contacts (at least 0.5 credits per run) before ticking the people and clicking Add to list. See "[Zapier, Make and n8n via webhook](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/zapier-make-n8n)" and "[The Inbox](https://listplus.ai/en/help/inbox-and-saved/inbox)" for the intake address and recognition step. #### How do I watch customers for job changes? Import or connect your customer list, then run Detect Company Changes (free) or the paid Detect Job Changes wizard whenever you want to check for a change — this is a step you run yourself, not an automatic or scheduled check. See "[Detecting job changes](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/job-change-detection)" for what each option does and costs. #### How do I notify my team about new leads? Set up a pipeline under Pipelines in the left rail with a Slack channel or an Email digest to your workspace members as the target, then add contacts from a list, Saved or the contact view with Add → Send to pipeline. Entries wait in the pipeline until someone clicks Send, and pipelines cost no credits. Only owners and admins of a workspace can create pipelines; every member can add and send entries. #### What if my use case isn't one of these recipes? Start with "First steps by goal" to find the right topic for what you're trying to do, or "Which finder do I use?" if you're not sure whether Person Search, Segment Search or AI Research fits your situation best. --- ## How ListPlus compares to Clay, Apollo, Lusha and others Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/getting-started/comparisons Last updated: 2026-09-28 ListPlus is built around getting one list ready for a job, not around owning a database or running campaigns. You start from an import, a person, an audience or a description; ListPlus checks the data and fills gaps by calling several specialised data providers (never one proprietary database), and you pay in credits only for what is actually looked up. The app is EU-hosted in Frankfurt, and the same read-and-write API and MCP server are included on every plan, including Basic (no cost), so an AI agent can query, enrich and clean a list without a human clicking through a web app. ### Comparison table | | ListPlus | Clay | Apollo | Lusha | Cognism | ZoomInfo | Dealfront (now Leadfeeder, formerly Echobot) | Kaspr | Hunter.io | | ----------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ | | **What it is** | List-readiness tool: import or find contacts, check them, fill gaps, export | Visual enrichment-workflow builder | Contact database with built-in email sequencing | Contact lookup (browser extension + web app) | Sales-intelligence database, known for phone-verified data | One of the largest US B2B databases plus a sales-engagement suite | Website-visitor identification and an EU contact database | LinkedIn contact-reveal extension (part of Cognism since 2022) | Email finder and verifier with a smaller lead database | | Own contact database | No — pulls from external data providers | No — a marketplace of 150+ third-party providers | Yes, its own | Yes, its own | Yes, its own | Yes, its own | Yes, plus its own visitor identification | Yes, its own | Yes, a smaller one ("Discover") | | Data sources | Several providers (for example Prospeo, FullEnrich, CompanyEnrich, Crunchbase, LinkedIn data, free web search) | 150+ third-party data providers | Mostly its own database | Its own database | Its own database, including phone verification | Its own database plus intent-data partners | Its own database plus website-visitor identification | Its own database, sourced from LinkedIn | Its own crawled and verified email data | | Pricing model | Basic plan at no cost plus two paid monthly plans; lookups are billed in credits bought separately | Usage credits (data + platform actions) on tiered monthly plans | Paid seats plus usage credits | Paid seats plus credits, mostly billed annually | Per-seat, quote-based, sold on annual contracts | Quote-based, sold on annual contracts; no public price list | Tiered monthly or annual plans plus credits | Paid seats plus credits | Credits on monthly or annual plans | | EU hosting | Yes — Frankfurt | US company; no published EU hosting region | US datacenter; no EU/UK data-residency option (transfers use Standard Contractual Clauses and the EU-US Data Privacy Framework) | Israel/US company; EU personal data processed under an adequacy decision | UK company; stores EU personal data inside the EU/EEA | US company | EU company (Germany); processes and stores data inside the EU | France (EU company) | France (EU company) | | CRM sync | You push updates to your CRM yourself when you choose; nothing runs on a schedule | Automatic CRM sync on higher plans | Native CRM integrations | CRM integrations | CRM enrichment/integration | Deep CRM integrations | CRM automations on higher plans | CRM integrations (HubSpot, Salesforce and more) | CRM integrations | | Sends emails | No | Yes, native sequencing or email-tool integrations | Yes, built-in email campaigns | No — connects to your outreach tool instead | No — data and enrichment only | Yes, via its sales-engagement add-on | No — identification and intent only | No — connects to your outreach tool instead | Yes, built-in email sequences | | API / MCP for AI agents | Yes, on every plan including Basic; an agent can read and write the whole list | Yes, an official MCP server | Yes, an official MCP server, works without a paid Apollo plan | Yes, an official MCP server | API tokens are self-serve, but only on the Platinum plan and above; an MCP connector has been announced but is not available yet | Yes, an official MCP server, but it needs a paid subscription | Yes, an MCP server (beta), only on paid plans | An API exists for paying subscribers; no confirmed official MCP | Yes, an official MCP server on all plans | No price in euros or dollars is quoted for competitors above because contract pricing changes often and most of them do not publish it; ListPlus's own prices are in "[Plans and pricing](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/plans-and-pricing)" and "Price list". ### Clay **Choose Clay when** you want to design your own multi-step enrichment logic across a spreadsheet-style canvas, calling many providers in sequence with conditional branches. Clay's strength is that flexibility: a GTM engineer can wire together 150+ providers by hand for a very specific workflow. **Choose ListPlus when** you want the checks, enrichment and CRM hand-off to already work without building a workflow first — pick an evaluation such as Cold Email, and ListPlus tells you which rows are ready and what the gaps would cost to fill. **Using both:** some teams build a one-off, unusual lookup in Clay, export the result as a file, and bring it into ListPlus to run quality checks, fill any remaining gaps from ListPlus's own providers, and hand the list to a CRM or export. ### Apollo **Choose Apollo when** you want one tool that combines a large owned contact database with built-in email sequencing, so prospecting and outreach happen in the same product. **Choose ListPlus when** you don't want your enrichment tied to a single database, don't want to send emails from the same tool that cleans your data, or want an AI agent to have full read-and-write access on every plan, including Basic. **Using both:** import an Apollo export or connect it through the AI agent API, run ListPlus's checks and enrichment to fill what Apollo didn't have, then send the finished list on — as a file, or with the export wizard to Instantly, Smartlead, Lemlist, Google Sheets, HubSpot or your own system by webhook. ### Lusha **Choose Lusha when** your work is mostly one profile at a time on LinkedIn — its browser extension reveals an email or phone with a click while you browse. **Choose ListPlus when** you're working with a whole list rather than one profile at a time: importing, checking, deduplicating and filling gaps across hundreds or thousands of rows before a campaign or a CRM import. **Using both:** export your Lusha lookups to a file and import them into ListPlus to check for duplicates, missing fields and formatting issues before you push the list onward. ### Cognism **Choose Cognism when** phone-verified mobile numbers at scale are the core requirement, particularly for EMEA sales teams running a rep-led outbound motion — that verification is a genuine strength of its dataset. **Choose ListPlus when** you want self-serve sign-up without a sales call, a flat monthly plan instead of per-seat annual contracts, or an AI agent operating the list directly. **Using both:** export the records where Cognism's phone data matters, import them into ListPlus, and use ListPlus's checks and other providers to fill everything else before the list goes to your CRM. ### ZoomInfo **Choose ZoomInfo when** your target accounts are mostly large US companies and you need the depth of one of the largest US B2B databases, plus intent and org-chart data, and have the budget for an enterprise annual contract. **Choose ListPlus when** you want transparent, self-serve pricing without a sales call, EU hosting, or an agent API that isn't gated behind a paid subscription. **Using both:** if you already have ZoomInfo, export the accounts you need and bring them into ListPlus to check data quality and fill gaps with ListPlus's own providers before syncing to your CRM. ### Dealfront / Echobot Echobot and the visitor-intelligence tool Leadfeeder merged into a single brand called Dealfront in 2023; as of 2026 the combined product goes back to being called Leadfeeder, so "Dealfront" and "Echobot" now point to the same, EU-hosted German company. **Choose it when** your priority is spotting anonymous website visitors and buying-intent signals for companies that already exist in your target market — that's what it was built for and ListPlus does not do it. **Choose ListPlus when** you need to turn a list of companies or people into checked, enriched, campaign-ready contacts rather than identify who is visiting your website. **Using both:** bring the companies it surfaces into a ListPlus list, then use Person Search or Segment Search to find and enrich the actual people at those accounts. ### Kaspr **Choose Kaspr when** you're prospecting on LinkedIn itself and want a quick email or phone reveal for the profile you're currently looking at, without leaving the page. **Choose ListPlus when** you're working from a list rather than one LinkedIn profile at a time, or you want quality checks and multiple providers instead of a single database. **Using both:** export the contacts you've revealed in Kaspr and import them into ListPlus to deduplicate, check and fill any remaining gaps before export. ### Hunter.io **Choose Hunter.io when** you just need to find or verify one email address by domain and don't need broader contact enrichment, company data or list management. **Choose ListPlus when** email is one of several things you're missing — ListPlus also verifies emails (0.1 credits) but adds phone numbers, LinkedIn URLs, company data and full-list checks in the same place. **Using both:** Hunter's Discover database and ListPlus's own providers can both miss the same contact; when one comes up empty, exporting to the other is a reasonable fallback. **Related topics:** what-is-listplus · which-finder-do-i-use · plans-and-pricing · price-list · where-does-the-data-come-from · api-connection-overview ### FAQ #### How is ListPlus different from Clay? Clay is a visual workflow builder: you wire together 150+ third-party providers yourself, step by step, to design a custom enrichment flow. ListPlus instead gives you a working list-readiness flow out of the box — import or find contacts, run checks, enrich the gaps and export — without building a workflow first, and most lookups are billed in credits only when data is found (some are billed per attempt, and AI commands by usage). #### How is ListPlus different from Apollo? Apollo combines its own contact database with built-in email sequencing, so prospecting and outreach happen in one tool. ListPlus has no contact database of its own and does not send emails; it checks and enriches a list from several providers, then hands it on to a sequencer such as Instantly or Smartlead or Lemlist, or to a CRM such as HubSpot, with an AI agent API included on every plan. #### Is ListPlus a Lusha alternative? Partially. Lusha is a browser extension for revealing an email or phone on one LinkedIn profile at a time; ListPlus works at the list level instead — importing, checking, deduplicating and enriching many rows together —. #### Why choose ListPlus instead of ZoomInfo? ZoomInfo is sold through sales on annual contracts with no public price list, and it is a US company. ListPlus has transparent self-serve pricing with no sales call, is EU-hosted in Frankfurt, and includes the AI agent API on every plan rather than gating it behind a paid subscription. #### How does ListPlus compare to Dealfront or Echobot? Dealfront (built from Echobot and Leadfeeder, and now trading again as Leadfeeder) identifies anonymous website visitors and buying-intent signals for companies — a use case ListPlus does not cover. ListPlus instead turns a list of companies or people you already have into checked, enriched contacts; many teams use the two together, feeding accounts it surfaces into a ListPlus list. #### How does ListPlus compare to Kaspr? Kaspr is a browser extension for revealing an email or phone while you browse LinkedIn profiles one at a time, and is part of Cognism. ListPlus works on a whole list at once — checks, deduplicates and enriches many rows from several providers — rather than one profile in your browser. #### How does ListPlus compare to Hunter.io? Hunter.io is focused on finding and verifying one email address by domain. ListPlus also verifies emails, but in the same list you can add phone numbers, LinkedIn URLs and company data, and run quality checks across the whole list before export. #### How does ListPlus compare to Cognism? Cognism is strong on phone-verified mobile numbers at EMEA scale, sold per seat on annual contracts with a sales-led sign-up. ListPlus has self-serve sign-up with no sales call, a flat monthly plan, and multiple data providers instead of one database, including phone lookups. #### Can I use ListPlus together with Apollo or Clay? Yes. Import an Apollo export or a Clay-built list as a file (or connect it through the AI agent API), and use ListPlus to run quality checks, fill any remaining gaps from ListPlus's own providers, and hand the finished list on — to Instantly, Smartlead, Lemlist, HubSpot or a webhook with the export wizard. #### Which is cheaper, ListPlus or a competitor? It depends on how you buy, not just the sticker price: ListPlus has no per-seat pricing. A team works in a shared workspace, where teammates join free and spend the workspace owner's plan and credits, so compare one owner's plan plus the credits the whole team uses. Most database vendors instead add seats on top of credits, often sold on annual contracts; see "[Plans and pricing](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/plans-and-pricing)" for ListPlus's exact numbers and the comparison table above for each competitor's pricing model. --- ## Navigation and glossary Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/getting-started/navigation-and-glossary Last updated: 2026-09-28 ### Where things are in the app The left navigation is a permanent icon rail. Item order and the label under each icon tell you where you are — there are no group headings any more. Top to bottom: **Home** (Start; your projects and lists at a glance) and **Lists** (Listen), then **Person Search** (short label Person / Person), **Segment Search** (short label Segments / Segmente; full name Segmentsuche in German), and **AI Research** (short label Research / Recherche), then **Inbox** (Eingang), **Saved** (Gemerkt) and **Pipelines**, where you set up where your records are sent on to — your CRM, Slack, a sequencer, n8n, Make, Zapier or your own API (see "[Pipelines — send records on to your CRM, Slack, e-mail or API](https://listplus.ai/en/help/pipelines/pipelines-overview)"). Home, Lists, Person Search, Segment Search, AI Research, Inbox, Saved and Pipelines all open a full page — none of them is a floating panel any more. Clicking **Lists** returns you to the list you last opened in this browser tab; in a new tab, or after restarting the app, it opens the **Lists** view with nothing chosen yet instead (see below). Clicking the rail item of the page you are already on reopens that page's left column if you had collapsed it — this works for Lists, Segment Search, AI Research, Inbox, Saved and Pipelines on windows 600 pixels wide or more. At the bottom: **Commands** (a magnifier icon only, no text label — ⌘K on Mac, Ctrl+K elsewhere), your credit balance, a **gear icon** for Settings (once signed in), and your avatar. Text labels under the icons only appear once your browser window is at least 768 pixels wide and 720 pixels tall; on a smaller window you see icons with tooltips instead. On short windows (below 605 pixels tall) the rail also hides the Commands icon to save vertical space — everything stays reachable through Commands (⌘K) or by making the window taller. The **gear** icon opens a small Settings panel with two rows: **Manage Account** (your profile: name, email, sign-in) and **Block List** (addresses/domains you never contact) — this is now the only panel that floats next to the rail. Your **avatar** opens a separate menu: **Balance** (buy credits), **Usage**, **Plans & Billing**, **Settings** (the same profile screen), a row with your active **workspace** (name and colour), **Language** (English, Deutsch, Español, Français) and **Sign Out**. Without an account, the avatar menu shows **Guest** with a **Start for free** button and only the Plans & Billing and Language rows. ### Workspaces Everything you work on — lists, projects, Saved, the Inbox, AI Research runs, pipelines and connected accounts — lives in a **workspace** and is shared with its members. Every account starts with one workspace, and you can create more. The **workspace switcher** sits in the header of the Home page (where the plan button used to be) and is also reachable from the workspace row in your avatar menu; use it to switch workspaces, invite people, open **Workspace settings** or **Create workspace**. See "What is a workspace" and "[Switch, create and rename workspaces](https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/switch-and-create-workspaces)". ### The Lists view Clicking **Lists**, or opening any list, puts you in the Lists view. On windows 600 pixels wide or more, a project/list tree can be docked as a column next to the rail. With no list open it is always shown; inside a list it **starts collapsed** so the list gets the full width — open it with **Show list tree** in the list header, **⌘⇧L**, or a second click on **Lists** in the rail. You can collapse it again (the round button on its divider, or **⌘⇧L**) and resize it by dragging the divider (double-click resets it, and your width and open/closed state are remembered). On phones (below 600 pixels) the docked tree is hidden and the list header shows a **Show list tree** button (also ⌘⇧L) that opens it as a floating panel instead. With no list open, you see **"Pick a list"** once you have lists ("All your lists and projects are on the left – one click opens a list here.") or the **"No lists yet"** start page if you don't — with six ways to a first list and **Open a sample list** (see "Create a list and import a file"). This page is browsable without an account. A **+** next to the "Lists" title in the tree starts a new list; owners and admins of the workspace can drag a list onto a project folder to move it in, or onto **Your Lists** to take it back out — see "[Projects and list management](https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/projects-and-list-management)" for the full rules. ### Inside a list The list header, left to right: the list's title (click to rename), the **Find & evaluate** search field, **Reload** (only for lists imported from an online source), **Save** (nothing is kept until you click it), three quick buttons — **Analyze**, **Record**, **Enrich** — each opening one panel, a **More** menu split into **Essentials** (those same three panels) and **More tools** (Sublists, Changes, Columns, Prompts, Automation, Dashboard), an **Export** arrow, and a **⋯** menu with more export options, Add Column and List Settings. Selecting rows shows a selection bar above the grid with actions for just those rows (Enrich, Add tag, Sublist) — this bar only appears when no evaluation is active; with an evaluation active, the evaluation bar offers enrichment for the selection instead. The status bar at the bottom shows view filters (All, Filtered, Selection, Changes), your tag chips, the credits spent on this list, and the zoom level. See "list-editor-tour" for the full walkthrough of every panel. ### Glossary | Term (EN / DE) | Meaning | Where you see it | | ------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------- | | List (Liste) | A table of rows and columns holding your contacts or companies. | Lists view, list header | | Record / row (Datensatz / Zeile) | One entry in a list, usually one person or company. | Grid, status bar, record limit | | Column & content type (Spalte & Inhaltstyp) | A field in a list; its content type (email, first name, company, phone, LinkedIn URL and more — about 170 in total) decides which checks, enrichments and AI examples are offered for it. | Add Column dialog, List Settings → Schema | | Project (Projekt) | A folder on Home that groups related lists together. | Home page | | Workspace (Workspace) | The shared space for a team or client: its lists, projects, Saved, Inbox, research, pipelines and connections. Paid actions use the workspace owner's plan and credits. | Home header switcher, avatar menu | | Owner / Admin / Member (Owner / Admin / Mitglied) | The three roles in a workspace. The owner's plan and credits pay for it; owners and admins manage lists and settings; members work with the data. | Members & invites | | Sublist (Subliste) | A saved segment of a list: manual (you assign rows) or smart (rules re-evaluated from saved data). | Sublists panel, right-click a row | | Tag (Tag) | A free-text label on an individual row. | Selection bar, status bar tag chips | | Check (Check) | A free, automatic test of your data's quality, such as invalid emails or duplicate names. | Analyze panel | | Evaluation (Auswertung) | The job you want a list ready for, e.g. Cold Email; every row is rated ready, enrichable or unusable against it. | Find & evaluate field | | Enrichment (Anreicherung) | Looking up missing data — email, phone, company, LinkedIn — from external data providers; most lookups cost credits. | Enrich panel, the ✨ cell wand | | Provider (Anbieter) | The external data source behind a lookup, such as Prospeo or FullEnrich. | Record panel, "Enriched" sections | | Credit (Credit) | The currency for paid actions in ListPlus, shown as "CR". | Rail footer, Usage page | | Balance (Guthaben) | Your current credit total. | Avatar menu → Balance | | Record limit (Datensatzlimit) | The maximum rows the workspace owner's plan allows, counted across all lists in all workspaces that person owns. | Record-limit warning | | Saved (Gemerkt) | People your workspace chose to keep — from a search or the Inbox — until they go into a list or a pipeline. Someone you only viewed shows separately, under Recently viewed on the idle Person Search page. | Saved page | | Inbox (Eingang) | Where you paste notes, signatures or invitations — or forward an email — and ListPlus recognizes the people in them. | Inbox page | | API connection / MCP (API-Verbindung) | A token that gives one AI agent (Claude, ChatGPT, or your own script) scoped access to one list. | Automation panel | | Push back / Sync Now (Zurückspielen) | Sending your edits back to the source system you imported from — one-way, and only when someone clicks it. | Changes panel → Sync Changes → Source Sync → Sync Now | | Reload from source (Neu laden) | Pulling fresh data from the source into the list — the opposite direction from push back. | Reload button in the list header | ### App vs website names The app uses short names; the listplus.ai website uses descriptive ones for the same thing: | App name | Website name | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Segment Search (Segmentsuche) — short label Segments / Segmente under the icon | Audience database | | AI Research (KI-Recherche) | AI audience research | | Person Search (Personensuche) | Person lookup / email finder | | Basic | The plan without a monthly fee (never "Free" — you still need credits once your starting 25 are used) | The Inbox is neither your email inbox nor the Outlook add-in — see the FAQ below. ### For advanced users - A **list** is a table of records (rows) and columns; records count against the workspace owner's record limit, across all workspaces that person owns. - Each column has a **content type** (email, first name, company, phone, LinkedIn URL, country and more — about 170 in total), detected automatically at import and changeable later. The type decides which checks, enrichments and AI examples are offered for that column. - Every row keeps its **enrichment results by provider**, separate from your own cell values — nothing overwrites a cell on its own. You choose when to fill empty cells from them, or take a single value over in the Record panel. - **Sublists** are saved segments of a list: manual (you assign rows) or smart (rules evaluated against saved data only). **Tags** are free labels on individual rows, independent of sublists. **Related topics:** what-is-listplus · which-finder-do-i-use · list-editor-tour · saving-is-manual · what-is-a-workspace · enrichment-overview · campaign-ready-evaluations · segments-and-tags · account-and-login. ### FAQ #### Where do I find things in the app? The left navigation is a permanent icon rail with no group headings: Home and Lists sit at the top, then Person Search, Segment Search and AI Research, then Inbox, Saved and Pipelines. At the bottom sit Commands (a magnifier icon, ⌘K or Ctrl+K), your credit balance, a gear icon for Settings, and your avatar. Every item opens a full page; the workspace switcher is in the Home page header and in your avatar menu. #### Where is the Enrich button in a list? The Enrich button sits in the list header next to Analyze and Record, and opens the Enrich panel. Select rows with no evaluation active and a selection bar above the grid offers Enrich for just those rows; with an evaluation active, the evaluation bar offers enrichment instead. Enrichment costs credits per lookup, and the app shows the maximum cost before you start. #### Where are the other list panels like Prompts or Automation? In a list, click More in the header. Essentials holds Analyze, Record and Enrich; More tools holds Sublists, Changes, Columns, Prompts, Automation and Dashboard — Enrich, Prompts and Automation only appear if you can edit the list. #### Why are the app names different from the website? The app uses short names, the website uses descriptive ones: Segment Search (Segmentsuche) is the website's "audience database", AI Research (KI-Recherche) is its "AI audience research", and Person Search (Personensuche) is its "person lookup". The plan without a monthly fee is called Basic, not Free — you still need credits once your starting 25 are used. #### Is the Inbox my email inbox? No — the Inbox (Eingang) is a place in ListPlus where you paste notes, email signatures or calendar invitations, or forward an email to your own Inbox address, and ListPlus recognizes the people in them; it does not read your mailbox. It is also not the Outlook add-in, which works inside Outlook itself. Entries disappear after 14 days unless you save the contacts or add them to a list. #### How is data organised in ListPlus? (technical) A list is a table of records (rows) and columns, and each column has a content type — email, first name, company, LinkedIn URL and about 170 more — that decides which checks, enrichments and AI examples apply to it. Every row keeps its enrichment results by provider, separate from your own cell values, and you choose when to fill empty cells from them. Sublists are saved segments of a list (manual or rule-based), and tags are free labels on individual rows. #### What is a sublist? A sublist is a saved segment of a list — a subset of rows you can filter, enrich or export on its own. Manual sublists hold whichever rows you assign; smart sublists are defined by rules and only re-evaluate against data you have saved. Create or manage them in the Sublists panel, under More in the list header. #### What is the difference between tags and sublists? Tags are free-text labels on individual rows, good for quick, informal marking. Sublists are structured, saved subsets of a list — built manually or from rules — that you can filter, share or export on their own. A row can carry several tags and belong to several sublists at the same time. #### What is a project? A project is a folder on the Home page that groups related lists together, showing their combined list count, record count and last-modified date. Create one with + New under Projects, then drag a list onto it, or create a new list while inside the project. Deleting a project does not delete its lists — they just become unassigned. #### What is a content type, and why does it matter? Every column has a content type — email, first name, company, phone, country, LinkedIn URL and many more — that ListPlus detects automatically when you import data. The content type decides which quality checks, enrichment routes and AI example prompts are offered for that column, so a wrong type can hide the right options. Change it any time in List Settings → Schema, though the page reloads after you save. #### What does the CR number at the bottom mean? CR is the small label under the number at the bottom of the left navigation — the number above it is your current credit balance. Click it to buy more credits, or see how they were spent on the Usage page, opened from your avatar menu. (What credits are and cost is explained in "credits-explained".) #### Why don't I see labels under the navigation icons? Labels only appear once your browser window is at least 768 pixels wide and 720 pixels tall; a smaller or narrower window shows icons with tooltips instead. On short windows (below 605 pixels tall) the app also hides the Commands icon to save vertical space. Everything stays reachable — open Commands with ⌘K (or Ctrl+K), or make the window taller. #### Where is the Account page, and where is the Block List? Click the gear icon at the bottom of the left navigation to open the Settings panel, which has two rows: Manage Account and Block List. Manage Account opens your profile, where you change your name, email and sign-in settings; Block List opens the addresses or domains you never want contacted. #### What is the difference between Saved and Lists? Both are full pages and both are shared with everyone in your workspace, but they hold different things: Saved holds the people you chose to keep from a search or the Inbox, with a folder column on the left, while Lists opens the list you were last working on (or, with nothing chosen yet, a project/list tree). Inside a list the tree starts collapsed; open it with Show list tree, ⌘⇧L or a second click on Lists in the rail. #### What does "enrichable" mean? Enrichable means a row is missing something your chosen evaluation needs, but that data can likely be looked up through enrichment — unlike ready (already complete) or unusable (missing something enrichment can't fix, such as no name and no company to search by). You see these labels once you pick an evaluation, such as Cold Email, in the Find & evaluate field. Enriching only the enrichable rows keeps costs down, and the app always shows the maximum cost first. --- ## Using ListPlus on a phone or tablet Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/getting-started/mobile-and-small-screens Last updated: 2026-09-28 There's no separate app in the App Store or Google Play — ListPlus runs in your phone's or tablet's browser, at the same listplus.ai/app address as on a computer. ### What works on a phone or tablet Person Search, Segment Search, Saved and the Inbox all work in a mobile browser, and so does opening a list to check, enrich or edit it — the layout adapts to the narrower screen. Below 768 pixels wide the left navigation itself switches to icons only, without labels. Pages with two columns (Lists, Inbox, Pipelines, Saved, Segment Search, AI Research) keep both columns down to 600 pixels — collapse the left one with its round button when you need the room. Below 600 pixels (phones) the left column (list tree, folders, filters, pipelines, Inbox entries, researches) moves into a side panel: tap the panel icon left of the page title to open it, tap it again, tap outside or press Esc to close it. Picking an entry closes it for you; on the Inbox, Pipelines and AI Research it opens by itself while nothing is selected yet. Watching a research also works from a phone — every research runs on the server, so you can open one started on your computer, follow its progress and review matches. You can also forward an email into your Inbox from your phone's own mail app, the same as from a computer. Switching workspaces works on a phone too: tap your avatar and open the workspace row (the same menu as the switcher in the Home header). Without an account, the avatar menu shows **Guest** with a **Start for free** button to sign up. ### What needs a computer Starting a new **AI Research** — either with ListPlus's own agent or with your own AI via **Your AI** — is a desktop task: on a phone (a narrow screen), the form to describe and start one doesn't appear, and you're pointed to "Start new research on desktop." Tablets and wider screens show the full desktop layout. ### Getting support on the go The support chat bubble only appears on the **Home** page, the same as on a computer — open Home first if you don't see it. Email support@listplus.ai works the same everywhere. See "[How do I contact support?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/troubleshooting/contact-support)" for details. **Related topics:** ai-research · background-runs · contact-support · switch-and-create-workspaces. ### FAQ #### Is there a ListPlus app for phones? No — there's no app in the App Store or Google Play. ListPlus runs in your phone's or tablet's browser at listplus.ai/app, the same address as on a computer. #### Can I check, enrich and edit a list from my phone? Yes. Opening a list, running quality checks, enriching rows and editing cells all work in a mobile browser, though a computer is easier for large lists. #### Can I use Person Search or Segment Search on a phone? Yes, both work in a mobile browser — Segment Search, for example, moves its filters into a side panel you open with the panel icon left of the page title, and the left navigation itself switches to icons only below 768 pixels wide. #### Can I start an AI Research from my phone? No — starting a new AI Research, whether run by ListPlus or by your own AI through Your AI, needs the desktop app; the screen for describing and starting one is hidden on a phone; a tablet shows the desktop layout. #### Can I watch a research that's already running, on my phone? Yes — every research runs on the server, so one you started on your computer shows up on your phone too. Opening it, watching its progress, and reviewing and adding its matches to a list all work on a phone. #### Does the support chat work on a phone? Yes, the same as on a computer: open the Home page and the chat bubble appears in the bottom-right corner. It only shows on Home, not on other pages. #### Can I import a file or connect a tool from my phone? Yes — importing a file or connecting a tool such as Google Sheets or HubSpot both work in a mobile browser, though a computer is easier for large lists. --- ## Section: Plans, credits & billing ## Plans and pricing Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/plans-and-pricing Last updated: 2026-09-28 ListPlus has three monthly plans. A plan decides how many records you can keep across all lists in the workspaces you own and which tools you can connect, for you and every member of those workspaces; it does not include monthly credits — credits pay separately for lookups and AI (see "Do paid plans include credits every month?"). ### The plans | Plan | Price | Records across all lists | Adds | | ------- | --------- | ------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------- | | Basic | €0/month | 10,000 | Nothing to unlock — file import/export from day one | | Pro | €39/month | 100,000 | Google Sheets, Airtable, Lemlist | | Premium | €79/month | 1,000,000 | HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipedrive, Notion, Stripe; priority support | Every plan, including Basic, already includes: Person Search, Segment Search, AI Research, all quality checks in Analyze, every enrichment provider, file import and export (CSV, Excel, JSON), and the Agent API (REST + MCP) for connecting an AI agent to a list. Pro and Premium add the listed integrations and a higher record limit; Premium includes everything Pro does. Current prices are always shown at listplus.ai/pricing. ### Plans and credits are separate Subscribing to Pro or Premium does not give you a monthly credit allowance — the only credits tied to a plan are one-time, granted once per plan tier. You get 25 free credits when you sign up, a 250-credit bonus the first time you subscribe to Pro, and a 1,000-credit bonus the first time you subscribe to Premium; if you start on Pro and later upgrade to Premium, you receive both bonuses, each once. Renewing or staying on the same plan never repeats a bonus, and every lookup or AI action is still paid from your credit balance, which you top up in packs regardless of plan — see "Do paid plans include credits every month?" and the price list for what things cost. ### How to subscribe or change your plan 1. Open **Plans & Billing** from your avatar menu, or click the workspace name in the Home header and then your plan name next to **Plan in this workspace** (shown when the workspace is yours). 2. If you're on Basic, click **Subscribe to Pro** or **Subscribe to Premium** on the plan you want — this is for a first subscription only. You're taken to Stripe Checkout to pay, and the plan plus its one-time credit bonus apply as soon as payment succeeds. 3. If you're already on Pro or Premium and want to switch between them, cancel, or update payment details, click **Manage Subscription** on your current plan's card instead — this opens the Stripe customer portal, where the change actually happens. Don't click Subscribe on another plan's card while you have an active subscription: that starts a second, separate subscription rather than switching. A lower plan's card shows a disabled "Downgrade via Portal" hint pointing to the same Manage Subscription step; if the portal can't make the change you need, contact support. ### How to see your current plan Your own plan appears under your name in the avatar menu (shown as, for example, "Pro-Plan"). The workspace menu (click the workspace name in the Home header) shows **Plan in this workspace**: the plan that applies in the active workspace and whose subscription pays for it. The Plans & Billing page itself also shows "Current plan: Pro" (or your plan) above the plan cards, with a **Current Plan** or **Manage Subscription** button on the card you're on. ### What ListPlus does not offer ListPlus has no annual plan, no enterprise tier, no free trial of a paid plan, and no discounts or coupon codes — three monthly plans at listed prices is the whole model. There is no per-seat price either: teams work in a shared workspace, where the owner's plan and credits cover every member, and members are free (see "Credits, plan and limits in a workspace"). ### Payment and VAT Plan and credit pack prices are set and billed in euros and are net prices: VAT is never included. Both subscriptions and credit packs are processed by Stripe, which adds VAT at checkout based on your location and VAT ID, and lets business customers enter their VAT ID there; for invoices and other VAT questions, see "[Invoices and VAT](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/invoices-and-vat)". ### For advanced users Connecting some data sources under "Or connect your system" on the New List page (Google Sheets, Airtable, Lemlist on Pro; HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipedrive, Notion, Stripe on Premium) and your **record limit** across all lists depend on your plan. Exporting a list as a file (Excel, CSV, JSON) and the **Agent API** work on every plan. **Related topics:** which-plan-do-i-need · credits-explained · price-list · record-limit · buying-credits · invoices-and-vat · cancel-downgrade-leave · billing-in-workspaces. ### FAQ #### Which plans does ListPlus have? ListPlus has three monthly plans: Basic (€0), Pro (€39/month) and Premium (€79/month), no annual option. Every plan already includes all finders (Person Search, Segment Search, AI Research), enrichment, quality checks, exports and the Agent API. Pro and Premium add more integrations and a higher record limit across your lists. #### Is the Basic plan actually free? Yes, the plan without a monthly fee is called Basic in the app. It includes 10,000 records across all lists and file import and export. Lookups still need credits: you get 25 free credits at sign-up and can buy more at any time. #### What do Pro and Premium add over Basic? Pro (€39/month) raises your record limit to 100,000 across all lists, unlocks Google Sheets, Airtable and Lemlist, and gives a one-time 250-credit bonus on first subscription. Premium (€79/month) raises the limit to 1,000,000 records, adds HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipedrive, Notion and Stripe plus priority support, and gives a one-time 1,000-credit bonus, on top of everything in Pro. #### How much do Pro and Premium cost? Pro costs €39 per month and Premium €79 per month, both billed monthly with no annual option. Basic has no monthly fee. Current prices are always shown at listplus.ai/pricing. #### How do I subscribe to Pro or Premium? Open Plans & Billing from your avatar menu and click Subscribe to Pro or Subscribe to Premium — this takes you to Stripe Checkout to pay. To switch between Pro and Premium later, use Manage Subscription on your current plan's card, which opens the Stripe customer portal. The plan and its one-time credit bonus apply as soon as payment succeeds. #### Where do I see my current plan? Your own plan shows under your name in the avatar menu, for example "Pro-Plan", and on the Plans & Billing page as "Current plan: Pro" (or your plan). The plan that applies in the active workspace shows in the workspace menu (workspace name in the Home header) under "Plan in this workspace". #### Is the plan credit bonus paid every month? No — each plan's credit bonus is one-time, granted once per plan tier: your first Pro subscription adds 250 credits and your first Premium subscription adds 1,000, both one-time, not monthly. If you start on Pro and later upgrade to Premium, you get the Premium bonus too, since it's granted once per tier; renewing or staying on the same plan never repeats one. #### Is there an annual plan, enterprise tier, trial or discount? No. ListPlus has three monthly plans, Basic, Pro and Premium, with no annual option, no enterprise tier, no free trial of a paid plan and no discount codes. You can subscribe, cancel or change your plan any time under Plans & Billing. #### Are prices including VAT? No. Plan prices (€39 for Pro, €79 for Premium) and credit pack prices are net prices in euros; Stripe adds VAT at checkout based on your location and VAT ID, which business customers can enter there. See "[Invoices and VAT](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/invoices-and-vat)" for invoice questions. #### What does ListPlus cost overall? Two things: the plan (Basic, Pro or Premium) sets your record limit and which integrations you can use, and credits, bought separately in packs, pay for each lookup or AI action. See the price list for the cost of every action and "[What does one contact cost?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/what-does-one-contact-cost)" for the cheapest route to an email or phone. --- ## Which plan do I need? Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/which-plan-do-i-need Last updated: 2026-09-28 Pick a plan by what you actually want to do, not by feature count: **Basic** covers file-based work, **Pro** adds Google Sheets, Airtable and Lemlist plus a higher record limit, and **Premium** adds HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipedrive, Notion, Stripe, priority support and the highest record limit. All three plans already include every finder (Person Search, Segment Search, AI Research), every enrichment provider, all quality checks, file import/export, and the Agent API — see "Which plans does ListPlus have?" for prices and what each plan includes. ### Decision guide by goal | Your goal | Plan needed | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ----------- | | Import/export CSV, Excel or JSON files; stay under 10,000 records | Basic | | Sync data from Google Sheets, Airtable or Lemlist | Pro | | Keep up to 100,000 records across your lists | Pro | | Sync data from HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipedrive, Notion or Stripe | Premium | | Keep up to 1,000,000 records across your lists | Premium | | Import from Phantombuster or Zoom | Any plan | | Search for people or companies, run AI Research, run quality checks, enrich contacts | Any plan | | Export a list as a file (CSV, Excel, JSON …) | Any plan | | Connect a list to an AI agent via the Agent API (REST or MCP) | Any plan | ### What happens when a feature needs a higher plan If you click a data source in "Or connect your system" that your plan doesn't unlock — for example HubSpot on Basic — its card shows a small lock icon, and selecting it opens a screen with a heading like "HubSpot requires Premium" explaining what that plan adds. It has two buttons: Go Back, and Upgrade to Premium — €79/mo, which takes you straight to Plans & Billing to subscribe. If an import or an action on an existing list would push you over your record limit, it's held back until you delete records or upgrade — see "What happens if an import would put me over my limit?" in Record limit. ### Plans in a team In a workspace, only the **owner** needs a plan: the owner's plan applies to every member of every workspace the owner owns, and members are free. Pick the plan for the combined needs of the team, because the record limit counts the lists of all the owner's workspaces together. See "Credits, plan and limits in a workspace". ### Credits are needed on every plan A plan controls what you can connect and how many records you can hold — it doesn't include a monthly credit allowance. Every enrichment lookup and AI action is paid from your credit balance on Basic, Pro and Premium alike; see "How do credits work?" for what you get for free and how to buy more. **Related topics:** plans-and-pricing · credits-explained · buying-credits · record-limit · billing-in-workspaces. ### FAQ #### Which plan do I need? It depends on your goal: Basic covers file import/export and up to 10,000 records, Pro adds Google Sheets, Airtable and Lemlist plus 100,000 records, and Premium adds HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipedrive, Notion, Stripe, priority support and 1,000,000 records. Searching, enriching, AI Research, quality checks and the Agent API work the same on every plan. #### What can I do on Basic without upgrading? On Basic you can already import and export files (CSV, Excel, JSON), use every finder — Person Search, Segment Search, AI Research — every enrichment provider and quality check, and the Agent API to connect a list to an AI agent. What stays locked on Basic is connecting Google Sheets, Airtable, Lemlist (Pro) or HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipedrive, Notion, Stripe (Premium) and a higher record limit; both need Pro or Premium. #### Why is a connection locked, and what do I see? Connecting a data source under "Or connect your system" on the New List page depends on your plan: Google Sheets, Airtable and Lemlist need Pro, HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipedrive, Notion and Stripe need Premium — Phantombuster, Zoom and file import/export are currently not locked. A locked source shows a small lock icon, and opening it shows a screen like "HubSpot requires Premium" with two buttons: Go Back, and Upgrade to Premium — €79/mo, which takes you to Plans & Billing. You can browse every source; you just can't connect a locked one until you upgrade. #### Can I export my list on Basic? Yes, downloading a list as a file (CSV, Excel, JSON and more) works on every plan, including Basic. Importing from connected tools such as Google Sheets or HubSpot is what needs Pro or Premium. #### Do I need Premium for the API or an AI agent connection? No — the Agent API (REST and MCP) for connecting a list to an AI agent like Claude is included on every plan, including Basic, with no plan check. It's separate from connecting third-party tools like HubSpot or Google Sheets under "Or connect your system", which does depend on your plan. #### Can I try a Pro or Premium feature before paying? You can see every locked feature — its card, description and lock icon are all visible on Basic or Pro — but you can't actually use it until you subscribe to the plan that unlocks it. There's no time-limited trial of a locked integration or a higher record limit. #### Which plan does my team need? Only the workspace owner needs a plan; members work on the owner's plan and credits for free. Choose it for the whole team's needs: the record limit counts all lists in all workspaces the owner owns, and the integrations unlock for every member. --- ## How credits work Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/credits-explained Last updated: 2026-09-28 Credits are ListPlus's currency for anything that costs real money to produce: a data lookup from a provider, an AI command, or a file import. Plans decide how many records you can keep and which tools you can connect; credits pay for use, on every plan including Basic. ### Value and where credits come from One credit is worth about €0.03. Credits can be fractional — a small lookup can cost 0.1 or 0.25 of a credit. Lookups and file imports show their price before you confirm; AI commands, AI derivations (gender, job title, industry …) and AI Research are billed by usage instead, so their charge only appears afterwards. You start with 25 free credits on sign-up, add more any time in packs (see "[Buying credits](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/buying-credits)"), and get a one-time bonus the first time you subscribe to Pro or Premium (see "[Plans and pricing](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/plans-and-pricing)"). Credits never expire, however you got them. ### What costs credits Credits pay for: data lookups (enrichment) such as a verified email, phone number or company profile; Segment Search results, 2 credits per page; imports, whether from a file, a connected tool or a LinkedIn import; AI commands and AI derivations (gender, job title, industry …) on a list; AI Research; and recognizing contacts in your Inbox — every recognition run costs at least 0.5 credits, more for free-text entries. The exact price of every action is in the price list, and most provider lookups charge only when something is actually found — see "[What does one contact cost?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/what-does-one-contact-cost)" and "Cost examples" for worked-through cases. ### Your balance Your balance is shown as a number, above a small **CR** label, at the bottom of the left navigation, and again wherever an action's cost is shown. It turns red once it drops below 5 credits; clicking it opens the credit purchase window. In a workspace someone else owns, the balance shown is the owner's (for example "Anna's credits"), and clicking it tells you to ask the owner to top up, because only the owner can buy credits for their workspace. Once it rounds down to 0, a popup offering to top up also appears automatically next to the balance in the navigation. The Usage page in your avatar menu breaks down what you spent by day, by AI model and by the last 100 transactions — see "[Where did my credits go?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/where-did-my-credits-go)" for the full walkthrough. ### When you don't have enough credits An action is refused whenever your balance is below that action's price — for example, 1 credit left won't cover a 2-credit lookup, even though your balance isn't literally zero. A refused action does nothing until you top up; anything you already found stays in your lists and in Saved. See "Not enough credits" for the exact messages you may see and what to do about them. ### Credits in a workspace Everything that costs credits in a workspace is paid from the balance of the workspace **owner**, whoever in the team does it. Your own balance pays for the workspaces you own. See "[Credits, plan and limits in a workspace](https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/billing-in-workspaces)". ### Credits and plans are separate Subscribing to Pro or Premium does not add credits every month — plans only raise your record limit and unlock integrations, and the only credits tied to a plan are the one-time bonuses on first subscription. Every plan, including Basic, draws from the same credit balance for lookups and AI. Details and numbers are in "[Plans and pricing](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/plans-and-pricing)". ### For advanced users AI commands are metered by the amount of text they process (input and output), not by a flat per-command price; replies that run a command show their exact charge at the end, and every charge appears on the Usage page. Paid actions run a balance check first, so you're told upfront if you can't afford an action. In a shared workspace, a running batch can still stop partway when teammates use up the same balance at the same time; the remaining rows are then not charged. Credits can have decimals (e.g. 0.25 credits), so a cheap lookup isn't rounded up to a whole credit. There is no auto top-up: when you're out, you buy a pack yourself. **Related topics:** plans-and-pricing · price-list · what-does-one-contact-cost · cost-examples · where-did-my-credits-go · buying-credits · not-enough-credits · record-limit · billing-in-workspaces. ### FAQ #### What are credits in ListPlus? Credits are ListPlus's currency for paid actions: data lookups (enrichment), AI commands, AI derivations, AI Research and imports. Plans only unlock features and your record limit, so you need credits on every plan, including Basic. Lookups and imports show their price before you confirm; AI commands, derivations and AI Research are billed by usage and shown afterwards. #### How much is one credit worth? One credit is worth about €0.03. Credit packs and per-action prices are all built on this rate — see the price list for what individual actions cost. #### Do credits expire? No. Credits never expire, whether they came from your sign-up bonus, a purchased pack, or a plan's one-time bonus — they stay on your balance until you use them. #### How many credits do I get when I sign up? Every new account gets 25 free credits, no credit card required. From there you can top up in packs at any time — see "[Buying credits](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/buying-credits)" for the pack sizes and prices. #### Do paid plans include credits every month? No. Pro and Premium raise your record limit and unlock integrations, but there's no monthly credit allowance — credits are bought separately in packs. See "Is the plan credit bonus paid every month?" in Plans and pricing for how each plan's one-time bonus works. #### What does it mean when my balance turns red? Your balance turns red once it drops below 5 credits, as an early warning to top up. Once it rounds down to 0, a popup offering to top up appears automatically next to the balance in the navigation. #### What happens when I run out of credits? An action is refused whenever your balance is below that action's price — for example, 1 credit left won't cover a 2-credit lookup, even if your balance isn't literally zero. Nothing you already found is lost: results already in your lists and in Saved stay exactly as they are. #### Can my credit balance go negative? No. ListPlus checks your balance before a paid action runs and blocks it if you can't afford it, so your balance never drops below zero. #### Why do I see decimal amounts like 0.25 or 4.1 credits? Credits can have decimals, so a small lookup like an email verification can cost 0.1 credits instead of rounding up to a whole one. This lets ListPlus charge close to the real cost of each action rather than overcharging for cheap ones. #### Do AI commands use credits? Yes. AI commands on a list are billed by how much text they process, typically around 0.2 credits per command, and replies that run a command show their exact charge at the end; every charge is listed on the Usage page. --- ## Price list: what every action costs Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list Last updated: 2026-09-28 One credit is worth about €0.03 (see "[How credits work](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/credits-explained)"). This page lists every paid action in ListPlus and what it costs. Most paid lookups and imports show you the maximum cost before you start; a few — like AI-based analyses — are metered by usage and shown only after they run. Person Search's own basics and add-on cards, and AI/AI Research/import costs, are on separate pages linked below. In a workspace, every cost is paid from the workspace owner's balance, whoever runs the action. ### Enrichment & lookups Several of these lookups appear under a different button label depending on where you start them — the Enrich menu on a list, the record panel for one row, the single-cell fill window, or a Person Search card. The table below names every label you might see. | Action | Credits | Charged | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ----------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | | "Company Lookup" (Enrich menu, record panel, single-cell window) / "Company Profile" (Person Search card) — by domain or name | 0.25 | on hit | | Email verification ("Verify Email Deliverability") | 0.1 | only on a clear result — free for obviously invalid addresses | | "LinkedIn Profile" (by LinkedIn URL) | 0.5 | on hit | | "LinkedIn Company" (by LinkedIn URL) | 0.5 | on hit | | "Verify LinkedIn Profile" (by name + company) | 0.25–0.5 | always, even without a result | | "LinkedIn Profile Search" (by name + company) | 1 | always, even without a match | | "Contact Brief" (Enrich menu / record panel) / "Verified Email & Company Phone" or "… (by Name)" (Person Search) — Prospeo | 2 | on hit | | "Contact Profile (by Email)" — CompanyEnrich (single-cell fill window only) | 2 | on hit | | "Contact Profile (by Email)" — FullEnrich | 4 | on hit | | "Find Email (by Name & Company)" (Enrich menu, also used there by Prospeo's 2-credit lookup) / "Contact Profile (by Name & Company)" (single-cell window) / "Deep Email Search" (Person Search) — FullEnrich | 6 | on hit | | "Contact Profile (by Name & Company)" — Enrich menu / record panel, chained follow-up — FullEnrich | 6, up to 12 | 6 when an email is found; the rest only if the chain also succeeds | | "Find Email + Phone (by Name & Company)" / "Deep Mobile Search" — FullEnrich | 30 | when the lookup returns data | | "Reveal Mobile Number" (record panel, single-cell window, Person Search card — not the Enrich menu) — Prospeo | 12 | only if a number is found | | "Company Profile Crunchbase" | 1 | on hit | | "LinkedIn URL (by Name & Company)" — free Google search | free | always | Both CompanyEnrich's and FullEnrich's email-lookup options are labeled identically — "Contact Profile (by Email)" — so the price is how you tell them apart: 2 credits is CompanyEnrich (single-cell fill window only), 4 credits is FullEnrich, and FullEnrich tends to return more complete profiles. See "[What does one contact cost?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/what-does-one-contact-cost)" for the cheapest route to reach an email or phone, "Cost examples" for worked-through totals, and "Person Search: basics and profile add-ons" for the add-on cards you see on a Person Search result. ### Finders **Person Search:** opening a profile has its own price list — see "Person Search: basics and profile add-ons" for basics (~0.75 credits) and every add-on card. **Segment Search:** 2 credits per page of 25 results; a page is free if the search finds no results, or if it repeats a search you already ran in the last 30 days. Revealing a verified email in a result costs 2 credits and revealing a mobile number costs 12 credits, both only when the reveal actually finds a value — the masked preview itself is always free to see. ### Inbox Recognizing contacts in an Inbox (Eingang) entry costs credits on every run, not even for a calendar invite, vCard, table rows or a one-contact-per-line list. | Action | Credits | Charged | | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------- | | Recognize contacts — vCard, calendar invite, table rows, one-per-line list | 0.5 (exact, shown on the button) | every run | | Recognize contacts — longer free text, a forwarded e-mail, or a PDF | 0.5 base + AI tokens at double the normal rate (button shows an upper bound, roughly ~1.6–~2.1; the actual charge is usually lower, often under 1) | every run | | Recognize again on an already-recognized entry | same as above | every run, including repeats | | Receiving content into your Inbox — pasted, sent by a connected tool, or forwarded by e-mail | free | always | The **Recognize contacts** button always shows the price before you click it — an exact number for the entry types in the first row, or "~" for an upper bound when the entry needs AI (free text, e-mails, PDFs). If your balance is below that price, the button is replaced by a **Top up credits** button. ### What's always free - Google searches for a LinkedIn URL or a company website - Reading a company from ListPlus's own cache instead of calling a provider - Cleaning phone numbers into international format (Local group in the Enrich menu) — runs in your browser, no AI call, no credits - Quality checks in Analyze - Local cleanups, formatting fixes, and transferring or joining columns - Exporting a list or sending it to a connected tool, and syncing - Creating an empty list - Sending records through Pipelines, including the Email target (the receiving tool may charge its own fees) - Creating workspaces and inviting members If a paid action is blocked because your balance is too low, see "Not enough credits" for what that means and what to do next. ### For advanced users Most provider lookups only charge once the provider actually returns a value — a miss costs nothing. Two exceptions charge for the attempt itself: LinkedIn Profile Search (1 credit) and Verify LinkedIn Profile (0.25–0.5 credits), because the underlying search or check runs against LinkedIn regardless of the outcome. Email verification is billed only once the verification service is actually called — an obviously invalid address (bad format, a disposable domain, a role-based address, a test domain) is marked invalid locally, for free, before that happens, and a few inconclusive results from the service itself are also free. Re-running a LinkedIn lookup that already found data within 30 days is free too, and companies already in ListPlus's company cache cost nothing. Person lookups (Prospeo, FullEnrich) that returned data are reused for 7 days in your account, so repeating them sooner doesn't charge again; lookups that found nothing are run again. Several buttons are the same underlying lookup shown under a different name depending on where you start it. The Enrich menu, record panel and single-cell fill window all label the 0.25-credit company-by-domain lookup "Company Lookup"; only a Person Search card calls it "Company Profile". FullEnrich's 6-credit name+company → email lookup is "Find Email (by Name & Company)" in the Enrich menu, "Contact Profile (by Name & Company)" in the single-cell fill window, and "Deep Email Search" on a Person Search card — all the same flat 6 credits, no chain. Confusingly, the Enrich menu also uses "Find Email (by Name & Company)" for Prospeo's separate 2-credit lookup, so in that one menu the same title covers two different prices — the amount shown is how you tell them apart. The Enrich menu and record panel additionally offer a _chained_ version of FullEnrich's lookup, also labeled "Contact Profile (by Name & Company)," which can cost up to 12 credits (6 for the email, 6 more only if a follow-up profile lookup also succeeds) — this chain only runs from those two surfaces, never from the single-cell window. "Find Email + Phone (by Name & Company)" is the same operation as "Deep Mobile Search" on a Person Search result. Prospeo's 2-credit lookup is "Contact Brief" in the Enrich menu's Contact section and in the record panel, but "Verified Email & Company Phone" (or "… (by Name)") on a Person Search card. "Reveal Mobile Number" is offered in the record panel, the single-cell window and on a Person Search card, but not in the bulk Enrich menu. CompanyEnrich's "Contact Profile (by Email)" only appears in the single-cell fill window — the bulk Enrich menu deliberately excludes CompanyEnrich from that section and only offers FullEnrich's version there. **Related topics:** credits-explained · what-does-one-contact-cost · cost-examples · where-did-my-credits-go · buying-credits · price-list-ai-research-imports · price-list-profile-add-ons · which-finder-do-i-use · not-enough-credits · inbox. ### FAQ #### How much does a company lookup cost? Looking up a company by domain or company name costs 0.25 credits, only charged if the lookup finds the company. It's labeled "Company Lookup" in the Enrich menu, record panel and single-cell fill window, and "Company Profile" on a Person Search card — same lookup, same price. #### How much does email verification cost? Checking one email address costs 0.1 credits, but only once ListPlus actually calls the verification service — an obviously invalid address (bad format, a disposable domain, a role-based address like info@, or a test domain) is caught and marked invalid for free before that happens. A few inconclusive results from the verification service are also free. #### How much does a LinkedIn profile lookup cost? Looking up a person's or company's LinkedIn profile from its URL costs 0.5 credits, only charged if the profile is found. A separate "Verify LinkedIn Profile" check (by name and company instead of a URL) costs 0.25–0.5 credits and is charged even when it finds nothing, since the check itself still runs. #### How much does searching LinkedIn by name cost? Searching LinkedIn for a profile by name and company, when you don't already have the URL, costs 1 credit — charged whether or not a match is found, because the search itself still runs. It returns the full profile, including job title, company and experience, when it succeeds. #### How much does finding a verified email cost? Finding a verified email via Prospeo costs 2 credits, and nothing if no verified email turns up. It's labeled "Contact Brief" in the Enrich menu's Contact section and in the record panel, "Verified Email & Company Phone" (or "… (by Name)") on a Person Search card, and — confusingly — "Find Email (by Name & Company)" in the Enrich menu's email section, the same title FullEnrich's separate 6-credit lookup uses there. See "[What does one contact cost?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/what-does-one-contact-cost)" for the full set of routes to an email or phone. #### How much does a contact profile from an email cost via FullEnrich? Looking up a person's name, job title and LinkedIn URL from their email via FullEnrich costs 4 credits, charged only if a match is found. It's labeled "Contact Profile (by Email)" and is the recommended option when you want the most complete profile, since it waterfalls through 20+ data sources. #### How much does a contact profile from an email cost via CompanyEnrich? Looking up a person's name, job title and LinkedIn URL from their email via CompanyEnrich costs 2 credits, charged only if a match is found. It's labeled "Contact Profile (by Email)" too, the same as FullEnrich's option, but only appears in the single-cell fill window — the bulk Enrich menu only offers FullEnrich's 4-credit version, so price is how you tell them apart there. #### How much does "Contact Profile (by Name & Company)" cost? The price depends on where you start it: a flat 6 credits in the single-cell fill window (charged only if it finds an email, no follow-up chain), or up to 12 credits from the Enrich menu or a row's record panel, where the same label triggers a chained version — 6 for the email, 6 more only if the chain also completes the profile. Either way it's not a phone lookup — for a phone number, use "Find Email + Phone" instead. #### How much does a deep email search cost? FullEnrich's name+company → email lookup costs 6 credits, charged only if an email is found — the same lookup is labeled "Find Email (by Name & Company)" in the Enrich menu, "Contact Profile (by Name & Company)" in the single-cell fill window, and "Deep Email Search" on a Person Search card. In the Enrich menu, Prospeo's cheaper 2-credit lookup uses that exact same "Find Email (by Name & Company)" title — the price is how you tell them apart, so try the 2-credit one first. #### How much does finding an email and phone together cost? Finding both an email and a direct phone number from a name and company via FullEnrich — labeled "Find Email + Phone" in the Enrich menu and "Deep Mobile Search" on a Person Search result — costs 30 credits, charged whenever the lookup returns data — any profile field it finds, not the phone number specifically. With Prospeo, a personal mobile number is always a separate 12-credit reveal, since Prospeo's routes only include the company phone number at no extra cost. #### How much does a mobile number cost? Revealing a verified mobile number via Prospeo ("Reveal Mobile Number") costs 12 credits, and it's only charged when a number is actually found. It's offered in the record panel, the single-cell fill window and on a Person Search card — not in the bulk Enrich menu — and needs a LinkedIn URL, or a name and company, as the starting point. #### How much does a Crunchbase lookup cost? Looking up a company on Crunchbase by name or domain — labeled "Company Profile Crunchbase" — costs 1 credit, charged only if a match is found. It adds funding, technology and growth signals on top of the basic company profile. #### How much does a page of Segment Search results cost? Each page of 25 results in Segment Search costs 2 credits. A page is free if the search returns no results, or if it repeats a search you already ran in the last 30 days. #### How much does revealing an email or mobile number in Segment Search cost? Revealing a verified email in a Segment Search result costs 2 credits, and revealing a mobile number costs 12 credits — both charged only when the reveal actually finds a value. A masked preview like "j•••@company.com" is always free to see; only unmasking it costs credits. #### How much does recognizing an Inbox entry cost? Every recognition run costs at least 0.5 credits, including vCards, calendar invites, table rows and one-contact-per-line lists. Free text, a forwarded e-mail or a PDF adds AI token cost on top, at double the normal rate; the **Recognize contacts** button shows an exact price for these entry types and an upper bound (marked "~", roughly 1.6–2.1 credits) for AI ones, and **Recognize again** charges again. #### What is always free in ListPlus? Several things never cost credits: Google searches for a LinkedIn URL or company website, reading a company from ListPlus's own cache, cleaning phone numbers into international format, quality checks in Analyze, and exporting or syncing a list. Creating an empty list is free too. --- ## What does one contact cost? Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/what-does-one-contact-cost Last updated: 2026-09-24 It depends on what you already know about the person. In the single-cell fill window, ListPlus lists the single lookups cheapest first and marks the cheapest with a "cheapest" badge (a multi-step option marked "recommended" may appear at the top); in the Enrich menu and the record panel, you pick which lookup to run yourself. Almost every route only charges credits when it actually finds something — a miss is free — except LinkedIn Profile Search by name and company (1 credit, always) and Verify LinkedIn Profile (0.25–0.5 credits, always); see "[Price list: what every action costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list)" for the full list. ### The routes, cheapest first | You already have | Click | Credits | Charged | What you get | | -------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------- | ------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | A LinkedIn URL | "Contact Brief (by LinkedIn URL)" (Enrich menu, record panel, single-cell fill window) / "Verified Email & Company Phone" (Person Search card) — Prospeo | 2 | on hit | Verified email, the company's main phone number, and basic company data | | A name and company (no LinkedIn URL, no email) | "Contact Brief (by Name & Company)" (Enrich menu, record panel, single-cell fill window) / "Verified Email & Company Phone (by Name)" (Person Search card) — Prospeo | 2 | on hit | Same as above, matched by name + company instead of a URL | | Only an email address (reverse lookup, finds the most matches) | "Contact Profile (by Email)" — FullEnrich (Enrich menu, record panel, single-cell fill window, Person Search card) | 4 | on hit | Name, job title, company, LinkedIn URL, location | | Only an email, cheaper but finds fewer matches | "Contact Profile (by Email)" — CompanyEnrich (single-cell fill window only) | 2 | on hit | Same fields as above; only offered from the single-cell fill window | | A mobile phone number | "Reveal Mobile Number" — Prospeo (record panel, single-cell fill window, Person Search card) | 12 | only if a number is found | A verified personal mobile; needs a LinkedIn URL or a name + company to start from | | Company data only, no person | "Company Lookup" (Enrich menu, record panel, single-cell fill window) / "Company Profile" (Person Search card) — CompanyEnrich | 0.25 | on hit | Industry, size, location, LinkedIn company URL and more | "Reveal Mobile Number" isn't offered directly in the Enrich menu — start it from the record panel, the single-cell fill window, or a Person Search card. In a list, you can still reveal mobiles for many rows at once by selecting the rows first and choosing Contact details → Phone in the selection bar's field picker (it runs the same 12-credit mobile reveal). If "Contact Brief" doesn't find an email, from either a LinkedIn URL or a name and company, the next step is the 6-credit "Find Email (by Name & Company)" (FullEnrich), charged only on a hit — labeled "Contact Profile (by Name & Company)" in the single-cell fill window and "Deep Email Search" on a Person Search card. In the Enrich menu, Prospeo's Contact Brief lookup also appears a second time under this exact same "Find Email (by Name & Company)" label, at its usual 2 credits, so check the credit amount shown on the button rather than the name alone. The Enrich menu and record panel additionally offer a chained version of "Contact Profile (by Name & Company)" that can cost up to 12 credits — 6 for the email, and 6 more only if a follow-up profile lookup also succeeds; in the single-cell fill window the same label is a flat 6 credits with no chain. See "Price list: what every action costs" for the full breakdown of which surface charges what. Needing both an email and a direct phone number from just a name and company is a separate, pricier route: "Find Email + Phone (by Name & Company)" in the Enrich menu, or "Deep Mobile Search" on a Person Search card — 30 credits via FullEnrich, charged when the lookup returns data. ### Why the prices differ Cheaper lookups (0.25–2 credits) work from either an exact key — a LinkedIn URL or a domain — or a single verified database matched by name and company, so only one provider needs to be checked. The pricier 6-credit and 30-credit routes instead run a waterfall across 20+ data sources to catch matches the cheap route missed, which costs more to run — worth trying only after the cheap route comes up empty. Mobile numbers are the most expensive single reveal (12 credits) because a verified personal mobile is far scarcer and costlier to source than a work email or a company's main phone number, which already comes free with a Contact Brief lookup. ### How to keep it cheap - **Free steps first.** Finding a LinkedIn URL by name and company via Google search costs nothing — do this before paying for anything that needs a LinkedIn URL. - **Reuse what's already there.** If a row was enriched earlier but the cell stayed empty, clicking an enrich button fills it from that existing data in your list first, with no new API call and no credits spent. - **Start with Contact Brief.** Try the 2-credit route before the 6-credit deep search — most contacts are found on the first, cheaper try. - **Pick only what you need.** Pick "Find Email" instead of "Find Email + Phone" unless you actually need the phone number — the phone version costs several times more. - **Enrich a selection, not the whole list.** Select only the rows that still need a contact before clicking an enrich button, so you don't pay to re-check rows that already have one. - **Revisit for free.** Re-running a LinkedIn lookup that already found data costs nothing for 30 days, and cached companies are free; person lookups (Prospeo, FullEnrich) that returned data are reused for 7 days in your account, while lookups that found nothing are run again. ### A worked example As an example only — actual costs depend on what's found. In the best case, "Contact Brief" already includes basic company data, so one contact can cost as little as 2 credits with nothing else needed. If Contact Brief's company data isn't enough and you also run a separate "Company Lookup" (0.25 credits), that's about 2.25 credits for one contact. Adding a verified mobile number ("Reveal Mobile Number," 12 credits) brings that same contact to about 14.25 credits. See "Cost examples" for larger, worked-through scenarios. **Related topics:** price-list · price-list-profile-add-ons · cost-examples · credits-explained · where-did-my-credits-go · which-enrich-button · enrichment-overview. ### FAQ #### How much does it cost to find one email address? Usually 2 credits: "Contact Brief" via Prospeo, from a LinkedIn URL or a name and company, charged only if it finds a verified email. Finding the LinkedIn URL first, if you don't have one, is a free Google search. If Contact Brief finds nothing, the next step is the 6-credit "Find Email (by Name & Company)" via FullEnrich. #### I have a LinkedIn URL — what should I click first? Start with "Contact Brief (by LinkedIn URL)" in the Enrich menu or record panel — labeled "Verified Email & Company Phone" on a Person Search card. It costs 2 credits via Prospeo, charged only if a verified email is found, and also returns the company's main phone number and basic company data in the same call. #### I only have a name and company — how do I find their email? Start with "Contact Brief (by Name & Company)" — 2 credits via Prospeo, charged only on a hit. If it doesn't find a match, the 6-credit "Find Email (by Name & Company)" via FullEnrich searches a wider waterfall of sources, still only charged if it succeeds. #### I only have an email — how do I find their name and job title? This reverse lookup is labeled "Contact Profile (by Email)" everywhere you start it. FullEnrich's 4-credit version finds the most matches; CompanyEnrich's cheaper 2-credit version, only available from the single-cell fill window, is cheaper but finds fewer. Both charge only if a match is found. #### Why do some email lookups cost 6 credits and others only 2? The 2-credit "Contact Brief" (Prospeo) checks one verified database using a LinkedIn URL or a name and company — the cheapest starting point. The 6-credit "Find Email (by Name & Company)" (FullEnrich) instead waterfalls across 20+ data sources for a higher hit rate on harder contacts, so it's worth trying only after Contact Brief comes up empty. #### Why is a mobile number so expensive? "Reveal Mobile Number" costs 12 credits via Prospeo because a verified personal mobile is far scarcer and costlier to source than a work email, and it's only charged when a number is actually found. If that doesn't find one, the remaining route to a phone number is the 30-credit "Find Email + Phone (by Name & Company)" via FullEnrich, charged whenever the lookup returns data. #### How do I avoid paying twice for the same contact? If a row was already enriched earlier but the cell is still empty, clicking an enrich button fills it from that existing data already in your list first, at no extra cost and no new credits spent. Repeating a person lookup (Prospeo, FullEnrich) that returned data within 7 days is also free, because the earlier result is reused in your account. #### What's the cheapest way to get someone's phone number? A company's main phone number already comes free with a "Contact Brief" lookup (2 credits). For a personal mobile, use "Reveal Mobile Number" (12 credits via Prospeo, charged only if found); if that doesn't find one, "Find Email + Phone (by Name & Company)" (30 credits via FullEnrich) is the remaining option. #### Contact Brief found nothing — what next? Try the 6-credit "Find Email (by Name & Company)" via FullEnrich — labeled "Contact Profile (by Name & Company)" in the single-cell fill window and "Deep Email Search" on a Person Search card — which searches a wider waterfall of 20+ sources and is charged only if it succeeds. For a phone number instead, "Reveal Mobile Number" (12 credits) or "Find Email + Phone" (30 credits) are the next paid options. --- ## Cost examples: worked totals for common tasks Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/cost-examples Last updated: 2026-09-27 These are worked-through totals for tasks people actually do, built from the per-action prices in the price list. Real results vary — how many contacts a lookup actually finds is never guaranteed — so each example states its "hit rate" as a clearly labeled assumption, not a promise. One credit is worth about €0.03. For the reasoning behind each price, see "What does one contact cost?" and the price list. ### 1. Emails for 1,000 names + companies Starting point: a list of 1,000 rows with first name, last name and company, no LinkedIn URL and no email yet. | Step | Rate | Count | Credits | | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------- | ---------------- | -------- | | "Contact Brief (by Name & Company)" — Prospeo | 2 cr on hit | up to 1,000 | 2 × hits | | "Find Email (by Name & Company)" — FullEnrich, fallback for the rest | 6 cr on hit | remaining misses | 6 × hits | Two Enrich-menu entries share the exact label "Find Email (by Name & Company)" — Prospeo's cheaper 2-credit lookup and FullEnrich's 6-credit one. The credit amount shown on the button is how you tell them apart; for this fallback step, pick the one showing 6 credits. - **Best case** — Contact Brief finds all 1,000: 1,000 × 2 = **2,000 credits** (≈ €60). - **Worst case** — Contact Brief finds none, but the 6-credit fallback finds every one of them: 1,000 × 6 = **6,000 credits** (≈ €180). - **Realistic estimate** (assumption: 60% found by Contact Brief, another 20% by the fallback, 20% not found at all): 600 × 2 + 200 × 6 = **2,400 credits** (≈ €72) for about 800 emails. 1,000 records fit comfortably within Basic's 10,000-record limit across all your lists. **Spend less:** let Contact Brief run first and only send the rows it missed to the pricier fallback — don't run both on every row. Select just the rows still missing an email before you enrich, so you're not re-paying for ones you already have. ### 2. Clean & verify 5,000 CRM contacts Starting point: a 5,000-row export from a CRM, imported as a file. | Step | Rate | Count | Credits | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------ | ----------- | -------------- | | File import | 1 cr flat | 1 list | 1 | | AI column detection (runs automatically on every import) | billed by usage, no fixed rate | 1 list | small | | Analyze: checks, fixes, duplicate merging (rule-based) | free | 5,000 rows | 0 | | "Verify Email Deliverability" (only once the service is actually called) | 0.1 cr | up to 5,000 | 0.1 × verified | Analyze's own checks and fixes — deduplication, formatting, placeholder detection and the like — are rule-based and free. AI-based checks or fixes, such as the Enrich menu's AI-derived fields, are billed separately by usage and aren't part of "cleaning" in this example. - **Best case** — most addresses are caught for free as obviously invalid, disposable, role-based or test-domain, so few ever reach the paid verification step: close to the cost of the import plus column detection alone, both small. - **Worst case** — every address looks plausible and needs the paid verification call: 5,000 × 0.1 + 1 = **501 credits** (≈ €15), plus the small column-detection charge. - **Realistic estimate** (assumption: a typical CRM export is mostly plausible-looking addresses, so about 85% reach the paid check and 15% are caught free): 5,000 × 0.85 × 0.1 + 1 = **426 credits** (≈ €13), including the import. 5,000 records fit within Basic's 10,000-record limit across all lists. **Spend less:** run Analyze first (free) and only verify rows that don't already have a known-good status, instead of re-verifying the whole list every time. ### 3. 500 database leads with verified email (Segment Search) Starting point: a Segment Search matching your audience; you want 500 results and a verified email where available. There's no bulk "reveal email" inside Segment Search itself — you add results to a list page by page, then enrich them from the list. | Step | Rate | Count | Credits | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ----------- | --------- | -------- | | Segment Search page fetch (up to 25 results each) | 2 cr/page | 20 pages | 40 | | "Add To List" (copies only the current page; click it once per page) | free | 20 times | 0 | | "Contact Brief (by LinkedIn URL)" — Prospeo, from the list's Enrich menu | 2 cr on hit | up to 500 | 2 × hits | If a page returns fewer than 25 results, you'll need more than 20 pages to reach 500. - **Fewest credits spent** — no Contact Brief lookup finds a value: **40 credits** (≈ €1.20) for 500 leads with no email found. - **Full yield** — every lookup finds a verified email: 40 + 500 × 2 = **1,040 credits** (≈ €31). - **Realistic estimate** (assumption: about 60% of the 500 leads get a verified email via Contact Brief): 40 + 500 × 0.6 × 2 = **640 credits** (≈ €19). 500 leads fit easily within Basic's 10,000-record limit. **Spend less:** the masked email/mobile preview on a Segment Search result is always free to browse, so shortlist which leads you actually want before adding pages and enriching — the page fetch is the one cost you can't avoid per batch of 25. ### 4. One AI Research run AI Research has no fixed total: the agent's reasoning is billed by actual usage, the same way AI commands are, so it scales with how many steps a run takes rather than a flat rate. If your balance runs out mid-run, the run simply stops and keeps whatever it already found. Only the optional paid sources have a fixed per-call price. | Step | Rate | Count (assumption) | Credits | | --------------------------- | ----------------------------- | ------------------ | -------- | | Reasoning steps | billed by usage, no flat rate | — | variable | | Reddit search (opt-in) | 6 cr/call | 2 calls | 12 | | X (Twitter) search (opt-in) | 3 cr/call | 1 call | 3 | | Tech-stack lookup (opt-in) | 0.25 cr/call | 2 calls | 0.5 | - **Best case** — no paid sources switched on, a short run: just the (variable, usage-billed) reasoning cost, no source charges at all. - **Worst case** — Reddit, X and the tech lookup are all called many times over the course of a long run: source charges alone can add up to several dozen credits, on top of reasoning. - **Worked example** (the source-call counts in the table above — 2 Reddit searches, 1 X search, 2 tech lookups): 12 + 3 + 0.5 = **15.5 credits** in source charges, plus reasoning billed separately. You need at least 1 credit in your balance to start any run, and a run delivers up to 25 matches. **Spend less:** leave Reddit, X and the tech lookup off unless you need them — Google search, used throughout every run, is always free. ### 5. Mobile numbers for 100 people Starting point: 100 rows that already have a name and company (or a LinkedIn URL), selected in the grid. For one person, the record panel's "Reveal Mobile Number" is the direct route. For a batch like this, select the rows, click **Enrich** in the selection bar, and pick Person → Contact details → **Mobile** in the field picker that opens — the same underlying lookup, with the maximum cost shown before you confirm (check it shows 12 credits per row). | Step | Rate | Count | Credits | | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------ | --------- | --------- | | "Phone" (selection bar → Enrich → Contact details) — Prospeo, same lookup as "Reveal Mobile Number" | 12 cr on hit | up to 100 | 12 × hits | - **Fewest credits spent** — no reveal finds a number: **0 credits** (an unlikely outcome, since you'd get no mobiles either). - **Full yield** — every reveal finds a number: 100 × 12 = **1,200 credits** (≈ €36). - **Realistic estimate** (assumption: mobile coverage is lower than email coverage, about 30% of people have a discoverable verified mobile): 100 × 0.3 × 12 = **360 credits** (≈ €11). **Spend less:** a company's main phone number already comes free with a 2-credit "Contact Brief" lookup — only select rows you actually need a personal number for before running the Mobile field, so you're not paying to check people you won't call. ### 6. Import a 2,000-row Excel and fill company data Starting point: a 2,000-row Excel file with a company domain or name per row, no company data yet. | Step | Rate | Count | Credits | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------ | ----------- | ----------------- | | File import | 1 cr flat | 1 list | 1 | | AI column detection (runs automatically on every import) | billed by usage, no fixed rate | 1 list | small | | "Company Lookup" (by domain) — only when it isn't already free from the shared cache | 0.25 cr on hit | up to 2,000 | 0.25 × rows found | "Company Lookup" checks ListPlus's shared company cache first — a domain another user recently looked up costs nothing. The figures below assume every match calls the paid provider, so they're an upper bound; your actual cost can be lower. - **Fewest credits spent** — few domains resolve to a company, or most hit the free cache: close to the cost of the import plus column detection alone, both small. - **Full yield, all paid** — every domain resolves and none is cached: 2,000 × 0.25 + 1 = **501 credits** (≈ €15). - **Realistic estimate — upper bound** (assumption: about 70% of domains resolve to a company profile, all via the paid lookup): 2,000 × 0.7 × 0.25 + 1 = **351 credits** (≈ €11) or less. 2,000 rows fit comfortably within Basic's 10,000-record limit across all your lists. **Spend less:** only run "Company Lookup" on rows that actually have a domain or company name — skip blanks. "Company Lookup" checks ListPlus's shared company cache first, so domains already in the cache cost nothing. ### 7. Sales Navigator import of 500 leads + LinkedIn enrichment Starting point: a Sales Navigator search URL, importing up to 500 leads. Sales Navigator leads don't include email addresses, so finding one is a separate step afterwards. | Step | Rate | Count | Credits | | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------ | ------------------- | ---------------- | | Sales Navigator import | 30 cr base + 1 cr/result | up to 500 results | 30 + 1 × results | | Optional: "Enrich LinkedIn Data?" dialog — Contact Profiles + Company Profiles, both pre-ticked | 0.5 cr/row each | up to 500 rows each | up to ~500 total | | "Contact Brief (by LinkedIn URL)" — Prospeo, from the Enrich menu | 2 cr on hit | up to 500 | 2 × hits | | "Find Email (by Name & Company)" fallback — FullEnrich, the entry showing 6 credits | 6 cr on hit | remaining misses | 6 × hits | The import itself is charged once it finishes, based on the results actually returned — only the 30-credit base fee is charged if it returns zero leads. Right after a successful import, an "Enrich LinkedIn Data?" dialog offers richer LinkedIn profile fields (job title, education, skills for people; industry, size, website for companies) with both checkboxes pre-ticked and an "Enrich Now (~credits)" button showing the live estimate — click **Skip** if you only want emails, since this step is optional and separate from finding one. As with the earlier examples, two menu entries share the label "Find Email (by Name & Company)"; pick the one showing 6 credits for the fallback. - **Best case** — full 500 leads imported, Contact Brief finds every email: (30 + 500) + 500 × 2 = **1,530 credits** (≈ €46). - **Worst case** — full 500 leads imported, Contact Brief misses everyone but the 6-credit fallback finds them all: 530 + 500 × 6 = **3,530 credits** (≈ €106). - **Realistic estimate** (assumption: 60% found by Contact Brief, 20% by the fallback, 20% not found): 530 + 300 × 2 + 100 × 6 = **1,730 credits** (≈ €52). These figures don't include the optional "Enrich LinkedIn Data?" step — keeping both its checkboxes ticked for all 500 leads adds up to about 500 more credits (less once shared companies are deduplicated). 500 leads fit within Basic's 10,000-record limit. **Spend less:** starting a Sales Navigator import needs the full 530-credit maximum available in your balance up front, even though you're only charged for results actually returned — check your balance before you start a large one. Click Skip on "Enrich LinkedIn Data?" if you only need emails, run Contact Brief before the pricier fallback, and only enrich the leads you'll actually contact. **Related topics:** price-list · price-list-ai-research-imports · price-list-profile-add-ons · what-does-one-contact-cost · credits-explained · buying-credits · plans-and-pricing · which-plan-do-i-need. ### FAQ #### How much does it cost to find emails for 1,000 contacts? Assuming a mix of hit rates, a realistic estimate is around 2,400 credits (≈ €72) for about 800 emails found: 60% found via the 2-credit "Contact Brief" and another 20% via the 6-credit fallback. Best case (everyone found by the cheap route) is 2,000 credits; worst case (everyone needs the expensive fallback) is 6,000 credits. 1,000 rows fit within Basic's 10,000-record limit. #### What does cleaning and verifying 5,000 contacts cost? Cleaning — Analyze's rule-based checks, fixes and duplicate merging — is free; only automatic column detection and email verification cost credits, both billed by usage, with verification at 0.1 credits per address once the service is actually called. A realistic estimate, including the 1-credit import, is around 426 credits (≈ €13), assuming most addresses look plausible enough to need the paid check. 5,000 records fit within Basic's 10,000-record limit. #### What do 500 leads with verified emails from Segment Search cost? Fetching 500 results (20 pages of up to 25) costs a flat 40 credits, added to your list page by page with the free "Add To List" button — there's no bulk email reveal inside Segment Search itself. From the list, "Contact Brief (by LinkedIn URL)" costs 2 credits per hit, so a realistic estimate assuming about 60% of leads get a verified email is around 640 credits (≈ €19); the range runs from 40 credits (no hits) up to 1,040 credits (every lead hits). #### How much is one AI Research run? There's no fixed total — the agent's reasoning is billed by actual usage, scaling with how many steps the run takes, and the run stops itself if your balance runs out. Only the optional paid sources have a fixed rate: for example, 2 Reddit searches, 1 X search and 2 tech-stack lookups add up to 15.5 credits (12 + 3 + 0.5) in source charges, on top of the separately billed reasoning. You need at least 1 credit in your balance to start a run. #### What do mobile numbers for 100 people cost? Mobile lookups cost 12 credits per hit either way: "Reveal Mobile Number" in a single contact's record panel, or, for a batch, select the rows and pick Person → Contact details → Phone after clicking Enrich in the selection bar. Assuming a realistic 30% of people have a discoverable verified mobile, 100 people costs around 360 credits (≈ €11); the range runs from 0 credits (no hits) up to 1,200 credits (every one hits). #### How much is a Sales Navigator import of 500 leads? Importing up to 500 leads costs 30 credits base plus 1 credit per result — 530 credits (≈ €16) for a full 500, charged once the import finishes. Adding email enrichment on top ("Contact Brief" at 2 credits per hit, with a 6-credit fallback for the rest) brings a realistic estimate to around 1,730 credits (≈ €52) for the import plus enrichment together; the optional post-import "Enrich LinkedIn Data?" dialog for fuller profiles is separate and skippable. #### What does filling company data for 2,000 rows cost? A realistic estimate is around 351 credits (≈ €11), including the 1-credit import, assuming about 70% of domains resolve to a company via the paid "Company Lookup." That figure is an upper bound — "Company Lookup" checks ListPlus's company cache first, so some domains cost nothing. #### Can I do this with the 25 free credits? Not at this scale — 25 credits covers roughly a hundred 0.25-credit Company Lookups on their own, less once an import's 1-credit charge and column detection's small usage-based cost are taken out. It's enough to test one or two lookups, not a 1,000-row or 500-lead task — see "[Buying credits](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/buying-credits)" for pack sizes to cover a real batch. #### How many credits do I need per month? There's no fixed number — credits are usage-based, so size your own need by estimating your typical monthly volume of lookups, imports and AI use and multiplying by the price list's per-action rates. Reusing a worked total above for a similarly sized task is the fastest way to get a rough monthly figure. --- ## Where did my credits go? Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/where-did-my-credits-go Last updated: 2026-09-28 Every place credits get spent also shows the cost, and the Usage page pulls it all together in one history for the balance that pays in your current workspace. This topic walks through where to look, on the page and inside a list. ### Open the Usage page Click your avatar at the bottom of the left navigation, then **Usage**. This opens the "Credit Usage Report" — the credit history of the balance that pays in the active workspace. ### Usage in a workspace The page also has a section **Usage in this workspace** with this month's credits per person in the active workspace, so you can see who spent what. The rest of the page depends on whose balance pays: - **In a workspace you own**, the page shows your full credit history across all workspaces you own, including purchases. - **In a workspace someone else owns**, the balance shown is the owner's (for example "Anna's credits"), and the page only shows that workspace's spending: no purchases, no lifetime totals of the owner, nothing from other workspaces. A note says "You only see this workspace's usage. The balance belongs to …". ### What each part of the page shows - **Current Balance** — your credit total right now, with its approximate € value underneath. - **Lifetime Used** — every credit you've ever spent, with its € value. - **Today** and **This Month** — credits spent and number of paid actions (requests) in each period. - **Usage by Model** — a table of every kind of paid activity, not only AI models: AI models by name, plus rows for enrichment, searches and imports — some shown with a technical label such as "Data Enrichment", "import" or one beginning with "enrichment:" followed by the provider or search type. Each row shows requests, credits used, € value, average per request, and its share of your all-time credits used. Empty if you haven't spent any credits yet. - **Transaction History** — a table of your individual transactions (see below), with a "Last 13 Weeks" heatmap above it: darker days spent more, and clicking a day filters the table to just that day's transactions (click again, or close the day chip, to see everything). ### Reading one transaction Each row in Transaction History shows: the date, a type tag (PURCHASE, USAGE, BONUS, REFUND or ADJUSTMENT — see below), the credit amount (positive adds to your balance, negative subtracts), its approximate € value, your balance right after it, and a Details column. Details shows what the credits paid for (e.g. an AI model name, or a provider like Prospeo) and where — Person search, Segment Search, AI Research, Import, Enrichment, AI, or a specific List; when it names a list, the list name is a clickable link that opens it (or shows "deleted list" if it no longer exists). Recognizing contacts in your Inbox shows up as "collection · Enrichment" (with "collection-recognize" underneath) — "collection" is simply the Usage page's name for Inbox recognition. ### Per-list spend in the status bar Inside a list, the status bar at the bottom shows a "credits spent" chip whenever that list has cost anything. Click it to open **Credits Used on This List**, which splits the total into **AI Commands** (chat, selections, analysis) and **Enrichment** (data lookups & verification) — this counts what everyone in the workspace spent on that one list, not your account total. ### Where an AI reply shows its cost When you give the AI an instruction — edit data, select rows, tag them, analyze them — its reply ends with a small footer naming the model and the exact credits that reply cost, e.g. "0.23 Credits." Plain conversational AI replies are billed the same way but don't show this footer inline — their cost still lands in Usage by Model and Transaction History on the Usage page. ### Where an enrichment run shows its total While an enrichment job runs and right after it finishes, a small status bar floats at the top of the screen showing its progress — click it to expand and see, per job, how many rows succeeded (and how many came from cache), how many failed, and the credits it used. If you instead ask the AI to enrich rows as a command, its chat reply names the provider and reports how many contacts were found, how many came from the cache and the credits used. ### How refunds appear Most lookups simply aren't charged at all when they fail to find anything — the price list marks which ones are charged only on a hit versus per attempt. ListPlus automatically refunds credits in a couple of narrower cases: a paid AI Research source (like email verification during a research run through your own AI assistant) that fails after already being charged, or an Inbox recognition result discarded before you could use it. AI commands and AI reasoning that already ran are billed regardless of how useful the reply was, and aren't refunded. ### If something looks wrong 1. Open **Usage** from your avatar menu and find the transaction — use the heatmap to jump to a day, or scroll the Transaction History table. 2. Note its date, amount, type and Details text (what it paid for, and where). 3. Email **support@listplus.ai** with those details so support can look up the exact charge. ### For advanced users Transaction types: **PURCHASE** (a credit pack you bought, showing the euro amount you paid), **USAGE** (an action that spent credits), **BONUS** (a one-time grant, e.g. your sign-up credits or a plan's first-subscription bonus), **REFUND** (an automatic credit-back after one of the two cases above), and **ADJUSTMENT** (a manual correction made by ListPlus support). Lifetime Used and a list's credit total are both gross figures: a refund adds the credits back to your balance but doesn't reduce what Lifetime Used or that list already counted. A list's status bar chip rounds to a whole number of credits, while the "Credits Used on This List" modal it opens shows exact decimals; while a job runs, the chip and the Usage page update at slightly different moments and agree once the job has finished and you reload. Today and This Month are counted by UTC calendar day/month, so they can roll over at a different local time than midnight where you are. AI usage is converted to credits from the actual input and output tokens of that reply, using a per-model rate — not a flat per-command price — which is why the same instruction can cost a slightly different amount twice. Usage history belongs to the balance it was paid from (the workspace owner's): ListPlus keeps the last 1000 transactions in total, the Transaction History table shows only the most recent 100 of those, and the 13-week heatmap is built from the full 1000 — so a very active account's heatmap can reach further back than the visible table. **Related topics:** credits-explained · price-list · what-does-one-contact-cost · navigation-and-glossary · not-enough-credits · buying-credits · refunds · billing-in-workspaces. ### FAQ #### Where can I see a breakdown of what I spent my credits on? Open Usage from your avatar menu — it shows your balance, spending by type (AI models, enrichment, imports), a 13-week heatmap, and your last 100 transactions, each labeled with what it paid for and where (a search, an import, an enrichment, or a specific list). #### Why did my balance drop? Every paid action — a data lookup, an AI command, a file import — deducts credits the moment it runs, so your balance can drop outside of when you buy a pack. A LinkedIn import is charged once, when it completes, rather than when you start it. Open Usage from your avatar menu to see exactly which transactions lowered it. #### How do I see what a single list cost? Inside the list, look at the "credits spent" chip in the status bar at the bottom and click it to open "Credits Used on This List," which splits the total into AI Commands and Enrichment. This counts what everyone in the workspace spent on that one list, rounded to a whole number in the chip (the modal shows exact decimals). #### What do the transaction types mean? Each row on the Usage page's Transaction History is tagged PURCHASE (a credit pack you bought), USAGE (an action that spent credits), BONUS (a one-time grant), REFUND (credits returned automatically) or ADJUSTMENT (a manual correction from support). Positive amounts add to your balance, negative amounts subtract from it. #### I was charged but got no result — what now? Most lookups only charge credits when they actually find something; a few are charged per attempt even without a match, and the price list marks which is which for every action. A failed lookup normally isn't charged, and the two charge-first cases (a failed paid research source during a research run through your own AI assistant, a discarded Inbox recognition) are refunded automatically — check the Usage page for a Refund entry, and email support@listplus.ai with the date and amount if a charge still looks wrong. #### How do I see what an AI command cost? When you give the AI an instruction — edit, select, or tag rows — its reply ends with a small footer showing the model and the exact credits it cost. Every AI reply's cost — including plain question-and-answer replies that don't show this footer — also appears on the Usage page, under Usage by Model and in Transaction History. #### How do I see what an enrichment run cost? While an enrichment job runs, and for a few seconds after, a small status bar floats at the top of the screen; expand it to see rows succeeded, rows cached, rows failed, and the credits used, per job. If you asked the AI to enrich rows as a command instead, its chat reply states the result and credits used directly. #### Why does Usage by Model show "Data Enrichment" or "import" rows? Usage by Model lists every kind of paid activity, not just AI models: enrichment lookups, searches and imports appear as their own rows, some with technical labels such as "Data Enrichment", "import" or "enrichment:" followed by the provider or search type. Each row's share is its percentage of all the credits you've ever spent, not just AI spend. #### Why does recognizing Inbox contacts show as "collection · Enrichment"? That's how the Usage page and Transaction History list Inbox recognition: "collection" is the item, "Enrichment" the area, and "collection-recognize" appears underneath. It's the same run you paid for on the Recognize contacts button — the amount matches the price shown there (or less, for free text). #### Why doesn't my list's credit counter match the Usage page? The status bar chip only counts that one list (spend by everyone in the workspace), not the whole balance, and it rounds to a whole number while the modal it opens shows exact decimals. While a job runs, the chip and the Usage page update at slightly different moments, so they can briefly disagree until the job has finished and you reload. #### I clicked a day in the heatmap and see no transactions — why? The heatmap is built from your last 1000 stored transactions, but the table below it only ever shows the most recent 100 — so clicking an older, lower-activity day can find nothing in the visible table even though the heatmap shows spend that day. This only happens on accounts with heavy usage; email support@listplus.ai with the date if you need details on an older transaction. #### Can I download or export my transaction history? Not from the Usage page itself — there's no download or export button there today. If you need your transaction history for accounting or another external use, email support@listplus.ai with the date range you need. #### How far back does my usage history go? ListPlus keeps your most recent 1000 transactions; older ones aren't retained. The Transaction History table only shows the latest 100 of those, while the 13-week heatmap above it summarizes the full 1000 by day, so it can cover more history than the table on a very active account. #### I think I was charged too much — who do I contact? Email support@listplus.ai with the transaction's date, credit amount, and its "what/where" details from the Usage page, so support can look up the exact charge. Check the price list first if you just want to confirm what an action is supposed to cost. #### Why don't I see purchases or my full history on the Usage page? You are in a workspace someone else owns, so the page shows that owner's balance and only the spending in this workspace, without purchases or other workspaces. Switch to a workspace you own to see your own full history. The section "Usage in this workspace" shows this month's credits per person. --- ## Buying credits Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/buying-credits Last updated: 2026-09-28 Credits are bought in fixed packs, paid for through Stripe, and land on your balance automatically as soon as the payment succeeds. You can buy a pack on any plan, including Basic, and credits never expire. ### Where to buy credits The **Purchase Credits** window opens from a few places once you're signed in, always showing the same four packs: - **Plans & Billing** (open it from your avatar menu) → **Buy Credits** button. - Your avatar menu → the **Balance** row (click your credit amount directly). - The credit balance shown at the bottom of the left navigation — clicking it opens the same window. - Automatically, whenever an action would cost more credits than you have: ListPlus opens the same window with a note about what you were trying to do. Buying credits doesn't resume that action for you — top up, then run the action again yourself. Buying credits needs a signed-in account. Anonymous visitors don't see the Balance row or the navigation balance at all; **Plans & Billing → Buy Credits** is the one entry point they can reach, and it asks them to sign up first (free, no credit card needed) before the purchase window opens. ### Buying credits in a workspace Credits you buy always go to **your own** balance, and your balance pays for the workspaces you own. In a workspace someone else owns, everything is paid from the owner's balance: there is no **Buy Credits** button on Plans & Billing, and the places above open a note ("Balance empty – please ask … to top up") instead of the Purchase Credits window. Ask the owner to top up. See "[Credits, plan and limits in a workspace](https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/billing-in-workspaces)". ### The four packs | Pack | Credits | Price | Price per credit | Badge | | ---------- | ------- | ----- | ---------------- | ------------ | | Starter | 150 | €5 | 3.3 ct | — | | Basic | 500 | €15 | 3.0 ct | MOST POPULAR | | Pro | 1,000 | €30 | 3.0 ct | — | | Enterprise | 3,500 | €100 | 2.9 ct | BEST VALUE | These four pack names (Starter, Basic, Pro, Enterprise) only label credit packs — they are not your subscription plan. Your plan is Basic, Pro or Premium (see "[Plans and pricing](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/plans-and-pricing)"); there is no Enterprise plan. MOST POPULAR and BEST VALUE are fixed labels on the Basic and Enterprise packs, not a ranking that changes. "% cheaper", shown on the Basic, Pro and Enterprise cards, compares that pack's price per credit with the Starter pack's — the baseline everything else is measured against. ### How checkout works The window opens with the Basic pack preselected. Click a card to select a different pack, then click the buy button at the bottom, for example **Buy 500 Cr · €15**. This takes you to Stripe Checkout, ListPlus's payment provider, in the same tab. Stripe accepts credit cards, Apple Pay and Google Pay, adds VAT on top of the net price based on your location and VAT ID, and lets business customers enter a VAT ID on the checkout page itself — see "[Invoices and VAT](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/invoices-and-vat)" for details. ### When credits arrive, and where you land Credits are added to your balance as soon as Stripe confirms the payment, normally within a few seconds of finishing checkout. You're first returned to Plans & Billing, then automatically taken on to Home about two seconds later — your balance is normally already updated by the time you land there. ### If payment fails or you close the window If you cancel checkout, close the tab, or the payment doesn't go through, you're simply returned to Plans & Billing with nothing charged and no credits added. You can start the purchase again at any time; nothing about your account or existing credits changes. ### Invoices For an invoice for a credit pack, email support@listplus.ai. Every purchase appears as PURCHASE with its euro amount on your Usage page, so you always have a record even before an invoice arrives — see "[Invoices and VAT](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/invoices-and-vat)" for more. ### For advanced users Each payment is credited to your balance once, matched to the pack you paid for. If your balance hasn't updated within a couple of minutes of a completed payment, contact support@listplus.ai with the approximate time of purchase. **Related topics:** credits-explained · plans-and-pricing · price-list · where-did-my-credits-go · invoices-and-vat · refunds · billing-in-workspaces. ### FAQ #### How do I buy credits? Open Plans & Billing from your avatar menu and click Buy Credits to open the Purchase Credits window, or click your credit balance in the left navigation or in the avatar menu — all three open the same window. Select a pack and click the buy button at the bottom to pay through Stripe; credits land on your balance as soon as the payment succeeds. In a workspace you don't own, these places ask you to contact the owner instead, because only the owner can top up that workspace's balance. #### Which credit packs are there and what do they cost? There are four packs: Starter (150 credits, €5), Basic (500 credits, €15), Pro (1,000 credits, €30) and Enterprise (3,500 credits, €100). The price per credit drops as the pack gets bigger, from 3.3 cents down to 2.9 cents. #### Which pack is the best value? The Enterprise pack (3,500 credits, €100) has the lowest price per credit, about 2.9 cents, and carries the BEST VALUE label. The Basic pack (500 credits, €15) carries the MOST POPULAR label — these are fixed labels on those two packs, not a live ranking. #### What does the "% cheaper" note on a pack mean? It shows how much less you pay per credit on that pack compared with the smallest pack, Starter. The Starter pack itself shows no percentage, since it's the baseline every other pack is compared against. #### Can I buy a custom number of credits? No — there are only the four fixed packs (150, 500, 1,000 or 3,500 credits); there's no option to enter a custom amount. If none of the sizes fit, buy the closest one and top up again later. #### Do several credit purchases add up? Yes. Every pack you buy adds its credits to the same balance, so you can buy as many packs as you like, at any time, and they all stack — there's no limit on how many purchases you make. #### Which payment methods are accepted? ListPlus uses Stripe for checkout, which accepts credit cards, Apple Pay and Google Pay. Payment is handled entirely on Stripe's secure checkout page, not inside ListPlus. #### Can I pay by bank transfer, SEPA direct debit or PayPal? The purchase window lists credit cards, Apple Pay and Google Pay. For anything else, contact support@listplus.ai — an alternative isn't guaranteed. #### Do I need a paid plan to buy credits? No. Credit packs are available on every plan, including Basic, since credits and plans are billed separately. You do need a signed-in ListPlus account; anonymous visitors are asked to sign up first. #### When do purchased credits show up in my balance? Credits are added automatically as soon as Stripe confirms your payment, normally within a few seconds. Your balance updates on its own — no manual refresh or claim step needed. #### Where do I end up after paying? You're first sent back to Plans & Billing, then automatically on to Home about two seconds later. If you opened the purchase window because an action was blocked, that action doesn't resume by itself — go back and run it again once you're topped up; a stopped AI Research run has a Resume button instead. #### I paid but don't see the credits — what now? Give it a couple of minutes after checkout, since crediting happens right after Stripe confirms the payment and can occasionally lag slightly. If your balance still hasn't updated after that, contact support@listplus.ai with the approximate time of purchase and they'll sort it out. #### Is there automatic top-up when I run low? No. ListPlus never charges you automatically — you always pick a pack and confirm the purchase yourself. --- ## Invoices and VAT Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/invoices-and-vat Last updated: 2026-09-24 Every payment on ListPlus, subscriptions and credit packs alike, is processed and invoiced through Stripe, in euros. Where you get the invoice depends on which kind of payment it was. ### Subscription invoices (Pro or Premium) Open **Plans & Billing** from your avatar menu. In the **Subscription & Invoices** section, click **Customer Portal** — the same action as clicking **Manage Subscription** on your current plan's card. Both take you to Stripe's customer portal in the same tab, where you can view and download your subscription invoices, update your payment method, or change your subscription; from there you return to Plans & Billing. The **Customer Portal** button only works while you have an active subscription (Pro or Premium). On Basic it's disabled, and the section explains why: "Subscribe to a plan to access invoices and subscription management" If you cancel your subscription and it reverts to Basic, the Customer Portal button becomes disabled again along with it. For invoices from before the cancellation, email support@listplus.ai with the purchase date and amount. ### Invoices for credit packs Credit-pack invoices are sent by support@listplus.ai on request: email them with the purchase date and amount. Every purchase still shows up immediately as a **PURCHASE** row with its euro amount on the Usage page (avatar menu → Usage), so you have a record of what you paid — see "Where did my credits go?" for details on that page. ### VAT and your VAT ID All ListPlus prices are net: VAT is never included and is added on top at checkout. Stripe Checkout calculates the VAT from your location and, if you enter one, your VAT ID, and shows it before you pay, for both subscriptions and credit packs. If you're a business customer, Stripe Checkout also shows a field to enter your VAT ID on the same payment page, before you confirm the purchase — there's no separate VAT ID field inside ListPlus itself. For questions about how VAT was applied to a specific purchase, contact support@listplus.ai. ### Correcting an invoice If you forgot to enter your VAT ID, or need the company name or billing address on an invoice corrected, email support@listplus.ai with the purchase date and amount and ask for a corrected invoice. ### For advanced users Stripe issues an invoice for every credit pack, which support can retrieve on request. Subscription invoices are generated by Stripe on each billing cycle and are available in the Customer Portal for as long as the subscription is active; once a subscription ends, get older invoices from support@listplus.ai instead. **Related topics:** buying-credits · plans-and-pricing · where-did-my-credits-go. ### FAQ #### How do I get an invoice for my subscription? Open Plans & Billing from your avatar menu, then click Customer Portal in the Subscription & Invoices section (or Manage Subscription on your plan card) — both open Stripe's customer portal, where you can view and download your subscription invoices. This only works once you're on Pro or Premium. #### How do I get an invoice for a credit pack? Email support@listplus.ai with the purchase date and amount, and support will send you the invoice for that credit pack. Your purchase also shows immediately as a PURCHASE row on the Usage page as a record of what you paid. #### I cancelled my subscription — how do I get my old invoices? Once your subscription ends and your plan reverts to Basic, the Customer Portal button is disabled again, so it no longer opens the portal. Email support@listplus.ai with the purchase date and amount and they'll send you the invoice. #### Can I enter my VAT ID when I pay? Yes. Stripe Checkout, the payment page ListPlus sends you to for both subscriptions and credit packs, shows a VAT ID field for business customers right on the payment page, before you confirm. #### How is VAT calculated at checkout? ListPlus prices never include VAT. Stripe Checkout adds the statutory VAT on top, calculated from your location and, if you enter one, your VAT ID, and shows it before you pay, for every subscription and credit pack purchase. For questions about how VAT was applied to a specific purchase, contact support@listplus.ai. #### I forgot to enter my VAT ID — can my invoice be corrected? Email support@listplus.ai with the purchase date and amount and ask for a corrected invoice. There's no self-service way to add a VAT ID after the payment is made. #### Can I change the company name or address on an invoice? Email support@listplus.ai with the purchase date and amount and ask for a corrected invoice with the right company name or address. There's no self-service editor for invoice details inside ListPlus. #### Which currency are invoices in? Euros. All ListPlus plans and credit packs are priced, charged and invoiced in euros, regardless of where you're paying from. #### Where do I see what I've paid, besides the invoice? Credit pack purchases appear immediately as a PURCHASE row with their euro amount on the Usage page (avatar menu → Usage) — see "[Where did my credits go?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/where-did-my-credits-go)" for the full breakdown. Subscription payments don't appear as Usage page transactions; a one-time credit bonus from your first subscription shows there as a BONUS row instead. #### I'm on Basic — where do I find my invoices? Basic has no subscription, so there's nothing in the Customer Portal — the button is disabled with a note to subscribe first. If you bought a credit pack while on Basic, its invoice works the same way as on any plan: email support@listplus.ai with the date and amount. #### The Customer Portal shows an error or won't open The Customer Portal only opens once you have an active subscription (Pro or Premium); on Basic, or right after a subscription has ended, the button is disabled. If it's enabled but still fails to open, contact support@listplus.ai. #### Does ListPlus send an invoice automatically after I pay? For subscriptions, Stripe generates an invoice automatically each billing cycle, and subscription invoices are available in the Customer Portal. For credit packs, Stripe issues an invoice for every purchase, which support@listplus.ai can send you on request. --- ## Cancel, downgrade and leave Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/cancel-downgrade-leave Last updated: 2026-09-28 Cancelling, downgrading and leaving are separate questions. This article covers what actually happens to your plan, your credits, your lists and your data — see "[Plans and pricing](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/plans-and-pricing)" for how subscribing and switching plans works day to day. ### Cancel your subscription Open **Plans & Billing** from your avatar menu, then click **Manage Subscription** on your current plan's card (Pro or Premium) — this opens Stripe's customer portal, where you actually cancel. You normally keep full access to everything your plan includes until the end of the billing period you already paid for, and Plans & Billing then shows a banner naming the exact date (the banner itself calls the downgrade plan "Free" — that's Basic). After that date your account moves to Basic automatically — nothing is deleted in the process. ### Switching between Pro and Premium Use **Manage Subscription** on your current plan's card to switch between Pro and Premium — see "[Plans and pricing](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/plans-and-pricing)" for the full walkthrough. ### Downgrading to Basic — what changes Once you're on Basic, your record limit across all lists drops to 10,000, you can no longer connect a **new** Google Sheets, Airtable, Lemlist, HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipedrive, Notion or Stripe source, and Premium's priority support no longer applies. For what happens to a source you already had connected before downgrading, contact support@listplus.ai. ### If you own workspaces with members Your plan applies to every workspace you own, so cancelling or downgrading changes them all: the record limit counts all their lists together, and the integrations your new plan doesn't include can't be newly connected by any member there. Members don't need a plan of their own, so let them know before you downgrade. To hand a team over to someone else instead, transfer the workspace to them (see "Leave, remove, transfer or delete a workspace"). Leaving a workspace someone else owns is not the same as cancelling: it only ends your access to that workspace and doesn't touch your own plan, credits or workspaces. ### Your credits after cancelling Your credit balance is untouched by cancelling or downgrading — credits are separate from your plan, never expire, and stay exactly as they were, so you can keep using them for lookups and AI on Basic. See "[How credits work](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/credits-explained)" for the full picture. ### Lists above your new record limit Nothing happens automatically to lists or rows you already have — they stay exactly as they are, fully viewable, editable and exportable, even once you're over Basic's 10,000-record limit. The limit is checked when you import a file, duplicate a list or merge lists, once your total would go over it; edit your existing rows freely, and delete some records or upgrade again to add more. See "[Record limit](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/record-limit)" for exactly what each action does at the limit. ### Take your data with you before you leave Every list can be exported on every plan, for free, any time. Open the list and use the **⋯** button at the top right: **Export Data** opens the export wizard, where you pick columns and a format such as Excel, CSV or JSON (the same wizard opens from **Export Wizard** in the ⌘K command palette). To export just your current selection or the filtered/visible rows instead of the whole list, use **Export Selected Records** or **Export Visible Records** in the same menu; **Export as Excel** there is a one-click shortcut straight to a file, no wizard needed. Saved has no export button of its own — select what you want and use **Add to list** first, then export that list. Anything sitting in Inbox that you haven't saved or added to a list is temporary and is deleted after 14 days, so save or add-to-list what you want to keep. ### Closing your account To close your account entirely, email support@listplus.ai and ask — there's no self-service "delete account" button in the app, so export anything you want to keep first. If colleagues work in a workspace you own, transfer it to one of them first, or tell support what should happen to it. For how to delete an individual list, saved contact or Inbox entry yourself, see "Deleting lists, contacts, and your account". ### Refunds Cancelling itself never costs anything and normally keeps your access until the date you already paid through. For a refund question — for example cancelling partway through a paid month — email support@listplus.ai with your account email and the date, and support will get back to you. ### For advanced users Downgrading doesn't touch any list data by itself — only your plan and subscription details change automatically; nothing is deleted, hidden, truncated or resized. The record limit is checked when you import a file, duplicate a list or merge lists. Editing rows you already have is not affected. **Related topics:** plans-and-pricing · credits-explained · record-limit · invoices-and-vat · export-overview · buying-credits · delete-account-and-data · billing-in-workspaces · leave-remove-transfer-delete. ### FAQ #### How do I cancel my ListPlus subscription? Open Plans & Billing from your avatar menu, then click Manage Subscription on your current plan's card — this opens Stripe's customer portal, where you cancel. You normally keep full access to your plan until the date shown there, then your account moves to Basic automatically. #### When does my plan actually end after I cancel? Normally at the end of your current billing period — once you've cancelled, Plans & Billing shows a banner with the exact date your subscription ends. Until that date you keep your full record limit and integrations; after it, your account moves to Basic on its own. #### Do I lose my credits if I cancel my subscription? No. Credits are separate from your plan and never expire, so cancelling or downgrading to Basic doesn't touch your balance — you keep using it for lookups and AI on Basic exactly as before. #### What happens to my lists if I have more records than Basic allows? Nothing happens to the lists or records you already have — you can still view, edit and export every row. To add more records, delete some or upgrade again. #### Can I reactivate after cancelling? Yes — once your plan has reverted to Basic, subscribe to Pro or Premium again the normal way from Plans & Billing. The one-time credit bonus for that plan was already granted the first time you subscribed to it, so it won't be granted a second time. #### Do I get money back if I cancel partway through the month? There's no automatic refund for the unused part of a billing period, and cancelling normally keeps your access until the date already paid for. If you still want to ask about a refund, email support@listplus.ai with your account email and the date, and support will get back to you. #### How do I export everything before I leave? Open a list and use the ⋯ button at the top right — Export Data opens the export wizard (also reachable as Export Wizard in the ⌘K command palette), where you choose columns and a format like Excel, CSV or JSON. To export just your current selection or the filtered/visible rows instead of the whole list, use Export Selected Records or Export Visible Records in the same menu; Export as Excel there is a one-click shortcut. Exporting is free on every plan — repeat this for each list you want to keep. #### Can I export my Saved contacts directly? Not directly — Saved has no export button of its own. Select the ones you want and use Add to list to move them into a list first, then export that list the normal way. #### How do I delete my account and data? Email support@listplus.ai and ask for your account to be deleted; there's no self-service button in the app. Export anything you want to keep first. For what's covered and how to delete single lists or contacts yourself, see "[Deleting lists, contacts, and your account](https://listplus.ai/en/help/account/delete-account-and-data)". #### What happens if my payment fails? While Stripe is still retrying a failed payment your plan stays active; if the subscription becomes unpaid after the retries, your account moves to Basic automatically, the same way it does after a normal cancellation. Update your payment method in the customer portal (Manage Subscription) before that happens to keep your plan active. #### Will my connected HubSpot, Google Sheets etc. keep working if I downgrade to Basic? Connecting a new Google Sheets, Airtable, Lemlist, HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipedrive, Notion or Stripe source needs Pro or Premium. For what happens to a connection you already have after a downgrade, contact support@listplus.ai. #### Does cancelling my plan affect my team? Yes, if your team works in a workspace you own: your plan applies there, so the record limit and integrations change for every member too. Members' own plans and credits are not touched. To hand the team over, transfer the workspace to a member first. #### Is leaving a workspace the same as cancelling? No. Leaving a workspace (Workspace settings → Leave workspace) only ends your access to that one workspace. Your own plan, credits and the workspaces you own stay as they are. --- ## Record limit Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/record-limit Last updated: 2026-09-28 Your plan caps how many records you can hold at once. This article covers what counts toward that cap, what happens when you reach it, and how to free up space or upgrade. ### What counts as a record A record is one row in a list — one contact. The limit is a single total, not a per-list limit: it adds up every list in every workspace you **own**. Lists in a workspace where you are only a member count toward that workspace's owner, and the owner's plan sets the limit there. A member who hits the limit sees "This workspace uses …'s plan. Only … can upgrade", so ask the owner to upgrade or to free up space. See "Credits, plan and limits in a workspace". ### The limits per plan | Plan | Records across all your lists | | ------- | ----------------------------- | | Basic | 10,000 | | Pro | 100,000 | | Premium | 1,000,000 | See "Which plans does ListPlus have?" for prices and what else each plan adds. ### Where you see how many records you're using There's no single "records used" counter. Each list card on Home shows that list's own record count, and a project's card shows the combined total for the lists inside it — add up the lists of all workspaces you own to estimate your total against your plan's limit. ### The limit is checked when you add records The limit is checked when you import, duplicate or merge lists. Ordinary edits to rows you already have are never blocked by it. ### Importing a file that's bigger than your limit Creating a new list from a file imports as many rows as still fit under your limit, and shows a warning above the preview: "Importing X of Y rows due to your plan's record limit." Underneath it, a plain-text hint reads "Upgrade your plan to import all rows." — this is not a link, just a note; use the Account menu or Plans & Billing to actually upgrade. If you have no capacity left at all, ListPlus doesn't import anything: a window says "You have no remaining capacity. Upgrade your plan to import more records.", with two buttons — **Upgrade Plan**, which takes you to Plans & Billing, and **Go Back**, which returns you to Home. Either way, deleting some lists or rows to make room is always an option before you try again. ### Duplicating or merging a list Duplicating a list, or using **Consolidate Lists** (merging lists together), is blocked outright if it would push your total over your limit. You'll see a "Record limit reached" window stating your plan's limit and your current record count, with two buttons: **Upgrade Plan**, which takes you to Plans & Billing, and **Cancel**. ### Freeing up space Delete records or whole lists you no longer need — either one lowers your total immediately, giving you room for new rows. Hiding or filtering rows in the grid doesn't remove them, so it doesn't free any space; the row has to actually be deleted. ### Upgrading From either window above, or from Plans & Billing directly, subscribe to Pro (100,000 records) or Premium (1,000,000 records). See "How much do Pro and Premium cost?" for pricing. ### After a downgrade Downgrading doesn't delete, hide or resize any list or row — everything stays exactly as it was, viewable, editable and exportable, even if your total is now over Basic's 10,000. See "What happens to my lists if I have more records than Basic allows?" in Cancel, downgrade and leave for the full picture. ### For advanced users The published limit is based on the total row count stored in the lists of all workspaces you own. That count is always the actual number of stored rows, not what's currently visible — filtering or scrolling in the grid doesn't change it. A list stops counting toward your total the moment you delete it. If an import or action seems to be limited unexpectedly, contact support@listplus.ai. **Related topics:** plans-and-pricing · which-plan-do-i-need · cancel-downgrade-leave · credits-explained · buying-credits · billing-in-workspaces. ### FAQ #### What is the record limit? Your plan caps the total number of records (rows) in all lists of all workspaces you own, added up — Basic 10,000, Pro 100,000, Premium 1,000,000. It's one combined total, not a per-list limit, and it's separate from your credit balance. #### How many records does each plan allow? Basic allows 10,000 records, Pro allows 100,000, and Premium allows 1,000,000 — all counted across the lists of every workspace you own together, not per list. #### Do lists in a workspace I've joined count toward my limit? No. Lists count toward the owner of the workspace they are in, and that owner's plan sets the limit there. Only the lists in workspaces you own count toward your own limit. #### Do hidden or filtered rows still count? Yes. The limit counts every row actually stored in your lists, regardless of whether it's currently visible — filtering or hiding rows in the grid doesn't remove them or free up space, only deleting them does. #### What happens if my import is bigger than my limit? ListPlus imports as many rows as still fit under your limit and shows the warning "Importing X of Y rows due to your plan's record limit," with a plain-text note to upgrade if you want the rest. If you have no remaining capacity at all, nothing is imported until you delete records or upgrade. #### Why can't I duplicate or merge a list? Duplicating a list or using Consolidate Lists to merge lists is blocked when it would push your total over your plan's limit. You'll see a "Record limit reached" window with your current total and your limit, and buttons to Upgrade Plan or Cancel. #### How do I free up space? Delete records or whole lists you no longer need — either lowers your total right away and frees that capacity for new records. Hiding or filtering rows doesn't help, since they're still stored; they have to be deleted. #### Where do I see how many records I use? There's no single counter; each list's card on Home shows its own record count, and a project's card shows the combined total for the lists inside it. Add up the lists of all workspaces you own to compare against your plan's limit. #### Does the record limit reset every month? No, it isn't a monthly quota. It's how many records you can hold across your lists at any one time. #### Does upgrading raise my limit right away? Yes. As soon as your payment goes through, your new plan's limit applies, so an import or action that was held back by the old limit will go through if you try it again. --- ## Not enough credits Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/not-enough-credits Last updated: 2026-09-28 Most actions check a fixed price before they run, and are refused if your balance is below it — even a balance that isn't literally zero can be too low for a specific action. Bulk enrichment jobs and imports with a variable result count check the highest possible cost instead, so you may see a message even though the action would likely have cost less. This article lists the exact messages you may see and what to do about each. In a workspace, the balance that counts is always the workspace owner's. ### Messages you may see and what to do | Where you see it | What it says | What to do | | --------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Person Search (Personensuche) | "Not enough credits for this search." — and the Purchase Credits window opens automatically. | Top up, then search again. | | Segment Search (Segmentsuche) | An error panel headed "The search failed. Please try again." with the text "Insufficient credits" | Top up from your balance in the left navigation — trying again won't help until you do. | | Profile drawer add-ons | No inline message once a profile is loaded — the Purchase Credits window opens with the note "You don't have enough credits for this operation. Please purchase more credits." | Top up in the window that opens, then click the add-on again. | | Inbox (Eingang) → Recognize contacts | "Not enough credits for recognition." — on an entry not yet recognized, the Recognize contacts button is replaced by a **Top up credits** button; on an already-recognized entry, **Recognize again** just shows the message. | Click **Top up credits** where it appears, or top up from your balance in the left navigation, then click Recognize again. | | New list → file import (CSV, Excel, JSON) | "Insufficient credits. You need at least 1 credit(s) for this import. Current balance: …" | Top up, then start the import again. | | New list → connected tool import (e.g. Google Sheets, Airtable) | "Insufficient credits. You need at least 3 credit(s) for this import. Current balance: …" | Top up, then start the import again. | | New list → LinkedIn import | An amber cost box showing the estimated cost, with a **Buy Credits** button; the **Create List & Start Import** button stays disabled. | Click **Buy Credits** in the box, then start the import. | | Enrich menu / analytics panel bulk enrichment | "Insufficient credits. Need up to 60 credits for 30 items. Balance: 12." (numbers vary) | The Purchase Credits window opens with this message — top up, or select fewer rows, then run it again. | | Single-contact enrichment (record panel / single cell) | "Insufficient credits. You need at least 2 credit(s). Current balance: 1." (numbers vary) | The Purchase Credits window opens with this message — top up, then run it again. | | AI commands (chat with a list) | A reply saying "You don't have enough credits for this operation. Please purchase more credits to continue." — and the Purchase Credits window opens. | Top up, then send the command again. | | AI Research (KI-Recherche) | Needs at least 1 credit to start; if it runs out mid-run, the run stops itself and the Purchase Credits window opens. | Top up, then click **Resume** on the stopped run to keep searching, or start a new research. | | API / agent connections | An HTTP error response instead of a UI message (see "For AI agents / API" below) | Top up the account, or check the balance first. | ### In a workspace you don't own Everything in the workspace is paid from the owner's balance, and only the owner can buy credits for it. Wherever the table above says the Purchase Credits window opens, members see "Balance empty – please ask … to top up" (with the owner's name) and a **Got it** button instead. Let the owner know, then run the action again once they have topped up. See "Credits, plan and limits in a workspace". ### When credits run out in the middle of something - **Bulk enrichment jobs** (the Enrich menu, analytics panel buttons) compare the balance with the job's estimated maximum cost before starting, then write results to your list as they come in. Before each paid lookup, the job checks the balance again; if it no longer covers the lookup (for example because teammates in the same workspace spent credits meanwhile), the job stops. The remaining rows are not charged and show as failed in the task card. After a top-up, run the enrichment again on the rows that are still empty. - **AI Research** is billed step by step as it works. If your balance runs out during a run, it uses what's left, stops the run and opens the Purchase Credits window — everything it already found stays in the run. After topping up, click **Resume** to keep searching. - **Imports** (file, connected tool, LinkedIn) check your balance before the import starts. Once you see the confirmation and click start, it runs to completion — see "[AI, research and import costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-ai-research-imports)" for exactly how much balance each import type needs up front. ### What to do - **Buy credits** — see "How do I buy credits?" for the packs and how checkout works. - **Reduce the selection** — enriching or importing fewer rows at once lowers the cost below your balance. - **Pick a cheaper option** — for enrichment, a cheaper provider or a narrower add-on may cost less than the one that was blocked. ### For AI agents / API A per-list REST API connection returns an HTTP 402 error with a JSON body describing the shortfall, for example "Insufficient credits. Need up to 60 for 30 records. Balance: 12" — similar to the bulk enrichment message above. Over MCP, the same error text comes back as a tool error instead of a separate response code. When a connection is allowed to enrich, the REST API also exposes a `credit_balance` action an agent can call first to check the balance before running a large batch. See the API connection topic for how to set up an endpoint. **Related topics:** credits-explained · buying-credits · price-list · price-list-ai-research-imports · where-did-my-credits-go · api-connection-overview · billing-in-workspaces. ### FAQ #### I have credits, but I still get the message — why? Some actions, like bulk enrichment on many rows, check the highest possible cost of the whole job up front rather than a fixed price, so you're blocked if your balance can't cover the worst case even though the real cost might end up lower. Selecting fewer rows, or topping up, resolves it. #### Why did my AI Research run stop? AI Research is billed as it works, so when your balance runs out it uses what's left and then stops the run, and the Purchase Credits window opens. Every lead it already found stays in the run. After topping up, click **Resume** on that run to keep searching for new matches, or start a new research. #### Why can't I start a LinkedIn import even though I have some credits? A LinkedIn import shows an estimated cost box before you start, and needs that full amount available in your balance (base fee + per-result rate × Max Results) — see "How much balance do I need to start a LinkedIn import?" in "[AI, research and import costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-ai-research-imports)" for exactly how that maximum is calculated. Click **Buy Credits** in the box to top up without leaving the wizard. #### Inbox says "Not enough credits for recognition" — what do I do? Every Inbox recognition run costs at least 0.5 credits, so once your balance is below the price shown, recognizing is blocked. On an entry not yet recognized, the **Recognize contacts** button is replaced by a **Top up credits** button — click it, then run recognition again; on an already-recognized entry, **Recognize again** just shows the message with no button, so top up from your balance in the left navigation instead, then click Recognize again. Nothing you pasted into Inbox is lost while you do this. #### What happens after I top up — does the action continue automatically? No. Buying credits only adds to your balance — you start the search, import or enrichment again yourself; for a stopped AI Research run, click **Resume** instead of starting over. #### What does my AI agent or API integration get when credits run out? The per-list REST API returns HTTP 402 with a JSON error stating how many credits were needed and what your balance was; over MCP the same text comes back as a tool error. On the REST API, an agent can call the `credit_balance` action (returns `credits_remaining`) before a large batch — it's available when the connection is allowed to enrich. #### Why does Person Search show a different message than Segment Search? Person Search shows "Not enough credits for this search." and opens the Purchase Credits window for you automatically; Segment Search shows an error panel headed "The search failed. Please try again." with the text "Insufficient credits" and expects you to top up from the balance in the navigation yourself. Both mean the same thing — your balance is below that search's price. #### Do file imports and connected-tool imports need the same amount of credit? No. A file import (CSV, Excel, JSON) needs at least 1 credit in your balance to start, while importing through a connected tool such as Google Sheets or Airtable needs at least 3 — both are checked before the import begins and show an "Insufficient credits" message if your balance is short. #### What should I do whenever I see one of these messages? Buy a credit pack from the window that usually opens automatically (or from your balance in the navigation), then run the same action again yourself — only a stopped AI Research run can be continued with **Resume** instead of starting over. If you're only over the limit by a little, selecting fewer rows or a cheaper option can also bring the cost under your current balance. --- ## Automatic credit refunds Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/refunds Last updated: 2026-09-25 ListPlus automatically credits you back in two narrow cases where you were charged but got nothing usable in return. For money paid to ListPlus itself — a subscription or a credit pack — there's no automated refund; you ask support. ### When credits are refunded automatically **Inbox recognition, discarded.** Recognizing an Inbox (Eingang) entry always costs at least 0.5 credits, more for free text, a forwarded e-mail or a PDF (see "[The Inbox](https://listplus.ai/en/help/inbox-and-saved/inbox)"). If you delete the entry or edit its text while that run is still in progress, the result is thrown away, and any credits that run spent are refunded automatically. **Email verification in a research handed to your own AI assistant.** When you run a research through your own AI assistant (such as Claude or ChatGPT) via its private URL, verifying an email it found is charged before the check runs. If the check then fails, that charge is refunded automatically, both from the run's spend and from your balance. Research run by ListPlus's own agent works differently: stopping a run, or a run that stops because your balance ran out, keeps its matches, and the credits already spent aren't refunded. Both refunds post as a **REFUND** transaction on your Usage page (see "[Where did my credits go?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/where-did-my-credits-go)"), usually within moments of the failure. ### What doesn't need a refund Most enrichment lookups (finding an email, phone number or company by Prospeo, FullEnrich, CompanyEnrich and similar) are only charged when they find something — a miss simply isn't billed in the first place, so there's nothing to refund. The price list marks which actions work this way. AI commands and AI replies are billed for the work done regardless of whether you liked or used the answer, and aren't refunded. ### Refunds for money you paid Subscriptions and credit packs are paid through Stripe, and there's no self-service refund button for either. For a subscription cancelled partway through a paid month, see "[Cancel, downgrade and leave](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/cancel-downgrade-leave)". For an unused credit pack, credits never expire, so there's normally nothing to refund — for a specific concern, email support@listplus.ai with your account email and the purchase date. **Related topics:** where-did-my-credits-go · buying-credits · cancel-downgrade-leave · not-enough-credits. ### FAQ #### Do I get credits back if a paid action fails? Yes, in two automatic cases: an Inbox recognition result discarded because you deleted or edited the entry, and an email verification that fails after being charged, in a research you run through your own AI assistant. Both show up as a REFUND transaction on your Usage page. #### When is an Inbox recognition charge refunded? If you delete an Inbox entry or edit its text while recognition is still running on it, that run's result is thrown away and any credits it spent are refunded automatically. You don't need to ask. #### When is an AI Research charge refunded? When you run a research through your own AI assistant (such as Claude or ChatGPT) via its private URL, verifying an email it found is charged before the check runs, and refunded automatically, both from the run's spend and your balance, if that check fails. A research run by ListPlus's own agent works differently: stopping it, or it stopping because your balance ran out, keeps its matches without refunding the credits already spent. #### Do I get a refund if a lookup doesn't find anything? Usually there's nothing to refund: most enrichment lookups (email, phone, company data) are only charged when they actually find a result, so a miss was never billed. The price list shows which actions are charged only on a hit versus on every attempt. #### Can I get a refund for an AI command or reply I didn't want? No. AI commands and AI chat replies are billed for the work done as soon as they run, whether or not the result was useful to you, and aren't refunded. #### Can I get a refund for an unused credit pack? There's no refund button for credit packs in the app. Credits never expire, so unused ones stay on your balance until you use them. To ask about a specific purchase, email support@listplus.ai with your account email and the purchase date. #### How do I ask about a refund for my subscription or a credit purchase? Email support@listplus.ai with your account email and the date of the charge. For money back after cancelling partway through a month, see "[Cancel, downgrade and leave](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/cancel-downgrade-leave)". --- ## AI, research and import costs Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-ai-research-imports Last updated: 2026-09-28 This page covers what AI commands, AI columns, AI Research and imports cost. For enrichment lookups, Person Search and Segment Search pricing, see the price list and "[Person Search: basics and profile add-ons](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-profile-add-ons)." One credit is worth about €0.03 (see "[How credits work](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/credits-explained)"). ### AI - **AI commands** (chatting with your list to filter, fix or transform rows) are billed by usage, typically from around 0.2 credits for a short command — the exact amount is shown right after each reply. - **AI columns** (a column you define in your own words) are billed the same way, but ListPlus first groups rows that share the same input, so you pay once per unique value, not once per row. - **Column type detection during import** runs automatically on every import and is billed by usage, the same way as AI commands — there's no option to skip it upfront; a **Skip AI Enhancement** button only appears if AI is unavailable or the analysis hits an error. - **AI Analysis** (gender detection, name splitting, job title classification, industry standardization, address enrichment), run from a list's Enrich menu, is billed by usage the same way as AI commands — whether you run it on one row or many. - The only free option in the Enrich menu's AI and local groups is cleaning phone numbers into international format ("Local (Free & Instant)") — it runs in your browser with no AI call and no credits. ### AI Research AI Research is metered while it runs, based on the actual reasoning steps it takes — there's no flat fee per lead. You need at least 1 credit in your balance to start a run, and it automatically limits its own steps to what you can afford, delivering up to 25 matches. **Resume** on a stopped or finished run finds up to 25 more matches and is metered the same way, up to 200 matches per run in total. Three paid sources are opt-in checkboxes you switch on before a run — Reddit search, X/Twitter search and a technology lookup (BuiltWith) — and each is billed **per search call**, not once per run: the agent can call a paid source several times during one run if it needs to. Reddit search costs 6 credits per call (up to 25 results), X/Twitter search costs 3 credits per call (up to 50 posts), and a technology lookup by domain costs 0.25 credits per call — all three charged for the call itself, whether or not it turns up something useful. Google search, used throughout every run, is always free. ### Imports | Import | Credits | Charged | | ---------------------------------------------------- | ----------------- | ------------------------ | | File (Excel, CSV, JSON) | 1 | when the list is created | | Connected tool (Google Sheets, Airtable, HubSpot, …) | 3 | when the list is created | | LinkedIn: Sales Navigator search | 30 + 1 per result | once the import finishes | | LinkedIn: Company Employees | 2 + 1 per result | once the import finishes | | LinkedIn: Profile Search | 1 per result | once the import finishes | | LinkedIn: Post Reactions | 1 per result | once the import finishes | | LinkedIn: Post Comments | 1 per result | once the import finishes | Starting a LinkedIn import needs the full maximum in your balance up front — the base fee plus the maximum results you asked for × the per-result rate — even though the actual charge (based on results actually returned) is only deducted once the import finishes. If the import returns zero results, only the base fee is charged (30 credits for Sales Navigator, 2 for Company Employees); Profile Search, Post Reactions and Post Comments have no base fee, so they cost nothing when they find nothing. Creating an empty list, without importing anything, is free. ### For advanced users AI commands, AI columns and AI Analysis are all metered on the actual input and output text processed, not a flat per-call price — a short command can cost less than 0.2 credits, a long or complex one more. LinkedIn imports are charged once, after the import finishes and the results are known, based on rows actually returned — but the balance check that lets the import start in the first place requires the full worst-case amount to be available. AI Research's paid sources are charged before each individual call runs, not on a hit, because the underlying search providers bill per call rather than per usable result — and a single run can trigger several calls to the same source. **Related topics:** price-list · price-list-profile-add-ons · credits-explained · cost-examples · buying-credits · what-does-one-contact-cost. ### FAQ #### How much does an AI command cost? AI commands on a list are billed by how much text they process, typically from around 0.2 credits for a short command. The exact amount is shown right after each reply, and longer or more complex commands cost more. #### How much does an AI column cost? An AI column is billed the same way as AI commands, by the text it processes — but ListPlus first groups rows that share the same input, so you pay once per unique value instead of once per row. A column with 1,000 rows but only 50 different companies is billed for 50 AI calls, not 1,000. #### Does recognising my columns during import cost credits? Yes — ListPlus automatically uses AI to recognise your column types from the headers and sample values during every import, billed by usage the same way as AI commands. A **Skip AI Enhancement** button only appears if AI is unavailable or the analysis hits an error; it isn't an upfront option to avoid the cost. #### Are AI-powered fixes like gender or industry billed? Yes. Gender detection, name splitting, job title classification, industry standardization and address enrichment — run from a list's Enrich menu under "AI Analysis" — are billed by usage, the same way as AI commands, whether you run them on one row or many. The only free option in the Enrich menu's AI and local groups is cleaning phone numbers into international format, which runs in your browser with no AI call. #### How much does AI Research cost? AI Research is metered while it runs, based on the actual reasoning steps it takes — there's no flat fee per lead. You need at least 1 credit to start, and a run delivers up to 25 matches within what you can afford; each Resume finds up to 25 more (up to 200 per run) and is metered the same way. #### Do AI Research's Reddit and X sources cost extra? Yes — Reddit search costs 6 credits and X (Twitter) search costs 3 credits, each charged per search call rather than once per run, since the agent can call a paid source several times if it needs to. A technology lookup (BuiltWith) costs 0.25 credits per call; all three are opt-in checkboxes, charged for the call itself whether or not it finds something useful. #### Is Google search free in AI Research? Yes. Google search, which AI Research uses throughout to find people and companies, never costs credits. #### Does importing a file cost credits? Yes, importing a file (Excel, CSV, JSON) costs 1 credit per list, on every plan. Creating an empty list, without importing anything, is free. #### Does connecting a tool cost credits to import? Yes, importing through a connected tool like Google Sheets or Airtable costs 3 credits, charged once when the list is created. This is separate from the plan gate that decides which tools you can connect. #### How much does a Sales Navigator import cost? Importing a Sales Navigator search costs 30 credits plus 1 credit per result, charged once the import finishes, based on the results actually returned. It's the most expensive LinkedIn import in the price list. #### How much does a Company Employees import cost? Importing a company's employee list from LinkedIn costs 2 credits plus 1 credit per result, charged once the import finishes, based on the results actually returned. #### How much does a Profile Search, Post Reactions or Post Comments import cost? These three LinkedIn imports all cost 1 credit per result with no base fee, charged once the import finishes, based on the results actually returned. #### Why am I charged for a LinkedIn import after it finishes, not before? ListPlus only knows the final result count once a LinkedIn import completes, so the credits — the base fee plus the per-result charge — are deducted then, not when you start it. You still see the estimated maximum cost before you start, based on how many results you asked for. #### How much balance do I need to start a LinkedIn import? You need the full maximum cost available in your balance before a LinkedIn import can start — the base fee plus the per-result rate × the maximum results you asked for. The actual charge, based on the results you actually get, is deducted only once the import finishes. #### Am I charged if a LinkedIn import finds nothing? Only the base fee is charged if a LinkedIn import returns zero results — 30 credits for a Sales Navigator search, 2 for Company Employees — since running the search itself has a cost regardless of the outcome. Profile Search, Post Reactions and Post Comments imports have no base fee, so they cost nothing when they find nothing, and you're never charged the per-result portion for results you didn't get. --- ## Person Search: basics and profile add-ons Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-profile-add-ons Last updated: 2026-09-24 Opening a profile in Person Search automatically loads a small set of "basics"; every add-on below is a card you click yourself, and its price is always shown before you spend it. Person Search reuses the same lookups that the general price list describes, so a few cards here have a different label than they do in a list's Enrich menu — see "Price list: what every action costs" for that mapping. ### Basics (loaded automatically) | Piece | Credits | Charged | | ----------------- | -------- | ------- | | LinkedIn profile | 0.5 | on hit | | Company profile | 0.25 | on hit | | **Typical total** | **0.75** | — | Shown as "Basics (profile, company)," this loads automatically when ListPlus already has, or freely finds via Google, a LinkedIn URL for the person. If no LinkedIn URL turns up even after that free search, ListPlus may need to spend more first to identify the person or company — a LinkedIn Profile Search (1 credit, charged even without a match), a LinkedIn company lookup (0.5 credits) or a company-by-name lookup (0.25 credits) — pushing the total above 0.75. You can turn this off: click "Auto-load basics: on" below the profile in the drawer (or "Turn off" while the basics are loading). Profiles you pick from the candidate list then only load their basics when you click "Load" on the "Basics (profile, company)" bar. Searches by LinkedIn URL, email or domain still load their result straight away, and the setting is remembered in this browser. ### Add-on cards | Add-on | Credits | Charged | | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------- | ---------------------------- | | "Verified Email & Company Phone" (by LinkedIn URL) / "… (by Name)" — Prospeo | 2 | on hit | | "Deep Email Search" — FullEnrich name + company → email | 6 | on hit | | "Deep Mobile Search" — FullEnrich name + company → email + phone | 30 | when the lookup returns data | | "Contact Profile (by Email)" — FullEnrich | 4 | on hit | | "Reveal Mobile Number" — Prospeo | 12 | only if a number is found | | "Verify Email" | 0.1 | only on a clear result | | "Find Employees" | 3 | on hit | | "Company Contacts" | 2 | on hit | | "Deep Company Profile" | 3 | on hit | | "Similar Companies" | 2 | on hit | | "Workforce Insights" | 1 | on hit | | "Open Jobs" | 1 | on hit | | "Google Maps Profile" | 1 | on hit | | "Web Traffic" | 1 | on hit | | "Email Infrastructure" | 1 | on hit | | "Latest LinkedIn Posts" | 1 | on hit | | "Post Engagement Leads" | 8 (6 for a single post) | on hit | | "Tech Stack" | 0.25 | on hit | | "Company News" | free | always | | "Person in the News" | free | always | "Deep Email Search" and "Deep Mobile Search" are the same FullEnrich lookups called "Find Email (by Name & Company)" and "Find Email + Phone (by Name & Company)" in a list's Enrich menu — same price, different label. If none of the paid lookups above finds a contact, ListPlus can fall back to an AI web search for one — this costs 3 credits, only when it actually delivers an email or phone number. A miss is free. ### Revisiting a contact Re-running a LinkedIn lookup that already found data within 30 days is free, and companies already in ListPlus's company cache cost nothing. Person lookups (Prospeo, FullEnrich) that returned data are reused for 7 days in your account, so repeating them sooner doesn't charge again; lookups that found nothing are run again. Add-on cards such as Company Contacts or Find Employees aren't reused and charge again on each hit. **Related topics:** price-list · price-list-ai-research-imports · what-does-one-contact-cost · cost-examples · credits-explained · which-finder-do-i-use. ### FAQ #### How much does opening a profile in Person Search cost? Opening a profile typically costs 0.75 credits — a LinkedIn profile lookup (0.5 credits) plus a company profile (0.25 credits) — each only charged if it's actually found. This is shown as "Basics (profile, company)" and loads automatically when you open a profile. #### Does Person Search cost more if there's no LinkedIn URL? Yes — if ListPlus doesn't already know the person's LinkedIn URL and a free Google search doesn't find one either, it may run a paid LinkedIn Profile Search (1 credit, charged even without a match) or a company lookup (0.5 or 0.25 credits) before the basics can load. In that case, opening the profile costs more than the usual 0.75 credits. #### Can I turn off automatic loading in Person Search? Yes — it's on by default; click "Auto-load basics: on" below the profile in the drawer to switch it off (or "Turn off" while the basics are loading). Profiles you pick from the candidate list then only load their basics when you click "Load" on the "Basics (profile, company)" bar. Searches by LinkedIn URL, email or domain still load their result straight away, and the setting is remembered in this browser. #### How much does "Verified Email & Company Phone" cost? "Verified Email & Company Phone," Prospeo's lookup by LinkedIn URL, or "Verified Email & Company Phone (by Name)" by name and company, costs 2 credits — charged only if a verified email is found. In a list's Enrich menu the same lookup is labeled "Contact Brief." #### How much does "Find Employees" or "Company Contacts" cost? "Find Employees" (up to 10 employees with roles and LinkedIn profiles) costs 3 credits, and "Company Contacts" (up to 25 decision-makers with masked email and mobile teasers) costs 2 credits. Both are charged only if results are found. #### How much does "Deep Company Profile" or "Similar Companies" cost? "Deep Company Profile" (funding rounds, tech stack and open job titles in one lookup) costs 3 credits, and "Similar Companies" (5 AI-ranked lookalike companies) costs 2 credits. Both are charged only if they return data. #### How much do the small company add-ons cost? Workforce Insights, Open Jobs, Google Maps Profile, Web Traffic, Email Infrastructure and Latest LinkedIn Posts each cost 1 credit, and Tech Stack costs 0.25 credits — all charged only when they return data. #### How much does "Post Engagement Leads" cost? Finding people who liked or commented on a person's recent LinkedIn posts costs 8 credits, or 6 credits if you're pulling engagement from a single post. It's only charged if engagers are actually found. #### How much does "Reveal Mobile Number" cost in Person Search? Revealing a verified mobile number via Prospeo costs 12 credits, and it's only charged when a number is actually found. It's the same "Reveal Mobile Number" lookup described in the main price list. #### How much does "Contact Profile (by Email)" cost in Person Search? Via FullEnrich, looking up a person's name, job title and LinkedIn URL from their email costs 4 credits, charged only if a match is found. See the price list for CompanyEnrich's cheaper 2-credit version, which isn't offered as a Person Search card. #### Is "Company News" or "Person in the News" free? Yes, both are always free — simple news searches with no credit cost, unlike the other add-ons on a profile. #### What is web research and does it cost credits? When Person Search's regular lookups can't find a contact, ListPlus can fall back to an AI-powered web search for one. This costs 3 credits, but only when it actually delivers an email or phone number — a miss is free. #### Do I pay again if I revisit a contact I already looked up? Partly — re-running a LinkedIn lookup that already found data is free for 30 days, companies already in ListPlus's company cache cost nothing, and person lookups (Prospeo, FullEnrich) that returned data are reused for 7 days in your account without charging again. Lookups that found nothing are run again, and add-on cards such as Company Contacts or Find Employees charge again on each hit. --- ## Section: Find contacts ## Person Search Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/person-search Last updated: 2026-09-28 **Person Search** (Personensuche) is for one specific person you already know by name, email, LinkedIn URL or role — not for a whole audience. Open it with **Person** in the left navigation (the person icon; on narrow screens hover it to see "Person Search"). The page's switcher at the top calls it **Person Search**. ### Search for a person Type into the field ("Name, company, email or LinkedIn URL") and click **Search**, or start from one of the example cards (below). Good inputs are a name with a company ("Satya Nadella, Microsoft"), a LinkedIn profile URL, an email address, a company domain, or a role question such as "current CEO of BMW". ListPlus shows what it recognised as **Understood as** chips (name, company, location and similar). Understanding your input and looking for matching people are free. If your text actually describes a group of people rather than one person ("marketing managers in Berlin"), ListPlus recognizes that and shows **Open in Segment Search** to open the same criteria there instead, since a target group is a filter job. ### Example cards on the start page Before you search, the Person Search page shows **Recently viewed** (if you have opened profiles before) and below it six example cards under **Try an example**: **Name + company**, **Role at a company**, **Company or domain**, **LinkedIn profile**, **E-mail address** and **E-mail signature**. Clicking a card only fills the search field with its example — it never starts a search on its own, so nothing is charged until you click **Search**. The E-mail address and E-mail signature cards (**Paste into search**) leave the field empty for you to paste your own. Below the cards, links lead to the Inbox for whole e-mails or many contacts at once, and to Segment Search or AI Research when you are looking for several matching people. ### Pick the right person For a name search, ListPlus stops at a checkpoint before anything is charged, even when it found only one match: **Which person do you mean?**, asking "Is this the right person?" underneath when there's just one candidate. Each card shows name, headline, location, whether the company matches and, once you're signed in, the estimated cost of loading the profile. People you have looked at before carry an **In history** badge. Click the right card to open the profile. If nobody fits, click **Refine search** under "Not the right one?" and add a location or role. If you enter an exact identifier — a LinkedIn URL, an email address or a company domain — there is no one to choose between, so ListPlus skips this step and loads the result straight onto the page, including the basics described below. ### What the profile shows and what it costs Picking a person opens the profile drawer and automatically loads the "basics" — the LinkedIn profile and the company profile — for about 0.75 credits combined, each part only charged if it is found. Auto-loading is on by default; to turn it off, click **Auto-load basics: on** below the profile (or **Turn off** while the basics are loading). With it off, profiles you pick open with a **Basics (profile, company)** bar and a **Load** button instead. The setting is remembered in this browser. The drawer shows contact details, career history, education, company information and how many sources the profile was enriched from; career stops, employees and similar companies are clickable and open a new search in a new tab. From there, add-on cards such as a verified email, a mobile number or company details each run only when you click them and show their price first, charged only when they find something. Exact prices and what each add-on returns are covered in "[Person Search: basics and profile add-ons](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-profile-add-ons)". ### Recently viewed Before you search, the idle Person Search page shows **Recently viewed** — your last 6 touched contacts, most recent first. Click one to reopen it straight from the stored snapshot: it hydrates the drawer instantly, with no new search and no credits charged. Only 6 stay visible here; to keep a person for longer, save or file it (below). ### Save or add to a list A profile where at least one lookup found data counts as enriched and stays on the **Saved** page (left navigation) automatically, without expiring. To sort someone into a folder, use **Save in …** in the drawer header and pick a folder or **New folder …**. To move a result into a list, click **Add to list**: pick one under "Add to an existing list" (free), or create one with **New list** or **…or create a new list** (1 credit, like a file import). If the person is already in that list, the entry is merged instead of duplicated. "Saved contacts" covers folders in detail. ### Without an account You can try Person Search without an account. Understanding your input and the list of matching people are free, and you can open a few full profiles free to try it out before ListPlus asks you to sign up (free, email address and one-time code, no password). Paid add-ons and adding to a list need an account. After sign-up, the search you were running continues in your new account; profiles you viewed before signing up aren't carried over afterward. ### If nothing is found Check the spelling, add the company or city, or pick one from **Similar names — same last name, different first name** if ListPlus suggests any. The next help topic covers what to do when a search comes up empty, including an AI web research fallback for that one person. ### For advanced users A role question ("current CEO of BMW") shows a slightly different checkpoint: "These people match your question" (or "Is this the person you mean?" for a single match) instead of "Which person do you mean?". If you search too quickly in a row, ListPlus asks you to wait a moment before trying again. Results loaded directly onto the page from a LinkedIn URL, email or company domain have no **Save in …** button — reopen them from Recently viewed to get the profile drawer with Save in …. You can also start a search straight from a URL with parameters instead of typing — see the deep-links topic. ### FAQ #### What are the example cards on the Person Search page? Under Try an example, six cards show what you can search for: Name + company, Role at a company, Company or domain, LinkedIn profile, E-mail address and E-mail signature. Clicking one only fills the search field (the e-mail and signature cards let you paste your own); nothing is searched or charged until you click Search. The cards show only while the field is idle, below Recently viewed. #### How do I find a specific person? Click Person in the left navigation and type a name with the company, a LinkedIn URL, an email address or a company domain. For a name, ListPlus first shows the matching people for free and you click the right one; the profile then opens with its basics loaded for about 0.75 credits, each part only charged when found. A LinkedIn URL, email or domain skips that choice and loads the result directly. #### What can I type into Person Search? A name with a company ("Satya Nadella, Microsoft"), a LinkedIn profile URL, an email address, a company domain, or a role question such as "current CEO of BMW". A last name on its own isn't enough to find candidates — add the first name or the company. A description of a group ("marketing managers in London") is recognised, and ListPlus shows an Open in Segment Search button to run the same criteria there instead. #### Why does ListPlus ask "Which person do you mean?" Because the same name usually belongs to several people, ListPlus shows the matches it found — with headline, location, whether the company matches and an "In history" badge for people you've looked at — and charges nothing until you click one. It asks even when there is only one match ("Is this the right person?"), so you never pay for the wrong profile. If nobody fits, click Refine search and add a location or role. #### What happens after I pick a person? The profile opens in a drawer and its basics — the LinkedIn profile and the company profile — load automatically for about 0.75 credits, each part only charged when found. You then see contact details, career, education and company data, plus add-on cards for anything more. To stop the automatic loading, click "Auto-load basics: on" below the profile. #### What does the profile show me? Contact details, career history, education, company information and how many sources it was enriched from. Career stops, employees and similar companies are clickable and open a new search for that person or company in a new tab; verified email, phone and other details are separate add-on cards you run yourself. #### How do I get someone's email address or phone number? Open the profile and click the add-on card you need; each shows its price before you run it and is only charged when it actually finds something. Add-ons costing 10 credits or more, such as a mobile number, ask you to confirm first. See "[Person Search: basics and profile add-ons](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-profile-add-ons)" for exact prices per add-on. #### Are my Person Search results saved? Yes, when you're signed in: every profile you open appears in Recently viewed on the idle Person Search page (the last 6; reopening costs nothing). A profile where at least one lookup found data counts as enriched and also stays on the Saved page without expiring, while one you only viewed doesn't show on Saved and drops out after 30 days of no activity. Use Save in … in the profile drawer's header to file someone into a folder. #### What is "Recently viewed" on the Person Search page? It's a row of your last 6 touched contacts shown on the idle Person Search page before you search, most recent first. Clicking one reopens it straight from the stored snapshot — no new search, no credits charged — but it's not a full history: only 6 stay visible, so save or file a person if you want to keep them longer. #### How do I add a Person Search result to a list? Click Add to list in the profile drawer, then pick an existing list (free) or choose …or create a new list (1 credit) — this needs an account. If the person is already there, ListPlus merges the new data into the existing row (matched by email, LinkedIn URL, phone or name and company) instead of creating a duplicate. #### Can I use Person Search without an account? Yes — understanding your input and the list of matching people are free without an account, and you can open a few full profiles free to try it out. After that, and for paid add-ons or adding to a list, ListPlus asks you to sign up (free, no password); the search you were running continues after sign-up. #### It says "You've used your free searches" — what now? That message means the free profiles for visitors without an account are used up. Sign up free with your email address and a one-time code (no password) to keep searching; new accounts get 25 free credits, and a profile's basics cost about 0.75 credits. --- ## Person Search: what you can type Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/person-search-inputs Last updated: 2026-09-28 Person Search reads one line of free text and works out what you meant. This topic is a closer look at exactly what you can type into that field and what it does with each kind of input. For the search-and-pick flow itself, what a last-name-only or group search does, see "[Person Search](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/person-search)"; for what to do when nothing turns up, see "[Person not found — what now?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/not-found-what-now)". ### What works - **Name + company** — "Satya Nadella, Microsoft" or "Smith, Goldman Sachs". This is the most reliable input and goes through the candidate picker, since a name alone can belong to several people. - **Name + city** — "Jane Doe, Ulm" is read as a name with a place, not a company: a recognized city or town without a legal suffix (GmbH, Inc, Ltd and similar) becomes the location instead. Add the company too if you know it, for a tighter match. - **Email address** — an exact identifier. There's nobody to choose between, so ListPlus skips the candidate picker and loads a result for that address directly. - **Company domain** — also an exact identifier. With no person to disambiguate, ListPlus loads the company's profile directly instead of a picker. - **LinkedIn profile URL** — also an exact identifier; same direct-load behaviour. - **A role question** — "current CEO of BMW" is understood as a role at a company. ListPlus still shows the matches before loading anything. When web sources confirm who holds the role, the picker says "These people match your question" (or "Is this the person you mean?" for one); otherwise you see the usual "Which person do you mean?". - **An e-mail signature** — paste a whole signature block; name, role, company and phone are picked out of it. Because the search field is a single line, a pasted multi-line text is joined into one line with commas automatically. The field's placeholder reads "Name, company, email or LinkedIn URL". The example cards under **Try an example** fill in "Satya Nadella, Microsoft", "CFO at HubSpot", "hubspot.com" or a LinkedIn profile URL; the E-mail address and E-mail signature cards leave the field for you to paste your own (see "[Person Search](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/person-search)"). ### What does not work - **A last name on its own** isn't enough to return candidates — see "Person Search" for what to add instead. - **Dictation / voice input.** Person Search has no microphone or dictate button; type your search instead. Dictation is available elsewhere in ListPlus — Segment Search (Segmentsuche), AI Research and the Inbox (Eingang) — just not here. - **A description of a group of people**, such as "marketing managers in London", is offered to Segment Search instead — see "[Person Search](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/person-search)" for that handoff. ### Related topics See "[Person Search](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/person-search)" for the full search-and-pick flow and what a profile costs, and "[Person not found — what now?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/not-found-what-now)" for tightening a search that comes up empty. ### FAQ #### Can I search by name and city? Yes — "Jane Doe, Ulm" is read as a name with a place, since a known city or town without a legal suffix is recognized as a location rather than a company. Add the company name too if you know it, for a tighter match. #### What do I get when I search a company domain? A company domain has no person to disambiguate, so ListPlus skips the candidate picker and loads the company's profile directly instead. If you're looking for someone at that company, search by their name and the company instead. #### What happens when I paste an email address? An email address is also an exact identifier, so ListPlus skips the picker and loads a result for that address right away. If it doesn't already know who's behind it, use the "Contact Profile (by Email)" add-on to look up their name and other details. #### Can I paste an e-mail signature into Person Search? Yes — paste the whole signature into the search field; name, role, company and phone are picked out of it. The field is a single line, so a multi-line paste is joined into one line with commas automatically. Then click Search and pick the right person as usual. #### Can I dictate my search into Person Search? No — Person Search has no dictation or voice-input button, so type your search into the field. Dictation is available on Segment Search (Segmentsuche), AI Research and the Inbox (Eingang) instead. #### What's a "role question" and how is it different from a name search? A role question like "current CEO of BMW" names a position at a company instead of a person's name. ListPlus still shows the matches before loading anything. When web sources confirm who holds the role, the picker says "These people match your question" (or "Is this the person you mean?" for one); otherwise you see the usual "Which person do you mean?". #### I typed an email or LinkedIn URL — why didn't I get to pick from a list? An email address, a company domain and a LinkedIn profile URL are exact identifiers with nobody to choose between, so ListPlus loads that result straight onto the page instead of showing the "Which person do you mean?" picker. #### Does understanding my input cost credits? No — reading your input and listing matching people is free. Charges start when a profile loads its basics or you run an add-on; see "[Person Search: basics and profile add-ons](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-profile-add-ons)" for what each costs. --- ## Person Search: the profile drawer and its add-ons Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/profile-and-add-ons Last updated: 2026-09-28 Opening a Person Search result opens a profile drawer. This topic covers the drawer's layout, the automatic "basics" toggle, and how the add-on cards inside it behave — click prices are covered in "Person Search: basics and profile add-ons", not repeated here. ### The drawer layout The header has three controls: **Save in …** to file the profile into a folder (shows the folder name once filed), an **"Open in new tab"** icon button, and a primary **Add** button with **Add to list** and — once the contact is in Saved — **Send to pipeline**. The save icon on a result card shows the tooltip **Save** or **Unsave**. The body shows contact details, career history, education and company information, plus a note such as "Enriched from 3 sources". Career stops, employees and similar companies inside the profile are clickable — each opens a new search for that person or company in its own browser tab, so you can follow the network without losing your place. For a saved contact that was sent to a pipeline, an **In pipelines** section at the bottom shows each pipeline with its state (for example waiting or sent) and date; see "[Pipelines — send records on to your CRM, Slack, e-mail or API](https://listplus.ai/en/help/pipelines/pipelines-overview)". ### Auto-load basics The "Auto-load basics: on/off" switch below the profile decides whether the LinkedIn and company basics load automatically when you open a profile; see "[Person Search: basics and profile add-ons](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-profile-add-ons)" for exactly what that costs and how the on/off states behave. ### The Suggestions toggle Below the profile, "Hide suggestions" hides the grey placeholders that offer to load missing fields ("Show suggestions" brings them back). It changes nothing about cost, the Enrich button still works, and the setting is remembered in this browser. ### Add-on cards and confirmation Empty fields and sections show a placeholder; hover it to see "Load · N Cr" and click to run it. The Enrich button at the bottom of the profile opens every add-on at once. Any add-on, or selection of add-ons, costing 10 credits or more first shows a **"Paid enrichment"** confirmation, showing the credits and an approximate euro amount, with **Enrich** / **Cancel** buttons; cheaper cards run immediately. If nothing is found, its hint changes to "Nothing found" instead of disappearing, so you can see it was already tried. Add-ons that add a new section, such as news, employees or similar companies, scroll it into view when done. ### Without an account Without signing in, clicking any other add-on shows "Sign in to load add-ons like LinkedIn posts, news or contact details." and opens sign-up — there's no cost dialog first. "Company News" and "Person in the News" stay free to try either way. ### Related topics See "[Person Search](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/person-search)" for the search-and-pick flow that opens a profile, "[Person Search: basics and profile add-ons](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-profile-add-ons)" for exact prices, and "Get emails and phone numbers" for the reveal flow in Segment Search results. ### FAQ #### What do the buttons at the top of the profile drawer do? Save in … files the person into a Saved folder and shows the folder name once filed. Open in new tab opens the same profile as a full Person Search page. Add opens Add to list and, for a contact in Saved, Send to pipeline; the buttons become active once the profile has loaded. #### Why does ListPlus ask me to confirm before some add-ons? Any add-on, or selection of add-ons, that costs 10 credits or more shows a "Paid enrichment" confirmation with the credits and an approximate euro amount before it runs, so you don't spend more than expected by mistake. Cheaper add-ons run on one click. #### What does "Hide suggestions" do? It hides the grey placeholders that offer to load missing fields, next to the auto-load toggle below the profile; "Show suggestions" brings them back. It changes nothing about cost, and the Enrich button still works either way. #### An add-on card found nothing — did it disappear or fail? Neither — its hint changes to "Nothing found" instead of vanishing, so you can see it was already tried. Most add-ons are only charged on a hit; "[Person Search: basics and profile add-ons](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-profile-add-ons)" shows when each one is charged. #### Can I use the profile drawer's add-ons without an account? "Company News" and "Person in the News" stay free to try either way, but clicking any other add-on without an account shows "Sign in to load add-ons like LinkedIn posts, news or contact details." and takes you straight to sign-up instead of a cost dialog. Sign-up is free and needs no password. #### Where can I see how much each add-on card costs? "[Person Search: basics and profile add-ons](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-profile-add-ons)" lists the exact credit cost and when each one is charged; every card also shows its own price before you click it. --- ## Person not found — what now? Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/not-found-what-now Last updated: 2026-09-25 A Person Search that comes up empty isn't a dead end — ListPlus offers a few next steps depending on what it did and didn't find. This topic covers all of them: tightening the search, look-alike matches, an AI web-research fallback for that one person, and when to switch to Segment Search instead. ### First: tighten the search Most "not found" results come down to spelling or a name that's too common. Double-check the spelling, and add whatever you know — the company, the city, or the person's role — since a last name on its own isn't enough for ListPlus to show candidates. If you have it, type the full name with the company ("Jane Doe, Airrange") rather than just the last name. ### Similar names and look-alikes When you search with both a first and last name but nobody matches both, ListPlus shows a **"No [name] found in [city]."** (or **"No [name] found."**) message, with the note **"No matching entry in the profile databases. AI research scans the open web — company sites, imprints, press, directories."** Below it are any people who are only a partial match — same last name with a different first name, or vice versa — under **Similar names — same last name, different first name**. Each of these look-alike cards carries ✓/✗ badges for **Last name**, **First name** and, if you searched with a location, **Location**, so you can see exactly why it's only a look-alike, not a match. Click one if it turns out to be the right person after all — it opens the profile like any other pick and loads its basics (about 0.75 credits, each part only charged if found); otherwise use **Refine search** to add a location or role. If ListPlus identifies the company but no personal profile, the page shows the company card. Click **Enrich** (Anreichern) on it to try a name-and-company lookup from the contact add-ons; each one shows its price first. ### Let AI research the web for this person If nobody matched the name you searched, ListPlus offers **AI web research** (Per KI im Web recherchieren). It researches a named person, so include the name you're looking for. It's a separate AI agent that searches the open web — company sites, imprints, press, directories — rather than profile databases, so it can turn up people no database has, and it takes about 30 seconds; it streams its steps live and, at the end, shows whatever it could establish, plus links to the sources it used. Starting it needs a signed-in account and a positive credit balance. If it found an email, phone, website, company or address, click **Use as contact**: the findings become the result on the page, are kept in Saved automatically, and can be added to a list with **Add to list**. If you don't click it, the findings aren't kept. If nothing turns up, it says "Nothing reliable found on the open web." It costs 3 credits, but only when it actually delivers an email or phone number — see "[Person Search: basics and profile add-ons](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-profile-add-ons)" for the exact billing rule. ### Looking for a group instead? Use Segment Search If your search actually describes a role or type of person rather than one individual, ListPlus recognizes that upfront and offers to open it in **Segment Search** (Segmentsuche) instead — see "[Person Search](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/person-search)" for that flow. If a role question with specific filters (like headcount, funding or technology) comes up empty, ListPlus additionally offers a **Try Segment Search** button, since a database filter search may succeed where a single lookup didn't. ### Why some people can't be found ListPlus relies on public web sources and its data providers, so some people simply aren't findable. Common reasons a real person still doesn't turn up: they keep their LinkedIn profile private or don't have one, they started their current role too recently for it to show up anywhere yet, the name is common enough that nothing distinguishes them without more detail, or there's a typo or unusual spelling in what you searched. Adding a company, city, role, or trying alternate spellings usually resolves this. ### Did a search with no result cost anything? Understanding your input and the list of matching people are always free, and almost every paid lookup, including AI web research, is only charged when it finds something. The one exception: for a signed-in search by name and company where ListPlus has no LinkedIn URL for the person, it may automatically run a LinkedIn Profile Search, which costs 1 credit per attempt even without a match. See "Person Search: basics and profile add-ons" for details. ### For advanced users The **Try Segment Search** hand-off only appears when the failed role question carried structured filters (industry, headcount, funding stage or recent funding, technology, job-change window, or a verified-email/mobile requirement). It appears under **"The web sources give no clear answer. Next options:"**. AI web research needs at least a full name or a first and last name — it isn't offered for a search that was only an email or a domain, since there's no name to research from; for those, re-run the search with the person's name instead. Other messages you may see: a hint such as **"Add First name + Last name to run "…""** tells you which details would unlock the next lookup. **"I couldn't recognize a contact in that input. Try "Lastname, Company", an email address, or a LinkedIn URL."** means your text wasn't read as a person. If you pick a candidate and the profile shows **"Nothing found"**, no profile data could be loaded for that person — go back and try another candidate or add details. In the look-alike view, a city or country chip marked **"· no match"** means none of the candidates is in that location. ### FAQ #### The person I searched for wasn't found — what can I do? Check the spelling and add the company, city or role — a last name alone isn't enough. If ListPlus shows look-alike candidates, check whether one of them is actually the right person; otherwise start the AI web research offered on the results page, which costs 3 credits but only when it actually delivers an email or phone number. #### ListPlus shows people with a similar name but not mine — what now? That's the "Similar names — same last name, different first name" list: people who share only part of the name you searched, shown with ✓/✗ badges so you can see why each one is just a look-alike. If none of them is right, click Refine search and add a location or role, or start the AI web research option shown above the list. #### What do the ✓/✗ badges on a candidate mean? A green check means that candidate's Last name, First name or Location matches what you typed, and a grey cross means it doesn't; the Location badge appears only when you searched with a city or country. They only appear on the look-alike list, to show at a glance why a candidate is only a partial match rather than an exact one. #### What is the AI web research and when should I use it? AI web research is a fallback search agent for one specific person that ListPlus offers when the regular lookup finds nobody or only look-alikes. Instead of profile databases, it scans the open web — company sites, imprints, press, directories — so it can find people no database has. It needs a signed-in account and costs 3 credits, charged only when it delivers an email or phone number. #### How long does AI web research take and where do the results appear? It takes about 30 seconds and shows its steps live as it searches. Whatever it finds — email, phone, website, LinkedIn URL, role, company or address, with source links — appears in the same panel; click "Use as contact" to make it the result on the page, where it's kept in Saved automatically and can be added to a list. #### Was I charged even though nothing was found? Usually not — understanding your search and the candidate list are free, and add-ons and AI web research are only charged when they find something. The exception is the automatic LinkedIn Profile Search that ListPlus may run for a name-and-company search when it has no LinkedIn URL for the person: it costs 1 credit per attempt, even without a match. #### Why can't ListPlus find this person at all? Usually because they have no public LinkedIn profile or keep it private, they started their current role too recently to show up anywhere, the name is too common without more detail, or there's a typo in what you searched. Try adding a company, city or role, or double-check the spelling. #### I only have their email and nothing comes back — what now? An email or domain search skips the candidate picker and loads a result directly, so if that address genuinely returns nothing, AI web research can't be started from it either, since that fallback needs a name to research. Try searching by the person's name and company instead, if you know them. #### The person ListPlus found is the wrong one — what do I do? Close the profile, go back to the candidate list and click Refine search (next to "Not the right one?"), then add a location, role or the company and search again. On look-alike cards, the ✓/✗ badges show which of last name, first name and location didn't match. Opening the wrong profile has already loaded its basics (about 0.75 credits, each part only charged if found). #### Does ListPlus ever suggest Segment Search when a person search fails? Yes — if a role question like "who is the CEO of X" comes up empty and included filters such as industry, headcount, funding or technology, ListPlus shows a "Try Segment Search" button that opens the same search in Segment Search (Segmentsuche). --- ## Sharing a search result Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/share-a-result Last updated: 2026-09-25 A shared result is a read-only public page with one person's (or company's) profile — no login needed to open it, and nothing on it can be edited or searched from. ### How to share Open a profile — from Person Search, AI Research or **Saved** — and, once it has finished loading, click the share icon at the top right of the profile card (tooltip: **Copy result link**). ListPlus copies a link to your clipboard that anyone can open without an account. Sharing doesn't look up anything new and doesn't cost credits; it publishes the data already loaded in the profile. ### What the other person sees The shared page shows the same profile card, without the search box or any of the paid add-on buttons — just the data, plus a small "Found with ListPlus Contact Search" link at the bottom that leads back to ListPlus's own Person Search. Apart from a **Search yourself** button that opens ListPlus, there's nothing they can click, enrich or save. ### How long a link stays open A shared link works for **seven days after the last time anyone opened it** — every view resets the seven days, so a link people keep visiting never goes stale on its own. An unopened link expires after a week. After that, the page shows "This link has expired" with a button to search for themselves instead. **Related topics:** person-search · saved-contacts. ### FAQ #### How do I share a search result? Once the profile has finished loading, click the share icon at the top right of the profile card (tooltip: Copy result link). This copies a link to your clipboard that opens a read-only page — no login needed, no data can be edited or searched from it. #### Who can open a shared result link? Anyone with the link, even without a ListPlus account. It's a public, read-only page — there's no way to browse to it without the exact link. #### How long does a shared link stay valid? Seven days after the last time it was opened. Every visit resets the seven days, so a link that keeps getting opened stays valid; one nobody opens again simply expires a week after the last view. #### What happens when a shared link expires? The page shows "This link has expired" instead of the profile, with a button to run their own search on ListPlus. Share the profile again to create a fresh link. #### Can I share a result from Saved, not just a fresh search? Yes — open any entry in Saved and, once it has finished loading, click the share icon at the top right of the profile card (tooltip: Copy result link), the same as from a fresh search. It shares whatever data is currently loaded in that profile. #### Does sharing a result cost credits? No. Creating and opening a shared link is free; it only publishes data your account already loaded, it doesn't look anything up. --- ## Starting a search from a link (deep links) Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/deep-links Last updated: 2026-09-28 You can open **Person Search** with a person already filled in, or even already searched, by adding parameters to its URL — useful for linking into ListPlus from a CRM, an email tool or your own script. ### The parameters Add these after `https://listplus.ai/app/search?`: | Parameter | What it does | | -------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | `q` | Free text — parsed by AI, same as typing it in the box | | `first_name`, `last_name`, `name` (or `full_name`) | A person's name, understood directly (no AI parsing) | | `company`, `domain` | Company name or domain | | `email` | An email address | | `linkedin`, `company_linkedin` | A person's or company's LinkedIn URL | | `job_title`, `city`, `country`, `phone`, `website` | Extra signals that narrow down the match | | `autosearch=true` | Start the search immediately instead of just filling the box | | `addons=a,b,c` | Auto-run add-ons (such as a verified email lookup) once the result loads | Example: ``` https://listplus.ai/app/search?first_name=Torben&last_name=Schulz&company=Rows&autosearch=true&addons=prospeo_linkedin,serper_news ``` Parameter names are not case-sensitive and ignore underscores, so `first_name`, `firstName` and `firstname` all work — `first_name` is the form to use when you're writing the link by hand. ### Safety limits on add-ons An `addons` link can only auto-run **up to 4 add-ons**, and only ones that cost **12 credits or less each** — anything more expensive, or available only on Premium, is skipped and stays a manual click in the profile instead. This keeps a link from silently running up a large charge on your account. Add-ons only auto-run when you're signed in, and only the first four ids in the list count, even if some of them are skipped. ### Where to look up every add-on id A reference page lists every available add-on id and its price, plus the worked example above: open **listplus.ai/app/search/help** in a browser. It isn't linked from the app's navigation — bookmark it if you're building links regularly. ### Links to a specific row or saved contact ListPlus also creates links that open one exact record: the **Open in ListPlus** links in pipeline messages (Slack and e-mail digests) open either the row in its list — selected, with the record panel open — or the contact in **Saved**, with its detail view open. These links only work when you're signed in and a member of the workspace the record belongs to. Saved now lives at `listplus.ai/app/saved`; older bookmarks and links to `/app/contacts` are redirected there automatically. **Related topics:** person-search · person-search-inputs · saved-contacts · pipelines-overview. ### FAQ #### Can I open Person Search with a person already filled in? Yes — add parameters like `first_name`, `last_name` and `company` (or a free-text `q`) to the `/app/search` URL, and ListPlus fills the search box with them. Add `autosearch=true` to also run the search immediately instead of waiting for a click. #### Which parameters can I use in the link? Name parts (`first_name`, `last_name`, `name`), `company`, `domain`, `email`, `linkedin`, `company_linkedin`, and the extra signals `job_title`, `city`, `country`, `phone`, `website` — or a single free-text `q` that ListPlus parses with AI. The full reference with examples is at listplus.ai/app/search/help. #### How do I make the link run the search automatically? Add `autosearch=true` to the URL. Without it, ListPlus only fills the search box and waits for you to click Search. #### Can a link also trigger add-ons, like finding a verified email? Yes — add `addons=` followed by a comma-separated list of add-on ids, and ListPlus runs them automatically once the profile loads, the same as clicking them by hand. The full list of ids and their prices is on the reference page. Only use links you created yourself or trust. #### Are there limits on what a link can auto-run? Yes. Add-ons in a link only run when you're signed in, and only a limited number per link. Only open ListPlus links that run add-ons from sources you trust. #### Do the parameter names need exact capitalization? No — `first_name`, `firstName` and `firstname` are all understood the same way, but writing links with underscores (`first_name`) is the documented form to use. #### Where can I see the full parameter and add-on reference? Open listplus.ai/app/search/help in a browser — it lists every parameter, every add-on id with its price, and a working example URL. It's a standalone reference page, not linked from the app's own navigation. --- ## Segment Search: the audience database Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/categories-audience-database Last updated: 2026-09-28 **Segment Search** (Segmentsuche) is where you filter a large B2B contact database by criteria — role, industry, company size, location and more — instead of searching for one named person. It gives you filtered access to our data provider's database, which by the provider's figures holds roughly 300 million profiles and 143 million verified email addresses, updated weekly, and lets you add matching people straight to a list. Open it with **Segments** in the left navigation. ### Describe your audience or set filters At the top of an empty search, type a sentence describing who you want — for example "Heads of Sales at B2B SaaS companies in Germany with 50 to 200 employees" — into the box under "Which audience are you after?" and click **Build filters**. You can also click the microphone icon (Dictate) next to the box to speak your sentence; the text appears in the box, and you then click **Build filters**. Building filters is free and needs no account; dictation is also free but needs an account. You can also set filters by hand, grouped into **Person**, **Company**, **Signals** and **Reachability** (job title, seniority, industry, company size, funding, verified email or mobile, and more). Below the search box, six example audiences under **Try an example** set a whole filter set with one click (**Apply filters**); hover a card to see its exact filters. The examples fit your market, chosen by your app language: US audiences in English and French (for example "Sales leaders at US SaaS", "IT leaders at US hospitals", "Marketing leaders using HubSpot"), DACH audiences in German and Spanish audiences in Spanish. Applying an example only fills the filters — nothing is searched or charged until you click **Search Contacts**, and you can adjust every filter first. The filter groups, how they combine and which fields must be picked from suggestions are covered in "[How Segment Search filters work](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/filters-explained)". ### Run the search and what it costs Click **Search Contacts**. Each page of up to 25 results costs 2 credits, charged only after results come back — a search that matches nothing is free. Each further page is a new 2-credit charge, unless it repeats an identical search you ran in the last 30 days. ListPlus checks you have at least 2 credits before it runs the search and shows an error instead of searching if you don't; running a search needs an account (sign-up is free), though building filters above doesn't. ### Reading the results Results appear as a table: name, title, company, seniority, since (the start date in the current role), location, industry, company size, domain, website and LinkedIn. Email and mobile columns show a masked preview (partly hidden, with a green check) wherever a verified value exists on the provider's side — the table never shows the full address or number. ### Reveal email and phone Click a row to open that person's profile panel. Like a profile opened in Person Search, it automatically loads the basics (the LinkedIn profile and the company profile), typically about 0.75 credits combined, and each part is only charged when found; click **Auto-load basics: on** in the panel to turn it off if you only want to look. To turn a masked preview into the real value, click **Reveal · 2 Cr** next to Work email or **Reveal · 12 Cr** next to Mobile number under **Reachability** in the panel, each charged only when something is found; the mobile reveal asks you to confirm first. ### Add results to a list Tick the rows you want, or use the header checkbox; with nothing ticked, the whole current page of up to 25 is added. Click **Add To List**, then choose an existing list (free) or create a new one (1 credit, like a file import) — ListPlus suggests a name from your filters. Rows arrive with name, job title, company, LinkedIn URL, industry, company size, website, domain and location; email and phone stay empty until you enrich them in the list afterwards. Unlike Add to list in Person Search, Add To List in Segment Search doesn't merge people already in the list, so adding the same page twice creates duplicate rows; run the duplicate check in the list if that happens. ### Examples - **DACH SaaS sales leaders**: Job title (Head of Sales, VP Sales, CRO), Location (Germany, Austria, Switzerland), Industry (pick e.g. "Software Development" from the suggestions), Employees (51–100, 101–200). - **Founders of freshly funded startups**: Seniority (Founder/Owner, C-Suite), Funding (Seed or Series A, funded within the last 6 months), Company HQ (your target region). - **HubSpot users reachable by phone**: Technology (HubSpot), Job title (Marketing Manager, RevOps), Contact data (Has verified mobile). ### For advanced users A search identical to one you ran in the last 30 days (same filters, same page) is free; you still need at least 2 credits in your balance for the search to start. The **History** tab (next to Filter in the filter panel; on phones open **Filters** first) keeps your last 12 searches that had results, saved in this browser only. Opening one restores its filters and the last result page you viewed, for free; paging from there to a page you haven't fetched before is a new, paid page. Results show the total number of matches, and you can page through up to 25,000 of them, 25 per page. Filters marked "Not available" — such as Job change — can't be selected at the moment; to find people new in their role, use "Time in role (months)" or "Time at company (months)" instead. **Related topics:** which-finder-do-i-use · filters-explained · reveal-email-and-phone · categories-to-list · price-list · not-enough-credits. ### FAQ #### How do I find contacts by role, industry or company size? Open Segments in the left navigation, set filters such as job title, seniority, industry, headcount or location, and click Search Contacts. Each page of up to 25 results costs 2 credits, and a search that matches nothing is free. Tick the rows you want and click Add To List. #### What are the example audiences in Segment Search? Under Try an example, six cards set a complete filter set with one click (Apply filters), such as "Sales leaders at US SaaS" or "Marketing leaders using HubSpot"; hover a card to see its filters. The examples follow your app language: US audiences in English and French, DACH audiences in German, Spanish audiences in Spanish. Applying one is free and only fills the filters — you adjust them and click Search Contacts yourself. #### What does a Segment Search cost? 2 credits per page of up to 25 results, charged only when results come back — a search with no matches costs nothing. Building filters, the example audiences and the "describe your audience" box are all free. Each further page is a new 2-credit charge, unless it repeats an identical search you ran in the last 30 days. #### Why do the results not show email addresses? The results table shows only a masked preview with a green check where a verified email or mobile exists, never the full address or number. Open the row and click Reveal · 2 Cr (Work email) or Reveal · 12 Cr (Mobile number) under Reachability, each charged only when found. You can also add the rows to a list first and enrich them there in bulk. #### How do I add the results to a list? Tick the rows you want (or none to take the whole current page of up to 25), click Add To List, and pick an existing list for free or create a new list for 1 credit. Rows arrive with name, job title, company, LinkedIn URL, industry, company size, website, domain and location; email and phone stay empty until you enrich them. Adding the same page twice creates duplicate rows, because Segment Search doesn't merge existing contacts. #### Can I describe my target group in words instead of setting filters? Yes — type a sentence such as "Heads of Sales at B2B SaaS companies in Germany with 50 to 200 employees" into the box at the top of Segment Search and click Build filters. ListPlus sets the matching filters for you to check before you run the search; this step is free and needs no account (dictating via the microphone icon needs an account). #### How big is the database and where does the data come from? Roughly 300 million profiles with 143 million verified email addresses, updated weekly, from our data provider. ListPlus doesn't own a contact database itself; Segment Search gives you filtered access to the provider's data, which you can then enrich further with other sources. #### Can I search companies instead of people? Segment Search always returns people, but each row carries the company's name, domain, website, industry and size. For one row per company, set the "Max per company" filter to 1. To find companies by a signal no filter covers, describe them in AI Research; it decides from your brief whether to return people or companies. #### Do I need an account to use Segment Search? You can build filters, use the example audiences and type a "describe your audience" sentence without an account, all free. Clicking Search Contacts asks you to sign up first (sign-up is free: email address and a one-time code, no password). Adding results to a list also needs an account. #### Does viewing page 2 of my results cost credits again? Yes — each page you fetch, including page 2 and beyond, is a separate 2-credit charge, because it's a new request to the database. It's free if the page has no results or repeats an identical search (same filters, same page) you ran in the last 30 days. #### Does reopening a recent search from History cost credits again? No — the History tab restores a past search's filters and the result page you last saw straight from this browser, with no new request and no charge. Paging to a page you haven't fetched before in that search is still a new, paid page. #### Can I dictate my audience description instead of typing it? Yes — click the microphone icon (Dictate) next to the "describe your audience" box at the top of Segment Search, speak for up to about two minutes, and the text appears in the box. Then click Build filters to turn it into filters. Dictation costs no credits but needs an account; typing the sentence works without one. #### Does clicking a result in Segment Search cost credits? Yes, by default: opening a row loads the person's basics (LinkedIn profile and company) automatically, typically about 0.75 credits, each part only charged when found. Click "Auto-load basics: on" in the profile panel to turn it off if you only want to look; revealing the email (2 credits) or mobile (12 credits) is a separate click. --- ## How Segment Search filters work Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/filters-explained Last updated: 2026-09-25 Segment Search's filter panel has 30+ filters grouped into four tabs. This topic covers how the groups are organized, how filters combine, and the Exclude, match-mode and suggestion mechanics. For how a search runs, what it costs and how results look, see "[Segment Search: the audience database](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/categories-audience-database)". ### The four groups - **Person** — job title, seniority, department, person name, location, years of experience, time in role, time at company, max per company. - **Company** — company name/website, industry, employees, HQ location, founded year, revenue, keywords, company type, NAICS/SIC codes. - **Signals** — funding, technology used, hiring activity, open job postings, headcount growth, email provider, job change (currently "Not available"). - **Reachability** — Contact data: has a verified email, has a verified mobile, or both; ticking both shows a "Match" toggle (all/any, all by default). ### AND across filters, OR within one Setting several filters narrows the search — Job title AND Location AND Industry all have to match. Inside one filter, adding several values (e.g. three job titles) is an OR-set — any one of them can match. Company Keywords has a "Match: any/all" toggle to switch that one filter from OR to AND. ### For advanced users Excludable filters (job title, seniority, location, company, company HQ, industry, keywords, technology, NAICS, SIC, company website) show an **Exclude** section inside the same pill — values there are removed from the results instead of required. Department doesn't support Exclude (our data provider can't combine include and exclude on that field). Job title also has a **Title match** toggle: Fuzzy (default, catches close variants) or Exact (literal match only). There's no separate Boolean search syntax (no "CEO AND NOT CTO" box) — combine multiple filters for AND, add several values to one filter for OR, and use Exclude for NOT. **Related topics:** categories-audience-database · which-finder-do-i-use · categories-to-list. ### FAQ #### What are the filter groups in Segment Search? Filters are grouped into four tabs: Person (job title, seniority, location, department, years of experience, time in role/company), Company (industry, employees, HQ, revenue, keywords), Signals (funding, technology, hiring, headcount growth, job change), and Reachability (has a verified email or mobile). Open Segments, then the filter panel, to switch between tabs. #### Do filters combine with AND or OR? Different filters combine with AND — every filter you set has to match. Inside one filter, adding multiple values (three job titles, say) is an OR-set, so any one of them counts. Company Keywords has its own "Match: any/all" toggle to require all keywords instead of any. #### How does Exclude work? Filters like job title, location, industry, company, company HQ, keywords, technology and NAICS/SIC show an Exclude section inside the same pill — values you add there are removed from the results. It's not available on Department, since the provider can't combine include and exclude on that one field. #### What's the difference between Fuzzy and Exact for job titles? The Job title filter has a "Title match" toggle, which appears once you've added at least one title. Fuzzy (the default) also catches close variants of the titles you list; Exact only matches the literal title text, and both apply to every job title chip in that filter. #### Is there a Boolean search like "CEO AND NOT CTO"? There's no separate Boolean search box. You get the same effect by combining filters: set Job title to CEO, use its Exclude section to remove CTO, and add other filters (location, industry) as additional AND conditions. #### Which filters must I pick from a suggestions list? Location, Company HQ and Industry only accept values from the suggestions that appear as you type — our data provider's database only accepts its own values for these three. You need to be signed in to see suggestions; as an anonymous visitor, use "describe your audience in a sentence" instead, which sets these filters for you. #### Why is the Job change filter greyed out? Job change is marked "Not available" and can't be selected at the moment. To find people new in their role, use "Time in role (months)" or "Time at company (months)" in the Person tab instead. #### Can I type "DACH" or "SaaS" directly into a filter? Typing a region ("DACH", "EMEA", "Benelux") or a vertical ("SaaS", "Fintech") works when you use "describe your audience in a sentence" — it's automatically expanded into the matching countries or industries. Typed directly into the Location or Industry filter by hand, use the specific country or industry name from the suggestions instead, since these two only accept exact database values. --- ## Get emails and phone numbers Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/reveal-email-and-phone Last updated: 2026-09-25 In **Segment Search** (Segmentsuche) results, a masked preview shows you that a verified email or mobile number exists for a person before you pay for it. Revealing the real value is a separate, optional step you trigger yourself, and you're only charged when ListPlus actually finds the number or address. Opening a row also auto-loads the profile's basics for about 0.75 credits — a separate cost from any reveal, and one you can turn off. ### The masked preview and the green check In the results table, the **Email** and **Mobile** columns show a partly hidden value with a green check mark whenever the data provider has a verified email or mobile on file for that person — for example `j***@a****.com`. No check mark and an empty cell means the provider has nothing verified for that field; revealing it may still work through a name-and-company lookup, but there's no known hit to unlock. The masked value itself is never a real, usable address — it only proves a match exists. ### Reveal a single result Click a row to open its profile. Under **Reachability**, the Work email and Mobile number slots each have a **Reveal** button showing the price: Reveal · 2 Cr for a verified email (plus the company's main phone number), Reveal · 12 Cr for a personal mobile. The verified email is matched by LinkedIn URL when known, otherwise by name and company. You're charged 2 credits only when a verified email is found, and 12 credits only when a mobile number is found. The same email lookup appears as "Verified Email & Company Phone" under the profile's **Enrich** button. ### Company phone vs. mobile "Company Phone" from the Verified Email & Company Phone card is the company's main switchboard number, not a line that reaches this person directly. A personal, verified mobile number is a separate lookup — the Reveal · 12 Cr mobile card — because it comes from a different, more expensive verification step. ### Confirmation for bigger charges Any single reveal of 10 credits or more first shows a "Paid enrichment" confirmation with the credit cost, with **Enrich** and **Cancel** buttons. Reveal · 12 Cr under Reachability asks first. The 2-credit email reveal runs straight away. Under **Enrich**, "Find mobile number" tries the 12-credit reveal first without asking. Only if that finds nothing does it ask before a deeper 30-credit search, which is charged when it returns data. ### Reveal for many rows at once After adding results to a list, select the rows you want (or use the header checkbox to select all), click **Enrich** in the selection bar, then pick **Contact details → Phone** (or **Email**) in the field picker and confirm. Phone runs the 12-credit mobile reveal, and ListPlus charges it only for rows where a number is found; for Email, the plan dialog shows the route and its cost before you confirm, and some routes charge per attempt. Rows that already have the field filled can be excluded with the "only what is missing" option. ### Related topics See "[Segment Search: the audience database](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/categories-audience-database)" for the results table and adding rows to a list, and "[Price list: what every action costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list)" for the full credit-cost table. ### FAQ #### What does the masked email or mobile in Segment Search mean? It's a preview like `j***@a****.com` showing that a verified value exists for that person on the data provider's side — it's never a real, usable address itself. See "How do I reveal a verified email address?" and "How do I reveal a mobile number?" below for how to unlock it. #### What does the green check mark next to an email or mobile mean? It means the data provider has a verified email or mobile number on file for that person. No check mark and an empty cell means nothing verified is on file for that field, though a name-and-company lookup can sometimes still find one. #### How do I reveal a verified email address? Open the result's profile and click Reveal · 2 Cr next to Work email under Reachability. It's charged only when a verified email is actually found; the same lookup is labeled "Verified Email & Company Phone" under the profile's Enrich button. #### How do I reveal a mobile number? Open the result's profile and click Reveal · 12 Cr next to Mobile number under Reachability; it asks you to confirm first. You're only charged if a number is actually found — a miss is free. #### What's the difference between "company phone" and a mobile number? "Company Phone," included with the 2-credit Verified Email & Company Phone card, is the company's general switchboard number, not a direct line to that person. A personal, verified mobile number is a separate 12-credit lookup via "Reveal Mobile Number." #### Do I pay if a reveal doesn't find anything? No — both the email/company-phone reveal (2 credits) and the mobile reveal (12 credits) only charge you when the lookup actually returns a value. The optional 30-credit deep mobile search under Enrich → Find mobile number is charged whenever it returns data. #### Why does revealing a mobile number ask me to confirm first? Revealing a mobile with Reveal · 12 Cr in the profile's Reachability section shows a "Paid enrichment" confirmation first, because it costs 10 credits or more. The 2-credit email reveal runs without asking. "Find mobile number" under Enrich runs the 12-credit reveal directly and asks only before escalating to the 30-credit deep search. #### Can I reveal emails or mobile numbers for many rows at once? Yes — after adding results to a list, select the rows, click Enrich in the selection bar, and choose Contact details → Phone (the 12-credit mobile reveal) or Email in the field picker. Phone is charged only for rows where a mobile is found; for Email, the plan dialog shows the route and its cost before you confirm, and some routes charge per attempt. #### If I already saw the masked preview in Segment Search, does revealing it later in the list still find it? Yes — the row carries over its LinkedIn URL, name and company, so the same reveal typically finds the same match once you run it in the list. Adding a row to a list never fills the email or mobile cell automatically; the cell stays empty until you run the reveal, in Segment Search or afterwards in the list. --- ## Adding Segment Search results to a list Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/categories-to-list Last updated: 2026-09-25 This topic covers what happens when you click **Add To List** in Segment Search: which columns arrive, when it's free, and why adding the same page twice creates duplicates. For how a Segment Search itself works and what it costs, see "[Segment Search: the audience database](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/categories-audience-database)". ### Add To List Tick the rows you want with the row or header checkbox; with nothing ticked, **Add To List** takes the whole current page (up to 25 rows, or fewer if the search matched less). Click **Add To List**, then either pick an existing list — free — or type a name and click **Create New List**, which costs 1 credit, the same as a file import. ### Columns that arrive Each added row brings first name, last name, job title, company name, industry, company size, website, company domain, LinkedIn profile URL, LinkedIn company URL, city and country. Email and phone are always empty on arrival — Segment Search' search results never include the address or number itself, only whether a verified one exists — so enrich or reveal them in the list afterwards. ### Adding more than one page There's no "add all results" action — each click only adds the page you're currently viewing. To collect more rows, page through the results and click Add To List again on each page; narrowing your filters to fewer, more targeted pages is usually faster than paging through many. ### For advanced users Adding to an **existing** list is a plain append: unlike Person Search's Add to list, it does not check for contacts already in the list, so adding the same page twice — or two overlapping searches — creates duplicate rows. Run the list's duplicate check afterwards to catch and merge them (see "[Finding and merging duplicates](https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/duplicates)"). Creating a new list costs 1 credit; adding to an existing list is free. **Related topics:** categories-audience-database · filters-explained · duplicates · create-list-and-import-file. ### FAQ #### What columns do I get when I add Segment Search results to a list? First name, last name, job title, company name, industry, company size, website, company domain, LinkedIn profile URL, LinkedIn company URL, city and country. Email and phone columns are added but stay empty until you enrich or reveal them in the list. #### Why are email and phone empty after adding to a list? Segment Search's search results only show a masked preview of email and mobile, never the full value, so nothing lands in those columns when you add rows to a list. Revealing an email in Segment Search doesn't fill it into the list either, so add the rows first and then run enrichment on the list to fill email and phone in bulk. #### Can I add all my search results at once, not just one page? No — each Add To List click adds only the page you're currently viewing (up to 25 rows). To add more, page through the results and click Add To List again on each page you want. #### Can I add just some rows instead of the whole page? Yes — tick the checkbox on each row you want, or use the header checkbox to select the whole page at once, then click Add To List. Only the ticked rows are added; leaving nothing ticked adds the whole current page instead. #### How do I clean up duplicates after adding from Segment Search twice? Segment Search appends rows without checking who's already in the list, so an overlapping search adds the same people again. Open the list, click Analyze and use the Duplicates checks (Duplicate Email, Duplicate Name + Company, Duplicate LinkedIn) to merge or remove them — see "[Finding and merging duplicates](https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/duplicates)". #### How do I find the list after adding contacts from Segment Search? A notification with "Click to open" appears right after the add — click it to jump straight to the list you just added to or created. Otherwise, it's in your Lists like any other list. --- ## Data coverage by country and industry Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/coverage-by-country Last updated: 2026-09-25 Segment Search gives you filtered access to our data provider's B2B database — roughly 300 million profiles worldwide. Coverage isn't even everywhere: how many people, how many verified emails and how many verified mobile numbers the provider has for a given country or industry varies, and we don't have exact per-country figures to publish here. ### What to expect As a general rule, coverage tends to be strongest for larger companies and common B2B roles in major markets, and thinner for small companies, niche industries and countries with less public professional data. Verified mobile numbers are typically scarcer than verified emails in any market, since fewer people list a mobile number publicly in the first place; this is general guidance, not a per-country figure we can confirm. Rather than guess whether your target market or industry is well covered, **try a small sample first**: set your filters in Segment Search, run one page (2 credits) and look at how many of the 25 results already carry a masked email or mobile preview with a green check before committing to a larger search. See "[Segment Search: the audience database](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/categories-audience-database)" for how a search and its cost work, and "[How Segment Search filters work](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/filters-explained)" for setting Location, Industry and Reachability filters precisely. ### If coverage is thin for your search - Broaden the filter that's narrowing you down most (a wider location, a broader industry, a lower seniority) and compare how many results carry a masked email or mobile preview with a green check. - Add the people you need to a list anyway, then enrich them individually — most lookups are only charged when they find something (the price list marks the few that charge per attempt), so trying costs you only the ones that succeed. See "[Find a verified email address](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/find-verified-email)" and "Find phone and mobile numbers". - For a target group no filter-based search covers well, describe it in AI Research instead, which searches the open web rather than one provider's database. ### Language of the research AI Research works best with an English brief, even for non-English targets — see "Should I write my brief in English?" in "Write a good research brief" for why. Location, Company HQ and Industry must be picked from the suggestions list. **Related topics:** categories-audience-database · filters-explained · write-a-good-research-brief · reveal-email-and-phone · which-finder-do-i-use. ### FAQ #### Is coverage the same in every country? No — coverage (how many people and verified contact details the database has) varies by country and by industry. We don't have exact per-country numbers to publish; run a small sample search first to see how well your specific market is covered. #### Is coverage weaker for smaller companies or niche industries? Generally yes — larger companies and common B2B roles tend to have better coverage than small companies and niche industries, as a general pattern rather than a guaranteed rule. If your search returns few masked email or mobile previews with a green check, try broadening a filter and compare. #### Are mobile numbers harder to find than emails? Verified mobile numbers are typically scarcer than verified emails in any market, simply because fewer people have a mobile number listed publicly at all. This is general guidance, not a country-specific figure. #### Is DACH (Germany, Austria, Switzerland) coverage good? We don't have exact figures for DACH specifically. Set your filters (e.g. Location: Germany, Austria, Switzerland) in Segment Search and run one page to see how many results carry a masked email or mobile preview with a green check before running a larger search. #### How do I check coverage before spending credits on a big search? Run one page of your filtered search first — it costs 2 credits for up to 25 results — and look at how many results already show a masked email or mobile preview with a green check. That gives you a real sample for your exact filters instead of a general estimate. #### What can I do if coverage for my target group is thin? Broaden the filter narrowing your results the most (a wider location, industry or seniority), or add the people to a list and enrich them individually — most lookups are only charged when they find something (the price list marks the few that charge per attempt). For a group no filter search covers well, describe it in AI Research instead, which searches the open web. #### Does the database cover languages other than English? Location, Company HQ and Industry must be picked from the suggestions list. AI Research works with any language but finds more sources with an English brief, since most public web content it searches is in English. #### Why did my search return fewer verified emails than I expected? Coverage for your specific combination of location, industry and seniority may simply be thinner than average — this varies and isn't something ListPlus controls. Try a broader filter, or enrich individual results afterward with "[Find a verified email address](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/find-verified-email)". --- ## AI Research Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/ai-research Last updated: 2026-09-28 **AI Research** (KI-Recherche) is for audiences no filter can find: people who did something visible on the open web. Open it with **Research** in the left navigation (full name **AI Research**). AI agents read job posts, community threads, press, company pages and, if you switch them on, Reddit and Twitter / X, and bring back matches with the evidence behind them. Every person it finds gets a free LinkedIn lookup to verify it's real, and a run never returns the same person twice. ### Describe your target group Type your audience in your own words, best in English: the role, a publicly visible signal, and if possible an industry or region — for example "Heads of Sales at fintech startups in Germany that are hiring SDRs right now." A mic button next to the field lets you dictate instead of typing. **Insert example** fills in a complete brief. While the field is empty, six example cards under **Try an example** show signals that work well — **Who's exhibiting** (trade shows), **Who's building sales** (job posts), **Who just started** (new role), **Who just raised** (funding), **Who's on stage** (speakers) and **Who's near you** (local businesses) — each tagged **Companies** or **Contacts** to show what kind of match it returns. Clicking a card fills the field with its brief, which you can then adapt. You don't pick person vs. company mode yourself; the agent decides that from your text. Below the field, "Collect contacts and stop at …" sets how many matches the run looks for: **5**, **10** or **25 matches** (25 is the default and the most one run collects at a time). To go further, click **Resume** on the run — also on a finished one — and it looks for up to 25 more new people each time, up to 200 matches per research in total. After that, start a new research with a different signal or region. ### Watching a run Once you start a run you watch every step live: the left column lists your researches (running and finished), the middle shows what the agent is doing right now, and the right shows matches as they arrive. Every run works on the server ("Keeps running on the server, even with the window closed"), so it keeps going even if you close the tab or the window — for about an hour of unattended work before it pauses and waits for you to click **Resume**. In a workspace, researches are shared with the whole team: everyone sees them in the left column, and a run a colleague started shows their name (for example "by Anna"). **Keep searching until the target** (on by default) makes the agent try again when it stops early; it ends as soon as a round finds nothing new, or after 5 rounds at most. **Stop** ends a run at any time and keeps everything found so far. ### Costs You pay for the real effort: the AI's reasoning steps, billed by usage, plus any paid sources you switch on under **Unlock additional sources (paid)**: Reddit, Twitter / X and BuiltWith (a company's tech stack), each charged per search. There's no fee per match. Starting a research needs at least 1 credit, the counter next to the matches shows credits used live, and if your balance runs out the run spends what's left, stops, and keeps everything found; after topping up, click **Resume**. Every Resume is billed the same way, by the work it does. In a workspace, runs are charged to the workspace owner's balance, whoever starts them. Exact rates: "AI, research and import costs"; running out: "[Not enough credits](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/not-enough-credits)". ### Matches and adding them to a list Matches appear as cards with name, role, company, the source and a line of evidence. Click a card to open the full profile in the same drawer Person Search uses, including **Save in …** to file it into a folder. Tick the matches you want and click **Add to list** at the bottom — pick an existing list (free) or create a new one (1 credit), same as everywhere else in ListPlus. Researches are kept for 7 days after you start them and show up on any device you sign in on. Add anything you want to keep to a list. ### For advanced users The agent's LinkedIn lookup is always free and runs to verify a name before it's recorded as a match, which is also why the agent can't just invent people. Matches are de-duplicated by LinkedIn URL (or name + company when there is none), and a resumed run passes what it already found as an exclude list so it searches for genuinely new people instead of repeating itself. A run's auto-continue budget is separate from a manual **Resume**: an automatic continuation only fills the current target, while a manual click on **Resume** opens a new pass of up to 25 more matches (capped at 200 per research). **Related topics:** price-list-ai-research-imports · not-enough-credits · person-search · categories-audience-database · background-runs · write-a-good-research-brief · what-is-a-workspace. ### FAQ #### What is AI Research and when should I use it? AI Research finds people that no database filter can find: those who did something visible on the web, such as hiring for a role, complaining about a tool, raising money or speaking at an event. You describe the audience in a sentence and AI agents search the open web, Reddit and company sites, returning matches with evidence. Use Segment Search instead when your audience is defined by role, industry and company size. #### How do I describe a good target group? Name the role, a publicly visible signal and, if possible, industry or region, best in English — for example "Heads of Sales at fintech startups in Germany that are hiring SDRs right now." The six example cards under Try an example (such as Who's exhibiting or Who just raised) fill the field with a proven brief, tagged Companies or Contacts, and Insert example fills in another one; you don't need to pick person vs. company mode, the agent infers it from your text. #### What does an AI Research cost? You pay the actual effort, with no fee per match: the AI's reasoning steps are billed by usage, and the paid sources you tick under Unlock additional sources (paid) cost extra per search (Reddit 6 credits, Twitter / X 3, BuiltWith 0.25). Starting a run needs at least 1 credit, and the counter shows credits used live. If your balance runs out mid-run, the run uses what's left, stops and keeps every match; top up and click Resume to continue. #### How long does a research take and can I close the window? Several minutes by default. Yes, you can close the window: every research runs on the server and keeps going for about an hour of unattended work, then pauses and waits for a manual Resume. #### What does "Your AI" mean? Instead of ListPlus's own agent, you can hand the research to an AI assistant you already use, such as Claude or ChatGPT, through a private URL that reports matches back into the same cockpit. It's a separate way to run a research and is covered in its own help topic. #### Why did the research find fewer people than I asked for? Because only people with real evidence on the web are returned — the agent never invents contacts. With Keep searching until the target on (the default), the agent keeps trying for up to 5 rounds until it reaches the number you picked (5, 10 or 25) or stops finding anything new. Broadening the signal or region, or turning on Reddit or Twitter / X as sources, usually finds more. #### How many matches can one AI Research find? A run looks for 5, 10 or 25 matches, as picked in "Collect contacts and stop at …" (25 is the default and the maximum per pass). Click Resume on the run, even after it finished, to look for up to 25 more new people each time, up to 200 matches per research. Each Resume is billed by the work it does; beyond 200, start a new research with a different signal or region. #### How do I get the matches into a list? Tick the matches you want and click Add to list at the bottom of the results panel, then pick an existing list (free) or create a new one (1 credit). You can also open a single match to view the full profile and save it to a folder from there instead. #### Can I start a research on my phone? You can watch and review your researches on a phone. Starting a new research needs the desktop. #### How long are my AI Research results kept? Researches are kept for 7 days after you start them, whether running, finished or stopped, and you see them on any device you sign in on. Add anything you want to keep to a list. #### Can more than one research run at the same time? Yes — there's no fixed limit on how many researches run at once. Each run uses credits, so your credit balance is the only limit. --- ## How do I write a good AI Research brief? Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/write-a-good-research-brief Last updated: 2026-09-28 The brief you type is the only input AI Research works from, so a specific one finds far more real matches than a vague one. See "[AI Research](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/ai-research)" for the basics of how a run works; this article goes deeper on writing the brief itself. ### The three-part formula Aim for one sentence with three parts, ideally written in English: 1. **Role** — who you're looking for (or the kind of company, for a company-level search). 2. **A visible signal** — something the person or company actually did publicly, that shows up somewhere on the open web. 3. **Industry or region** — narrows the pool so the agent doesn't have to guess what "relevant" means. Example: "Heads of Sales at fintech startups in Germany that are hiring SDRs right now" — role (Heads of Sales), signal (hiring SDRs right now), industry and region (fintech, Germany). ### Signal examples that work well Under **Try an example**, the AI Research start screen shows six example cards, each built around one kind of signal: **Who's exhibiting** (trade shows), **Who's building sales** (job postings), **Who just started** (new role), **Who just raised** (funding), **Who's on stage** (speakers at an event) and **Who's near you** (local businesses). Each card is tagged **Companies** or **Contacts** for what it returns; click one to load its full brief into the field and use it as a template, or click **Insert example** for another ready-made brief. The cards and **Insert example** show while the field is empty, and the card set follows your app language. A microphone button next to the field lets you dictate your brief instead of typing it. ### Person or company — there's no switch to flip A ListPlus-run research has no on/off toggle for people vs. companies — the agent reads your brief and decides. Name a role (CTOs, Heads of Sales, Founders) and it searches for people; describe a company-level trait with no role attached — a funding round, a product launch, a technology migration — and it searches for companies instead. If you want one mode specifically, make that clear through wording rather than looking for a switch. ### Related topics ai-research · research-costs-and-sources · categories-audience-database. ### FAQ #### What counts as a "visible signal"? Something the person or company actually did publicly that shows up in a job post, a forum thread, a press release, a company page or a LinkedIn post — hiring for a role, complaining about a tool, switching technology, raising money, launching a product, or speaking at an event. A concrete signal is what lets the agent find and verify real matches instead of guessing. #### Where do I find example briefs to start from? While the field is empty, the AI Research screen shows six example cards under Try an example — such as Who's exhibiting, Who's building sales or Who just raised — each tagged Companies or Contacts. Click a card to load its full brief into the field and adapt it (for example your own region or industry), or click Insert example for another ready-made brief. #### Can I dictate my brief instead of typing it? Yes — use the microphone button next to the input field to dictate your brief instead of typing it (tooltip **Dictate**; click again to stop and transcribe). #### How do I get AI Research to return companies instead of people? You don't switch modes; the agent infers it from your wording. Naming a role (Heads of Sales, Founders, CTOs) returns people, while describing a company-level trait with no role — a funding round, a product launch — returns companies instead. #### Should I write my brief in English? Written in English if possible — the agent still understands other languages, but English briefs tend to find more sources, since most of the public web content it searches (job posts, forums, press) is in English. #### Why did my brief return few or no matches? A vague brief gives the agent nothing concrete to search for and verify, so it returns few or no real people. Add a specific role, one visible signal, and an industry or region, following the three-part formula above. --- ## How is AI Research metered, and what do paid sources cost? Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/research-costs-and-sources Last updated: 2026-09-28 "[AI Research](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/ai-research)" covers the basics of what a run costs; this article goes deeper on how the metering actually works, source by source. For the full credit-rate table across every feature, see "AI, research and import costs." ### Metered by actual effort, not a flat fee Every reasoning step the AI takes (deciding what to search, weighing a result, checking a match) is billed by the amount of text it processes. Google search, reading web pages and the LinkedIn check themselves are free. There's no fixed price per lead or per run; starting a run only needs at least 1 credit in your balance, and it then paces its own spend to what you can afford. ### Paid sources: billed per call, not per run Three extra sources are opt-in checkboxes under **Unlock additional sources (paid)**, unlocked before you start a run: Reddit search, Twitter / X search, and a BuiltWith technology lookup. Each is billed **per individual call**, not once per run — the agent can call a paid source several times during one research if it's useful — currently 6 credits per Reddit call, 3 credits per Twitter / X call, and 0.25 credits per BuiltWith call. A call is charged whether or not it turns up something useful, since the underlying source bills for the call itself. You choose which paid sources to unlock before clicking **Start research**; a resumed run keeps the same sources it started with, so to change them you start a new research. ### Watching the cost live, and stopping anytime While a run is active, a live counter next to your match count shows credits used so far and updates continuously. Click **Stop** in the header at any point to end the run immediately — everything found up to that moment stays, but credits already used aren't refunded. ### Resuming costs again, and running out of credits A run looks for up to 25 matches at a time. Clicking **Resume** — also on a finished run — starts another pass of up to 25 new matches, and that pass is metered exactly like the first one: reasoning steps plus any paid-source calls. One research can collect up to 200 matches across all its passes. If you run out of credits mid-run, the run stops itself, keeps what it found, and the credits it used aren't refunded; top up and click **Resume** to continue (details: "[Not enough credits](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/not-enough-credits)"). ### Related topics ai-research · price-list-ai-research-imports · write-a-good-research-brief · not-enough-credits. ### FAQ #### What am I actually paying for during an AI Research run? Two things: the agent's own reasoning steps (reading, searching, verifying), billed by the text they process, and any paid sources you've unlocked, billed per call. There's no flat fee per lead or per run. #### Are paid sources like Reddit or X charged once per run? Per call — the agent may call an unlocked source several times in one run, and each call is charged even if it finds nothing. Current rates: see "[AI, research and import costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-ai-research-imports)." #### Can I turn a paid source on or off once a run has started? No — you unlock paid sources under "Unlock additional sources (paid)" before clicking **Start research**, and a resumed run keeps the same sources it began with. To research with different sources, start a new run. #### Where do I see how many credits a run has used? A live counter next to your match count updates continuously while the run is active, showing the running total spent so far. #### Does the credit counter include paid source charges too? Yes — the live counter is your total spend for the run, combining the agent's reasoning steps and any paid source calls into one running number. #### Does clicking Resume on a finished research cost credits? Yes — each Resume starts a new pass that looks for up to 25 more matches and is billed like any run: the AI's reasoning steps by usage plus any paid sources it calls. There's no fee per match, and one research can collect up to 200 matches across all its passes. #### Can I stop a research before it finishes? Yes — click Stop in the header at any time. The run ends immediately and keeps every match already found, and credits already used aren't refunded. --- ## AI Research always runs on the server Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/background-runs Last updated: 2026-09-28 Every AI Research run works on the server, not in your browser. There's no **In the background** checkbox anymore — you don't need one: a run keeps searching when you close the tab or the window, switch tabs for a long time, or your laptop sleeps. This article covers how long an unattended run keeps going, how to resume it, and how long results stick around. ### About an hour before it pauses A run doesn't run forever unattended — it keeps working for roughly an hour on its own before pausing. After that, the header shows **Time limit reached — results are kept**, and everything found so far is kept exactly as it was. ### Resuming a run A paused, stopped or finished run, or one marked **Stalled — no more response from the run**, shows a **Resume** button — click it and the agent picks up where it left off, searching for genuinely new matches instead of repeating itself. Each Resume looks for up to 25 more matches and gives the run a fresh block of unattended working time, so you can resume a run several times, up to 200 matches per research. **Stop** ends a run at any time and keeps everything found so far. ### Shared with your workspace Researches belong to your workspace, so every member sees them on any device they sign in on; a run a colleague started shows their name (for example "by Anna"). Runs are charged to the workspace owner's credit balance. There's no fixed limit on how many researches run at once — credits are the only limit. ### How long results are kept A run and its matches are kept for 7 days counted from when it was started, whatever its status — running, paused or finished — and are deleted automatically once that window passes, so add anything you want to keep to a list before then. ### Related topics ai-research · write-a-good-research-brief · research-costs-and-sources · what-is-a-workspace. ### FAQ #### What happened to the "In the background" checkbox? It's gone because every research now runs on the server automatically. A run keeps searching even after you close the tab or the window — there's nothing to turn on. #### What does "Time limit reached — results are kept" mean? Your run used its roughly one hour of unattended working time and paused itself. Everything it found is kept; click Resume to give it another block of working time. #### How do I continue a paused research? Click Resume on the run — the agent picks up where it stopped and searches for up to 25 new matches, excluding what it already found. Resume also works on a finished or stopped run, and each click gives it another block of unattended working time, up to 200 matches per research in total. #### Does resuming a research reset the 7-day clock? No — the 7-day expiry is fixed to when the run was first started, and clicking Resume doesn't push it back. To keep matches beyond that, add them to a list or save them to a folder. #### What happens to a research if I close its tab? Nothing — it keeps running on the server. Reopen Research later, on this or any other device you sign in on, to follow its progress and review its matches. #### What does "Stalled — no more response from the run" mean? The run stopped reporting progress before it finished. Everything it found so far is kept — click Resume to continue. --- ## Letting your own AI research for you ("Your AI") Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/your-ai-researches Last updated: 2026-09-28 **Your AI** is a second way to run an AI Research: instead of ListPlus's own agent, you hand the job to an AI assistant you already use — Claude, ChatGPT or an agent of your own — through a private link. It searches on its own and reports what it finds straight into your ListPlus research cockpit. ### Setting it up Open **Research** in the left navigation, describe your target group as usual, then under **Who should search** pick **Your AI** instead of ListPlus. Choose what it should collect — **Contacts**, **Companies** or **Custom fields** (a Custom collection lets you name your own item and, if useful, a field that spots duplicates) — and click **Generate URL**. ListPlus shows the link plus a ready-to-paste instruction; copy either one into your assistant and it takes it from there. This entity choice — Contacts, Companies or Custom fields — only exists in Your AI mode; a ListPlus-run research decides person vs. company on its own. ### What it costs Reported matches are free — you only pay if you turn on **Verify emails**, which checks an address your AI found before it's reported and costs 0.1 credits per check (the checks also need enough credit balance), capped at a spending limit you set (10, 25 or 50 credits) so your AI can never spend more than you agreed to. Your AI also always gets a free LinkedIn/web lookup through ListPlus for grounding real facts instead of guessing them, at no extra cost. If a verification check itself fails, that charge is refunded automatically — see "Automatic credit refunds" for how refunds show up on your Usage page. ### How long it runs, and how long results stay Your AI gets roughly 24 hours to search and report before its link stops accepting new results; anything it already reported stays. Separately, you choose how long the whole research (and its matches) is kept in your cockpit — 1, 3 or 7 days — after which it's deleted automatically. Hand the link to your assistant soon after generating it, since the 24-hour work window doesn't get longer just because you picked a longer keep-time. The setup sentence says "The URL is valid for …", but the days you pick there are how long the research and its matches are kept; Your AI's link accepts new results for about 24 hours after you generate it. ### Shared with your workspace A Your AI research is stored like any other research: it appears in the research list of your workspace, every member sees it and its matches, and a run a colleague set up shows their name (for example "by Anna"). Email verification charges go to the workspace owner's credit balance. If the person who generated the link leaves the workspace, the link stops accepting results. ### Keep the link private Anyone holding the link can add results to this one research, and use its credit cap if verification is on, without signing in. It gives no access to the rest of your account. Treat it like a password: only paste it into the AI assistant or tool you intend to use, and delete the research if you think it leaked — deleting it also disables the link immediately. **Related topics:** ai-research · background-runs · research-costs-and-sources · refunds · what-is-a-workspace. ### FAQ #### What is "Your AI" in AI Research? A way to run a research with an AI assistant you already use — such as Claude or ChatGPT — instead of ListPlus's own agent. You get a private link; your assistant searches on its own and reports matches back into the same research cockpit. #### How do I set up a research for my own AI? In AI Research, describe your target group, choose Your AI under "Who should search," pick what to collect, and click Generate URL. Copy the link (or the ready-made instruction next to it) into your AI assistant and it takes over from there. #### What can my AI collect — only people? Contacts, Companies or Custom fields (your own item type, with an optional field for spotting duplicates) — this three-way choice only exists in Your AI mode; a ListPlus-run research decides person vs. company by itself. #### Does letting my own AI research cost credits? Matches it reports are free. The only cost is optional email verification, charged at 0.1 credits per check when you turn it on (the checks also need enough credit balance), capped at a spending limit you set (10, 25 or 50 credits) so it can never exceed what you agreed to. #### How long does my AI have to search, and how long do results stay? Your AI has roughly 24 hours from generating the link to search and report; after that, new results are rejected. Separately, you pick how long the whole research is kept afterwards — 1, 3 or 7 days — before it's deleted. Note: the setup sentence's "URL is valid for …" refers to that keep-time, not to the AI's 24-hour writing window. #### Can my teammates see a research my own AI ran? Yes — a Your AI research is stored in your workspace like any other research, so every member sees it and its matches in the AI Research list, marked with the name of the person who set it up. Email verification charges go to the workspace owner's credit balance. The link stops accepting results if the person who generated it leaves the workspace. #### What happens if an email verification check fails? The credit it cost is refunded automatically, both from the research's spending cap and your balance — see "[Automatic credit refunds](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/refunds)" for details. #### Is the link safe to hand to an AI tool? Anyone holding the link can add results to this one research, and use its credit cap if verification is on, without signing in — but it gives no access to the rest of your account. Treat it like a password: only give it to the assistant you intend to use, and delete the research if you think it got out, which also disables the link immediately. --- ## Section: Lists: create & import ## Create a list and import a file Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/create-list-and-import-file Last updated: 2026-09-28 Lists are where the work happens: quality checks, enrichment, AI commands and export all run on a list. You create one from the **New List** button on Home, or by dropping a file anywhere on the Home page — both open the same wizard. A new list is created in your active **workspace**, so every member of that workspace sees it (see "What is a workspace"). ### The Lists start page ("No lists yet") Before your workspace has any list, clicking **Lists** in the rail shows **No lists yet** ("A list comes from your own data or from a search.") with six **Ways to your first list**: - **Import a file** → **Choose file** (Excel, CSV or JSON). - **From Segment Search** → **Open segments** (find an audience by filters). - **From AI Research** → **Start research** (leads no database has). - **From Saved** → **Open Saved** (turn contacts you saved into a list). - **Connect an app** → **Connect** (HubSpot, Google Sheets and more, gated by plan). - **Empty list** → **Create list** (set up your own columns, free — see "Starting without data"). A box **Just want to look around?** offers **Open a sample list**, which loads the sample contacts straight into the import preview (see "Trying ListPlus with a sample list"). ### Starting the wizard The wizard asks "How do you want to start?" with two groups. **Use existing data**: **Import a file** (drop an Excel, CSV or JSON file, or click to choose one) or **Or connect your system** (Google Sheets, Airtable, HubSpot and other tools, gated by plan). **Build a new list**: **Find Contacts** (Person Search, Segment Search or AI Research), **Collect web data** from LinkedIn, or **Start without data** from a template or a blank column set. Dropping a file directly onto the Home page skips straight to this same wizard with your file already attached — you need to be signed in first. Dropping or attaching an Excel file — or a CSV/JSON table file — inside the **Inbox (Eingang)** instead goes straight into this same wizard too, rather than becoming an Inbox entry. ### Importing a file 1. Drop or select the file. CSV, Excel (.xlsx, .xlsm, .xls), JSON, TXT and TSV are accepted, up to 100 MB; encoding and delimiters are detected automatically. 2. For Excel files with multiple tabs, pick the worksheet or table to import. 3. Check the preview (the first 20 rows) and the detected field types. By default ListPlus uses AI to recognise what each column holds — email, first name, company, phone and so on — because checks and enrichment rely on it later. A **Skip AI Enhancement** button appears only if AI is unavailable or the analysis fails; otherwise the AI step always runs. 4. Name the list and click **Create List**. A file import costs 1 credit, checked against your balance before the import starts; see "What happens when I don't have enough credits?" if your balance is too low. Column type detection itself is billed separately, by AI usage — see "[AI, research and import costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-ai-research-imports)" for that cost. ### Record limit The workspace owner's plan caps how many records all lists together can hold, counted across every workspace that person owns — see "What is the record limit?" for the exact numbers and what happens when an import is larger than your remaining capacity. ### Duplicates Files are not deduplicated on import; use the duplicate checks in the list afterwards, or **Consolidate Lists** on Home to merge several lists with duplicate detection. ### Starting without data Choosing **Start without data** and picking a template and clicking **Create list** creates the list with an empty row — via **Start without data** this costs nothing, since only file, connected-tool and LinkedIn imports are billed. Fill it later by import or enrichment. The sample-list buttons ("Open a sample list", "Try a sample list") and a finder's "…or create a new list" option are not this path — they create the list from a file behind the scenes, so they cost the usual 1 credit. ### After the import To rename, duplicate, group or delete lists, see "Projects and list management". **Related topics:** record-limit · not-enough-credits · price-list-ai-research-imports · import-file-details · column-detection · import-from-url · empty-list-and-templates · projects-and-list-management. ### FAQ #### How do I import an Excel or CSV file? Click **New List** on Home, then drop or select your file (Excel, CSV, JSON, TXT or TSV, up to 100 MB). Pick the worksheet if it is an Excel file, check the preview and the detected field types, name the list and click **Create List**. A file import costs 1 credit. #### Which file formats can I import? Excel (.xlsx, .xlsm, .xls), CSV, TSV, TXT and JSON, up to 100 MB per file. You can also load a file from a direct link or a Google Sheets share link, or connect a tool such as Google Sheets or Airtable directly — see "Which apps can I connect?". #### Can I just drop a file onto the Home page? Yes — dropping a supported file (.csv, .xlsx, .xls or .json) anywhere on the Home page takes you straight into the New List wizard with that file already attached; you don't have to click New List first. You do need to be signed in. #### How many contacts can I import? As many as the workspace owner's record limit still has room for, counted across all lists in every workspace they own — Basic 10,000, Pro 100,000, Premium 1,000,000. See "What is the record limit?" for what happens when a file is larger than your remaining capacity. #### Why does the import ask about field types? ListPlus needs to know what each column holds — email, first name, company, phone and so on — because checks and enrichment depend on it. AI recognises this automatically during every import; you can adjust the detected types in the preview afterwards, or skip the AI step with the **Skip AI Enhancement** button when it's offered. #### Does the import remove duplicates? No, files are imported as they are. Run the duplicate checks in the list afterwards to find and merge duplicates by email, phone, LinkedIn URL or name and company, or use **Consolidate Lists** on Home to merge several lists into one with duplicate detection. #### Can I paste contacts instead of uploading a file? Not in the import wizard. Paste notes, signatures or a small table into **Inbox (Eingang)** instead and click **Recognize contacts** (0.5 credits or more per run); a table with more than 10 rows and at least 3 columns is offered as **Import as list** instead, opening this same wizard with the table pre-loaded. Inbox entries — recognized or not — expire after 14 days unless you save the people or add them to a list. #### Can I import contacts from LinkedIn? Yes, through the wizard's LinkedIn options: a Sales Navigator search, the employees of a LinkedIn company page, a LinkedIn profile search, or the people who reacted to or commented on a post. These imports deliver names, job titles, companies and LinkedIn URLs but no email addresses — you add those with enrichment afterwards; ListPlus never uses your own LinkedIn account. To start, your balance must cover the maximum cost; the actual charge follows once the import finishes. #### What are the ways to create my first list? With no lists yet, the Lists page shows "No lists yet" with six ways: Import a file, From Segment Search, From AI Research, From Saved, Connect an app, and Empty list. A file import costs 1 credit, an empty list is free, and the finders charge for their searches as usual. To just look around first, click Open a sample list on the same page. #### Which workspace does a new list go into? Every new list — imported, created empty or added from a finder — is created in the workspace that is active when you create it, and every member of that workspace can see and edit it. Check the workspace name in the Home page header before importing, and switch there if needed. Lists can't be moved between workspaces afterwards, only exported and imported again. #### Can I start a list with no data at all? Yes — choose **Start without data** in the wizard, pick a template (Contacts, Companies, HubSpot, Outbound or Custom structure), adjust the columns if you like, name the list and click **Create list**. The list opens with an empty row, ready to fill. This is free; fill it later with an import, a finder or enrichment. --- ## File import details (encoding, sheets, JSON shapes, size limit) Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/import-file-details Last updated: 2026-09-25 This article covers the technical details behind a file import — what happens automatically, and what you can adjust. For the step-by-step import flow, see "[Create a list and import a file](https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/create-list-and-import-file)." ### Encoding and delimiters are automatic ListPlus detects your file's character encoding automatically (falling back through UTF-8, ISO-8859-1 and Windows-1252 if needed), so accented or non-Latin characters from older exports come through correctly without you choosing an encoding. For CSV, TSV and TXT files, the delimiter (comma, semicolon, tab or pipe) is also detected automatically — there's no manual picker for either setting. ### Excel: picking a sheet or table If your Excel file (.xlsx, .xlsm, .xls) has more than one worksheet with data, or more than one named table, a **Select a Table or Worksheet** step lists them so you can pick which one to import. With a single sheet, it's imported directly. If a worksheet has no named tables, a note says the entire sheet will be imported; a worksheet with no data is flagged as empty so you don't end up with a list that has no columns. ### JSON shapes ListPlus understands The straightforward case is a JSON array of objects, one object per row — that's what ListPlus expects by default. It also handles a few looser shapes: a plain array of values (each value becomes a row in a `value` column, plus an `original_index` column), an array that is at least 80% objects (the objects are imported, the rest skipped), and a single JSON object with an array of objects as one of its top-level properties (the first such array is imported). A JSON value with no array at the top level, such as a single flat object, can't be turned into a list. ### Size limit and formats Every file type — Excel, CSV, TSV, TXT and JSON — is limited to 100 MB, checked as soon as you select the file, both in your browser and on the server. There's no separate cap on row count in the file itself; only your plan's overall record limit applies once the rows are imported (see "What is the record limit?"). ### Dropping a file, and skipping a column Dropping a .csv, .xlsx, .xls or .json file anywhere on the Home page jumps straight into the New List wizard with that file attached — an unsupported file type shows "Please select a CSV, Excel, or JSON file" instead. In the preview step, if you don't want a column imported, click the three-dot (**⋯**) button in that column's header and choose **Ignore column** — the column is left out of the list ListPlus creates. **Related topics:** create-list-and-import-file · record-limit · column-detection · linkedin-imports. ### FAQ #### Do I need to tell ListPlus my file's character encoding? No — ListPlus detects the encoding automatically (falling back through UTF-8, ISO-8859-1 and Windows-1252), so there's no manual setting to get wrong on older exports with accented characters. #### Does ListPlus know which delimiter my CSV or TSV file uses? Yes, it detects the delimiter — comma, semicolon, tab or pipe — automatically from the file; TXT files are parsed the same way as CSV and TSV. #### My Excel file has multiple tabs — which one gets imported? If your file has more than one worksheet with data, or more than one named table, a **Select a Table or Worksheet** step lets you pick which one to import; with a single sheet, it's imported directly, and if no named tables are found, the whole sheet is imported instead. #### What happens if I try to import an empty worksheet? ListPlus flags it as an empty worksheet so you're not left with a list that has no columns; pick a different sheet or table in the same step. #### What JSON structure can I import? A JSON array of objects — one object per row — is the standard shape. ListPlus also accepts a single object with an array of objects at the top level (it imports the first one) and an array that is at least 80% objects (the objects are imported, the rest skipped); a JSON value with no array at the top level can't become a list. #### Is there a file size limit for imports? Yes, 100 MB per file, for every supported format (Excel, CSV, TSV, TXT and JSON) — checked as soon as you select the file. There's no separate row-count limit on the file itself, only your plan's overall record limit once the rows are in a list. #### Which files can I drop onto the Home page? Dropping onto Home accepts .csv, .xlsx, .xls and .json files. For .xlsm, .tsv or .txt files, click **New List** and choose the file under **Import a file**. Dropping them on Home shows "Please select a CSV, Excel, or JSON file". #### How do I stop one column from being imported? In the preview step, click the three-dot (**⋯**) button in that column's header and choose **Ignore column** — it's left out of the list ListPlus creates, and the rest of your file imports normally. --- ## How column type detection works Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/column-detection Last updated: 2026-09-25 When you import a file, ListPlus uses AI to work out what each column actually holds — email, first name, company, job title, phone and more — instead of leaving every column as plain text. This matters because checks and enrichment look for specific column types (an email check needs to know which column is the email column), so getting the type right up front saves manual fixing later. ### Why it runs Checks, enrichment and finder features all look up columns by what they contain, not by their header name — a header called "E-Mail", "Mail" or "Contact" is still recognized as the email column. Column detection is what makes that recognition possible, so it runs automatically on every import, right after you pick your file and before you click **Create List**. There is no way to turn it off in advance. ### What you see In the preview step, click **Configure field types** below the preview to review and correct the detected types before you click **Create List**. A **Skip AI Enhancement** button only appears if the detection is unavailable or fails — it is not a way to opt out of the cost, since it only shows up when the step can't run anyway. For exactly what data this step sends to the AI, see "[What the AI sees of your data](https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/what-the-ai-sees)." ### Cost Detection is billed by AI usage, the same metered way as AI commands — there is no fixed credit amount shown up front. It is separate from the 1-credit charge for the import itself; see "[AI, research and import costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-ai-research-imports)" for how AI usage is billed and "Price list" for the full cost overview. ### Fixing a wrong type later If a column was detected wrong, or you change your mind after import, open the **⋯** menu in the list header, click **List Settings...**, and switch to the **Schema** tab. Each column has a **Content Type** dropdown (email, phone, company, job title and more) and a **Data Type** dropdown (string, number, boolean, date, lookup). Click **Apply Changes** to save; the list reloads with the new types, with no re-import needed. **Related topics:** create-list-and-import-file · import-file-details · what-the-ai-sees · price-list-ai-research-imports. ### FAQ #### What does column type detection actually do? It looks at your file's headers and a sample of real values to work out what each column holds — email, first name, last name, company, phone, job title, country and more — instead of treating every column as plain text. Checks, enrichment and finders then use those types to find the right column automatically, regardless of your header wording. #### Does column detection run every time I import a file? Yes, on every import, automatically, right after you choose your file and before you create the list — there's no setting to turn it off in advance. Click Configure field types in the preview step to review and correct the detected types before clicking Create List. #### What happens if I click Skip AI Enhancement? The button only appears when the column analysis is unavailable or fails for that import. Skipping creates the list with your columns as plain text; you can set each column's type later in List Settings → Schema. #### The AI got a column type wrong — how do I fix it? Open the ⋯ menu in the list header, click List Settings..., open the Schema tab, pick the correct Content Type for that column and click Apply Changes. #### Why does it matter if a column's type is correct? Checks and enrichment look up columns by their type, not by header name — an email check needs to know which column is the email column, whatever it's called. A wrong or missing type means those features won't find the data, even though it's visibly there in the grid. #### What column types can ListPlus recognize? Common ones include email, first name, last name, full name, phone, company, job title, country, city, state, postal code, gender, domain, website, LinkedIn URL and industry. Columns that don't match a known type are left as plain text and can still be typed manually in List Settings. --- ## Importing from a URL or a Google Sheets link Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/import-from-url Last updated: 2026-09-25 Instead of uploading a file, you can point ListPlus at a direct link to a CSV, Excel or JSON file, or at a public Google Sheets link. ### How it works On the New List page, click **Load from URL** below the file drop area, paste the link, and click **Load data**. ListPlus fetches the file, then takes you through the same preview, field-type check and naming steps as a regular file import — see "[Create a list and import a file](https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/create-list-and-import-file)" for that part. Your credit balance is checked before the import starts, and you'll see an error if it isn't enough. ### Google Sheets links Paste the sheet's share link directly — ListPlus tries to read it without you downloading anything first. The sheet must be shared as "Anyone with the link can view," or the load fails; see "Import problems" for the exact error and how to fix the sharing setting or download the file instead. **Related topics:** create-list-and-import-file · import-problems · empty-list-and-templates. ### FAQ #### How do I import data from a URL instead of uploading a file? On the New List page, click **Load from URL** below the file drop area, paste a direct link to your CSV, Excel or JSON file (or a public Google Sheets link), and click **Load data**. You'll then see the same preview and field-type steps as a normal file import. #### Where do I find the "Load from URL" option? It's on the New List page, as a link below the file upload area, next to "Import a file." Click **New List** on Home to get there. #### Can I import a public Google Sheets link? Yes, paste the sheet's share link directly into the URL field. The sheet must be shared as "Anyone with the link can view" — see "[Import problems](https://listplus.ai/en/help/troubleshooting/import-problems)" for what happens and how to fix it if it isn't. #### What file types can I load from a URL? Direct links to CSV, Excel (.xlsx, .xls) or JSON files, plus public Google Sheets links. #### Does importing from a URL cost credits? Your credit balance is checked before the import starts. If it isn't enough, you'll see an error and can top up credits before trying again. #### What happens after ListPlus loads my data from a URL? You get the same preview, field-type detection and list-naming steps as a regular file import — see "[Create a list and import a file](https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/create-list-and-import-file)" for details on that flow. --- ## Starting without data: templates and column sets Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/empty-list-and-templates Last updated: 2026-09-28 Choosing **Start without data** on the New List page skips import entirely and asks "What do you want to collect?" — pick a template for a ready-made set of columns, or start from a blank structure and pick your own. Before you have any lists, the Lists page offers the same path as **Empty list** → **Create list** under "Ways to your first list". The new list is created in your active workspace. ### Templates Three templates are shown up front: **Contacts** (a full CRM-quality record — person, company and location fields), **Outbound** (campaign-ready fields: email, LinkedIn, phone plus the ICP data used to target leads) and **Companies** (company profile and firmographic fields). Click **More templates** for **HubSpot** (contact and status fields matching HubSpot's own properties) and **Custom structure**, which starts with no columns and opens the column picker immediately. ### Customizing the columns Every template pre-selects a set of columns, grouped as Person, Contact, Company, Location and Other details. Click **Customize columns** to check or uncheck any of them, search for and add a column from the full catalogue (dozens of types across categories like social, marketing, sales and more), or click **Show all columns** to browse the whole catalogue by category. You can rename, add or remove columns again at any time after the list is created — see "[Adding and managing columns](https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/columns-formulas-ai-columns)." ### Naming and creating The list name auto-fills from the template (e.g. "My contacts," "Outbound campaign") but you can edit it before clicking **Create list**. The list opens with one empty row, ready to fill by typing, importing a file, or running enrichment or a finder into it. ### Cost Starting a list this way is free — only file, connected-tool and LinkedIn imports are billed. **Related topics:** create-list-and-import-file · columns-formulas-ai-columns · sample-list. ### FAQ #### What templates can I choose from when starting without data? Contacts, Outbound and Companies are shown up front; click **More templates** for HubSpot and **Custom structure** (no preset columns). Each pre-selects a set of columns you can adjust before creating the list. #### What's the difference between the Contacts and Outbound templates? Contacts is a full CRM-style record with person, company and location fields. Outbound is trimmed to what a campaign needs — email, LinkedIn, phone and the firmographic fields used for targeting, like industry and company size. #### What does the HubSpot template include? Contact fields (email, name, company, job title, phone, city, country) plus HubSpot-specific fields like lead status, lifecycle stage and owner, matching HubSpot's own properties. #### What is "Custom structure"? A blank starting point with no preset columns — choosing it opens the column picker right away so you build your own set from the full catalogue. #### Can I change which columns are included before I create the list? Yes — click **Customize columns** to check or uncheck any of the template's columns, search the catalogue to add more, or click **Show all columns** to browse every available column type by category. #### Does starting a list without data cost credits? No, it's free. Only importing a file, connecting a tool, or a LinkedIn import charges credits. #### Where do I start an empty list? On the New List page (New List button on Home), choose Start without data. If you have no lists yet, the Lists page also shows Empty list with a Create list button under "Ways to your first list", which opens the same template step. Either way it is free, and the list is created in your active workspace. #### Can I just start with a blank list and add my own rows? Yes — pick **Custom structure**, choose your columns, name the list and click **Create list**. It opens with one empty row; add more rows and type your data in directly, or import or enrich it later. --- ## Importing from LinkedIn (Sales Navigator, employees, profiles, posts) Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/linkedin-imports Last updated: 2026-09-25 Besides importing a file, you can build a list straight from LinkedIn. In the New List wizard, choose **Collect web data**, then pick a task on the "What data do you want to collect?" screen: - **Import a Sales Navigator search** — paste a Sales Navigator search URL; imports the people in your results (up to 2,500, typically 5–10 minutes). Filters that depend on your own LinkedIn account (Relationship, Lead Interactions, Groups) are stripped from the URL automatically; everything else keeps working. - **Employees of a company** — paste up to 10 LinkedIn company page URLs, with optional location, job title, seniority and function filters (up to 1,000 employees total, across all companies, typically 3–8 minutes). - **Search profiles** — a keyword search (supports AND/OR/NOT and quotes) with an optional location filter (up to 1,000 profiles, typically 3–8 minutes). - **Reactions to a post** / **Comments on a post** — paste one or more LinkedIn post URLs; Comments also offers a time filter and an option to include replies, Reactions lets you filter by reaction type (up to 1,000 results total, across the posts you pasted, typically 2–5 minutes). None of these use your own LinkedIn account or session — the import runs through a specialised LinkedIn data provider on ListPlus's side. See "Where does the data come from?" for how that provider is used elsewhere too. ### What you get Every LinkedIn import fills in names, job titles, companies (where LinkedIn shows them) and LinkedIn URLs (plus engagement details like comment text or reaction type for the post-based imports) — never email addresses. Once the import finishes, an **Enrich LinkedIn Data?** prompt offers **Contact Profiles** (person data) and **Company Profiles** (company data) for the new rows; **Company Profiles** is pre-selected only for a Sales Navigator import. Click **Enrich Now** to run it, or **Skip** and use the list's Enrich menu whenever you like instead. ### Cost and timing Before you start, the wizard shows an **Estimated cost** box (base fee + results × per-result rate), and your balance must cover it. The exact rates, and why the charge is only booked once the import finishes, are in "[AI, research and import costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-ai-research-imports)." **Related topics:** create-list-and-import-file · price-list-ai-research-imports · where-does-the-data-come-from · which-enrich-button · find-verified-email · gdpr-your-responsibilities. ### FAQ #### What LinkedIn imports can I run in ListPlus? Five: a Sales Navigator search, a company's employees, a LinkedIn profile search by keyword, people who reacted to a post, and people who commented on a post. Start any of them from **Collect web data** in the New List wizard. #### What data do I get, and are there email addresses in it? You get names, job titles, companies and LinkedIn URLs (plus comment text, reaction type or post date for the two post-based imports) — never email addresses. Add emails and phone numbers afterwards with enrichment. #### How do I import a Sales Navigator search? Paste your Sales Navigator search URL into the **Import a Sales Navigator search** task; ListPlus imports up to the number of results you set (maximum 2,500) and automatically removes any filter tied to your personal LinkedIn account. #### How do I import a company's employees, or people who engaged with a post? For employees, paste up to 10 LinkedIn company page URLs (optionally narrowed by location, job title, seniority or function); for post reactions or comments, paste one or more LinkedIn post URLs. Each of these imports up to 1,000 results in total. #### How much does a LinkedIn import cost, and when am I charged? Before you start, the wizard shows an **Estimated cost** box (base fee + results × per-result rate) and your balance must cover it. The exact rates, and why the charge is booked when the import finishes, are in "[AI, research and import costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-ai-research-imports)." #### Can I enrich the imported rows with emails afterwards? Yes, but not through the prompt alone. When the import finishes, an **Enrich LinkedIn Data?** prompt offers **Contact Profiles** (job title, experience, skills, location) and **Company Profiles** (industry, size, website); Company Profiles is pre-selected only for Sales Navigator. For email addresses, use the "Contact Brief (by LinkedIn URL)" button in the list's Enrich menu; see "[Find a verified email address](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/find-verified-email)." #### Is it legal to import LinkedIn data this way? The import runs through a specialised LinkedIn data provider on ListPlus's side and never uses your LinkedIn account or session. How you then use the contacts, for example for outreach, is your responsibility as the controller under GDPR — see "[Your responsibilities under GDPR](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/gdpr-your-responsibilities)" (general orientation, not legal advice). --- ## Trying ListPlus with a sample list Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/sample-list Last updated: 2026-09-28 For the full walkthrough of what a sample list is for and how to use it, see "[Your first 10 minutes with ListPlus](https://listplus.ai/en/help/getting-started/first-10-minutes)." This article is just the quick reference. The quickest way in: with no lists yet, click **Open a sample list** on the **Lists** page ("Just want to look around?") or **Open sample list** on the Home page ("Want a look first?"). Either button loads **Sample contacts** — 247 business contacts across 21 columns, with deliberate data gaps — straight into the import preview; click **Create List** to import it. On the New List page, under **Want to try it first?**, you can also load **Sample contacts** or **Sample companies** (a smaller reference list of well-known companies). Loading a sample runs through the same import as your own file, so it costs 1 credit, like any file import, and the list is created in your active workspace. **Related topics:** first-10-minutes · create-list-and-import-file · empty-list-and-templates. ### FAQ #### What is the sample list for? It's a ready-made list with deliberate data gaps and errors, so you can try checks, fixes, enrichment and export before importing your own data. See "[Your first 10 minutes with ListPlus](https://listplus.ai/en/help/getting-started/first-10-minutes)" for the full walkthrough. #### Which sample lists are available? **Sample contacts** (247 business contacts across 21 columns, with intentional gaps) and **Sample companies** (a smaller reference list of well-known companies). Open a sample list on the Lists page and Open sample list on Home load Sample contacts directly; both samples are offered on the New List page under "Want to try it first?". #### Is a sample list different from starting an empty list? Yes. A sample list is pre-filled and costs 1 credit, like any file import; starting without data creates an empty list from a template and is free. See "Starting without data" for that option. #### Can I delete a sample list once I'm done with it? Yes, it's a regular list — delete, rename or duplicate it the same way as any other list. See "[Projects and list management](https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/projects-and-list-management)." #### Do I need to sign in to load a sample list? Yes — loading a sample creates a real list in your active workspace, so ListPlus asks you to sign in first if you haven't already, the same as any other way of creating a list. #### Does a sample list count toward my plan's record limit? Yes, it's checked like any import, but both samples are well within every plan's limit (Sample contacts has 247 rows), so it won't be an issue unless the workspace owner's limit is already nearly full. See "What is the record limit?" for the exact numbers. --- ## Projects and list management Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/projects-and-list-management Last updated: 2026-09-28 Rename, duplicate, delete and group your lists — all from the Home page (where your lists live) or the project/list tree in the **Lists** view, opened from its own rail icon. Lists and projects belong to the active **workspace** and are shared with all its members: every member can open, edit and rename a list, while duplicating, deleting and moving lists into projects is for the workspace's owners and admins (see "Workspace roles and permissions"). ### Rename a list Open the list, then click its name at the top of the screen — it turns into a text field. Press **Enter** or click the checkmark to save, or the **✕** to cancel. There's no rename option in the list's **⋯** menu; renaming only happens this way, inside the open list. ### Duplicate a list On Home or in the Lists view's tree, open a list's **⋯** menu and choose **Duplicate**. This makes a full, independent copy — including any enrichment data and tags already on the rows — at no credit cost. Only owners and admins of the workspace see Duplicate. The copy gets the same name with a number added, for example "Leads (2)", lands in the same workspace (so every member sees it) and is not in any project; a toast confirms it as "List duplicated as '...'". Duplicating is blocked if it would push the workspace owner over their plan's record limit — see "Record limit". ### Delete a list If you are an owner or admin of the workspace, choose **Delete list** from the same **⋯** menu and confirm with **Yes, delete**. The list is deleted for every member of the workspace. This is permanent — see "Deleting lists, contacts, and your account" for exactly what happens and what else you can delete. ### Projects: grouping your lists A **Project** is a folder for related lists — for example everything for one campaign or client (see "[Navigation and glossary](https://listplus.ai/en/help/getting-started/navigation-and-glossary)" for the short definition). Click **+ New** next to **Projects** on Home to create one; it opens straight into an editable name field. Grouping lists in a project doesn't merge their data, change ownership or affect the record limit — each list still behaves on its own. Projects belong to the workspace, so every member sees the same projects. Move a list into a project by dragging its card onto the project's card on Home, dragging it onto the project folder in the Lists view's tree, or from the list's **⋯** menu on Home via **Move to project** (for owners and admins of the workspace; the option appears once there is at least one project). A list can only be in one project at a time, so moving it into a new project takes it out of the old one. To take a list out of its project, drag it onto **Your Lists** in the tree, or use **Move to project → Remove from project** on Home; a failed drag shows "Could not move the list." A project can be renamed from its own **⋯** menu → **Rename**. Deleting a project (its own **⋯** menu → **Delete project**) happens immediately, with no confirmation step — its lists stay exactly as they are, just unassigned. ### Moving a list to another workspace There is no move between workspaces. To take a list's data into another workspace, export it (for example as CSV or Excel) from the list's **⋯** menu, switch to the other workspace and import the file there as a new list (1 credit). Delete the original afterwards if you no longer need it. **Related topics:** navigation-and-glossary · record-limit · delete-account-and-data · roles-and-permissions · switch-and-create-workspaces. ### FAQ #### How do I rename, duplicate or delete a list? To rename a list, open it and click its name at the top — it becomes editable; press Enter or the checkmark to save (every workspace member can rename). Owners and admins of the workspace also see Duplicate in the "..." menu on the list's card on Home or in the Lists view's tree, for a free, independent copy including its enrichment data, and Delete list to delete it permanently for everyone. See "[Deleting lists, contacts, and your account](https://listplus.ai/en/help/account/delete-account-and-data)" for the full flow. #### Why can't I duplicate, delete or move a list? Duplicate, Delete list and Move to project are only shown to owners and admins of the workspace; members can open, edit, enrich and rename lists but not restructure them. Ask an owner or admin to do it, or to make you an admin. See "[Workspace roles and permissions](https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/roles-and-permissions)" for the full overview. #### How do I create a project and add lists to it? Click "+ New" next to Projects on Home to create one, then type its name. Add a list by dragging its card onto the project's card on Home, dragging it onto the project folder in the Lists view's tree, or by opening the list's "..." menu on Home and choosing Move to project. #### Can a list be in more than one project? No — a list belongs to at most one project at a time. Moving it into a different project automatically takes it out of the one it was in. #### How do I take a list out of a project without deleting it? Open the list's "..." menu on Home, go to Move to project, and choose Remove from project — or drag it onto "Your Lists" in the Lists view's tree. The list itself is untouched — it just moves back to your unfiled lists. #### What happens to my lists if I delete a project? Nothing happens to the lists themselves — deleting a project (from its own "..." menu → Delete project) happens immediately, with no confirmation, and only removes the folder. Its lists stay exactly as they were, just no longer assigned to a project. --- ## Merge two lists (Consolidate Lists) Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/merge-lists Last updated: 2026-09-28 Merging combines two lists of your current workspace into one. This is separate from the in-list Duplicates checks (see "[Finding and merging duplicates](https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/duplicates)") — this article covers Consolidate Lists, which brings two whole lists together. ### How to start a merge On Home, drag one list card and drop it onto another list card (grid or list view). Both lists must be in the workspace you are working in, and only owners and admins of the workspace can drag list cards, so members ask one of them to merge. This opens the **Consolidate Lists** window: the list you dragged becomes the **Source**, and the list you dropped it on becomes the **Master**. ### Choose a mode On the **Overview** step, choose a mode: - **Create New List** (default) — merges both lists into a brand-new third list; the Source and Master stay unchanged. - **Update Master In-Place** — appends the Source's rows directly onto the Master list; the Source stays unchanged. ### Map Columns Next, choose which Source columns come across and where they go. ListPlus auto-suggests matches by column name and type; uncheck a column to leave it out, or point it at a different Master column using the dropdown. Choosing "Create new column" adds a new column — to the new list in Create New List mode, or to the Master in Update Master In-Place mode. ### Handle duplicates On the **Duplicates** step, choose **Keep all rows** to append everything, or **Skip duplicates** to leave out Source rows that already exist in the Master. With Skip duplicates, pick the column to compare under **Match on column**, one dropdown for each list. If the Master has an email column, it is pre-selected. A Source row is skipped when its value in that column matches the value of any Master row, ignoring upper/lower case and leading or trailing spaces. Empty values never count as duplicates, and duplicates inside the Source list itself are not removed. The step shows how many Source rows would be skipped before you continue. ### Review and execute The **Review** step summarizes the mode, mapped columns, duplicate count and resulting row total, then click **Consolidate** to run it. ### Cost and record limit Merging lists is free — no credits are charged. The rows it adds count toward your plan's record limit the same as an import: with Create New List, the new list's full row count (Master + Source, minus any skipped duplicates) counts, since the two originals still exist too; with Update Master In-Place, only the Source rows actually added count. The Overview and Review steps warn **Record limit would be exceeded** based on the Create New List total. The final check runs when you click **Consolidate** and uses your actual mode. If you'd go over, a **Record limit reached** window shows your limit and current total — see "[Record limit](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/record-limit)" for freeing up space or upgrading. **Related topics:** duplicates · record-limit · create-list-and-import-file · projects-and-list-management. ### FAQ #### What does merging two lists do? Consolidate Lists combines two lists of your current workspace — either into a brand-new third list (originals unchanged) or by appending one list's rows onto the other. You choose the mode, map columns, and optionally skip rows that already exist in the target. #### How do I start merging two lists? On Home, drag one list card and drop it onto another list card; the dragged list becomes the Source and the one you dropped onto becomes the Master. Both lists must be in your current workspace, and dragging list cards is available to the workspace's owners and admins. #### What's the difference between Create New List and Update Master In-Place? Create New List builds a third list containing both lists' rows and leaves the Source and Master untouched. Update Master In-Place appends the Source's rows directly onto the Master list, growing it in place. #### Can I choose which columns come across when merging? Yes — the Map Columns step lets you uncheck any Source column to leave it out, redirect it to a different Master column, or create a new column for it. ListPlus pre-fills suggested matches by column name and type, which you can adjust before continuing. #### How does "Skip duplicates" decide which rows to leave out? You pick a column in each list under Match on column — a Source row is skipped when its value matches any Master row's value there, ignoring case and leading/trailing spaces. Empty values are never treated as duplicates, and it doesn't remove duplicates that already exist inside the Source list itself. #### Does merging lists cost credits? No, merging two lists with Consolidate Lists is free. #### Do the rows added by a merge count toward my record limit? Yes. If the result would push your total records over your plan's limit, ListPlus blocks the merge and shows your current total and limit instead of running it — see "[Record limit](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/record-limit)" for how to free up space or upgrade. #### Who can merge lists, and can I merge lists from different workspaces? Both lists must be in the workspace you are currently working in, and only owners and admins of that workspace can drag list cards on Home to start a merge. Lists from another workspace can't be merged directly: export one of them, switch workspaces and import it there first. --- ## Section: Check & clean ## What the Analyze panel checks and how the quality score works Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/quality-checks-overview Last updated: 2026-09-25 The **Analyze** panel checks every row in your list against over 100 rules (which ones apply depends on the columns in your list) — missing fields, invalid formats, duplicates, and more — and gives you an overall quality score. The standard checks cost nothing and need no setup. ### Open the Analyze panel In a list, click **Analyze** — one of the three quick buttons in the header (alongside **Record** and **Enrich**). You can also reach it from the **Find & evaluate** field in the header. The analysis runs automatically the first time you open the panel; to refresh it later, open **Analysis settings** (gear icon) and click **Re-run Analysis**. ### The quality score At the top of the panel, a ring shows **Contact Quality**: a score from 0 to 10 (one decimal, for example "8.3"), with the number of contacts analyzed underneath. Each contact gets points for having usable key fields — a business email counts most, then full name, company, job title, phone, LinkedIn and location — counting only the columns your list has, and the ring shows the average. Below it, a bar breaks your rows down into five bands by each contact's own score — **Excellent**, **Good**, **Fair**, **Poor**, **Unusable**. Under the score, checks are listed with how many rows each one affects (for example "Company missing — 42 rows"); click checks to combine them into one selection, then click **Select N rows** to show those rows and highlight the affected cells so you can see and fix them. ### Over 100 checks, grouped by topic There are more than 100 individual checks, covering names, emails, phone numbers, companies, job titles, addresses, LinkedIn URLs, gender, duplicates, compliance and general completeness. **Analysis settings** (gear icon) lets you switch check categories on or off — all categories run on the first analysis — and checks can also be grouped by view, **Outbound** or **CRM**, to show which issues matter for each purpose. Each topic area has its own detail article; see the pointers below. ### Free and automatic vs. optional AI Almost every check is **deterministic** (pattern- and rule-based) and **free** — it runs automatically the first time you open the panel, with no extra step. A separate **Include AI Analysis** setting (off by default) adds a small number of checks that need real-world judgment, such as spotting an implausible name; tick it in **Analysis settings** and click **Re-run Analysis** — the setting is marked in the app as using credits. Which checks use AI and what data they see is covered in a separate article. ### Checks read your saved data The Analyze panel reads the list as it was last **saved**, not your unsaved edits. If you've made changes and haven't clicked Save yet, click **Save** first, then **Re-run Analysis** (in Analysis settings) to see them reflected in the checks. ### Related topics - **duplicates** — finding and merging duplicate contacts. - **email-quality-and-bounces** — invalid, disposable, role-based and personal email checks, and what "verified" does and doesn't guarantee. - **campaign-ready-evaluations** — turning checks into a ready / enrichable / unusable verdict for a specific goal like cold email. - **fixing-issues** — what Fix and Fix all do, and what still needs manual or enrichment work. - **ai-checks** — which checks use AI and what data they see. ### FAQ #### How do I check the quality of my list? Open a list and click Analyze — one of the three quick buttons in the header, next to Record and Enrich. It runs automatically the first time it opens, with no button to press and no cost for the standard checks. #### What is the quality score? It's the "Contact Quality" number in the ring at the top of the Analyze panel, from 0 to 10. Each contact gets points for having usable key fields (a business email counts most, then full name, company, job title, phone, LinkedIn and location), counting only the columns your list has, and the ring shows the average. #### What do Excellent, Good, Fair, Poor and Unusable mean? Each contact's own score puts it in a band: Excellent 8–10, Good 6–7.9, Fair 4–5.9, Poor 1–3.9, Unusable below 1. The bar shows how many contacts fall into each band. #### How many checks does ListPlus run? Over 100 individual checks across areas like names, emails, phone numbers, companies, job titles, addresses, LinkedIn URLs, duplicates and general completeness. Each check reports how many rows it affects; click checks to combine them into one selection, then click Select N rows to show those rows and highlight the affected cells. #### Do the checks cost credits? No — the standard checks are deterministic (rule-based, not AI) and completely free, and they run automatically the first time you open the Analyze panel. Only the separate, optional "Include AI Analysis" setting is marked in the app as using credits. #### What does "Include AI Analysis" do? It's an off-by-default setting in the Analyze panel that adds a small set of AI-powered checks — for example spotting implausible or fake-looking names — on top of the free deterministic checks. Tick Include AI Analysis in Analysis settings and click Re-run Analysis; the setting is marked in the app as using credits. #### Does the Analyze panel check my unsaved edits? No — it reads your list as it was last saved. If you've made edits, filled cells or applied a fix without clicking Save, click Save, then Re-run Analysis in Analysis settings to see them reflected in the checks. #### Does running a check change my data? No — checks only read and report; nothing in your list changes until you take an action like Fix, an edit, or an enrichment and then Save. See "fixing-issues" for what Fix and Fix all do. #### Can I select rows based on a check? Yes — click checks in the Analyze panel to combine them into one selection, then click Select N rows to show those rows and highlight the specific cells causing the issue, so you can review or fix them directly. #### Where do I find checks for a specific goal, like cold email readiness? That's a separate feature called evaluations, found in the same "Find & evaluate" field: pick a goal like Cold Email and every row is rated ready, enrichable or unusable for that specific purpose. See "campaign-ready-evaluations" for details. #### Are duplicate contacts caught by the Analyze panel? Yes, duplicates are one of the check categories shown in the Analyze panel. Finding and merging them is covered in its own article, "duplicates". #### Do checks work the same on every plan? Yes — the standard checks and the quality score are available on every plan, including Basic, since the standard checks don't call any paid provider. --- ## Is my list ready for cold email, CRM, or cold calling? Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/campaign-ready-evaluations Last updated: 2026-09-25 An **evaluation** rates every row in your list against a specific goal — cold email, CRM import, or cold calling — instead of a generic quality score. Each row gets one of three verdicts: **Ready**, **Enrichable**, or **Unusable**, and you can fix the gaps with one click, and you see the maximum cost before anything runs. ### Choose an evaluation In a list, click the **Find & evaluate** field in the header. With nothing typed, the dropdown shows **"Choose evaluation"** with a short list of evaluations, each with a small bar showing how much of your list is currently ready. Click one to activate it (or **"No evaluation"** to turn it off again). Three are built in and always available: - **Cold Email** - **CRM Quality** - **Cold Calling** Click **"Edit evaluations"** to open the full management dialog. There, click **More evaluations …** and **Add** to bring in three more (LinkedIn / Social, Multichannel Sequence, Deliverability). To make your own, click **New evaluation**, or use **Duplicate** on an existing one, then adjust which fields matter and how strict each rule is. Standard evaluations are read-only; edit one and click **Save as new evaluation** to keep your version. Once an evaluation is active, a cockpit bar appears under the header, with count buttons such as **All**, **42 ready**, **17 enrichable**, **5 unusable**, and stays visible while you work the list. ### What each evaluation checks Only fields marked **Essential** decide a row's verdict (Important and Nice-to-have fields are shown too, but don't block Ready). | Evaluation | Essential fields | | ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Cold Email** | Email (personal/free-mail and role-based addresses like info@ don't count), Name, Company | | **CRM Quality** | Name, Email (role-based addresses don't count; personal email is fine), Company | | **Cold Calling** | Name, Phone (must include a country code), Company | An essential field must be both **present** and **valid** — passing the same checks the Analyze panel already runs (see "quality-checks-overview"). For example, under Cold Email a row with `info@acme.com` in the email column is not Ready, because a role-based address fails that evaluation's rule, even though the cell is filled. ### Ready, Enrichable, Unusable - **Ready** — every essential field is present and valid. Nothing to do. - **Enrichable** — one or more essential fields are missing or invalid, and ListPlus can fill every one of them by enrichment from what the row already has (for example, no email yet, but there's a name and company or a LinkedIn URL to look it up from). - **Unusable** — at least one essential field is missing or invalid and there's no way to reach it: no usable starting point on the row (no LinkedIn URL, no email, no name + company), or the missing field simply has no enrichment route. Click a count (ready, enrichable or unusable) in the cockpit bar to filter the grid to those rows. Click **All** to show every row again. The **×** at the end of the cockpit bar ("Close evaluation") turns the evaluation off. ### Fix the gaps at a known worst-case cost Click **Enrich** in the cockpit bar (it shows the number of enrichable rows it will act on) to open the enrichment dialog. It groups the enrichable rows into **gap patterns** — rows missing the same fields from the same starting data — and shows, for each pattern, the route it will take and shows the cost as **at most N Cr** (sometimes with an expected ≈ figure) before you start. Uncheck any pattern you don't want to run, then click **Start enrichment**. Most steps charge only when they find something, so the real total is usually lower than the number shown. Some steps also charge without a hit: LinkedIn Profile Search charges 1 credit per attempt, and a LinkedIn profile lookup charges when the profile is found, even without an email. See "[Find a verified email address](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/find-verified-email)" for the charge rule of each step. If you have rows selected in the grid, Enrich acts only on the selected enrichable rows. Rows with no usable starting point at all are listed separately and are never charged. ### Is choosing an evaluation free? Yes. Activating, switching, or turning off an evaluation doesn't call any paid provider or use credits — it re-reads the same free checks the Analyze panel already computed. Only the enrichment you run afterward from the Enrich button costs credits. ### Does my choice follow me to another device? No. Which evaluation is currently active is remembered per browser (on this device), not synced to your account — open the list on another device or browser and you'll need to pick it again. The active evaluation also stays selected when you open another list in this browser. Evaluations you create or customize yourself, and template evaluations you've added, however, do sync to your account and are available wherever you sign in. **Related topics:** quality-checks-overview · find-verified-email · duplicates · email-quality-and-bounces · which-enrich-button. ### FAQ #### What is an evaluation in ListPlus? An evaluation rates every row against a specific goal — like Cold Email, CRM Quality, or Cold Calling — as Ready, Enrichable, or Unusable, instead of a generic quality score. Pick one from the "Find & evaluate" field in the header. #### How do I check if my list is ready for cold email? Open the "Find & evaluate" field in the header, choose the "Cold Email" evaluation, and a cockpit bar appears showing how many rows are Ready, Enrichable, or Unusable for that goal. #### What does "Ready" mean? The row has every field that evaluation requires (its "essential" fields) both present and valid — for example, under Cold Email, a real company-domain email, a name, and a company, none of them flagged by the underlying checks. #### What does "Enrichable" mean? One or more required fields are missing or invalid, and ListPlus can fill all of them from what the row already has — for example the email is missing, but there's enough (a LinkedIn URL, or a name and company) to look it up. #### What does "Unusable" mean? At least one required field is missing or invalid and there's no way to fill it: no starting point on the row for enrichment to work from, or that type of field simply has no enrichment route. #### How do I fill in the missing fields for the enrichable rows? Click Enrich in the cockpit bar. It groups the enrichable rows by the pattern of what's missing and shows the route and cost for each group as "at most N Cr," so you know the maximum before anything runs; most steps charge only on a hit. #### Does choosing or switching an evaluation cost credits? No — activating or switching an evaluation is free; it reuses the same free checks the Analyze panel already ran. Only running an enrichment from the Enrich button costs credits. #### Which evaluations are available by default? Cold Email, CRM Quality, and Cold Calling are built in. Three more (LinkedIn / Social, Multichannel Sequence, Deliverability) can be added from "Edit evaluations" → "More evaluations …" → Add. #### Can I create my own evaluation? Yes — open "Edit evaluations," click New evaluation or Duplicate an existing one, and adjust which fields are essential, important, or nice-to-have and how strict rules like blocking role-based emails or requiring a phone country code are. Standard evaluations are read-only; edit one and click Save as new evaluation to keep your version. #### Does my chosen evaluation carry over if I open the list on my phone or another computer? No — which evaluation is currently active is remembered only on the device/browser you picked it on (though it stays selected across lists in that same browser). Evaluations you create yourself, and templates you've added, do sync to your account, but you'll need to reselect one as active on each device. --- ## The Outbound and CRM views in the Analyze panel Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/outbound-and-crm-views Last updated: 2026-09-25 The same 100+ checks can be regrouped by two views — **Outbound** ("can I send to this contact?") and **CRM** ("is my CRM data clean?") — so the same findings read as either a campaign risk list or a database-hygiene list. ### Where to find it On the **Check data quality** overview in the Analyze panel (or the **Find & evaluate** dialog), next to the **Contact Quality** ring, two tabs switch the grouping: **Outbound** and **CRM**. The score itself doesn't change — only how the issues below it are bundled. ### What each view groups together **Outbound** bundles checks into groups like Unsendable, Duplicates, Bounce Risk, Fake & Placeholder, Personalization Broken, Incomplete, Wrong Persona, Geo & Compliance, LinkedIn Broken and Freemail Addresses — issues that matter before a send. **CRM** bundles the same pool of checks differently: CRM Junk, Duplicates, Formatting Broken, Inconsistent Values, Enrichment Gaps, Field Conflicts, Stale Data, Compliance Risk, Rep Entry Errors, and a Sync-Ready group for records with no issues at all — issues that matter for keeping a database clean. The individual checks behind each group are described in the topic for their data type (names, emails, companies, and so on); this view just regroups the same findings by purpose. Click a group to select and highlight its rows, the same way clicking an individual check does — see "select-rows-by-checks" for how selecting and combining works. A group that includes an AI-powered check (for example Wrong Persona or Fake & Placeholder) only shows those rows once **Include AI Analysis** has been run; see "ai-checks" for which checks that affects. ### Not the same as an evaluation This is a different feature from **evaluations** (Cold Email, CRM Quality, Cold Calling), which rate each row Ready / Enrichable / Unusable for one specific goal — see "campaign-ready-evaluations". Outbound and CRM are views over the same check results; an evaluation is a separate verdict. ### Cost Free — switching views only re-groups checks you've already run; it doesn't call any paid provider or re-run the analysis. **Related topics:** quality-checks-overview · select-rows-by-checks · campaign-ready-evaluations · ai-checks. ### FAQ #### What are the Outbound and CRM views in the Analyze panel? Two tabs next to the Contact Quality ring that regroup the same 100+ checks into different bundles: Outbound groups issues by what blocks a send, CRM groups them by what breaks database hygiene and sync. #### Where do I switch between the Outbound and CRM views? On the "Check data quality" overview in the Analyze panel or the "Find & evaluate" dialog, click the Outbound or CRM tab next to the Contact Quality ring at the top. #### Does switching between Outbound and CRM change my quality score? No — the Contact Quality score stays the same; only the grouping of issues shown below it changes. #### What kinds of issues does the Outbound view group together? Groups like Unsendable, Duplicates, Bounce Risk, Fake & Placeholder, Personalization Broken, Incomplete, Wrong Persona, Geo & Compliance, LinkedIn Broken and Freemail Addresses — everything relevant to whether you can safely send to a contact. #### What kinds of issues does the CRM view group together? Groups like CRM Junk, Duplicates, Formatting Broken, Inconsistent Values, Enrichment Gaps, Field Conflicts, Stale Data, Compliance Risk and Rep Entry Errors, plus a Sync-Ready group for records with no issues — everything relevant to keeping your CRM clean. #### Is this the same as choosing an evaluation like Cold Email? No — evaluations (Cold Email, CRM Quality, Cold Calling) give each row a Ready / Enrichable / Unusable verdict for one goal; Outbound and CRM just regroup the same check findings by purpose. See "campaign-ready-evaluations" for evaluations. #### Does using the Outbound or CRM view cost credits? No — it's free on every plan; it only regroups checks that have already run. --- ## Selecting and highlighting rows from checks Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/select-rows-by-checks Last updated: 2026-09-25 The Analyze panel doesn't just report problems — clicking checks turns them into a live selection of rows in your grid, with the exact cells that caused each issue highlighted. This is how you go from "42 rows have no company" to actually seeing, and fixing, those 42 rows. ### Clicking checks stacks them into one selection In the Analyze panel (or the **Find & evaluate** field in the list header), every check is listed with the count of rows it affects. Click a check to add it to your selection; click it again to remove it. Selected checks appear as chips at the bottom with the number of selected checks ("3 selected"), and the button shows the combined row count — the footer says "Click checks — they stack into one combined selection." **Combining is OR, not AND:** a row is included if it matches _any_ of the checks you've selected, so adding more checks only ever grows the selection, it never narrows it. There's no fixed limit on how many checks you can combine. ### Select N rows As soon as you click a check, the matching rows are already selected live in the grid checkboxes, and the count on the button updates as you add or remove checks. Clicking **Select N rows** goes one step further: it filters the grid down to just those rows and highlights the specific cell that caused each issue — not the whole row. If a row failed two different checks on two different columns, both cells are highlighted. Clicking **Select N rows** again with the same checks clears the filter and deselects the rows; opening a fresh combination first clears whatever was active before. ### What you can do with the selection Clicking checks already sets the grid's normal row selection, so anything that works on selected rows works here too, even before you click Select N rows: open **Enrich** to fill the highlighted gaps for just these rows, use **Export Selected Records** from the ⋯ menu, or delete them (then click **Save**). **Fix** (in the Quick fixes category) is separate: it corrects every row the check affects, not only your selection. See "fixing-issues" for what Fix and Fix all do, and "quality-checks-overview" for how the checks and the quality score work overall. **Related topics:** quality-checks-overview · fixing-issues · do-not-contact-and-block-list. ### FAQ #### How do I select the rows that fail a specific check? In the Analyze panel, click the check (for example "Company missing"), then click Select N rows. The grid filters to just those rows and highlights the cell causing the issue. #### Can I combine several checks into one selection? Yes — click as many checks as you want; each one is added to the same selection and the row count updates live. Click a selected check again to remove it. #### If I select two checks, do I get rows that fail both, or either? Either — combining checks is OR, not AND. A row is included in the selection if it fails at least one of the checks you've selected, so adding a second check only adds more rows. #### What exactly gets highlighted when I select rows from a check? The specific cell that caused the issue, not the whole row — for example only the company column is highlighted for a "Company missing" check, so you can see exactly what needs fixing. #### How do I clear a check-based selection? Click Select N rows again with the same checks selected — this clears both the grid filter and the row selection. Removing chips only changes which rows are selected. #### Can I fix or enrich just the rows I selected from a check? Yes for Enrich, Export Selected Records and delete — Select N rows sets the normal grid row selection, so those actions apply to just those rows. Fix is separate: it corrects every row the check affects, not only your selection. See "fixing-issues" for details on Fix and Fix all. #### Is there a limit to how many checks I can combine into one selection? No fixed limit — you can stack as many checks as you like; the combined row count and highlighted cells just keep growing as you add more. --- ## Fix and Fix all — correcting issues automatically Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/fixing-issues Last updated: 2026-09-25 Many of the issues the **Analyze** panel finds can be corrected automatically instead of by hand. These live under the **Quick fixes** category, alongside the other check categories (Send readiness, Data quality, Duplicates, Completeness and so on). ### Where to find Quick fixes Open **Analyze** in the list header, then switch to the **Quick fixes** category. Click **Fix** next to a check to correct every row it affects. To run them all at once, click **Open as dialog** in the Analyze panel header; **Fix all** then appears at the top of Quick fixes and runs the checks one after another, with a progress count. Fix all skips normalization checks (for example gender, address or inconsistent spellings) — their Fix opens a review window where you approve the proposed values, so run those one at a time. ### What gets fixed Quick fixes only cover checks that have an automatic correction — most issues that need judgment (a wrong company name, an implausible job title) still need a manual edit or enrichment, not a Fix button. What Quick fixes does cover: - **Formatting corrections** — trimming extra spaces, fixing capitalization, removing emoji or invisible characters, stripping title prefixes like "Dr." from a name field, and similar text cleanup in names, companies and job titles. - **Typo and format corrections** — for example fixing common email typos or misplaced dots. - **Empty Row** — rows with no data in any column are hidden (you can restore them from Hidden rows). - **Duplicate merges** — see "[Finding and merging duplicates](https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/duplicates)" for exactly what a duplicate Fix does; **Fix all also runs the duplicate merges**, so if you want to review duplicate groups first, fix the duplicate checks one at a time instead of using Fix all. - **Normalizing values** — unifying different spellings of the same value (gender, address fields, inconsistent values) after you review them. Not every check has a Fix button — checks that flag something for you to judge (like "Similar Name + Company") show no Fix, only a count of affected rows to select and review. ### Saved or unsaved Formatting and typo fixes, and any field values a duplicate merge copies onto the surviving row, are ordinary grid edits: they show as unsaved changes until you click **Save** in the list header, the same as typing into a cell yourself. The exception is hiding rows (empty rows, and the extra rows of a duplicate merge), which saves automatically in the background — see "[Finding and merging duplicates](https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/duplicates)" for that detail. ### Undoing a fix Before you save, open the **Changes** panel and use **All** → **Revert** to discard every unsaved change, including fixes. After you've saved, a text fix has no built-in undo — edit the cell back by hand if needed. Rows hidden by the Empty Row fix, and rows hidden by a duplicate merge, can be brought back from the **Hidden rows** entry in the Sublists panel (or **Show Ignored Rows** from Commands ⌘K) — select them and click **Restore**. ### Cost Quick fixes are free — no credits are charged for any correction in this category. **Related topics:** quality-checks-overview · duplicates · email-quality-and-bounces · saving-is-manual. ### FAQ #### How do I fix issues quickly? Open Analyze in the list header, switch to the Quick fixes category, and click Fix next to any check that offers one — it corrects every affected row for free. Click Fix all at the top to run every available Quick fix at once. #### What does Fix all actually change? Click Open as dialog in the Analyze panel header to reveal Fix all, which runs every eligible check in Quick fixes one after another: formatting cleanup (spacing, capitalization, emoji, prefixes), common typo fixes, hiding empty rows, and merging duplicates. It skips checks that need manual review, including normalization checks and checks with no Fix button at all. #### Does Fix all merge my duplicates too? Yes — Fix all also runs the duplicate-merge checks, hiding the extra rows in each matching group. If you want to review duplicate groups before merging, fix the duplicate checks one at a time instead of using Fix all; see "[Finding and merging duplicates](https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/duplicates)" for how a merge decides which row survives. #### Do I need to click Save after using Fix or Fix all? Yes, for most fixes — formatting and typo corrections show as unsaved changes in the grid until you click Save, just like a manual edit. The exception is hiding rows (empty rows, and the extra rows of a duplicate merge), which saves automatically in the background. #### Can I undo a fix? Before saving, open the Changes panel and click All → Revert to discard every unsaved fix. After saving, a text correction has no built-in undo — edit the cell back manually; rows hidden by the Empty Row fix or a duplicate merge can be brought back from Hidden rows in the Sublists panel. #### Does Fix or Fix all cost credits? No, Quick fixes are free on every plan. #### Why doesn't a check I see have a Fix button? Some issues need human judgment rather than a rule-based correction — for example, near-duplicate names that might be two different people. Those checks show only an affected-row count so you can select and review them yourself, with no automatic Fix. --- ## Finding and merging duplicates Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/duplicates Last updated: 2026-09-25 Click **Analyze** in the list header. The checks run as soon as the panel opens, and duplicates are one of the categories. Analysis runs automatically the first time you open the list; click **Re-run Analysis** to refresh it after you've made changes. It checks the whole list against itself and groups rows that look like the same contact. ### Duplicate checks - **Duplicate Email** — same email address (case- and whitespace-insensitive). - **Duplicate Name + Company** — same first name, last name AND company (accents ignored, so "Müller" matches "Muller"). - **Duplicate LinkedIn** — same LinkedIn URL (trailing slash and `?query` parts ignored). - **Duplicate Phone** — same phone number (formatting ignored: `+49…` and `0049…` are treated as the same number). - **Sparse Name Duplicate** — same first + last name where one row has no email, company, LinkedIn URL or phone at all (a "ghost" entry) and the other row does — often the same person entered twice, so check these rows before merging. - **Similar Name + Company** — catches typos, accents and legal-suffix differences (e.g. "Jon Smith / Acme Inc" vs. "John Smith / Acme GmbH") that the exact checks miss. This one only flags rows for you to review; it has no Fix. Each check only runs if your list has the columns it needs (an Email column for Duplicate Email, First Name + Last Name + Company for Duplicate Name + Company, and so on). A check card shows how many rows are affected. ### Merging duplicates Click a duplicate check to select its rows and review them. To merge, open the **Quick fixes** category in Analyze and click **Fix** next to the duplicate check. Fix applies to every group of matches for that check in the whole list. For each group ListPlus: 1. Keeps the most complete row (the one with the most filled-in fields, prioritizing email, name, company, job title, phone and LinkedIn) as the surviving row. 2. Copies any value the surviving row is missing from the other rows in the group, so you don't lose data that was only on a duplicate. 3. Hides the other rows in the group by marking them **Ignored** — they disappear from the list view but are not deleted. A confirmation message reports how many groups were merged, how many rows were removed (hidden, not deleted), and how many fields were filled in from the hidden rows. Review before you fix. Two different people can share a name, a company phone number or a shared inbox such as info@, and a merge only compares that one field. This matters most for Sparse Name Duplicate and Duplicate Phone. **Fix all** in Quick fixes also runs the duplicate merges, so fix duplicate checks one at a time. ### Saving and undoing Hiding the duplicate rows is saved automatically in the background — no need to click Save for that part. However, any field values copied onto the surviving row are regular cell edits: they show as unsaved changes until you click **Save** in the list header, the same as typing into a cell yourself. To undo a merge, click the **Hidden rows** entry (with a count) below **All** in the Sublists panel, or run **Show Ignored Rows** from Commands ⌘K, then select the rows and click **Restore** (or right-click → **Restore Rows**). This brings the hidden rows back into the list; it does not undo the field values that were copied onto the surviving row — edit them back by hand if needed. If you haven't saved yet, the filled-in fields can still be discarded with **All** → **Revert** in the Changes panel. ### Cost Finding and merging duplicates inside a list is free — no credits are charged. ### Merging duplicates across lists The Duplicates checks only compare rows inside one list. To combine two lists, drag one list card onto another on Home to open **Consolidate Lists**. The dragged list is the **Source** and the one you drop it on is the **Master**. Choose **Create New List** (the originals stay unchanged) or **Update Master In-Place**, then **Map Columns**. In the **Duplicates** step, choose **Keep all rows** or **Skip duplicates**, and under **Match on column** pick a column such as Email. The wizard shows how many source rows already exist in the master before you click **Consolidate**. Skipped rows are left out, not merged into the existing row. It's free, but the added rows count toward your plan's record limit. ### Adding contacts without creating duplicates Adding a contact to a list from **Person Search** merges into an existing row (matched by email, LinkedIn URL, phone, or name and company) instead of creating a duplicate. **Segment Search** does not do this: adding the same page of results to a list twice creates duplicate rows, because Segment Search always adds new rows. Run the Duplicates checks afterward to clean those up. ### FAQ #### What duplicate checks does ListPlus run? The Analyze panel's Duplicates category checks for matching email, matching LinkedIn URL, matching phone number, matching first name + last name + company, and same first/last name where one entry has no other identifying data. A "Similar Name + Company" check also flags close matches (typos, accents, legal suffixes) for manual review. #### Where do I see duplicates in my list? Open the Analyze panel in the list header. It runs automatically when the list opens and shows a Duplicates card with the number of affected rows for each duplicate check. #### What happens when I click Fix on a duplicate check? ListPlus finds every group of matching rows for that check across the whole list, keeps the most complete row in each group, copies any values that row is missing from the other rows in the group, and hides those other rows (marks them Ignored) so they no longer show in the list. Review the rows first — a merge only compares the one field the check matches on, so two different people can share a name, a phone number or an inbox like info@. #### Which row's data wins when duplicates are merged? The row with the most filled-in fields is kept, weighted toward email, name, company, job title, phone and LinkedIn. Any field left empty on that row is then filled in from the most complete other row that has a value. #### Does merging duplicates cost credits? No. Finding and merging duplicates within a list is free. #### Can I undo a duplicate merge? Yes for the hiding part: open the Hidden rows entry in the Sublists panel (or Show Ignored Rows from Commands ⌘K), select the rows, and click Restore to bring them back. Field values that were copied onto the surviving row during the merge are not automatically reverted — edit them back manually, or use **All** → **Revert** in the Changes panel before you save. #### Do I need to click Save after merging duplicates? Hiding the duplicate rows is saved automatically. But if the merge filled in any empty fields on the surviving row, those field changes are unsaved until you click Save in the list header, just like a normal cell edit. #### What does the Similar Name + Company check find? It catches near-duplicates the exact checks miss — typos, accented letters, and different legal suffixes (GmbH vs Inc) on the same company. It only flags rows for you to review; there is no Fix for it. #### Does merging two lists remove duplicates? Consolidate Lists (drag one list onto another on Home) has its own "Duplicates" step: choose "Skip duplicates" and pick a column (such as Email) to match on, and it won't add source rows that already exist in the master list. This is separate from the in-list Duplicates checks and doesn't merge field values — it just leaves matching source rows out. #### Why did adding contacts from Segment Search create duplicates but Person Search didn't? Adding a contact from Person Search merges into an existing matching row instead of creating a new one. Segment Search always adds new rows, so adding the same page of results twice will create duplicates — run the Duplicates checks in the list afterward to merge them. --- ## Email quality checks and verification Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/email-quality-and-bounces Last updated: 2026-09-25 ListPlus checks the quality of your email column two ways: free, instant pattern checks that run automatically on every list (see "What are the Analyze panel checks?" for the full picture), and an optional, paid deliverability check that actually asks a mail server whether an address is real. This topic covers both for email specifically, and explains what a "verified" result does and doesn't guarantee. ### The free email checks ListPlus runs these checks on every row each time you open the **Analyze** panel, at no cost and with no setup. You'll see them there with the exact labels below: - **Invalid Email Format** — not a valid email at all (missing `@`, spaces, more than one `@`, no top-level domain). - **Disposable Email Domain** — a temporary/throwaway address (e.g. a 10-minute-mail service). - **Role-Based Email** — an address like `info@`, `admin@` or `support@` rather than a named person. - **Personal Email Domain** — a free consumer provider (Gmail, Yahoo, Outlook.com and similar) — informational, not an error. - **Email Domain Typo** — a likely typo in the domain (e.g. `gmial.com`), with a suggested fix you can apply. - **Numeric-Heavy Email** — a local part with excessive digits, often a scraped or system-generated address. - **Test Domain Email** — a development/test domain (e.g. `example.com`, `herokuapp.com`) rather than a real contact address. A few more detailed checks also run but are less common: Consecutive Dots in Email, Email Local Part Too Long, Plus Addressing (like `name+test@`), Unusual Email Domain Ending, and Random Email Local Part. All of these look only at the text of the address — they never contact a mail server, so they cost nothing and run instantly, even on lists with tens of thousands of rows. Fixing what they find (accepting a typo suggestion, clearing a bad value) is covered in "Fixing issues from a check". ### Verifying deliverability (the paid step) Format checks can't tell you whether an address actually exists. For that, open a row's **Record** panel or the list's **Enrich** panel (next to Analyze and Record in the list header) and use **Verify Email Deliverability** (in the Enrich panel it's under **Verify**). It checks each address against the mail server for its domain and costs **0.1 credit per email** — but only when the answer is `valid`, `invalid` or `disposable`; a `catch-all`, `unknown` or `error` result is not charged. Results are cached for 7 days, so re-running verification on the same address within that window doesn't cost credits again. After the check, the email cell is marked: **red** means the address is invalid, disposable or couldn't be checked; **amber** means the result was unclear (unknown). Valid and catch-all addresses stay unmarked. The results behind these colours are: - **valid** — the mail server confirmed the mailbox exists. - **invalid** — the mail server rejected the address; it doesn't exist. - **catch-all** — the domain accepts mail for any address at that domain, so the server can't confirm this specific mailbox exists or not (see below). - **disposable** — a temporary/throwaway domain (same signal as the free Disposable Email Domain check, confirmed at the mail-server level). - **unknown** — the mail server gave no clear answer (for example a timeout or greylisting). Treat it as unverified, not as bad. - **error** — the check failed. ListPlus marks the address red and skips it in later enrichments; run the verification again later. Some addresses never reach the mail server at all: if the free checks already flag an address as invalid, disposable, a role account, a test domain, or a typo, ListPlus marks it right away, for free, without calling the mail server: format errors, role accounts like info@, test domains and typos are marked **invalid**, disposable domains **disposable**, and addresses with lots of digits **unknown**. Keep this in mind if you want to email a role account: it will show as invalid. ### What "verified" does and doesn't guarantee A `valid` result means the mailbox existed and accepted mail at the moment of checking — it is a strong, real-time signal, not a promise. Mailboxes get deleted, fill up, or start rejecting mail after the fact, and no verification service — including this one — can guarantee that a message sent later won't bounce. Verifying your list before a send meaningfully reduces bounce risk; it does not eliminate it. ### Catch-all domains A catch-all domain accepts any address, valid or not, so the verifier can't say whether one specific mailbox is real. Many companies run their mail this way on purpose. Treat a `catch-all` result as "unconfirmed, proceed with normal caution" rather than as an error — it is not the same as `invalid`. In the list, a catch-all address isn't highlighted, so it looks like a valid one. It is still unconfirmed. ### Related topics See "What are the Analyze panel checks?" for how checks work across all data types, "Fixing issues from a check" for applying suggested fixes, "What every action costs" for the full credit table, and "Duplicates" for merging repeated contacts. ### FAQ #### What free email checks does ListPlus run automatically? Invalid Email Format, Disposable Email Domain, Role-Based Email, Personal Email Domain, Email Domain Typo, Numeric-Heavy Email and Test Domain Email — all pattern-based and free, and they run automatically every time you open the Analyze panel. #### What counts as an invalid email format? Missing the `@` symbol, having more than one `@`, containing a space, or missing a top-level domain (like `.com`) after the `@`. ListPlus flags these instantly with the **Invalid Email Format** check — no mail server is contacted. #### What is a disposable email address? An address from a temporary or throwaway email service (the kind used to sign up once and never check again). The **Disposable Email Domain** check flags these for free by matching known disposable domains; email verification can also return `disposable` at the mail-server level. #### What is a role-based email address? An address like `info@`, `admin@`, `support@` or `sales@` that reaches a team inbox rather than a named person. The **Role-Based Email** check flags these — useful to know before a personal, name-addressed campaign, since these addresses usually aren't monitored by one individual. #### Does ListPlus flag personal email addresses like Gmail? Yes — the **Personal Email Domain** check marks addresses on free consumer providers (Gmail, Yahoo, Outlook.com and similar). This is informational, not a quality problem; it just tells you the address isn't on a company domain. #### Can ListPlus fix a typo in an email domain? Yes. The **Email Domain Typo** check catches common misspellings (like `gmial.com` instead of `gmail.com`) and suggests the corrected domain, which you can apply from the Analyze panel. #### How do I verify whether an email is actually deliverable? Open the row's **Record** panel, or select rows and open the **Enrich** panel, and click **Verify Email Deliverability** under the **Verify** group. It costs 0.1 credit per email, and only when the result is valid, invalid or disposable — a catch-all, unknown or error result isn't charged. #### What does a "catch-all" verification result mean? The domain accepts mail for any address, so the mail server can't confirm whether this specific mailbox is real. It's not an error — many legitimate companies configure mail this way — treat it as unconfirmed rather than bad. #### If an email is verified, is it guaranteed not to bounce? No. A "valid" result means the mailbox accepted mail at the moment it was checked — it significantly lowers bounce risk but can't guarantee a future send will succeed, since mailboxes can fill up or be deleted afterward. No verification service, including this one, can promise zero bounces. #### Am I charged for every email I verify? Only when the result is valid, invalid or disposable (0.1 credit each). Catch-all, unknown and error results aren't charged, and addresses the free checks already flagged as invalid, disposable, a typo, a role account or a test domain are marked invalid (or disposable/unknown) without spending a credit. Results are cached for 7 days, so re-checking the same address in that window doesn't cost again. --- ## Name, company and job title checks Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/names-companies-job-titles Last updated: 2026-09-25 Names, companies and job titles share the same kinds of problems — bad capitalization, placeholder text, leftover LinkedIn scraping noise, and values leaked from the wrong field. This topic lists the actual checks behind those issues. ### Name checks Capitalization: **Name in ALL CAPS**, **Name in all lowercase**, **Unusual Capitalization** (e.g. "jOHN"), **Partial ALL CAPS in Name** (e.g. "Frank KOHLER"). Content problems: **Missing Name**, **Placeholder Name** ("test", "N/A"), **Single Character Name**, **Name Too Long**, **Invalid Characters in Name**, **Numbers in Name**, **Identical First and Last Name**. Field mix-ups: **Full Name in Field**, **Email in Name Field**. Scraping/format artifacts: **Title Prefix in Name** (Dr., Prof., Herr, Frau), **Suffix in Last Name** (Jr., III), **Credential Suffix in Name** (MBA, PhD, CPA), **Connection Degree in Name** (LinkedIn's "· 1st"), **Middle Initial in Name**, **Encoding Issues**, **Emoji in Name**, **Invisible Characters in Name**. ### Company checks **Empty Company**, **Placeholder Company**, **Company in ALL CAPS**, **Company in all lowercase**, **Encoding Issues**, **URL as Company Name**, **Legal Suffix Normalization** (GmbH, Ltd, Inc, AG casing), **LinkedIn Status Text** ("We're hiring!"), **Tagline in Company Name**, **Emoji in Company Name**, **Invisible Characters**. ### Job title checks **Empty Job Title**, **Placeholder Job Title**, **Job Title in ALL CAPS**, **Job Title in all lowercase**, **Suspicious Characters in Job Title**, **Job Title Too Long**, **Former/Ex Role** ("former", "ex-", "retired"), **Company Name in Job Title** (company data leaked into the title field), **Emoji in Job Title**, **Invisible Characters in Job Title**, **LinkedIn Status Text in Job Title** ("Open to Work"). ### AI checks in this area Four checks need real-world judgment and run only with **Include AI Analysis** turned on: **Fake/Test Name** (e.g. "Max Mustermann"), **Person Name as Company** (a person's name sitting in the company field), **Department Name Instead of Job Title** (e.g. "Marketing" instead of an actual title), and **Seniority Classification** (sorts titles into C-Level, VP, Director, Manager, IC, Intern). See "ai-checks" for how they work and what data they see. ### Fixing what these checks find These checks have a **Fix** button that corrects every affected row for free: the ALL CAPS, lowercase and capitalization checks for names and companies, Job Title in ALL CAPS, Title Prefix in Name, Credential Suffix in Name, Connection Degree in Name, Legal Suffix Normalization, the LinkedIn Status Text checks, Tagline in Company Name, and the Emoji and Invisible Characters checks. See "Fix and Fix all — correcting issues automatically" for what Fix and Fix all do and don't cover. All other checks here, including Encoding Issues, Suffix in Last Name, Placeholder, Former/Ex Role, Company Name in Job Title and all four AI checks, show only an affected-row count to select and review. **Related topics:** quality-checks-overview · fixing-issues · ai-checks · select-rows-by-checks. ### FAQ #### What name checks does ListPlus run? Capitalization (ALL CAPS, lowercase, partial caps), missing/placeholder/too-short/too-long names, invalid characters or numbers, and LinkedIn-scraping artifacts like title prefixes, suffixes, credential suffixes and connection-degree markers ("· 1st"). #### Can ListPlus strip "Dr." or "Prof." from a name automatically? Yes — the Title Prefix in Name check flags a title/honorific in the first name field and offers a Fix (Strip Title Prefix) that removes it from the field. #### Does ListPlus catch company names that are really a person's name? Yes, with the AI-powered Person Name as Company check (part of Include AI Analysis) — it flags when the company field actually holds a person's name rather than a company. #### What does ListPlus check on job titles besides format? Beyond formatting (ALL CAPS, special characters, length), it flags Former/Ex Role titles (the person may have left), Company Name in Job Title (company data leaked into the title), department names used as a title (AI check), and classifies seniority (AI check). #### Does ListPlus remove LinkedIn scraping noise like "We're hiring!" from company or job title fields? Yes — LinkedIn Status Text (company) and LinkedIn Status Text in Job Title both catch this and offer a Fix to remove it. #### Are these checks free? The checks listed above under Name, Company and Job Title checks are all free and run automatically. Only the four AI checks (Fake/Test Name, Person Name as Company, Department Name Instead of Job Title, Seniority Classification) are part of the separate, optional Include AI Analysis setting — see "ai-checks". #### Where do I fix the issues these checks find? Open Analyze, and use Fix on any check that offers one for a free automatic correction; checks needing judgment (placeholders, former roles, company-in-job-title, the AI checks) only let you select and review the rows. See "fixing-issues" for details. --- ## Phone number checks and cleanup Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/phone-numbers Last updated: 2026-09-25 The **Analyze** panel checks the phone column you already have for formatting problems and numbers that are probably not real. It doesn't look up new phone numbers — for finding a company phone or a personal mobile number you don't have yet, see "[Find phone and mobile numbers](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/find-phone-and-mobile)." ### The phone checks All of these are free, deterministic (rule-based) checks that run automatically the first time you open Analyze, and each only runs if your list has a detected phone column: - **Missing Country Code** — the number doesn't start with `+` or `00`. - **Phone Too Short** — fewer than 7 digits. - **Phone Too Long** — more than 15 digits. - **Letters in Phone** — the value contains letters, not just digits and formatting characters. - **Fake Phone Pattern** — the digits are a repeated pattern (like `1111111`) or a straight sequence (like `1234567`), which almost never happens in a real phone number. - **All Zeros Phone** — the number is entirely zeros. - **Phone Has Extension** — the value includes an extension (`ext.`, `x123`) that will likely be rejected by dialing tools. None of these checks have an automatic **Fix** — they flag the rows so you can review and correct them by hand, or replace the number with a verified one through enrichment. Duplicate phone numbers are a separate check, covered in "[Finding and merging duplicates](https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/duplicates)." ### Clean Phone Numbers (free) **Clean Phone Numbers**, in the Enrich menu's free local section, is a free formatting tool — it doesn't look anything up. It opens a preview where you choose the **Target Format** (E.164, the default — for example `+49301234567` — International or National), set a default country for numbers without a `+` (or use your country column), and optionally **Clear invalid numbers**, then click **Apply to N numbers**; the changes are unsaved grid edits, so click Save afterwards. It never adds a number that isn't already there — running it can resolve the Missing Country Code check when you set a default country or country column, but it won't fix a number that's genuinely too short, too long or fake, since those need a real, verified number from enrichment instead. See "Find phone and mobile numbers" for the full steps and where the button lives. **Related topics:** quality-checks-overview · fixing-issues · duplicates · find-phone-and-mobile · email-quality-and-bounces. ### FAQ #### What phone number checks does ListPlus run? Missing Country Code, Phone Too Short, Phone Too Long, Letters in Phone, Fake Phone Pattern (repeated or sequential digits), All Zeros Phone, and Phone Has Extension. They're all free, rule-based checks in the Analyze panel (under Detailed checks, or type the check name in the Analyze search; Fake Phone Pattern and All Zeros Phone also appear under Send readiness), and only run if your list has a phone column. #### Can I fix a bad phone number automatically? Not with a Fix button — the phone checks flag rows for review rather than correcting them, since a "too short" or "fake" number usually needs a real replacement value, not reformatting. Use Clean Phone Numbers to fix formatting issues for free, or look up a verified number through enrichment for numbers that are genuinely wrong or missing. #### What does Clean Phone Numbers do? In the Enrich menu (free local section), Clean Phone Numbers opens a preview: choose the Target Format — E.164 (default, `+49301234567`), International or National — set a default country for numbers without `+` (or use your country column), and optionally Clear invalid numbers, then click Apply to N numbers. The changes are unsaved grid edits, so click Save. The item only appears when your phone column has numbers that need cleaning. #### Will Clean Phone Numbers find a phone number I don't have? No — it only reformats existing values; it never adds a number for a row that's empty. To find a new phone number, see "Find phone and mobile numbers," which covers the company switchboard and personal mobile lookups (paid, only charged on a hit). #### Why does a number get flagged as "fake"? The Fake Phone Pattern check catches digits that are all the same (like seven or more repeated `1`s) or run in a straight ascending or descending sequence (like `1234567`) — patterns real phone numbers essentially never have, often left over from test data or placeholders. #### Are duplicate phone numbers caught here too? Duplicate phone numbers are a separate check, Duplicate Phone, covered in "[Finding and merging duplicates](https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/duplicates)" along with how the merge and formatting-insensitive matching (`+49…` vs `0049…`) work. #### Do the phone checks work without a detected phone column? No — each phone check only runs if ListPlus has recognized a column in your list as the phone column. If your phone numbers aren't being checked, confirm the column's type in List Settings → Schema (Content Type). --- ## Country, city and postal code checks Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/addresses-and-countries Last updated: 2026-09-25 ListPlus checks country, city and postal code fields for formatting problems and, with AI turned on, for whether the values actually make sense together. ### Format checks (free, automatic) - **Invalid Country Format** — the value has numbers or invalid special characters, or a 2–3 letter value isn't a real ISO country code. - **Invalid ZIP/Postal Code Format** — too short, too long, or only special characters; when a country column is present, ListPlus also checks country-specific patterns for Germany (5 digits), the US (5 or 5+4 digits), the UK (postcode pattern) and France (5 digits). - **Country in ALL CAPS** / **Country in all lowercase**, **City in ALL CAPS** / **City in all lowercase** / **Unusual City Capitalization** (e.g. "BErlin"). - **Empty Country Field** / **Empty City Field**. - **Country Format Inconsistency** — the same country appears in different forms across your list (e.g. "US" vs "USA" vs "United States"); it flags the less common forms and offers a **Normalize** fix. This opens a review window that groups the variants and suggests one standard value per group, which you confirm or change before anything is applied. Fix all skips it. - **ZIP-Country Mismatch** and **Phone-Country Mismatch** — the postal code or the phone's country code doesn't match the country column. ### AI checks (Include AI Analysis, off by default) Three checks need real-world knowledge an ISO list can't provide, so they run only when **Include AI Analysis** is turned on: - **Misspelled Country Name**: catches misspellings in any language and has a **Fix** that applies the corrected spelling. - **Country Name → ISO Code**: flags full country names (e.g. "Germany", "Deutschland") and has a **Fix** that converts them to the ISO-2 code ("DE"). **Fix all** includes this fix, so if you want to keep full country names, don't use Fix all after an AI analysis. - **City-Country Mismatch** — checks whether the city actually belongs to the country in that row (e.g. "Munich" in "France"). Like every check under Include AI Analysis, these are marked in the app as using credits — see "ai-checks" for how they work and what data is sent. ### Related topics quality-checks-overview · ai-checks · fixing-issues · select-rows-by-checks. ### FAQ #### Does ListPlus validate ISO country codes? Yes — the Invalid Country Format check flags a 2–3 letter value that isn't a real ISO country code, and the AI-powered Country Name → ISO Code check suggests converting a full country name to its ISO-2 code. #### Can ListPlus catch postal codes that don't match the country? Yes — the ZIP-Country Mismatch check validates the postal code format for Germany, the US, the UK and France against the country column, and flags a mismatch. #### Does ListPlus catch a city that doesn't belong to the country in the same row (e.g. "Munich" in "France")? Yes, with the City-Country Mismatch check — it's AI-powered (any list of cities would always be incomplete), so it only runs when Include AI Analysis is turned on in the Analyze panel. #### What happens if the same country is written differently across my rows ("US", "USA", "United States")? The Country Format Inconsistency check flags the less common variants and offers a Normalize fix: a review window groups the variants and suggests one standard value per group for you to confirm. Fix all skips it. #### Are the country and city format checks free? Yes — Invalid Country/ZIP Format, ALL CAPS/lowercase checks, Empty Country/City and Country Format Inconsistency are all free deterministic checks. Only Misspelled Country Name, Country Name → ISO Code and City-Country Mismatch are AI checks, part of the separate Include AI Analysis setting. #### Does the AI-based City-Country Mismatch check actually cost credits? It's part of Include AI Analysis, which the app marks as using credits, the same as every other check in that setting — see "ai-checks" and "quality-checks-overview" for how that setting is billed. --- ## Fill rate, inconsistent values and cross-field checks Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/completeness-and-consistency Last updated: 2026-09-25 Beyond checking individual fields, ListPlus looks at your list as a whole — how filled each column is, whether the same value is written differently across rows, and whether values in different columns contradict each other. All of these are free, deterministic checks. ### Fill rate and column structure - **Low Fill Rate** — a column where less than 30% of rows have a value. - **Mixed Types in Column** — a column mostly numbers or dates has a minority (over 10%) of a different type, often a misaligned import. - **Date Format Inconsistency** — a date column mixes formats, e.g. `YYYY-MM-DD` with `DD.MM.YYYY`. - **Numeric Outlier** — a value statistically far outside the rest of its column. - **Untyped Column** — a column with data that wasn't classified with a content type during import, so most checks don't cover it. - **Temp/Scratch Column** — a column name suggests scratch data (e.g. "temp", "delete", "WIP"). - **Empty Row** — a row with no data in any column; its **Fix** ("Delete Empty Rows") hides it, restorable from **Hidden rows**. ### Inconsistent values (Normalize) Nine content types get their own consistency check when your list has that column: **State**, **Industry**, **Language**, **Salutation**, **Seniority**, **Department**, **Job Function**, **Lead Source** and **Lead Status Inconsistency**. Each flags case or spelling variants of the same value (e.g. "california" vs "California") and offers a **Normalize** fix, which opens a review window where you confirm the standard value for each group. Fix all skips it — see "fixing-issues" for how Normalize fits into Quick fixes. ### Cross-field conflicts - **Email-Company Mismatch** — the email domain doesn't match the company name. - **Name-Email Mismatch** — the email address contains no part of the person's name, which can mean the wrong person is attached to that row. ZIP and phone number mismatches against the country column are covered in "addresses-and-countries". ### Related topics quality-checks-overview · fixing-issues · addresses-and-countries · select-rows-by-checks. ### FAQ #### Does ListPlus tell me if a column is mostly empty? Yes — the Low Fill Rate check flags any column where less than 30% of rows have a value, so you can see which fields are worth filling or removing. #### Can ListPlus catch a column that mixes text, numbers and dates? Yes, with Mixed Types in Column — it flags the minority-type values when a column is mostly one type (number or date) but over 10% of values are something else. #### How does ListPlus normalize inconsistent values like "california" and "California"? For nine content types (State, Industry, Language, Salutation, Seniority, Department, Job Function, Lead Source, Lead Status), the matching consistency check flags less common spellings and offers a Normalize fix that opens a review window where you confirm the standard value before anything changes. #### What does "cross-field conflict" mean? A value in one column contradicts a value in another on the same row — for example the Email-Company Mismatch check flags when the email domain doesn't match the company name, and Name-Email Mismatch flags when the email contains no part of the person's name. #### Does ListPlus catch inconsistent date formats in a column? Yes — Date Format Inconsistency flags rows using a minority date format (e.g. a handful of `DD.MM.YYYY` values mixed into a mostly `YYYY-MM-DD` column). #### Are these checks free? Yes — every check listed on this page is deterministic and free, and runs automatically the first time you open the Analyze panel. --- ## Block List and the do-not-contact check Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/do-not-contact-and-block-list Last updated: 2026-09-28 ListPlus has two ways to catch contacts you shouldn't email: a Block List you maintain yourself, and an automatic check for clearly unreachable addresses. Both surface as checks in the **Analyze** panel — see "What the Analyze panel checks and how the quality score works" for how checks and selections work in general. ### What is the Block List for? The Block List under Settings holds email addresses and domains that must never be used in a campaign, one per line. The data quality checks then flag every row in your lists that matches an entry, so you can exclude those contacts before exporting. It does not filter search results or enrichment. ### Where the Block List lives and how it works Open it from the Settings panel (the gear icon at the bottom of the left rail, tooltip "Settings") → **Block List**, or via **⌘K** → "Open Block List". There's one Block List per **workspace**: every member of the workspace sees the same entries and can add or remove them, and it's checked against every list in that workspace — you add an entry once, not per list. If you work in several workspaces, each has its own Block List (see "[What is a workspace?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/what-is-a-workspace)"). Type or paste entries into the box, one per line (commas and semicolons also work), and click **Add**. ListPlus detects the type automatically: anything with an `@` is treated as an email, anything else as a domain (e.g. `example.com`); duplicates are skipped and a confirmation shows how many were added and how many duplicates were skipped. Hover an entry in the list and click the trash icon to remove it. There's no bulk file import — paste multiple lines at once instead. ### What gets flagged, and how domain entries match A domain entry blocks every email at that domain, not just one address — add `competitor.com` once and any `@competitor.com` email in any list of the workspace is flagged. Matching is exact, not by subdomain: `competitor.com` does not match `mail.competitor.com` — add that subdomain separately if you need it blocked too. Don't start a domain entry with `@`; ListPlus treats anything containing `@` as an email, so `@competitor.com` would be stored as a literal (and useless) email address instead of a domain. The check needs an email column to run; lists without one aren't checked. Matching is case-insensitive. ### Block List vs. the automatic do-not-contact check These are two separate checks. **On Global Block List** only flags addresses and domains you added yourself. **Do-Not-Contact Email** is automatic and needs no setup: it flags addresses that are clearly not a person, such as `noreply@`, `unsubscribe@`, `bounce@`, `mailer-daemon@` or `postmaster@`, regardless of what's in your Block List. ### What it does not do The Block List only affects the two checks above. It does not filter Segment Search results, does not block enrichment lookups, and does not remove anything from a file export — a blocked row can still end up in an export if you don't act on the check first. Use **Select N rows** on the check (see "[Selecting and highlighting rows from checks](https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/select-rows-by-checks)"), delete or exclude those rows, and click **Save** before exporting or sending a campaign. **Related topics:** quality-checks-overview · select-rows-by-checks · gdpr-your-responsibilities (the legal "right to object" behind this feature) · fixing-issues. ### FAQ #### How do I flag an email or domain so I never contact it by mistake? Open Settings (the gear icon in the left rail) → Block List, or press ⌘K and search "Open Block List", paste the email or domain, one per line, and click Add. From then on the "On Global Block List" check flags every matching row in your lists. Nothing is hidden or deleted automatically. #### Can I block a whole domain, not just one email? Yes — enter the domain alone (e.g. `example.com`, without `@` or `www.`) and every email at that domain is flagged, in any list of the current workspace. #### Does the Block List apply to one list or all of them? There is one Block List per workspace, checked against every list in that workspace, not a separate list per project. Every member of the workspace sees and can edit the same entries; if you work in several workspaces, each one has its own Block List. #### Can I upload a CSV of addresses to block? There's no file upload for the Block List; paste the addresses or domains into the add box, one per line (or comma/semicolon-separated), and click Add in one go. #### Does adding someone to the Block List stop them from appearing in Segment Search or being enriched? No — the Block List only drives the "On Global Block List" check on rows already in your lists. It doesn't filter Segment Search results and doesn't block enrichment lookups. #### Does the Block List remove blocked rows from my export automatically? No — a flagged row still exports unless you act on it first. Use the check's Select N rows to select the blocked rows, then delete them and click Save before exporting. #### What's the difference between the Block List and the do-not-contact check? The Block List only flags entries you added yourself. The separate Do-Not-Contact Email check is automatic and always on — it catches addresses like noreply@, unsubscribe@ or postmaster@ without any setup. #### How do I remove an entry from the Block List? Open Block List, hover the entry, and click the trash icon next to it. --- ## Which checks use AI, and what they see Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/ai-checks Last updated: 2026-09-25 Almost all of ListPlus's 100+ checks are rule-based and free. A small set needs real-world judgment instead of a fixed pattern, so they run on AI — this topic lists exactly which ones, and points to what data they see. ### The 7 AI checks - **Fake/Test Name** — detects fake, test or placeholder names (e.g. "Max Mustermann"). - **Person Name as Company** — the company field actually holds a person's name. - **Department Name Instead of Job Title** — a department/team name (e.g. "Marketing") sits in the job title field. - **Seniority Classification** — classifies job titles into C-Level, VP, Director, Manager, IC or Intern. - **Misspelled Country Name** — catches country-name misspellings in any language. - **Country Name → ISO Code** — suggests converting a full country name to its ISO-2 code. - **City-Country Mismatch** — checks whether the city in a row actually belongs to the country in that same row. Every other check in the Analyze panel is deterministic (pattern- and rule-based) and free. Two of them, Misspelled Country Name and Country Name → ISO Code, have a Fix button (see "[Fix and Fix all — correcting issues automatically](https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/fixing-issues)"); the other five only flag rows for review. ### Turning them on These 7 checks are off by default. Open **Analysis settings** (gear icon) in the Analyze panel, tick **Include AI Analysis**, and click **Re-run Analysis**. The setting is marked in the app as using credits. ### What the AI sees None of these checks send whole rows to the AI. They collect the distinct values of the column being checked (or unique value pairs for a check that compares two columns, like city and country), remove duplicates, and send only that short list together with the rule — a 10,000-row list with a few hundred unique job titles is sent as a few hundred values, not ten thousand rows. See "what-the-ai-sees" for the full picture of what ListPlus sends to AI across every feature, not just checks. ### Related topics quality-checks-overview · what-the-ai-sees · fixing-issues. ### FAQ #### Which checks in the Analyze panel use AI? Seven: Fake/Test Name, Person Name as Company, Department Name Instead of Job Title, Seniority Classification, Misspelled Country Name, Country Name → ISO Code, and City-Country Mismatch. Every other check is rule-based and free. #### How do I turn on the AI checks? Open Analysis settings (gear icon) in the Analyze panel, tick Include AI Analysis, then click Re-run Analysis. They're off by default. #### Do the AI checks cost credits? Include AI Analysis is marked in the app as using credits, unlike the standard checks which are shown as free. #### Does an AI check see my whole row? No — it only sees the distinct values of the column(s) that specific check looks at (for example just the city and country values, with duplicates removed), never your other columns or whole rows. See "what-the-ai-sees" for details. #### Why is City-Country Mismatch an AI check instead of a lookup list? A fixed list of every city in every country, in every language, would always be incomplete and hard to maintain — an AI check handles this reliably without one. #### If I don't turn on Include AI Analysis, do I miss any format or completeness checks? No — all checks covering formats, missing fields, duplicates and consistency run automatically for free. Include AI Analysis only adds the 7 checks above, plus a short written AI assessment of the list in the overview. --- ## Section: Enrich ## How enrichment works Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/enrichment-overview Last updated: 2026-09-28 Enrichment fills the gaps in a list: missing emails, phone numbers, LinkedIn profiles, job titles and company data. ListPlus asks specialised providers, keeps the best value per field, and only charges credits when data is actually found (a few checks charge per attempt — see the price list). ### Where to start - **The Enrich button** in the list toolbar — ready-made assistants (Company Enrichment, Campaign-Ready, Full Profile) and single steps grouped by goal. - **The selection bar**, after selecting rows — pick exactly which fields to fill for just those rows. - **The wand icon** that appears on hover over an empty, enrichable cell — fills that one cell. - **The record panel**, open on a single row — runs any single lookup for that contact. See "[Which Enrich button do I use?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/which-enrich-button)" for a full decision table of when to use each one. ### Before you run it: the plan When you enrich selected rows from the selection bar, ListPlus shows a plan before anything is charged: which contacts qualify, the route it will use, and the worst case, shown as "at most N cr for M contacts". The "only what is missing" switch, on by default, lists only fields that still have gaps, and rows that already have every chosen field are skipped. Actual cost is usually lower, since most lookups only charge on a hit. See "[Price list: what every action costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list)" and "[What does one contact cost?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/what-does-one-contact-cost)" for exact per-action prices, "Find a verified email" for email routes, and "[Find phone and mobile numbers](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/find-phone-and-mobile)" for phone and mobile routes. ### What happens with the results Results land in a data layer next to each row first — cells are never overwritten silently. When a run finishes, ListPlus asks "Fill empty cells with enrichment data?" Yes fills only empty cells as unsaved edits you can review before saving; No leaves the data available to merge later from the record panel. See "[Fill empty cells with enrichment data](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/fill-empty-cells)" for the full merge flow and how to take over values later. ListPlus keeps the most reliable value for each field, and a value you typed into the grid yourself is never overwritten. ### Good to know - Keep the list open until a run finishes. You can keep working in the list meanwhile. - If a row was already enriched but its cells stayed empty, "Apply values" in the Enrich menu or "Merge all" in the record panel writes the stored data into the empty cells for free. - Repeating a LinkedIn, company or person lookup that already found data is usually served from ListPlus's cache at no cost. - Save your edits before starting an enrichment; the Enrich menu blocks it. - In a workspace, enrichment spends the **workspace owner's** credits (see "[Credits, plan and limits in a workspace](https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/billing-in-workspaces)"). If that balance runs out during a run, the run stops and the remaining rows aren't charged — see "Enrichment jobs: progress, batches and limits". - Checks in Analyze are free and show you which rows are ready and which need enrichment first. **Related topics:** which-enrich-button · find-verified-email · find-phone-and-mobile · fill-empty-cells · price-list · what-does-one-contact-cost. ### FAQ #### How do I enrich my list? Click Enrich in the list toolbar and choose an assistant such as Campaign-Ready or a single step such as Company Lookup. To enrich only some rows, select them first and use the selection bar instead. Every run shows the worst-case cost before it starts; see "[Which Enrich button do I use?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/which-enrich-button)" for which entry point fits your situation. #### Which data can enrichment add? Company data (industry, size, location, website, LinkedIn page), LinkedIn profiles, verified emails, company and personal mobile numbers, and email verification results. Free local clean-ups (like formatting phone numbers) and AI-derived fields such as gender or seniority are also available from the Enrich button. #### What does enrichment cost? Costs range from 0.1 credits for an email check up to 30 credits for a deep email-and-phone search, and almost every lookup only charges when it actually finds something. See "[Price list: what every action costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list)" for the full table and "[What does one contact cost?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/what-does-one-contact-cost)" for the cheapest route to an email or phone. #### Why were my cells not filled after the enrichment? Results are stored next to each row and only written into cells once you confirm the "Fill empty cells with enrichment data?" dialog. If you chose No thanks, select the rows, open the Enrich menu and click "Apply values", then apply on the "Fill empty" tab. See "[Fill empty cells with enrichment data](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/fill-empty-cells)" for the full flow. #### What does the enrichment need to work? At least one identifier per row: an email or domain for company data, a LinkedIn URL or a name plus company for person data. ListPlus picks the best available input automatically and skips rows that have nothing usable. #### Why does the same enrichment cost nothing the second time? LinkedIn profile, company and person lookups that already returned data are kept in ListPlus's cache for a while — person lookups (Prospeo, FullEnrich) for 7 days in your workspace. Running them again is served from the cache and shows as cached in the progress, without spending credits. Lookups that found nothing are run again. #### Can I enrich a single contact instead of the whole list? Yes. Select just that row and use Enrich, or click the wand icon that appears on hover over an empty, enrichable cell to fill only that one field. The record panel also lets you run any single lookup for one contact. #### Which source wins when several providers return different values? ListPlus keeps the most reliable value for each field, and a value you typed into the grid yourself is never overwritten by enrichment. If a different provider value suits you better, edit the cell directly. See "[When enrichment sources disagree, which value is offered?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/which-source-wins)" #### Can I close the tab while an enrichment is running? Keep the list open until the run finishes, because the "Fill empty cells with enrichment data?" prompt only appears while the list is open. Results already found are stored on the row. If you left early, reopen the list, select the rows, and use "Apply values" in the Enrich menu (tab "Fill empty") to write them into empty cells for free. #### How do I know which button to click to enrich? It depends on scope: the Enrich button for a ready-made assistant or the whole list, the selection bar to pick exact fields for selected rows, the wand icon for one empty cell, and the record panel for one contact. See "[Which Enrich button do I use?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/which-enrich-button)" for the full decision table. --- ## Which Enrich button do I use? Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/which-enrich-button Last updated: 2026-09-25 ListPlus has several ways to start an enrichment, and they all end up in the same engine — the difference is only _scope_: how many rows and which fields. This article is a decision table for picking the right one. For how the enrichment itself works, costs and the review step, see "How enrichment works," "Find a verified email," "Find phone and mobile numbers," and "Fill empty cells with enrichment data." ### Decision table | I want to… | Use | Where | Good for | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Run a ready-made bundle (e.g. Campaign-Ready, Full Profile) on the whole list, or pick a single step for everyone (or only the selected rows, if any are selected) | **Enrich menu** | List toolbar | No field-picking; a preset that covers several fields at once | | Fill exactly one or two fields (e.g. only Email) for a specific set of rows | **Selection bar's Enrich** | Appears after you select rows in the grid | Precise control over which field and which rows before anything is charged | | Fix one empty cell right now | **Wand icon** | Hover over an empty, enrichable cell | The fastest single fix, with the cheapest option preselected | | Run several lookups on one contact, or see everything already known about that row | **Record panel** | Open a row's record panel | Working through contacts one at a time | | Fill exactly the rows still missing what a specific campaign goal needs (e.g. Cold Email needs a deliverable email) | **Evaluation cockpit's Enrich button** | The strip under the header, once an evaluation is active | Opens a plan for the enrichable rows, and you start it with "Start enrichment"; no manual field-picking | | Type what you want instead of clicking through menus | **Prompts panel (AI command)** | Prompts panel (More → Prompts in the list header) | Free-form requests like "enrich company data from email domains"; the AI works out the right lookup | ### Evaluation cockpit Click the **Find & evaluate** field in the middle of the list header and choose an evaluation (for example Cold Email or CRM Quality) under "Choose evaluation" — this is the same picker used to grade your list against a campaign goal. Once an evaluation is active, a strip appears under the header showing how many rows are ready, enrichable, and unusable for that goal, plus an "Enrich" button. Clicking it opens an Enrich dialog for the rows counted as enrichable (or only the enrichable rows in your current selection). It groups them by what they are missing ("Gap patterns"), shows the route and the worst case ("at most N Cr"), and lets you untick patterns. Nothing is charged until you click "Start enrichment". Contacts with nothing to search from are skipped and not charged. Use "Edit evaluations" in the same picker to change which fields a goal requires. ### AI command (Prompts panel) The Prompts panel (More → Prompts in the list header) — type into the "Ask about your data..." field — accepts plain requests such as "enrich company data from email domains," "get company info from LinkedIn," or "find LinkedIn profiles by name and company." The AI works out which enrich task fits and runs it through the same enrichment engine and charge rules as every other button here, with the same review step before cells are filled. Every AI command is also billed by usage, typically a small fraction of a credit for understanding the request (see "[How credits work](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/credits-explained)"); for a paid enrichment task, that AI-command charge comes on top of the enrichment's own credits. Unlike the selection bar, a typed request starts right away without showing a worst-case cost first — if you want to see the cost before anything is charged, use the selection bar's Enrich instead. **Related topics:** enrichment-overview · find-verified-email · find-phone-and-mobile · fill-empty-cells · credits-explained. ### FAQ #### Which button should I use to enrich my whole list at once? Click Enrich in the list toolbar and pick a ready-made bundle like Campaign-Ready or Full Profile, or a single step such as Company Lookup. It runs on the whole list without you picking fields one by one. #### How do I fill just one field for a group of selected rows? Select the rows, click Enrich in the selection bar, and pick exactly the field you need (for example Person → Contact details → Email) in the field picker. This gives you the most control over scope before anything is charged. #### What's the fastest way to fix a single empty cell? Hover over the empty cell and click the wand icon that appears — it opens a single-cell window listing every route that can fill it, cheapest first. #### How do I run several lookups on one contact? Open that row's record panel. It offers every single lookup for that one contact and shows any enrichment data already stored for the row. #### What is the Enrich button in the strip under the header, and when do I see it? It only appears once you've picked an evaluation (a campaign goal like Cold Email) from the "Find & evaluate" field's "Choose evaluation" picker. It then shows ready/enrichable/unusable counts for that goal, and its Enrich button opens a plan for the enrichable rows, and you start it with "Start enrichment". #### Can I just type what I want instead of clicking through menus? Yes — the Prompts panel (More → Prompts in the list header) — type into the "Ask about your data..." field — takes plain requests like "enrich company data from email domains" or "find LinkedIn profiles by name and company," and the AI works out the right enrichment task and runs it through the normal enrichment engine. #### Does typing an enrichment request cost more than clicking the Enrich menu? The enrichment itself is charged the same way either way. Typing the request adds the usual small AI-command usage fee for understanding your message, on top of any enrichment credits the task itself spends. #### I don't have any rows selected — can I still enrich? Yes. With nothing selected, the Enrich menu in the toolbar runs on the whole list, the wand icon fills one cell, and the record panel handles one row at a time — the selection bar is only needed when you want to target specific rows. --- ## Enrichment Wizards: Company Enrichment, Campaign-Ready, Full Profile Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/enrichment-assistants Last updated: 2026-09-28 The Enrich menu's **ENRICHMENT WIZARDS** section offers ready-made, multi-step enrichment plans instead of one lookup at a time. Each wizard runs several lookups in sequence, and later steps skip rows that an earlier step already filled. For single lookups and the other ways to start an enrichment, see "[Which Enrich button do I use?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/which-enrich-button)" ### The three wizards - **Company Enrichment** (0.25–1.75 credits per row) — fills in domain, industry, employee count, location and LinkedIn company data; an optional step adds deeper Crunchbase data (funding, founded year). - **Campaign-Ready** (2–8 credits per row) — fills in what outbound needs: LinkedIn profile, job title, company data and an email, plus AI-derived gender and seniority. - **Full Profile** (4–12 credits per row) — everything Campaign-Ready does, with LinkedIn profile data switched on by default, plus optional Crunchbase and FullEnrich (profile from email) steps. A fourth wizard, **Detect Job Changes**, lives in the same menu section but solves a different problem — see "[Detecting job changes](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/job-change-detection)" for what it does. ### How a plan works Clicking a wizard opens a plan instead of running anything right away. The plan groups the lookups into steps (for example "Find Company Identifiers," "Get Company Details"); each step shows one primary lookup plus, when there are cheaper or alternative ways to get the same data, a "+N Fallbacks" toggle you can expand. Click the dot next to any step or fallback to switch it on or off before you start — a step with nothing left to do, because an earlier step already filled it, is dimmed automatically. Steps that are optional by nature (marked "opt," such as Crunchbase) start switched off; turn them on for the extra data at the extra cost. ### Budget: no cap field, just toggles There's no separate budget field to fill in. The Start Plan button shows the live estimated total — e.g. "Start Plan (12.5 Cr.)" — and it updates as you switch steps on or off, so you control the cost before you start. ### Running and billing The wizard runs its enabled steps one after another, waiting for each to finish before starting the next, and re-plans the remaining steps after each one, so later steps concentrate on rows still missing data. Credits are charged per step for the lookups that actually run — see "Price list: what every action costs" for the general rule. The AI steps (Detect Gender, Analyze Job Seniority) aren't included in the estimate; they're billed by AI usage like other AI derivations. You can cancel a running wizard — the step running at that moment finishes and its results and charges stay, and steps not yet started are skipped and never charged. In a workspace, a wizard spends the workspace owner's credits like any other enrichment. If the balance runs out, the step running at that moment stops early (see "[Enrichment jobs: progress, batches and limits](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/running-jobs-and-limits)"), and the next steps don't start while the balance can't cover their estimate. ### Scope and results A wizard runs on your selected rows if you have any selected, otherwise on the whole list — see "[Which Enrich button do I use?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/which-enrich-button)" for how this compares to the other enrichment entry points. Results go through the same "Fill empty cells with enrichment data?" step as any other enrichment run; see "[Fill empty cells with enrichment data](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/fill-empty-cells)" for how to review and apply them. Filled cells are unsaved edits — click Save afterwards. **Related topics:** which-enrich-button · fill-empty-cells · job-change-detection · enrichment-overview · price-list. ### FAQ #### What is the Enrichment Wizards section in the Enrich menu? It's a set of ready-made, multi-step enrichment plans — Company Enrichment, Campaign-Ready and Full Profile — that run several lookups in sequence instead of you picking one at a time. A fourth wizard, Detect Job Changes, covers a different task; see "[Detecting job changes](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/job-change-detection)." #### What's the difference between Company Enrichment, Campaign-Ready and Full Profile? Company Enrichment (0.25–1.75 credits/row) fills only company data — domain, industry, size, location, LinkedIn. Campaign-Ready (2–8 credits/row) adds LinkedIn profile, job title, company data and an email, plus AI-derived gender and seniority. Full Profile (4–12 credits/row) runs everything Campaign-Ready does with LinkedIn profile data switched on by default, plus optional Crunchbase and FullEnrich (profile from email) steps. #### Can I turn off individual steps before running a wizard? Yes. Every step and fallback has its own on/off dot in the plan; steps marked "opt" (like Crunchbase) start switched off, and you can also disable any step that's on by default. #### Is there a budget I can set before running a wizard? There's no separate budget field. The Start Plan button shows the live estimated total — e.g. "Start Plan (12.5 Cr.)" — and it updates as you switch steps on or off, so you control the cost by choosing which steps run. #### When am I charged credits during a wizard run? Per step, as it completes, for the lookups that actually run — see "[Price list: what every action costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list)" for the general rule. Steps you switch off, or that have nothing left to do because an earlier step already filled it, never charge anything. The AI steps (Detect Gender, Analyze Job Seniority) aren't part of this estimate; they're billed by AI usage like other AI derivations. #### What happens if the credits run out while a wizard is running? The step running at that moment stops early: rows it already enriched keep their results, and the rest are marked failed and not charged. The following steps don't start while the balance can't cover their estimate. In a workspace the wizard spends the owner's credits, so once the owner has topped up, run the wizard again on the rows that are still missing data. #### Does a wizard run on my whole list or just selected rows? It runs on your current selection if any rows are selected, otherwise on the whole list — the same scope rule as the rest of the Enrich menu. #### What happens to the results after a wizard finishes? They go through the same "Fill empty cells with enrichment data?" prompt as any other enrichment run — nothing is written into your grid until you confirm it, or apply the results later from the Enrich menu. #### Can I cancel a wizard while it's running? Click Cancel (it replaces Start Plan while the wizard runs); the step running at that moment finishes, and its results and charges stay. Steps not yet started are skipped and never charged. --- ## Find a verified email address Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/find-verified-email Last updated: 2026-09-25 Inside a list, ListPlus finds emails the same way no matter which button you click: it looks at what you already have for that row — a LinkedIn URL, an email to reverse-lookup, or just a name and company — and runs the cheapest lookup that can work from it. This page is about running that lookup in a list, on one row, one cell, or many rows at once. For exact credit amounts and charge rules per action, see "[What does one contact cost?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/what-does-one-contact-cost)" and "Price list: what every action costs." ### Four ways to start it - **Select rows, then the selection bar's Enrich button** — opens a field picker: choose the **Person** entity (selected by default), then **Contact details** group, then the **Email** field (also available: Phone, Mobile, LinkedIn URL). Click Next to see the plan. - **The Enrich button in the list toolbar** — under **Contact Enrichment**: "Contact Brief (by LinkedIn URL)," "Contact Brief (by Name & Company)," "Contact Profile (by Email)" and "Contact Profile (by Name & Company)"; under **Find Missing Email or Phone**: "Find Email (by Name & Company)" and "Find Email + Phone (by Name & Company)." Items only appear when the list has the input they need. Each item shows its estimated cost for the rows it applies to. - **The record panel**, open on a single row — the same named buttons, for just that contact. - **The wand icon** over an empty email cell — opens a single-cell window that lists every possible route for that one row, cheapest first, with a "cheapest" or "recommended" badge. ### The plan: which route it picks and why After you pick Email in the selection-bar field picker, ListPlus shows the plan before charging anything. For each group of rows it picks the cheapest route that can work from what the row already has. For example, it starts from a LinkedIn URL when there is one, and otherwise from name + company. The plan screen shows each group of rows with its route, the cost of each step, and the worst case ("at most N Cr"). Rows with no usable input at all (no LinkedIn URL, no email, no name+company) are listed under "Remains open (no route)" and are skipped, never charged. ### What you need for each button | You already have | Use | Returns | | ---------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ | | A LinkedIn profile URL | "Contact Brief (by LinkedIn URL)" | Verified email, the company's main phone, company data | | A name and company | "Contact Brief (by Name & Company)" | Same as above, matched by name + company | | A name and company, no hit yet | "Find Email (by Name & Company)" | Verified email from a wider waterfall search | | A name and company, need phone too | "Find Email + Phone (by Name & Company)" | Verified email and a direct phone number | | Only an email (reverse lookup) | "Contact Profile (by Email)" (Enrich menu, record panel, single-cell fill window) | Name, job title, company, LinkedIn URL | | Only a company name (no person) | none of the above — find a name or a LinkedIn URL first (see below), then use a Contact Brief button | — | If you have none of these for a row, a free Google search for a LinkedIn URL by name and company ("LinkedIn URL (by Name & Company)" in the Enrich menu) is usually the cheapest way to get an input the paid routes can use. ### What gets charged and when Most email routes charge only when they find something, so a miss costs nothing. Three exceptions: LinkedIn Profile Search by name and company charges 1 credit for every attempt. A LinkedIn profile lookup (0.5 credits) charges whenever the profile is found, even if it contains no email. "Find Email + Phone" charges when the lookup returns any data. The plan screen lists each step, so you can see which one applies before you start. See "[Price list: what every action costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list)" for the full charge rule per action, including the two-part charge on the chained version of "Contact Profile (by Name & Company)." ### Verify what you found Finding an email and confirming it's deliverable are two separate steps. After a lookup fills the cell, run "Verify Email Deliverability" (Enrich menu or record panel) to check the address against a live mail server before you send to it — see "[Email quality checks and verification](https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/email-quality-and-bounces)" for what a verified/invalid/catch-all result means and what it costs. ### When no email is found A route that finds nothing doesn't charge you (except the cases listed above), and the cell stays empty so you can try a different route — for example, if "Contact Brief" comes up empty, the wider "Find Email (by Name & Company)" waterfall checks more sources. If every route is exhausted, the row simply has no known input a lookup can start from; check the row for a usable name, company, or LinkedIn URL first, since a missing anchor is the most common reason nothing is found. **Related topics:** which-enrich-button · what-does-one-contact-cost · price-list · reveal-email-and-phone · email-quality-and-bounces · fill-empty-cells · find-phone-and-mobile. ### FAQ #### How do I find emails for everyone in my list at once? Select the rows, click Enrich in the selection bar, choose Person → Contact details → Email, then Next. ListPlus shows the route and worst-case cost for the selected rows before charging anything. #### Which button finds an email from just a LinkedIn URL? "Contact Brief (by LinkedIn URL)" in the Enrich menu, the record panel, or the single-cell fill window — it returns the verified email, the company's main phone number, and basic company data, charged only if it finds an email. #### Which button finds an email from a name and company? Start with "Contact Brief (by Name & Company)" — the cheaper route. If it finds nothing, "Find Email (by Name & Company)" runs a wider waterfall search across more sources for a higher chance of a hit, at a higher cost only if it succeeds. #### Can I find who an email belongs to, instead? Yes — "Contact Profile (by Email)" (Enrich menu, record panel, single-cell fill window) takes an email you already have and returns the person's name, job title, company, and LinkedIn URL, charged only on a match. #### How does ListPlus decide which route to use? It looks at what each row already has, such as a LinkedIn URL or a name and company, and picks the cheapest route that can fill the gap. Before you start, the plan screen shows each group of rows with its route, the cost of each step and the worst case ("at most N Cr"). #### Am I charged if no email is found? Usually not. Exceptions: LinkedIn Profile Search (1 credit per attempt), a LinkedIn profile lookup (0.5 credits when the profile is found, with or without an email) and "Find Email + Phone" (charged when it returns data). #### What if a row has no LinkedIn URL and no name + company? That row is listed under "Remains open (no route)" in the plan and is skipped without any charge — every email route needs at least one of these as a starting point. Add a LinkedIn URL, or the person's name together with their company, and try again. #### How do I fill only the rows that are still missing an email? Rows that already have an email are skipped automatically: the plan only includes rows where the email is missing. The "only what is missing" switch in the field picker (on by default) also hides fields that no selected row is missing. #### How do I check that a found email actually works? Run "Verify Email Deliverability" on the column after enrichment — it checks the address against a live mail server and reports valid, invalid, catch-all, disposable, or unknown. See "[Email quality checks and verification](https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/email-quality-and-bounces)" for what each result means. #### Where does a found email go — straight into the cell? No — results land in a review step first. After the run finishes, ListPlus asks whether to fill empty cells with the new data; see "[Fill empty cells with enrichment data](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/fill-empty-cells)" for the full merge flow. --- ## Find phone and mobile numbers Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/find-phone-and-mobile Last updated: 2026-09-25 ListPlus finds two different kinds of phone number, and they come from two different lookups. This article covers finding them **inside a list**; for the single-profile reveal steps in Segment Search and Person Search, see "Get emails and phone numbers." For exact prices, see "Price list: what every action costs" and "[What does one contact cost?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/what-does-one-contact-cost)" ### Company phone vs. personal mobile - **Company phone** — the company's main switchboard number, not a line that reaches one person directly. It comes bundled, at no extra cost, with a "Contact Brief" lookup (Enrich menu or record panel: "Contact Brief (by LinkedIn URL)" or "Contact Brief (by Name & Company)"), which also returns a verified email. This is a 2-credit call via Prospeo, charged only if a verified email is found — the company phone rides along for free with that same hit. - **Personal mobile** — a verified mobile number for that specific person. This needs its own, separate lookup: "Reveal Mobile Number" in the record panel, 12 credits via Prospeo, charged only when a number is actually found. It needs a LinkedIn URL, or a name and company, to start from. There is no button that finds someone's direct-dial extension at a company. ListPlus offers the company switchboard number and a personal mobile — not internal extension numbers. ### Reveal a mobile number for one contact Open a row's **record panel** and click "Reveal Mobile Number" under Contact. It shows the cost (12 Cr) and only charges you if a verified mobile is actually found — a miss costs nothing. "Reveal Mobile Number" isn't in the Enrich menu itself; start it from the record panel, the single-cell fill window (the wand icon on an empty Mobile cell — Reveal Mobile Number, 12 credits), or a Person Search / Segment Search result card. ### Reveal for many rows at once Select the rows in the grid, click **Enrich** in the selection bar, then pick **Contact details → Phone** in the field picker. ListPlus shows a plan first — "at most N cr for M contacts" — before anything is charged. Pick **Phone**: for each row this plans "Reveal Mobile Number" (12 credits), charged only where a mobile is found. The company switchboard number isn't a field you can pick. It comes with a Contact Brief lookup. Rows that already have a phone number are skipped automatically. ### The pricier option: email + phone together If Contact Brief and Reveal Mobile Number don't find anything, "Find Email + Phone (by Name & Company)" in the Enrich menu (under "Find Missing Email or Phone") runs a wider FullEnrich waterfall for both an email and a phone number at once — 30 credits, charged whenever it returns data — any profile field, not necessarily a phone number. It's several times pricier than the 12-credit mobile reveal because it also covers the email side and searches a much wider set of sources; use it only after the cheaper routes have come up empty. ### Formatting phone numbers you already have (free) **Clean Phone Numbers**, in the Enrich menu's local cleanup section, is free and runs entirely on your own data — no lookup, no credits. It normalizes existing phone numbers to international format (e.g. `+49 30 12345678`), strips spaces, dashes and Excel artifacts, and fixes common formatting issues. It only appears when your list has a detected phone column with values that need cleaning; it never adds a number that isn't already there. **Related topics:** reveal-email-and-phone · find-verified-email · what-does-one-contact-cost · price-list · enrichment-overview · which-enrich-button. ### FAQ #### How do I find someone's mobile number in a list? Open the row's record panel and click "Reveal Mobile Number" (12 credits via Prospeo, charged only on a hit). For several rows at once, select them, click Enrich in the selection bar, and choose Contact details → Phone (it runs Reveal Mobile Number, 12 credits per number found). #### Does ListPlus charge me if no mobile number is found? No. "Reveal Mobile Number" only charges the 12 credits when a verified mobile is actually returned; a miss is free. #### What do I need to find a mobile number? A LinkedIn URL, or a first name, last name and company (domain or company name). Without at least one of those, "Reveal Mobile Number" isn't offered for that row. #### Can I find phone numbers for many rows at once? Select the rows, click Enrich in the selection bar, choose Contact details → Phone, and click Next. ListPlus runs "Reveal Mobile Number" (12 credits via Prospeo) for each row, charged only where a mobile is found, and shows the worst-case cost ("at most N cr for M contacts") before you confirm. The company's main number isn't a picker field — it comes free with a 2-credit Contact Brief lookup. #### Where do I find a company's main phone number? It comes bundled with "Contact Brief (by LinkedIn URL)" or "Contact Brief (by Name & Company)" in the Enrich menu or record panel — 2 credits, charged only when a verified email is found, with the company phone included in the same result. #### Can I find someone's direct-dial extension at a company? ListPlus doesn't look up internal office extensions. For a number that reaches the person directly, use "Reveal Mobile Number" (12 credits, charged only on a hit). The company's main switchboard number comes free with a 2-credit Contact Brief lookup. #### Is there a cheaper or more thorough option than Reveal Mobile Number? If Reveal Mobile Number doesn't find anything, "Find Email + Phone (by Name & Company)" in the Enrich menu runs a wider FullEnrich search for both at once — 30 credits, charged whenever it returns data — any profile field, not necessarily a phone number. Try the cheaper routes first. #### Can I clean up phone number formatting without paying credits? Yes — "Clean Phone Numbers" in the Enrich menu normalizes the formatting of phone numbers you already have (e.g. into `+49 30 12345678`) and removes Excel artifacts, entirely for free. It only reformats existing values; it doesn't look up new numbers. #### Why didn't the mobile reveal find a number for this contact? Not every person has a verified mobile number on file with the data provider — a miss costs nothing. Try the 30-credit "Find Email + Phone (by Name & Company)," which searches a wider set of sources and is charged whenever it returns any data, or check "Not found — what now?" for other next steps. --- ## Company data: by domain vs by name Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/company-data Last updated: 2026-09-25 Company Lookup fills in company details — industry, size, website and more — for rows that already have a company domain. For rows without a domain, the Company Enrichment wizard can search by company name instead. ### By domain vs by name In the Enrich menu, Company Lookup works by domain only: it uses the domain from your email, domain or website column. Personal addresses such as Gmail are skipped. To search by company name when there is no domain, run the Company Enrichment wizard (Enrich menu → ENRICHMENT WIZARDS) or use the single-cell fill window on an empty company cell. A name-based match is less certain than a domain match, especially for short or generic company names, so check that the company it found is actually the one you meant before relying on the result. See "[Price list: what every action costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list)" for the exact credits and when they're charged. ### What fields it fills Company name, domain, website, industry, employee count and LinkedIn company URL, plus address (street, postal code, city, state, country), metrics (revenue, founded year, company type, description, NAICS code) and social links (Twitter, Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, logo). Pick exactly which of these you want from the selection bar's Enrich → Company → field groups. ### The cache Company data is the same for every ListPlus customer who looks up the same domain, so a shared, free cache serves repeat lookups of a domain without calling the provider again — see "[Where does the data come from?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/where-does-the-data-come-from)" for how that cache works and how long your own repeat lookups elsewhere (like LinkedIn) stay free. **Related topics:** which-enrich-button · price-list · where-does-the-data-come-from · data-sources-table · enrichment-overview. ### FAQ #### Does Company Lookup work by domain or by company name? In the Enrich menu, Company Lookup works by domain only: it uses the domain from your email, domain or website column, and personal addresses such as Gmail are skipped. To search by company name when there is no domain, run the Company Enrichment wizard (Enrich menu → ENRICHMENT WIZARDS) or use the single-cell fill window on an empty company cell. #### Is a name-based company lookup as accurate as a domain-based one? It's less certain, especially for short or generic company names where several companies could share a similar name. Always check that the company returned is actually the one you meant before you rely on the result. #### What fields does Company Lookup add? Company name, domain, website, industry, employee count and LinkedIn company URL, plus optional address, revenue/founding/classification, and social profile fields you can pick individually from the selection bar's field picker. #### Where do I run a company lookup? The Enrich menu's "Company Lookup" step fills company fields for rows with a domain. For rows without one, run the Company Enrichment wizard (Enrich menu → ENRICHMENT WIZARDS), which also tries by name, or use the single-cell fill window on an empty company cell. The selection bar's Enrich lets you pick exactly which company fields to fill for selected rows. #### What does a company lookup cost? 0.25 credits per company found, by domain or by name; a miss or a company already in the ListPlus company cache costs nothing. The Company Enrichment wizard shows a range of 0.25–1.75 credits per row, because it can add LinkedIn and Crunchbase steps on top of the basic lookup. #### Why did a company lookup return nothing? The row needs a usable domain (from an email, domain or website column) to search with. Rows with a personal email address (Gmail, Outlook …) and no company domain are skipped by Company Lookup; run the Company Enrichment wizard instead to try a name-based search. #### Is repeating a company lookup free the second time? Often, yes. When ListPlus already has current data for a domain, the lookup is served from ListPlus's company cache and costs nothing. #### Can I get funding or technology data on top of the basic company profile? Yes — "Company Profile Crunchbase" in the Enrich menu adds funding rounds, technology stack and growth signals on top of the basic company profile; see the price list for its cost. --- ## LinkedIn data: find, fill and verify Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/linkedin-data Last updated: 2026-09-25 ListPlus has four separate LinkedIn actions, each for a different situation — finding a URL you don't have, filling a full profile from a URL you do have, searching for a profile without a URL, and checking whether a profile exists for a name and company at all. ### The four actions - **"LinkedIn URL (by Name & Company)"** — a free Google search that finds a person's LinkedIn profile URL from their name and company. It only fills empty LinkedIn URL cells and doesn't fetch the profile itself. - **"LinkedIn Profile (by LinkedIn URL)"** — fetches the full profile (current job title, company, location, experience) once you have the URL, whether it came from the free search above or from your own data. - **"LinkedIn Profile Search (by Name & Company)"** — searches LinkedIn directly by name and company and returns the full profile in one step, when you don't want to find the URL first. It costs more than the free URL search plus a profile fetch combined. - **"Verify LinkedIn Profile" (by name + company)** — checks whether a LinkedIn profile exists for that name and company, without pulling the full profile. If it finds one and your LinkedIn URL cell is empty, it fills in the URL. It costs 0.25 credits, or 0.5 when it first has to look up the company from the email domain, and it's charged per check even without a match. A LinkedIn company page follows the same by-URL pattern: "LinkedIn Company" looks up a company's LinkedIn page and returns industry, size, headquarters and website. See "[Price list: what every action costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list)" for the exact credits and charge rule for each — the free URL search always runs for free, and two of the four ("LinkedIn Profile Search" and "Verify LinkedIn Profile") charge even when they don't find anything, since the search or check itself still runs against LinkedIn. ### Where to run them In the Enrich menu, Verify LinkedIn Profile is under Verify, and the other three are under Contact Enrichment ("LinkedIn Company" is under Company Enrichment). The selection bar's Enrich offers the same actions scoped to selected rows. The record panel offers LinkedIn Profile, LinkedIn Profile Search and LinkedIn Company, but not the free URL search or Verify. See "[Which Enrich button do I use?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/which-enrich-button)" for the full decision table. **Related topics:** which-enrich-button · price-list · where-does-the-data-come-from · data-sources-table · find-verified-email. ### FAQ #### How do I find someone's LinkedIn URL if I don't have it? Run "LinkedIn URL (by Name & Company)" from the Enrich menu — it's a free Google search that fills empty LinkedIn URL cells from the person's name and company, without charging credits. #### What's the difference between "LinkedIn Profile" and "LinkedIn Profile Search"? "LinkedIn Profile (by LinkedIn URL)" fetches the full profile from a URL you already have, for 0.5 credits on a hit. "LinkedIn Profile Search (by Name & Company)" does the search and the fetch in one step when you don't have the URL, for 1 credit per attempt, even without a match. #### What does "Verify LinkedIn Profile" actually check? It checks whether a LinkedIn profile exists for that name and company, without pulling the full profile data. If it finds one and your LinkedIn URL cell is empty, it fills in the URL for you. #### Does Verify LinkedIn Profile cost credits even if it finds nothing? Yes — it's charged every time it runs, whether or not it finds a match: 0.25 credits, or 0.5 when it first has to look up the company from the email domain. See "[Price list: what every action costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list)" for the exact range. #### Can I look up a company's LinkedIn page the same way? Yes — "LinkedIn Company" in the Enrich menu takes a LinkedIn company page URL and returns industry, size, headquarters and website, priced the same way as a person's "LinkedIn Profile" lookup. #### Does ListPlus use my own LinkedIn account for any of this? No. All LinkedIn lookups run through a specialised LinkedIn data provider on ListPlus's side; it never signs in as you and never uses your LinkedIn account or session. #### Is repeating a LinkedIn lookup free the second time? Yes, for a while — your own LinkedIn profile and company lookups are reused for free if you repeat them within 30 days. See "[Where does the data come from?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/where-does-the-data-come-from)" for the full caching rules. #### Which action tells me whether a contact is on LinkedIn at all? "Verify LinkedIn Profile" — it checks whether a LinkedIn profile exists for a name and company without fetching (and paying for) the full profile, and fills in the URL cell at no extra cost when it finds one. --- ## Fill empty cells with enrichment data Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/fill-empty-cells Last updated: 2026-09-25 When an enrichment run finishes, ListPlus never writes results into your grid by itself — you decide. This article covers the "Fill empty cells with enrichment data?" dialog in detail: when it appears, exactly what it changes, why some cells stay empty, and how to take over the data later if you skipped it. See "[How enrichment works](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/enrichment-overview)" for the enrichment flow itself. ### The dialog As soon as an enrichment run completes, ListPlus asks: "Fill empty cells with enrichment data?", naming how many rows were enriched and offering to automatically fill their empty cells with the enriched data. This appears for every enrichment source: the Enrich menu, the selection bar, the wand icon on a single cell, the record panel, and enrichment suggestions from Analyze. The dialog only appears while the list stays open — if you navigate away before the run finishes, reopen the list and use "Apply values" (see below) to apply the results. - **Yes, fill empty cells** — writes the enriched values into every column that already exists and is currently empty for the affected rows. Cells that already contain a value, including one you typed yourself, are never touched. - **No thanks** — closes the dialog and changes nothing. The enrichment results are not lost; they stay stored with the row and can be filled in later at no cost. - **Don't ask again** — a checkbox in the dialog. Once ticked and confirmed, future runs skip the dialog and fill empty cells automatically. The choice applies in this browser. The dialog only opens when there is at least one empty cell a match could fill; if nothing qualifies, ListPlus skips it entirely. ### What "fill" actually changes Filling only ever affects cells that are empty for the current row and column combination — never a cell that already has a value. The written values appear as unsaved edits (highlighted as unsaved changes), exactly like typing into the grid yourself: nothing is written to your saved list until you click Save. If you close the list without saving, the fill is discarded, but the underlying enrichment result stays available and can be applied again later. Fill only writes into columns that already exist in your list. If none of your columns match a piece of returned data (for example, enrichment returned a job title but your list has no job-title column), that value is simply skipped — ListPlus does not create a new column for it. Add the column yourself first if you want that value captured. ### Why cells can stay empty after clicking Yes - **No match found** — the enrichment run did not return a value for that row (for example, a lookup found no phone number). - **No matching column** — a value came back, but your list has no column for that kind of data, so it has nowhere to go. - **You clicked No thanks** — nothing was written; the data is still stored and can be taken over later. - **The cell was not actually empty** — fill never overwrites an existing value, including a placeholder you typed yourself. ### Take over later If you clicked No, closed the list too early, or ran an enrichment through the record panel, the enriched data is still stored with each row. Select the affected rows and open the Enrich menu. When any selected row has enrichment data, an "Apply values" button with a row count appears at the top. It opens "Merge Enriched Information" on the "Fill empty" tab, which writes only into empty cells and costs no credits, since it only copies data ListPlus already has. See "Transfer data record by record, or join columns from another list" for the full record-by-record review flow, including the option to overwrite existing values instead. ### Values shown in the record panel The record panel also offers this directly. When enriched values fit into empty columns of that row, a banner reads "N enriched values fit into empty fields" with "Merge" (one value) or "Merge all". It fills only empty cells, costs no credits, and the values are unsaved until you click Save. **Related topics:** enrichment-overview · take-over-and-join · which-enrich-button · price-list. ### FAQ #### What does the "Fill empty cells with enrichment data?" dialog do? It appears right after an enrichment run finishes and asks whether to write the results into empty cells. Clicking "Yes, fill empty cells" fills only cells that are currently empty; "No thanks" leaves the grid unchanged and keeps the data stored for later. #### Will filling empty cells overwrite data I already have? No. Only cells that are empty are ever written; a cell that already has a value, including one you typed yourself, is never touched by this dialog. #### Are the filled cells saved automatically? No. Filled cells appear as unsaved edits, the same as typing into the grid, and you review and click Save to keep them. If you leave without saving, the fill is discarded but the enrichment data itself is not lost. #### Why did some cells stay empty even after I clicked Yes? Either the enrichment run found no value for that row, your list has no column matching the type of data that came back, or the cell already had a value and was correctly left alone. #### What happens if I click "No thanks"? Nothing is written to the grid. The enrichment results stay stored with each row, and you can apply them later for free using "Apply values" in the Enrich menu. #### How do I fill cells later if I skipped the dialog? Select the rows and open the Enrich menu. An "Apply values" button appears when the selected rows have enrichment data. It opens "Merge Enriched Information" on the "Fill empty" tab, which writes only empty cells and costs no credits, since it just copies data already fetched. #### Does filling empty cells cost credits? No. Filling cells with stored enrichment data, whether from the dialog or from "Apply values" later, is free — credits are spent when the enrichment lookup itself runs, not when its results are copied into the grid. #### Why didn't the dialog appear at all after my enrichment? Either there was nothing to fill (no empty cell had a matching value), you had previously ticked "Don't ask again" so cells fill automatically, or you left the list before the run finished — the dialog only shows while the list is open. Use "Apply values" from the Enrich menu to fill in the results afterward. #### Can I move a value I see in the record panel straight into its column? Yes — when the row has enriched values that fit empty columns, the record panel shows "N enriched values fit into empty fields" with a "Merge" or "Merge all" button, which fills only those empty cells for free. Click Save to keep the values. #### Does enrichment ever create a new column for data I don't have a column for? No. Fill only writes into columns that already exist in your list; a returned value with no matching column is skipped. Add the column yourself first if you want to capture that data. --- ## Transfer data record by record, or join columns from another list Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/take-over-and-join Last updated: 2026-09-28 This article covers two separate tools: reviewing enrichment results one record at a time (instead of a bulk fill), and pulling specific columns into your list from another list you own, matched row by row. For the standard one-click "fill empty cells" flow after an enrichment run, see "Fill empty cells with enrichment data" — this article goes deeper on the record-by- record dialog it also opens, plus the separate join feature. ### Transfer data record by record Selecting rows with stored enrichment data and clicking **Apply values** in the Enrich menu opens **Merge Enriched Information** — the same dialog described in "Fill empty cells with enrichment data," here reviewed one record at a time instead of applying to every row at once. For the current record, two tabs show what would change: - **Fill empty** — values for columns that are currently empty on this row. - **Overwrite all** — every value ListPlus has for this row, including ones that would replace something already in the cell (shown struck through next to the new value). Each line in the dialog is a field (a content type like email or job title) with a checkbox, its source (for example FullEnrich, LinkedIn, or an AI analysis), and the value it would write. Uncheck a field to leave it out. Selected records with nothing to transfer are shown as "N skipped" and left out of the review. When more than one record has values to apply, arrows next to a "current / total" counter step through them, and a checkbox labelled **Ignore this** skips the current record without applying anything to it. **Apply this** applies only the current record's checked fields; **Apply to all like this** applies the checked fields (from the active tab) to every record still pending, in one go. When only one of the selected records has values to apply, a single **Apply** button applies it directly. This never costs credits — it only writes data ListPlus already fetched, the same as the "fill empty cells" prompt. Applied values appear as unsaved edits; click Save in the list header to keep them. ### Join columns from another list Separate from Consolidate Lists (see "Merge two lists"), which combines two whole lists into one, this pulls specific columns from another list you own into matching rows of your current list — without adding any new rows. It works like a VLOOKUP/SVERWEIS: you pick a column each list shares (like email or domain), and ListPlus copies chosen columns from the matching row in the other list. Start it from the **⋯** menu in the list header (near Add Column and List Settings), labelled **Add Another List...**, or from Commands ⌘K, labelled **Join from Another List**. Both open the **Enrich from List** page, with four steps (Select Source · Define Link · Map Columns · Review & Apply): 1. **Select Source List** — pick another list of yours to pull data from. 2. **Define Join Key** — choose a column in your list and a column in the source list to match on, and a match strategy: **Exact match** (values must be identical, ignoring upper/lower case and leading or trailing spaces), **Domain extraction** (compares the domain part of a URL or email), or **Fuzzy company name** (ignores legal suffixes like GmbH or Inc and punctuation). A live preview shows how many rows matched before you continue. If several source rows match, the first one is used. 3. **Map Columns** — choose which source columns to bring over, point each at an existing column or create a new one. 4. **Review & Apply** — choose **Fill empty cells only** or **Overwrite existing**, then click **Apply Join**. After **Apply Join**, click **Review in List**. The matched values appear as unsaved, highlighted cell edits, so click **Save** to keep them. Leaving without saving (or Revert) discards the values. Any _new_ columns the join created are different: they are added to your list as soon as you click Apply Join and stay even if you discard the values. Delete them by hand if you don't want them. Joining columns from another list is free, and both lists must be in the workspace you're currently working in. A list from another workspace can't be used as either side — switch to that workspace, or export the list there and import it here (see "[Switch, create and rename workspaces](https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/switch-and-create-workspaces)"). **Related topics:** fill-empty-cells · merge-lists · enrichment-overview · which-enrich-button. ### FAQ #### Can I review enrichment results one record at a time instead of filling everything at once? Yes — select the rows and click "Apply values" in the Enrich menu to open Merge Enriched Information, which steps through each record with arrows and a "current / total" counter so you can review and apply one at a time. #### What do the "Fill empty" and "Overwrite all" tabs do? "Fill empty" only shows values for columns currently empty on that row; "Overwrite all" shows every value ListPlus has for the row, including ones that would replace an existing cell value (shown struck through). Each field has its own checkbox so you can pick exactly what to apply. #### What does "Ignore this" do when reviewing records? It skips the current record without writing anything to it and moves on, so it's excluded from "Apply to all like this." You can un-tick it later to bring the record back into the review. #### What's the difference between "Apply this" and "Apply to all like this"? "Apply this" applies only the checked fields for the record you're currently viewing. "Apply to all like this" applies the checked fields from the active tab to every record still pending in the review, in one action. #### Can I join columns from another list, like a VLOOKUP or SVERWEIS? Yes — open "Add Another List..." from the list's ⋯ menu, or "Join from Another List" in Commands ⌘K, to match rows on a shared column (like email or domain) and pull chosen columns from another list in the same workspace into matching rows. #### How do I match rows between two lists when joining columns? On the Define Join Key step, pick a column from each list and a match strategy: Exact match compares values as identical, ignoring upper/lower case and leading or trailing spaces; Domain extraction compares just the domain of a URL or email; Fuzzy company name ignores legal suffixes and punctuation in company names. If several source rows match, the first one is used. #### Does joining columns from another list add new rows? No. It only writes values into existing rows that match a row in the other list — your row count doesn't change. To combine two lists' rows into one, use "Merge two lists" (Consolidate Lists) instead. #### Do I need to click Save after joining columns from another list? Yes for the values: click Review in List, then Save to keep the matched cell values — leaving without saving, or using Revert, discards them. Any new columns the join created are the exception: they're added to your list immediately when you click Apply Join and stay even if you discard the values, so delete an unwanted one by hand. #### Can I join columns from a list in another workspace? No, both lists must be in the workspace you're currently working in. Export the other list as a file in its workspace, import it into this one, and then join from the imported copy. #### Does transferring data record by record, or joining columns from another list, cost credits? No, both are free. Transferring only copies enrichment data ListPlus already fetched, and joining only matches and copies values between lists in your workspace. --- ## Detecting job changes Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/job-change-detection Last updated: 2026-09-25 ListPlus can flag contacts whose company no longer matches what's in your list — inside a list, from data you already have or from a fresh lookup. The Segment Search audience database's own "Job change" filter is not currently available. ### Detecting a change automatically or for free - **"Detect Company Changes"** — in the Enrich menu's AI Analysis group (shown once the list has a company column and some enriched rows; also available as "Detect job change" under Tasks & analyses in the field picker). It compares the company cell with the best company name already stored for that row from any earlier lookup; rows with an empty company cell are skipped. It's free. - **Automatic flag on any lookup** — when a LinkedIn Profile or contact lookup returns a current company that differs from your company column, the row is flagged at no extra cost, on top of whatever that lookup itself costs. Either way, a flagged row shows the previous and new company (and job title, when available) in that row's record panel, under "Signals". Running either action again on rows that now match clears the flag. ### Detect Job Changes (the wizard) For a fresh check instead of relying on data you already have, run "Detect Job Changes" from the Enrich menu (under ENRICHMENT WIZARDS) or from ⌘K ("Jobwechsel erkennen"). It's a step-by-step wizard: it shows a plan and an estimated total, then runs all enabled steps after one click on "Start Detection (… Cr.)". Steps: - Check which rows have a known company — free. - Verify the email — 0.1 credits per clear result; an email that no longer delivers is a strong sign the person left. - Find missing LinkedIn URLs via Google — free. - Fetch the LinkedIn profile — 0.5 credits per profile found, fetched fresh even if you already looked it up before. - Compare the old and new employer — free. Credits are charged per step as it runs, and you can switch individual steps off before starting. Results appear in the same row's record panel under "Signals". ### Segment Search The "Job change" filter shown in Segment Search's person filters is marked "Not available" and can't be selected. See "[How Segment Search filters work](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/filters-explained)" for the full filter list and what's available on Segment Search's current data plan. **Related topics:** linkedin-data · company-data · which-enrich-button · filters-explained · price-list. ### FAQ #### Can ListPlus tell me if a contact changed jobs? Yes, two ways: "Detect Company Changes" in the Enrich menu compares the company you have against company data already stored for that row, for free; or run the "Detect Job Changes" wizard for a fresh LinkedIn-based check. #### Do enrichments flag job changes automatically? Yes — when a LinkedIn Profile or contact lookup returns a current company that differs from your company column, the row is flagged at no extra cost, on top of whatever that lookup itself costs. #### Where do I see that a contact's company changed? Open that row's record panel and look under "Signals" — a flagged change shows the previous company, the new company, and the job title if available. #### Why didn't "Detect Company Changes" find anything? It only compares data you already have — if a row has no company cell value, or was never enriched with a company name to compare against, no flag is set. Run Company Lookup, a LinkedIn lookup, or the "Detect Job Changes" wizard on those rows first. #### What does the "Detect Job Changes" wizard actually do? It re-checks contacts fresh: verifies the email, finds a LinkedIn URL if missing, fetches the current LinkedIn profile, and compares the employer it finds against your company column — all from one "Start Detection" click, with each paid step shown before you run it. #### What does the "Detect Job Changes" wizard cost? Only two of its five steps charge credits: verifying the email (0.1 credits per clear result) and fetching the LinkedIn profile (0.5 credits per profile found). Finding the LinkedIn URL and comparing employers are free, and you can switch any step off before starting. #### Is there a "Job change" filter I can search by in Segment Search? It's marked "Not available" and can't be selected. See "[How Segment Search filters work](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/filters-explained)" for what's available. #### If a contact's company matches again, does the flag go away? Yes — running "Detect Company Changes", the "Detect Job Changes" wizard, or another lookup on a row where the company now matches clears the earlier flag automatically. --- ## Enrichment jobs: progress, batches and limits Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/running-jobs-and-limits Last updated: 2026-09-28 ### Watching a run While an enrichment job runs, a small pill appears at the top of the screen showing how many tasks are running or done; click it to expand a panel with a progress bar (completed / total) for each job, a **Stop** button to cancel it, and the counts of successful, failed and cached items once it finishes. Keep the list open until the job finishes — that's also when the "Fill empty cells with enrichment data?" prompt appears. See "How enrichment works" for that fill-in step. ### Batches and the 5,000-lookup limit Enrichment jobs process rows in small internal batches so progress updates smoothly rather than in one long wait. A single job can enrich **up to 5,000 lookups** (distinct emails, domains or profiles; rows sharing a value count once) at once; if you select more, split the run into smaller selections (enrich part of the list, then the rest). This limit is per job, not per list or per day — you can run any number of jobs one after another. ### Running jobs at the same time You can have **up to 5 enrichment jobs running at once across all your lists** (the limit is per person, in all your workspaces together) — for example, enriching companies in one selection while looking up emails in another. Starting a 6th job while 5 are still running is blocked until one finishes or you cancel it. A job that stops sending progress for a while is treated as timed out and cleared automatically, for example after an interruption on our side — closing your tab does not stop a job — so a stalled job doesn't permanently occupy one of your 5 slots. ### When the credits run out during a job Before a job starts, ListPlus checks that the balance covers the estimated cost; if it doesn't, the job isn't started and the credits window opens (members of a workspace see a note to ask the owner instead — see "Credits, plan and limits in a workspace"). In a workspace, every job spends the **workspace owner's** credits, and other members may be spending them at the same time. So the balance is checked again before each paid lookup: if it no longer covers the next one, the job **stops there**. Rows already enriched keep their results; the remaining rows aren't charged and appear in the finished job as "failed", each with the note "insufficient_credits". Once the balance is topped up, select the rows that are still empty and run the enrichment again. ### Caching: not all lookups are cached the same way Caching rules differ by data type — there's no single "7 or 30 days" rule for everything: - **LinkedIn profile and company lookups** are reused for free if you repeat them within **30 days**. See "[LinkedIn data: find, fill and verify](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/linkedin-data)" for details. - **Company data by domain** is served from ListPlus's own **shared** cache — once any ListPlus customer has looked up a domain, every customer's repeat lookup of that same domain is free, with no fixed expiry stated to users. See "[Company data: by domain vs by name](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/company-data)." - **Email verification** results are reused for **7 days**; verifying the same address again sooner reads from that cache instead of calling the provider again. See "[Provider: Email verification](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/provider-email-verification)" for that flow. - **Person lookups** (Prospeo, FullEnrich) that returned data are reused for **7 days** in your workspace — repeating them sooner doesn't charge again; lookups that found nothing are run again. ### FAQ #### How do I see the progress of an enrichment job? A pill appears at the top of the screen while a job runs; click it to expand a panel showing a progress bar (completed of total) for each running job, plus a Stop button to cancel it. It updates live and also works if you refresh the page while the job is still running. #### How many rows can I enrich in one job? Up to 5,000 lookups per job — distinct emails, domains or profiles, so rows that share the same value count once. If your selection is larger, run it in smaller batches — select part of the rows, enrich, then select the rest. #### Can I run several enrichments at the same time? Yes, up to 5 jobs at once per person — for example one Company Lookup run and one email-finding run in parallel. A 6th job is blocked with a message until one of the running jobs finishes or you cancel it. #### Can I cancel an enrichment job partway through? Yes. Click the progress pill to expand it, then click Stop on the job you want to cancel. Rows already processed before you stopped keep their results; the rest are left untouched. #### How long are enrichment results cached? It depends on the lookup: your own LinkedIn profile and company lookups are reused for free within 30 days, company data by domain is often served free from ListPlus's company cache, email verification results are reused for 7 days, and person lookups (Prospeo, FullEnrich) that returned data are reused for 7 days within your workspace — a lookup that found nothing is simply run again. #### Why did my enrichment stop halfway with rows marked "insufficient_credits"? The credit balance ran out during the job: in a workspace, jobs spend the workspace owner's credits, and other members may spend them at the same time. The job stops at that point, rows already enriched keep their results, and the remaining rows show as failed with "insufficient_credits" and are not charged. After the owner tops up, select the still-empty rows and run the enrichment again. #### Why did my job stop without finishing? A job that shows no progress for a few minutes is ended. Closing your tab doesn't stop a job. Rows already processed keep their results, so start a new job for the rest. --- ## Why did enrichment find nothing? Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/enrichment-found-nothing Last updated: 2026-09-25 Sometimes a lookup runs and a cell stays empty. This article is about a lookup that genuinely found nothing. If a lookup did find data but the cell is still empty, that's a different situation — see "Fill empty cells with enrichment data" instead. ### Why nothing was found - **No starting point for that row.** Every route needs an anchor: a LinkedIn URL, an email, a domain, or a name plus company. A row with none of these appears in the enrichment plan under "Remains open (no route):" before anything runs and is skipped. - **The provider genuinely has no match.** Small or very new companies, personal email domains, and people without an indexed LinkedIn profile are common cases no provider database covers. - **The identifier is wrong or outdated.** A typo in the name, a stale LinkedIn URL, or a domain that no longer belongs to the company can lead to a miss even though the row looks complete. - **The route didn't match the anchor.** A company-only row has nothing for a person route to start from, and vice versa — see the input tables in "Find a verified email" and "[Find phone and mobile numbers](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/find-phone-and-mobile)" for which button needs which starting point. ### What was charged Almost every lookup only charges when it actually finds something, so a miss usually costs nothing. See "[Price list: what every action costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list)" (the "Charged" column of each table and the section "For advanced users") for the short list of exceptions that charge for the attempt itself, and "Find a verified email" for the extra exceptions specific to email routes. ### What to try next - **Try a wider route.** If "Contact Brief (by Name & Company)" (2 credits, only on a hit) finds nothing, "Find Email (by Name & Company)" searches more sources (6 credits, only on a hit). - **Give the row an anchor first.** A free "LinkedIn URL (by Name & Company)" search (Enrich menu) can turn a name-and-company row into one with a LinkedIn URL to enrich from, at no cost even on a miss. - **Double-check the row's existing data.** Fix a misspelled name or an obviously wrong domain, then re-run the lookup. - **Accept it and move on.** Some contacts simply aren't in any provider's data — the row stays as-is, and most lookups cost nothing on a miss (see the exceptions under "What was charged"). **Related topics:** enrichment-overview · which-enrich-button · find-verified-email · find-phone-and-mobile · fill-empty-cells · price-list. ### FAQ #### Why is my cell still empty after running enrichment? Either the lookup genuinely found nothing for that row (this article), or it found data but you haven't confirmed the "Fill empty cells with enrichment data?" prompt yet — see "[Fill empty cells with enrichment data](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/fill-empty-cells)" for that second case. #### Was I charged for a lookup that found nothing? Usually not — almost every lookup only charges on a hit. A short list of exceptions charge for the attempt itself even on a miss; see "[Price list: what every action costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list)" for exactly which ones. #### Why does a row show "no route" and get skipped? Every lookup needs a starting point: a LinkedIn URL, an email, a domain, or a name plus company. A row with none of these has nothing to search from, so it appears in the enrichment plan under "Remains open (no route):" before anything runs and is skipped without charging anything. #### What should I do when a lookup keeps finding nothing for a row? Check whether the row's name, company or domain has a typo, try a wider route if a cheaper one already came up empty, or accept that the contact isn't in any provider's data — most lookups don't charge for a miss; LinkedIn Profile Search and Verify LinkedIn Profile are the exceptions. #### Can I get an anchor for a row that has nothing to start from? Yes — run the free "LinkedIn URL (by Name & Company)" search from the Enrich menu first; it costs nothing even when it doesn't find a URL, and a URL it does find becomes the anchor other lookups can use. #### Does a company lookup that finds nothing still cost credits? No — a company lookup by domain or name only charges when the company is actually found; see "[Price list: what every action costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list)" for the full rule. #### Will ListPlus keep retrying a lookup that already found nothing? No, nothing retries automatically — a miss just leaves the cell empty. Run the lookup again yourself, for example after fixing the row's data, or try a different, wider route. #### Why did a LinkedIn search charge me even though it found nothing? LinkedIn Profile Search by name and company is one of the few exceptions that charges 1 credit for the attempt itself, whether or not it finds a match, because the search against LinkedIn still runs either way. Verify LinkedIn Profile (0.25–0.5 credits) works the same way, while the free "LinkedIn URL (by Name & Company)" search never charges. --- ## Section: Export, sync & integrations ## Exporting your list Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/export-overview Last updated: 2026-09-25 Downloading your list as a file (CSV, Excel, JSON and the other file formats) is free on every plan and never costs credits. ### Where to export from Open a list and click the **Export** button in the list header to open the export wizard directly, or use the **⋯** icon at the far right of the header (not the **More** menu) for more options. In ⌘K, search for **Export Wizard**, **Export All (Excel)** or **Export Visible Rows**. The **⋯** icon's menu includes: - **Export Data** — opens the export wizard, where you pick a destination, choose columns and (for file downloads) a format. - **Export as Excel** — a one-click shortcut that downloads exactly what the grid currently shows as an .xlsx file, no wizard. - **Export Selected Records** — appears when you have rows selected; exports only those rows through the wizard. - **Export Visible Records** — appears when a search, sublist (segment) or the Changes filter is active; exports only the rows currently shown (renamed **Export Sublist "Name"** when a sublist is the active filter). ### The export wizard The wizard has two steps: pick a destination, then pick columns. On the column step you check or uncheck any column, search by name, drag to reorder, and rename a column just for this export (the list itself is unchanged). For a file download you also edit the file name before downloading. Destinations include instant file downloads — Excel, CSV, JSON, and more under "More formats" — plus app destinations. See "Sending contacts to Lemlist, Instantly and Smartlead" for sequencers, "Exporting to HubSpot and Google Sheets" for those two, and "[Zapier, Make and n8n via webhook](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/zapier-make-n8n)" for sending to any other tool through a webhook URL. "[Export file formats: CSV, Excel, JSON, SQL and Markdown](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/export-files)" covers the file options (CSV, Excel, JSON, SQL, Markdown) in detail. ### Which rows and columns are included **Export Data** (and the header Export button and Export Wizard) exports every row saved in the list, including rows marked ignored, whatever is filtered on screen. **Export as Excel** in the ⋯ menu downloads exactly what the grid shows right now: the current filter, search or sublist, the visible columns, and ignored rows only when Show Ignored Rows is on. **Export All (Excel)** in ⌘K downloads every row, including ignored ones. **Export Selected Records** and **Export Visible Records** limit the wizard to the rows selected or shown. In the wizard, columns default to every column in the list except internal system columns, and you can uncheck any of them on the column step. Exporting only includes what's actually saved in the list's cells. If you looked up data with Enrich but haven't filled it into the cells yet (the "Fill empty cells?" prompt), that data is not in the export — fill it in first, then export. Two destinations are the exception: the webhook destination has an optional Include enrichment data setting (see "Zapier, Make and n8n via webhook"), and Lemlist, Instantly and Smartlead fill empty standard fields (name, company, phone, website, LinkedIn) from enrichment results automatically (see "Sending contacts to Lemlist, Instantly and Smartlead"). The export wizard reads the list as it's saved, so click **Save** first if you want your latest edits in it. The one-click Excel shortcuts download the grid as you see it. **Related topics:** export-files · send-to-sequencers · export-to-hubspot-and-sheets · zapier-make-n8n. ### FAQ #### How do I export my list? Click the Export button in the list header to open the export wizard directly, or use the ⋯ icon at the far right of the header for more options such as Export as Excel or Export Selected/Visible Records. You can also press ⌘K and search for Export Wizard, Export All (Excel) or Export Visible Rows. #### Does exporting cost credits? No. Downloading a list as a file costs no credits on every plan, including Basic. For sending to apps like HubSpot or Google Sheets, see that destination's topic. #### Can I choose which columns get exported? Yes. The export wizard's column step lists every column with a checkbox, a search box, drag-to-reorder, and you can rename a column just for that export without changing the list itself. #### Can I export just the rows I've selected? Yes. Select the rows in the grid, then choose Export Selected Records from the ⋯ menu — only those rows go into the export. #### Can I export a filtered view or a sublist (segment)? Yes. With a search, sublist or the Changes filter active, the ⋯ menu shows Export Visible Records (or Export Sublist "Name" when a sublist is the active filter) instead of the full-list option, and only those rows are exported. #### Does exporting the whole list include ignored rows? Export Data and Export All (Excel) include rows marked ignored. Export as Excel in the ⋯ menu leaves them out unless Show Ignored Rows is on. To send ignored-free data through the wizard, open a sublist or search first and use Export Visible Records. #### Will data I looked up with Enrich but haven't filled in yet be exported? No — export only includes what's actually saved in the list's cells, so data Enrich found but you haven't accepted via the "Fill empty cells?" prompt is excluded until you fill it in and export. Exceptions: the webhook destination has an optional Include enrichment data setting, and Lemlist, Instantly and Smartlead fill empty standard fields from enrichment results automatically (see "[Zapier, Make and n8n via webhook](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/zapier-make-n8n)" and "[Sending contacts to Lemlist, Instantly and Smartlead](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/send-to-sequencers)"). #### Do I need to save before exporting? The export wizard reads the list as it's saved, so click Save first if you want your latest edits in it. The one-click Excel shortcuts download the grid as you see it. #### What file formats can I download? CSV, Excel, JSON, SQL and Markdown, plus a one-click Excel shortcut outside the wizard. See "[Export file formats: CSV, Excel, JSON, SQL and Markdown](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/export-files)" for details on each. #### Can I export straight to my CRM or a sequencer instead of downloading a file? Yes — the export wizard also offers app destinations: Google Sheets, HubSpot, Lemlist, Instantly, Smartlead, and a generic webhook for tools like Zapier, Make or n8n. See the linked topics for each one's requirements. --- ## Export file formats: CSV, Excel, JSON, SQL and Markdown Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/export-files Last updated: 2026-09-25 Every file format in the export wizard's column step lets you check or uncheck columns, search, drag to reorder, rename a column just for this export, and edit the file name before downloading — see "Exporting your list" for that shared step. This article covers what's specific to each format. CSV, Excel and JSON download right after the column step; SQL and Markdown have one more settings screen first. ### CSV Comma-separated, UTF-8 encoded, with one header row using each column's export name (its renamed name if you changed it on the column step). A value that contains a comma or a quote is automatically wrapped in quotes. There's no delimiter or encoding choice — it's always a comma and UTF-8. There's no byte-order mark, so double-clicking the file in Excel set to German (or another semicolon locale) can put everything in one column and garble umlauts. Use the Excel (.xlsx) export instead, or open the CSV in Excel via Data → From Text/CSV and choose UTF-8 and comma. A multi-line value (like a multi-line address) can split into extra rows when a plain CSV reader doesn't respect the quoting — use Excel or JSON for data like that. ### Excel (.xlsx) A single worksheet, always named "Data Export" internally regardless of your list's name — you can rename the sheet after opening the file. The header row is bold and columns are auto-fit to their content. If the Excel file can't be generated, ListPlus falls back to a CSV file with a ".xls" extension and shows a warning — the file is really a CSV, so Excel may warn you about the mismatch when you open it. ### JSON A single array with one object per row, containing only the columns you selected. JSON keeps the original column names — a rename you make on the column step changes the headers in CSV, Excel, SQL and Markdown, but not the JSON property names. There's no option for line-delimited JSON or any other shape. ### SQL An extra settings screen before download, with a live preview: - **Table Name** — must start with a letter or underscore, letters/numbers/ underscores only. - **SQL Dialect** — PostgreSQL, MySQL, SQLite, or SQL Server, which changes how identifiers are quoted and how column types map (dates become `TIMESTAMP` in PostgreSQL, MySQL and SQLite, `DATETIME` in SQL Server). - **Include CREATE TABLE statement** and **Include DROP TABLE IF EXISTS** — both switches, so you can generate insert statements only if you prefer. - **Wrap in transaction (BEGIN/COMMIT)** — on by default. - **Batch Size** — how many rows go into each INSERT statement (1–5000, default 1000). Click Show Preview to see sample SQL for the first rows before downloading. ### Markdown Also has its own settings screen: - **Column Alignment** — Left, Center or Right aligned, applied to every column. - **Include row numbers** — adds a leading "#" column, off by default. Show Preview displays both the raw Markdown table and a rendered preview, each built from a sample of your list; the downloaded file always has every row. **Related topics:** export-overview · send-to-sequencers · export-to-hubspot-and-sheets · zapier-make-n8n. ### FAQ #### What file formats can I export to? CSV, Excel (.xlsx), JSON, SQL and Markdown, all from the export wizard's "Download a file" section — CSV and Excel are shown first, and JSON, SQL and Markdown are under "More formats". #### Can I change the CSV delimiter or encoding? No — CSV export always uses a comma as the delimiter and UTF-8 encoding; there's no setting to switch to semicolons, tabs or a different encoding. There's also no byte-order mark, so opening it by double-clicking in Excel set to a semicolon locale (like German) can put everything in one column and garble umlauts — use the Excel (.xlsx) export instead, or import the CSV via Data → From Text/CSV and choose UTF-8 and comma. #### What sheet name does the Excel export use? The workbook always contains a single sheet named "Data Export" — there's no setting to choose the sheet name before download, though you can rename it after opening the file. #### What does the JSON export look like? A single JSON array with one object per row, containing only your selected columns — there's no option for line-delimited JSON or a different structure. #### If I rename a column for the export, does that change the JSON output too? No — JSON keeps the original column names. A rename you make on the column step changes the header shown in CSV, Excel, SQL and Markdown, but not the JSON property name. #### What can I configure for a SQL export? Table name, SQL dialect (PostgreSQL, MySQL, SQLite or SQL Server), whether to include CREATE TABLE and DROP TABLE statements, whether to wrap everything in a transaction, and how many rows go into each INSERT statement. #### What can I configure for a Markdown export? Column alignment (left, center or right) and whether to include a row-number column, both applied to the whole table, plus a preview of the raw Markdown and a rendered version. #### Do the SQL and Markdown previews show my whole export or just a sample? Both previews show a sample built from the first 10 rows of your list. The downloaded file always contains every exported row. --- ## Sending contacts to Lemlist, Instantly and Smartlead Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/send-to-sequencers Last updated: 2026-09-28 You can push a list straight into a Lemlist, Instantly or Smartlead campaign without downloading a file first. This uses the same export wizard described in "[Exporting your list](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/export-overview)" — pick one of these three as the destination instead of a file format. ### Picking the destination Open the list, click **Export** in the list header, and on the destination step choose **Lemlist**, **Instantly** or **Smartlead**. These skip the column-selection step: every column in the list is sent, matched automatically to the target tool's fields (see "Which fields are sent" below) — there's nothing to pick or reorder. ### Connecting and entering your API key - **Lemlist** connects through an account picker: click **Connect Lemlist Account**, a popup opens for you to authorize ListPlus against your Lemlist account, and once connected you pick that account from a dropdown (you can connect more than one). You don't need to copy an API key. - **Instantly** and **Smartlead** ask you to paste your API key directly into the wizard (find it in the tool's API settings) and click **Verify**. The key is used only to load your campaigns and to send this export — it is not saved to your ListPlus account, so you'll paste it again next time you export to that tool. ### Choosing the campaign After connecting (Lemlist) or verifying the key (Instantly, Smartlead), a campaign dropdown (**Select Campaign** for Lemlist, **Campaign** for Instantly and Smartlead) lists your campaigns in that tool, with their current status (running/active, paused, draft, done/completed). Pick one and click **Push to Lemlist** / **Push to Instantly** / **Push to Smartlead** to send the list. ### Which rows and fields are sent Every row in the list is sent, including ignored ones, unless you start the export from Export Selected Records or Export Visible Records (see "[Exporting your list](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/export-overview)"). Every lead needs an email, read from your column named **email**. Rows without one are not sent — Lemlist and Instantly count them as failed, and Smartlead leaves them out of its count. For the rest, ListPlus matches your list's columns to each tool's known fields (first name, last name, company, phone, website/domain, job title, LinkedIn URL, and a few more depending on the tool) by column name, and sends any extra columns as custom fields/variables — Smartlead accepts up to 20 extra columns as custom fields. If a standard field (name, company, phone, website, LinkedIn) is empty in the cell but Enrich already found a value for that row, that value is sent. Extra columns are only sent from what's in the cells. ### Duplicates Rows that are already in the target campaign are skipped, not sent twice. This check happens inside Lemlist, Instantly or Smartlead itself (matching by email) — ListPlus doesn't pre-filter your list, it just reports how many the tool rejected as duplicates. Smartlead also skips leads that are already in another of your Smartlead campaigns or on its unsubscribe or block lists. ### Result summary After the push finishes, Lemlist and Instantly show a message in the pattern "N leads added, N duplicates skipped, N failed" (failed covers, for example, insufficient data or a rejected value in that tool). Smartlead sends leads in batches of 100. Check the lead count in your Smartlead campaign to confirm the result. ### Cost Pushing to Lemlist, Instantly or Smartlead costs no credits. ### Alternative: a pipeline The export sends a whole list (or a selection) once, when you click Push. If you'd rather hand contacts to a Lemlist or Instantly campaign in smaller batches, from lists and Saved, and see per contact whether it was sent, set up a pipeline with the Lemlist or Instantly target (see "Pipelines to Slack, CRMs, sequencers, Sheets and webhooks"). Pipelines also send only when you click Send. **Related topics:** export-overview · export-files · connect-crm-and-sheets · pipelines-crm-slack-and-webhook. ### FAQ #### How do I send my list to Lemlist, Instantly or Smartlead? Click Export in the list header, choose Lemlist, Instantly or Smartlead as the destination, connect your account or paste your API key, pick a campaign, and click the Push button. There is no column-selection step — every column is sent automatically. #### Do I need an API key for these? Instantly and Smartlead need an API key pasted into the wizard (found in that tool's API settings) and verified before you can pick a campaign. Lemlist instead uses a Connect Account popup — no key to copy. #### Does ListPlus store my Instantly or Smartlead API key? No. The key you paste is used only to load your campaigns and send that one export; it is not saved to your ListPlus account, so you enter it again the next time you export. #### Which campaign do my contacts go into? After connecting your account (Lemlist) or verifying your key (Instantly, Smartlead), a campaign dropdown (Select Campaign for Lemlist, Campaign for Instantly and Smartlead) lists your campaigns with their current status. Every row goes into the single campaign you select. #### Which columns/fields actually get sent? All your columns are sent — there's no column picker for these three destinations. Common fields (name, company, phone, website, job title, LinkedIn URL) are matched to the tool's own fields by column name; anything else goes over as a custom field or variable (Smartlead accepts up to 20 extra columns). #### What happens to rows without an email address? Every lead needs an email, read from your column named email. Rows without one are not sent — Lemlist and Instantly count them as failed, and Smartlead leaves them out of its count. #### Will a contact be added twice if they're already in the campaign? No. Lemlist, Instantly and Smartlead each check by email and skip leads already in that campaign; ListPlus reports the duplicate count it gets back but does not send the row twice. Smartlead also skips leads already in another of your Smartlead campaigns or on its unsubscribe or block lists. #### Does sending to a sequencer include enrichment data I haven't filled into the cells? Partly. Empty standard fields such as name, company, phone, website and LinkedIn are filled from enrichment results already found for that row, even if you haven't filled them into the cells. Custom columns are sent only from what's in the cells. #### Does pushing to Lemlist, Instantly or Smartlead cost credits? No, sending your list to any of these three tools costs no credits. #### What does the result message tell me after sending? Lemlist and Instantly show "N leads added, N duplicates skipped, N failed". Smartlead sends leads in batches of 100 — check the lead count in your Smartlead campaign to confirm the result. --- ## Exporting to HubSpot and Google Sheets Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/export-to-hubspot-and-sheets Last updated: 2026-09-28 You can push a list straight to HubSpot or Google Sheets without downloading a file first, using the same export wizard described in "Exporting your list" — pick HubSpot or Google Sheets as the destination instead of a file format. ### Connecting your account Open the list, click **Export** in the list header, and choose **HubSpot** or **Google Sheets** as the destination. - **HubSpot**: if no account is connected yet you'll see **Connect HubSpot**; click it, authorize ListPlus in the popup, and the account appears in the wizard. You can connect more than one account and switch between them, or click **Connect another account**. - **Google Sheets**: the same pattern with **Connect Google Account**, then pick the account from the **Google Account** dropdown. Connected accounts belong to your workspace, so an account a colleague connected is already in the list and can be used by everyone (see "What access you grant when connecting a CRM or app"). To hand over new contacts one by one as you find them, instead of exporting a whole list, use a pipeline (see "[Pipelines to Slack, CRMs, sequencers, Sheets and webhooks](https://listplus.ai/en/help/pipelines/pipelines-crm-slack-and-webhook)"). ### Exporting to HubSpot #### Export mode Choose one of three modes under **Export Mode**: - **Contacts Only** — creates or updates contacts in HubSpot CRM without touching any list. - **New Static List** — creates a new HubSpot static list (name it under **List Name**) and adds the contacts to it. - **Existing Static List** — pick a list from **Select List**, which shows each list's name and current size. #### Create vs. update, matched by email HubSpot contacts are matched by email address: a contact with a matching email is updated, a new email creates a new contact. The email is read from your column named **email**; rows without one are not sent to HubSpot at all and count toward "failed" in the result summary — there's no way to push a row without one. #### Field mapping Under **Field Mapping**, every column in your list (except internal system columns) gets a dropdown to pick the HubSpot contact property it should fill in; ListPlus suggests a mapping automatically based on the column's detected type or its name, grouped by HubSpot's own property groups (e.g. "Contact information"), and you can change or clear any of them before exporting. Columns left unmapped are skipped. If a standard HubSpot contact field (such as first or last name, job title, company, phone, city, country, website or LinkedIn URL) would otherwise be empty, and Enrich already found a value for that row, HubSpot receives the enrichment value, even if it was never filled into a cell or mapped to a column. ListPlus also adds one of its own contact properties behind the scenes so it can recognize a contact it already pushed on a future export — you don't need to map or fill it in. #### Result summary After clicking **Push to HubSpot**, you get a message such as "12 contacts created, 5 updated, 1 failed", followed in New/Existing Static List mode by "— 8 contacts added to list \"Q3 Leads\"". ### Exporting to Google Sheets Choose one of three methods under **Export Method**: - **Create new spreadsheet** — creates a brand-new Google Sheet; name it under **Spreadsheet Name** and its first tab under **Worksheet Name** (default "Sheet1"). - **Add to existing spreadsheet** — pick a spreadsheet under **Select Spreadsheet** and name a **New Worksheet Name**; this adds your data as a new tab inside that spreadsheet, it does not append rows to an existing tab. - **Replace existing data** — pick a spreadsheet under **Select Spreadsheet**; the content of its worksheet named "Sheet1" is cleared and replaced with your export. Three switches, all on by default, control the output: **Include column headers** writes your column names as the first row; in a new spreadsheet, **Freeze header row** keeps that row visible while scrolling and **Auto-resize columns** fits column widths to the content. The default spreadsheet name is "\ - Export \"; change it before exporting if you want something else. Google Sheets does not fill empty cells from enrichment results the way HubSpot does — it sends only what's saved in the cells, matching every other file-download destination. After the export finishes, the spreadsheet opens in a new browser tab. ### Which rows and columns are sent Every row in the list is sent, including ignored ones, unless you start the export from **Export Selected Records** or **Export Visible Records** (see "[Exporting your list](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/export-overview)"). For Google Sheets you also choose the columns in the wizard's column step; HubSpot skips that step and uses the Field Mapping instead. ### Cost Exporting to HubSpot or Google Sheets costs no credits. **Related topics:** export-overview · send-to-sequencers · connect-crm-and-sheets. ### FAQ #### How do I push my list to HubSpot? Click Export in the list header, choose HubSpot as the destination, connect your account if you haven't already, pick an export mode (Contacts Only, New Static List or Existing Static List), review the field mapping, and click Push to HubSpot. #### Does exporting to HubSpot create new contacts or update existing ones? Both, matched by email address: a contact whose email already exists in HubSpot gets updated, and a new email creates a new contact. There's no separate create-only or update-only mode. #### What happens to rows without an email address when exporting to HubSpot? The email is read from your column named email; rows without one are not sent and count as "failed" in the result message — HubSpot requires an email to match or create a contact, so those rows are skipped. #### Can I control which HubSpot field each column maps to? Yes. The Field Mapping section lists every column with a dropdown of HubSpot contact properties; ListPlus suggests a mapping automatically, and you can change or clear any mapping. Unmapped columns are skipped. #### Will HubSpot get data I looked up with Enrich but haven't filled into the cells? Yes. For standard contact fields such as name, job title, company, phone, location, website and LinkedIn URL, HubSpot receives the value Enrich found for that row whenever the field would otherwise be empty, even if the value was never filled into the cells. Other columns are sent only if you map them. #### How do I know the HubSpot push worked? After the push, ListPlus shows a message like "12 contacts created, 5 updated, 1 failed", followed by the list name and how many contacts were added when you used New or Existing Static List mode. #### How do I export to Google Sheets, and what are the three methods? Click Export, choose Google Sheets, connect your Google account, then pick Create new spreadsheet, Add to existing spreadsheet (adds your data as a new worksheet tab) or Replace existing data (clears and overwrites the "Sheet1" worksheet of the spreadsheet you pick). #### Does the Google Sheets export write column headers? Yes, by default — the Include column headers switch is on unless you turn it off, and Freeze header row keeps that first row visible while scrolling. #### Does Google Sheets get enrichment data I haven't filled into the cells, like HubSpot does? No. The Google Sheets export sends only what's saved in the list's cells; fill enrichment results into the cells first if you want them included. #### Does exporting to HubSpot or Google Sheets cost credits? No, pushing your list to HubSpot or Google Sheets costs no credits. --- ## Zapier, Make and n8n via webhook Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/zapier-make-n8n Last updated: 2026-09-28 ListPlus doesn't have a native app in the Zapier, Make or n8n marketplaces. You connect all three the standard way these tools support any service: a webhook. ListPlus sends your list's data out as JSON to a URL you paste in, and each of the three has a matching trigger (Zapier's "Catch Hook", Make's "Custom webhook" module, n8n's "Webhook" node) that receives it. ### Sending your list out via webhook Open the list, click **Export** in the list header, then click **All destinations** next to "Send to an app" (webhook isn't one of the three apps shown by default) and pick **HTTP Request** — it's under the **Data & automation** tab, or search "HTTP". For n8n, use HTTP Request too, not the separate n8n tile. On the next screen: - **Endpoint URL** — paste the URL your Zapier catch hook, Make webhook module or n8n webhook node gives you, and pick the HTTP method (**POST**, **PUT** or **PATCH**; POST is what all three expect). - **Delivery Mode** — how your rows are grouped into requests: - **One request per record** (default) — one HTTP call per row. This is what the app recommends for Zapier and Make.com, since each call fires one automation run there. - **Batched (multiple records per request)** — a chosen number of rows per call (**Records per request**, 1–1000, default 100). Suggested for custom APIs. - **All records in a single request** — every row in one call. Suggested for a custom endpoint (n8n can take this too). A tag under the setting shows the resulting request count, e.g. "3 requests for 250 records". - **Include enrichment data** — off by default. Turn it on to attach an extra object of enrichment results to each record, including values Enrich has already found for that row but you haven't filled into the list's cells yet (see "[Exporting your list](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/export-overview)" for how unfilled enrichment is otherwise excluded). - **Authentication** (optional, collapsed by default) — None (the URL itself is treated as the secret, the default for most Zapier/Make/n8n hooks), Bearer Token, API Key Header, Basic Auth, or Custom Header. - **Custom Headers** (optional) — add any extra header name/value pairs your endpoint needs. Click **Send Test Record** to send the first record of your export to the endpoint before committing to the full send — useful in Make.com, which uses the test call to detect the data structure for the rest of your scenario. It shows the response status and body. When you're ready, click **Send N records** to run the real export. ### What actually happens when you click Send ListPlus's own server makes the HTTP calls (not your browser), one request at a time, waiting up to 30 seconds for each response. If a call fails, it isn't retried automatically — it's counted as failed and the run continues with the next one. When it's done you get a toast: "N records sent successfully", or "N records sent, N failed" if some calls didn't succeed. ### Example payload With **One request per record**, each call looks like this (your actual column names replace `email`/`firstName`): ```json { "record": { "email": "jane@acme.com", "firstName": "Jane", "company": "Acme" }, "meta": { "listId": "…", "listName": "Q3 Leads", "totalRecords": 250, "exportedAt": "2026-09-25T10:00:00.000Z", "columns": [ … ], "recordIndex": 0, "deliveryMode": "one_by_one", "includesArData": false, "source": "listplus" } } ``` **Batched** and **All records in a single request** send `"records": [...]` (an array) instead of `"record"`, plus `batchIndex`, `batchCount` and `recordCount` in `meta`. Each record contains your list's columns plus a stable row ID; other internal fields are stripped; enrichment values only appear if you turned Include enrichment data on. ### Is this triggered automatically? No. Sending is a manual action: you open the export wizard and click Send each time you want to push the current data out. Nothing about it runs on a schedule, and there's no way to have ListPlus call your webhook automatically when a row changes. ### Alternative: a webhook pipeline For a steady flow of single records rather than a whole-list export, use a **pipeline** with the **Webhook** target ("To n8n, Zapier or Make" on the Pipelines start page). You add rows from any list or contacts from Saved, and each one is sent as its own signed JSON request when someone clicks Send. Every record uses fixed field names (such as `email`, `first_name`, `company_name`) whatever your columns are called, so one Zap or scenario works for all your lists, and each record shows afterwards whether it was sent. Pipelines are also manual and free. See "Pipelines to Slack, CRMs, sequencers, Sheets and webhooks". ### Getting data into ListPlus from Zapier, Make or n8n Two ways don't need a native app either: - **The per-list API connection.** Each list can get its own secret URL that works as a REST API and an MCP server, which Zapier's, Make's or n8n's generic HTTP/REST modules can call to read, add, update or enrich rows in that list. The workspace owner or an admin sets it up from the list header: click **More** → **Automation** → **Set up agent access** (or **Add API Endpoint** if the list already has one). It's included on every plan; enrichment triggered through it costs the same credits as doing it in the app. Its setup screen has ready-made examples for Zapier, Make and n8n. See the API connection topic for the full setup. - **Your Inbox intake address.** Under Inbox → **Receive from tools**, click **Create address** to get a webhook URL (shown as **For tools (webhook URL)**) that anything can POST to — pasted text, a CSV or JSON snippet, a calendar invite (.ics file). The page shows a ready-made snippet for n8n's HTTP Request node and Zapier's Webhooks module; Make's HTTP/Webhooks module works the same way (POST JSON or plain text). The same screen also shows your personal forwarding address for this workspace — useful if the tool notifies you by email rather than calling a webhook. Keep attachments under about 3 MB in total — larger e-mails may not arrive — and note that Excel files and scanned PDFs are skipped. Whatever arrives lands in the workspace's shared Inbox for you to review and turn into contacts (0.5 credits or more per recognition run) — see "The Inbox" topic for limits and how recognition works. ### Cost Sending your list out via webhook costs no credits, including with Include enrichment data turned on — it only attaches results already looked up, it doesn't trigger new lookups. Getting data in via the API connection or the Inbox intake address is also free to receive; credits are only spent the same way they normally are — enrichment, and recognizing contacts in the Inbox (0.5 credits or more per run, whatever the format). **Related topics:** export-overview · send-to-sequencers · export-to-hubspot-and-sheets · pipelines-crm-slack-and-webhook · sync-overview. ### FAQ #### Does ListPlus have a native Zapier, Make or n8n app? No, not in any of those three marketplaces. You connect through a generic HTTP Request/webhook destination in ListPlus's export wizard instead — it POSTs JSON to a URL, which is exactly what Zapier's Catch Hook, Make's Custom webhook module and n8n's Webhook node are built to receive. #### How do I send my list to Zapier, Make or n8n? Click Export in the list header, click All destinations, and pick HTTP Request (it's under the Data & automation tab, or search "HTTP"). Paste the URL your Zapier/Make/n8n webhook trigger gave you, pick a delivery mode, and click Send N records. #### Where is the webhook/HTTP Request option in the export wizard? It isn't one of the three apps shown right away (Google Sheets, HubSpot, Lemlist). Click All destinations next to "Send to an app", then open the Data & automation tab or search "HTTP Request" (searching "webhook" won't find it). For n8n, use HTTP Request too, not the separate n8n tile. #### What's the difference between the delivery modes? One request per record sends one HTTP call per row (recommended for Zapier and Make.com, since each call triggers one run there). Batched sends a set number of rows per call (1–1000, default 100). All records in a single request sends everything in one call (recommended for a custom endpoint). #### What does the data sent to my webhook actually look like? Each request is JSON. One request per record sends `{"record": {...your columns...}, "meta": {...}}`; Batched and All-at-once send `{"records": [...], "meta": {...}}` with `batchIndex`/`batchCount` added. Each record carries your columns plus a row ID; other internal fields are stripped; enrichment results are only included if you turn on Include enrichment data. #### Can I test the webhook before sending my whole list? Yes. Click Send Test Record to send the first record of your export to your endpoint and see the response status and body — this is also how Make.com detects the data structure for the rest of your scenario. #### Can I add authentication or custom headers to the request? Yes. The Authentication section supports Bearer Token, API Key Header, Basic Auth or Custom Header (default is None, treating the URL itself as the secret), and you can add any number of extra custom headers separately. #### Does the webhook send automatically, or do I have to trigger it every time? It's manual only. You open the export wizard and click Send each time; nothing runs on a schedule, and ListPlus doesn't call your webhook automatically when data changes. #### Should I use the export webhook or a webhook pipeline for Zapier, Make or n8n? Use the export webhook to send a whole list (or a selection) once, with your own column names and a choice of batching. Use a pipeline with the Webhook target to hand over single records from any list or Saved over time, with fixed field names, a signature and a per-record sent status; both only send when you click. #### How do I get data into ListPlus from Zapier, Make or n8n instead of out? Two ways: give the list its own API connection (REST + MCP, set up from the list header's Automation panel, included on every plan) that those tools' HTTP modules can call, or send content to your personal Inbox intake webhook URL for this workspace (Inbox → Receive from tools → Create address), which has ready-made snippets for n8n and Zapier (Make works the same way with its HTTP module) — the same screen also gives you a personal forwarding email address as an alternative. #### Does sending to a webhook cost credits? No. Sending via webhook is free, even with Include enrichment data on, since it only attaches results already looked up rather than triggering new lookups. --- ## My CRM or tool (Zoho, Dynamics, Outreach…) isn't listed Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/integration-not-listed Last updated: 2026-09-28 ListPlus has built-in export destinations for Google Sheets, HubSpot, Lemlist, Instantly and Smartlead, plus a generic webhook. **Pipelines** add further targets: Salesforce, Pipedrive, Attio and Close, and **Other app** for ready-made actions of many more apps (see "Pipelines to Slack, CRMs, sequencers, Sheets and webhooks"). There is no native connector for Zoho, Microsoft Dynamics, Outreach or many other CRMs and sales tools. You can still get your data there. Three ways: ### 1. Webhook, through Zapier, Make or n8n Export via the **HTTP Request** destination (open All destinations in the export wizard; it's under Data & automation, or search "HTTP") and point it at a Zapier catch hook, a Make webhook module, or an n8n webhook node. From there, use that automation tool's own connector for your CRM — Zapier, Make and n8n each support a wide range of CRMs and sales tools, so this is usually the fastest way to reach a tool ListPlus doesn't connect to directly. See "[Zapier, Make and n8n via webhook](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/zapier-make-n8n)" for the full setup, payload shape and delivery modes. A pipeline with the **Webhook** target does the same for records you hand over one by one from lists and Saved. ### 2. The per-list API connection Each list can get its own secret REST + MCP endpoint (list header → More → Automation → Set up agent access, set up by the workspace owner or an admin) that a script, an AI agent, or an automation tool's generic HTTP module can call to read rows out of that list. Point it, or a Zapier/Make/n8n flow built on it, at your CRM's own API to push the data across. It's included on every plan. ### 3. Export a file and import it manually Download the list as CSV or Excel (see "[Export file formats: CSV, Excel, JSON, SQL and Markdown](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/export-files)") and use your CRM's own import feature — most CRMs and sales tools accept a CSV or Excel import. It's a one-time transfer with no live connection, which is often enough for a single campaign or a one-off data push. ### Bringing data in from one of these tools instead Creating a new list works differently: the "Or connect your system" step's **More apps** search reaches a much larger catalog than the curated CRMs, so a tool without a built-in export destination may still show up there as an import source. Search for it before assuming nothing exists — if it appears, it imports through the same generic connect-and-pick-a-record-type flow described in "[Connecting a CRM, spreadsheet or other app](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/connect-crm-and-sheets)". ### Requesting a tool If none of the above covers what you need, under "Missing your system?" at the bottom of the More apps window, click "Request an integration". **Related topics:** zapier-make-n8n · pipelines-crm-slack-and-webhook · connect-crm-and-sheets · export-overview · export-files · sync-overview. ### FAQ #### Does ListPlus connect directly to Zoho, Dynamics, Close or Outreach? Close, like Salesforce, Pipedrive and Attio, is available as a pipeline target; Zoho, Dynamics and Outreach have no native connector. For those, try a pipeline's Other app target, the webhook with Zapier, Make or n8n, the API connection, or a file export. #### How do I get my ListPlus data into a CRM that isn't listed? Three ways: send it out via the HTTP Request webhook destination into Zapier, Make or n8n, which likely has a native connector for that CRM; point a script or automation flow at the list's own API connection; or export a CSV/Excel file and import it into the CRM directly. #### Can I automate pushing data to an unsupported CRM on a schedule? Not from ListPlus directly — an export webhook runs when you click "Send N records", a pipeline sends when someone clicks Send, and the API connection only runs when your own script or automation flow calls it. See "[Zapier, Make and n8n via webhook](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/zapier-make-n8n)" for what triggers the send. #### Is there a way to pull data in from a tool like Zoho or Dynamics? Possibly — the New List page's More apps search reaches a much larger catalog than the curated CRMs shown by default, so search for your tool there before assuming it isn't available. See "[Connecting a CRM, spreadsheet or other app](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/connect-crm-and-sheets)" for how that generic connect flow works. #### What's the simplest option if I only need to move data once? Exporting a CSV or Excel file and importing it into your CRM's own import tool — no account connection or webhook setup needed, and it costs no credits either way. #### Does using the webhook or API connection cost more credits than a listed integration? No — sending via webhook costs nothing, and the API connection is included on every plan; any credits spent are for enrichment actions you trigger, the same as anywhere else in ListPlus. #### How do I request a new integration? See "[How do I request a new integration?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/request-an-integration)" for where to click and what to include. --- ## Connecting a CRM, spreadsheet or other app Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/connect-crm-and-sheets Last updated: 2026-09-28 On the New List page, the **"Or connect your system"** section lets you pull records straight from another app into a new list, instead of uploading a file. Google Sheets, HubSpot and Airtable show as quick buttons; click **More apps** to search for Salesforce, Pipedrive, Notion, Stripe, Lemlist, Phantombuster, Zoom or many other systems. ### How connecting works 1. Click a source under "Or connect your system", or find one via **More apps**. 2. A secure sign-in popup opens for that service — log in and approve access there, not in ListPlus. 3. Pick the account that just connected (or **Connect new account** to add another), then choose what to import. 4. Choose what to import (and, for HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipedrive and Stripe, an optional filter — see below). You see a preview of the data before the import actually runs. ### What gets locked by plan Google Sheets, Airtable and Lemlist need Pro; HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipedrive, Notion and Stripe need Premium; Phantombuster and Zoom work on every plan. In a workspace, the **workspace owner's plan** counts, not yours. A locked source shows a lock icon and, if you click it, a short screen explaining which plan unlocks it — see "Why is a connection locked, and what do I see?" in Which plan do I need for exactly what that looks like. ### What each system imports - **HubSpot** — Deals, Companies, or Contacts. - **Salesforce** — Opportunities, Accounts, Contacts, or Leads. - **Pipedrive** — Deals, Persons, Organizations, or Activities. - **Google Sheets** — pick a spreadsheet, then a specific sheet. - **Airtable** — pick a base, then a specific table; all its records import. - **Notion** — pick a database shared with the connection; its records import. - **Stripe** — Customers, Charges, Invoices, Subscriptions, or Payment Intents. - **Lemlist** — Leads from the campaigns you pick (all are selected by default), or Unsubscribes. - **Phantombuster** — one of your lead lists, or the latest run's output for a specific agent. - **Zoom** — a webinar's Registrants, or its Participants (who actually joined). ### Filtering what you import For HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipedrive and Stripe, after picking the data type you choose: All Records, Created in Last 30 Days, Created in Last 7 Days, or Custom Filter on any field; HubSpot also offers Specified Owners, and Specified Countries appears when the data includes a country. Google Sheets, Airtable and Notion skip this step — picking the exact sheet, table or database is the filter. Lemlist lets you pick which campaigns to import; Phantombuster and Zoom import the chosen list, agent output or webinar as a whole. ### Connections are shared in your workspace An account you connect belongs to the workspace you're in: every member can use it, and actions with it run under your login. See "What access you grant when connecting a CRM or app". ### Credits and what's stored Importing from a connected app costs a flat **3 credits** per import, no matter which system or how many records you bring in (a plain file upload — CSV, Excel or JSON — costs 1 credit instead). Each connection uses that service's own secure login (OAuth); your login credentials for HubSpot, Google, Salesforce and the rest are never stored on ListPlus's servers, whatever plan you're on. ### Disconnecting an account Open **Settings → Connected accounts** and click **Disconnect** on the account, or, in the New List flow, click the same source again and click the small delete (trash) icon on the connected account. The workspace owner, an admin or the person who connected it can disconnect. Click **Connect new account** to add a different login for that service afterwards. ### For advanced users The "More apps" search reaches a much larger catalog than the ten curated systems above; anything found there imports through the same generic connect-and-pick-a-record-type flow, without the curated filter presets. Pasting a public link (including a publicly viewable Google Sheets link) is a separate, login-free path — see "[Importing from a URL or a Google Sheets link](https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/import-from-url)" for how that differs from connecting your Google account here. **Related topics:** sync-overview · export-overview · crm-credentials · pipelines-overview · which-plan-do-i-need · cancel-downgrade-leave. ### FAQ #### How do I connect a CRM or app to a new list? On the New List page, click a source under "Or connect your system" (Google Sheets, HubSpot, Airtable) or click More apps to find another one. A secure sign-in popup opens for that service; after you approve access there, pick the connected account and choose what to import. #### Which systems can I connect? HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipedrive, Google Sheets, Airtable, Lemlist, Notion, Stripe, Phantombuster and Zoom are all built in, and More apps searches a much larger catalog for anything else. Each curated system imports specific record types, like Deals and Contacts from HubSpot or Customers and Invoices from Stripe. #### Which plan do I need to connect a specific system? Google Sheets, Airtable and Lemlist need Pro; HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipedrive, Notion and Stripe need Premium; Phantombuster and Zoom work on every plan, including Basic. In a workspace the owner's plan decides, not yours. See "[Which plan do I need?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/which-plan-do-i-need)" for what the lock screen shows and how to upgrade. #### What can I import from HubSpot, Salesforce or Pipedrive? HubSpot offers Deals, Companies or Contacts; Salesforce offers Opportunities, Accounts, Contacts or Leads; Pipedrive offers Deals, Persons, Organizations or Activities. Pick one data type per import — run the connect flow again to bring in another. #### What can I import from Google Sheets, Airtable or Notion? For Google Sheets you pick a spreadsheet and then a specific sheet; for Airtable you pick a base and then a table, and all its records import; for Notion you pick a database that's shared with the connection, and its records import. None of these three has a separate filter step — picking the exact sheet, table or database is how you narrow it down. #### What can I import from Stripe, Lemlist, Phantombuster or Zoom? Stripe offers Customers, Charges, Invoices, Subscriptions or Payment Intents; Lemlist offers Leads from the campaigns you pick or Unsubscribes; Phantombuster offers a lead list or a specific agent's latest run output; Zoom offers a webinar's Registrants or its Participants (who actually attended). #### Can I filter what gets imported? For HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipedrive and Stripe you choose All Records, Created in Last 30 Days, Created in Last 7 Days or a Custom Filter on any field; HubSpot also offers Specified Owners. For Lemlist you pick which campaigns to import. Google Sheets, Airtable and Notion have no filter step — you pick the exact sheet, table or database. #### Does connecting an app and importing cost credits? Yes — importing from any connected system costs a flat 3 credits per import, regardless of the source or how many records come in. A plain file upload (CSV, Excel or JSON) costs 1 credit instead; see "How do credits work?" for the full price list. #### Is my login for HubSpot, Google or Salesforce stored by ListPlus? No. Each connection uses that service's own secure sign-in popup, and your login credentials are never stored on ListPlus's servers — this applies on every plan. The access you approve is held by the secure sign-in service, not by ListPlus, and you can remove it at any time by disconnecting the account. #### How do I disconnect a connected account? Open Settings → Connected accounts and click Disconnect on the account, or click the small delete icon on it in the New List flow. The workspace owner, an admin or the person who connected it can disconnect it; click Connect new account afterwards to add a different login. #### Can I import a public Google Sheets link without connecting my Google account? Yes — pasting a publicly viewable link is a separate, login-free path from connecting your Google account here, which instead needs Pro and lets you browse your own private spreadsheets. See "[Importing from a URL or a Google Sheets link](https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/import-from-url)" for how the link-based method works and what it costs. #### What happens to a connection I already made if I downgrade my plan? For what happens to a source you connected before downgrading, see "Will my connected HubSpot, Google Sheets etc. keep working if I downgrade to Basic?" in Cancel, downgrade and leave. --- ## Keeping a connected list in sync Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/sync-overview Last updated: 2026-09-28 If you created a list by connecting a source like Google Sheets, Airtable or HubSpot, ListPlus does not keep it updated on its own: you bring fresh records in and push your edits back out yourself, and nothing runs on a schedule. Two separate, manual actions cover this — **Reload** pulls the latest data from the source into the list, and **Sync Changes** pushes your edits in ListPlus back to the source. ### Reload: pulling fresh data in Lists created from a connected source show a Reload icon in the list header (hover it to see "Reload from {source}"; on narrow windows, widen the window to see it). Clicking it fetches the current records from the source. Every member of the workspace can reload the list, because the connected account is shared in the workspace. If the source was connected in a different workspace, you see "This data source was connected in another workspace and can only be reloaded there." If you have unsaved changes in the grid, or saved changes still waiting to sync back, a dialog warns you before reloading: it lists how many unsaved changes would be lost (save first to keep them), explains that already-saved pending changes are resolved field by field (see below), and notes that your tags, enrichment results and quality data are kept on rows that are still in the source. Click "Reload anyway" to continue. #### What happens to your edits on Reload For each saved edit, ListPlus compares what the source originally had, what you changed it to, and what the source has now: - Source unchanged → your edit is kept. - Source already matches your edit → the pending marker is cleared, nothing lost. - Source has a different new value → the source value wins and your edit is overwritten. Rows you edited that later disappeared from the source stay in your list. Rows that are no longer in the source and that you never edited are removed from the list, and records that are new in the source are added. Any change you haven't saved yet is not covered by this comparison at all — it's simply lost on reload, which is exactly why the warning dialog calls unsaved changes out separately. ### Sync Changes: pushing your edits back For six connected sources — Google Sheets, Airtable, HubSpot, Notion, Salesforce and Pipedrive — you can push your ListPlus edits back to the original record. Open the Changes panel and click **Sync Changes**; the first time, **Configure Sync Settings** (then **Save & Enable Sync**) to set a **Primary Key Field** (which field, such as the record's ID or email, ListPlus uses to match a row to its source record) and what to do **When Source Has Changed**: Keep source value (default), Keep my value, or Ask me each time (conflicting fields are held back and counted). Then click **Sync Now** whenever you want to push. Only saved changes are pushed, so click Save first. Sync only updates existing source records with the values you changed in ListPlus — it never creates new records in the source and never deletes anything there, and it only runs when you click Sync Now. The Sync Changes button is shown only to the workspace's owner and admins; members can Reload but not sync. The changes are written under the login of the person who connected the account. Lists from Stripe, Lemlist, Phantombuster or Zoom are import-only: syncing back isn't supported for them, even if the Sync Changes button appears. Export the updated data instead. ### Connecting a new source Connecting Google Sheets, Airtable or Lemlist needs Pro; HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipedrive, Notion or Stripe needs Premium. See "Which plan do I need". For a connection you already had before downgrading, see "Cancel, downgrade and leave". To hand new contacts to a CRM rather than update the source a list came from, use a pipeline (see "Pipelines — send records on to your CRM, Slack, e-mail or API"). **Related topics:** connect-crm-and-sheets · push-changes-back · crm-credentials · pipelines-overview · which-plan-do-i-need · export-overview. ### FAQ #### Does ListPlus keep my connected list updated automatically? No. Nothing about a connected source runs on a schedule — you pull a fresh copy in with Reload and push your edits out with Sync Changes, both only when you click the button. #### What does the Reload button do? It fetches the current records from the connected source into your list. It only appears on lists created from a connected source, and every member of the workspace can use it. #### Will reloading overwrite the changes I made in ListPlus? Not automatically. For each saved edit, ListPlus checks whether the source changed that field: if it didn't, your edit is kept; if the source now has a different value, the source wins and your edit is overwritten. Rows that are new in the source are added, and rows no longer in the source are removed unless you'd edited them. #### What happens to unsaved changes when I reload? They're lost. The reload comparison only covers changes you've already saved, so the warning dialog before reload lists your unsaved changes separately — save first if you want to keep them. #### Can I push my ListPlus edits back to Google Sheets, Airtable or HubSpot? Yes, using Sync Changes in the Changes panel, for sources that support it (see below). It updates the matching record in the source with the value you changed in ListPlus. #### Which connected sources support syncing changes back? Google Sheets, Airtable, HubSpot, Notion, Salesforce and Pipedrive. Lists from Stripe, Lemlist, Phantombuster and Zoom are import-only; syncing back isn't supported for them. #### Does syncing create new records in the source, or only update existing ones? Only existing records. Sync Changes never creates new records in the source and never deletes records there — new rows you add in ListPlus stay in ListPlus. #### Who is allowed to reload or sync a connected list? Every member can use Reload. Sync Changes is shown only to the workspace's owner and admins. Both run under the login of the person who connected the account, and only in the workspace where it was connected. --- ## Setting up how changes push back to your source Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/push-changes-back Last updated: 2026-09-28 Sync Changes pushes your edits back to Google Sheets, Airtable, HubSpot, Notion, Salesforce or Pipedrive. Before the first sync, **Configure Sync Settings** asks for two things: which field uniquely identifies each record, and what to do if the source changed a field you also edited. ### The Primary Key Field ListPlus needs one field that uniquely identifies each record — usually an `id` field or an email address — to match a ListPlus row to the right record in the source. If the list was created by connecting that source, ListPlus tries to detect this field automatically from the import; it also offers common suggestions per service (for example `id`, `email` or `hs_object_id` for HubSpot). The dropdown offers the detected field first, then the usual key fields for that service. Pick a column with a unique value in every row. ### Handling conflicts If the source's value for a field changed since you edited it in ListPlus, that field is a conflict. You choose how to handle these in Configure Sync Settings: - **Keep source value** (default) — your edit for that field is not pushed; the source's current value stays as is. - **Keep my value** — your edit is pushed and overwrites the source. - **Ask me each time** — the field is held back and not pushed. With Keep source value or Ask me each time, conflicting fields are not pushed, and the sync result shows how many conflicts were detected. The Settings card summarises the choice as "Source wins", "List wins" or "Manual". You can reopen these settings any time from **Change Settings** in the Settings card (Changes panel → Sync Changes), without losing anything you've already synced. Only the workspace's owner and admins see Sync Changes, so only they can configure and run it; the changes are written under the login of the person who connected the account. **Related topics:** sync-overview (which sources support sync back, updates existing records only, who can sync) · connect-crm-and-sheets. ### FAQ #### How does ListPlus know which row matches which record when syncing back? You set a Primary Key Field in Configure Sync Settings — a field like the record's ID or email that uniquely identifies it in the source. ListPlus uses that field to match each ListPlus row to its record. #### What happens if the source record changed since I edited it? You choose in Configure Sync Settings: Keep source value (the default), Keep my value, or Ask me each time. With Keep source value or Ask me each time, conflicting fields are not pushed, and the sync result shows how many conflicts were detected. #### Does ListPlus suggest a primary key field for me? Yes — if the list came from a connected source, ListPlus tries to detect a unique field from the import and also suggests common options for that service, such as `id` or `email`. The dropdown lists the detected field first, followed by the usual key fields for that service (for example id or email). #### If I choose "Keep source value", is my edit lost? No — not in ListPlus: your value stays in the cell. It just isn't pushed for that field, so the source keeps its current value; a later Reload would bring the source value into the list (see sync-overview). Non-conflicting fields are still pushed. #### What does "Keep my value" do? It pushes your ListPlus edit and overwrites whatever value is currently in the source for that field, even though the source changed since you last saw it. #### Where do I set the primary key and conflict handling? Open the Changes panel and click Sync Changes. In the Settings card, click Configure Sync Settings, then Save & Enable Sync; later the same card shows Change Settings to review or update them — this doesn't undo anything already synced. #### Does Sync Changes push every field, or only the ones I changed? Only the specific fields you actually edited in ListPlus are compared and pushed; fields you never touched in that row are left alone in the source. Rows with an empty Primary Key Field value, and rows you added in ListPlus, are skipped. --- ## How do I request a new integration? Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/request-an-integration Last updated: 2026-09-25 When you start a new list and choose **Or connect your system**, ListPlus shows a handful of curated apps plus a **More apps** button that searches a much larger catalog of connectors. If your tool still doesn't turn up there, you can ask for it directly. ### Where to ask Click **More apps** on the New List page, search for your tool to confirm it's really missing, then scroll to the bottom of the window. Under **Missing your system?** click **Request an integration** — it opens an email to ListPlus with a pre-filled subject, ready for you to describe the tool you need. ### What to include Name the app or system, and if you can, what you'd want to do with it — bring records in, push updates out, or both. That helps prioritize which integrations get built next; there's no guaranteed timeline or confirmation that a specific request will be added. ### In the meantime A tool without a dedicated connector often still works today: export a CSV/Excel file and import it into the other tool, send data out through a webhook into Zapier, Make or n8n (which usually has its own connector for many more apps), or connect to it through a list's own API connection. See "My CRM or tool (Zoho, Dynamics, Close, Outreach…) isn't listed" for the full set of workarounds. ### FAQ #### How do I ask ListPlus to add an integration I need? Open More apps on the New List page, confirm your tool isn't already searchable there, then click Request an integration under "Missing your system?" at the bottom of the window. It opens a pre-addressed email you can fill in. #### What should I include in the request? The name of the app or system, and ideally whether you want to bring data in from it, push data out to it, or both — that context helps prioritize what gets built. #### Will my requested integration definitely be added? There's no guarantee or fixed timeline — requests help ListPlus decide what to build next, but not every request results in a new integration. #### Is "More apps" the same as the export destinations? No. More apps, on the New List page, is for bringing data into a new list. Sending data out uses the export wizard's destinations instead, which cover a smaller, different set of apps — see "My CRM or tool (Zoho, Dynamics, Close, Outreach…) isn't listed" for ways to reach an app that isn't a built-in export destination. #### How large is the catalog More apps already searches? Over 3,000 apps — the footer of the More apps window says "More integrations via 3,000+ APIs on request," so search there first; Request an integration is for the rare case your tool isn't in that catalog either. #### Can I request an integration from inside an existing list? Not directly — the More apps browser, and the Request an integration link inside it, only appears when starting a new list. There's no equivalent button inside an existing list yet. --- ## What access you grant when connecting a CRM or app Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/crm-credentials Last updated: 2026-09-28 Connecting HubSpot, Google Sheets, Salesforce or any other app opens that service's own secure sign-in popup. You log in and approve access there, not on a ListPlus screen — ListPlus never sees or asks for your password. ### What access is granted The popup is run by the service you're connecting to (Google, HubSpot, Salesforce and so on) and lists exactly what it's about to share with ListPlus, such as reading your records or, for sources that support Sync Changes (Google Sheets, Airtable, HubSpot, Notion, Salesforce, Pipedrive), writing updates back. Review that screen before approving — it's the same consent screen that service shows for any third-party app, and the access ListPlus ends up with is exactly what you approve there. A few apps, such as Lemlist or Phantombuster, ask for that app's API key in the popup instead of showing a consent screen; the key is held by the secure sign-in service, not by ListPlus. ### Where the access is held The access you approve is held by the secure sign-in service, not by ListPlus. ListPlus stores no usernames or passwords for HubSpot, Google, Salesforce or any other connected app, on any plan — your password never passes through ListPlus; the access token is kept by the sign-in service and used only when someone imports, reloads, syncs, exports or sends through a pipeline with that account. ### Shared in your workspace A connected account belongs to the **workspace** it was connected in, not only to you. The connect window says so: "You're connecting your login for this workspace – everyone on the team can use it, and actions run in your name." Every member of the workspace can use it for imports, Reload, exports and pipelines (Sync Changes: owner and admins only), and whatever they do with it happens under the login of the person who connected it. Any member can connect an account. **Settings → Connected accounts** lists all of them with "connected by (name)". Accounts connected in one workspace aren't available in your other workspaces. ### Revoking access You can remove a connection two ways: - **In ListPlus** — open **Settings → Connected accounts** and click **Disconnect** on the account (or, in the New List flow, click the small delete icon on it). The workspace owner, an admin, or the person who connected the account can disconnect it. - **In the connected service itself** — from that service's own account or security settings, where it lists apps it has granted access to (for example, Google's "Third-party apps with account access"). Removing the entry for this connection there revokes the access immediately, even if you don't disconnect it in ListPlus first. Either way stops ListPlus from being able to read from or, where enabled, write to that account; imports, sync and pipelines using it stop working until it's connected again. If you only revoke access in the service and leave the connection listed in ListPlus, the next import, reload or sync using it simply fails until you reconnect or remove it. **Related topics:** connect-crm-and-sheets · sync-overview · pipelines-crm-slack-and-webhook · roles-and-permissions · subprocessors. ### FAQ #### What exactly can ListPlus do with my account once I connect it? Only what you approve on that service's own consent screen when connecting — typically reading your records, and for sources that support Sync Changes (Google Sheets, Airtable, HubSpot, Notion, Salesforce, Pipedrive), writing updates back or creating records through a pipeline. ListPlus uses this access only when someone in your workspace imports, reloads, syncs, exports or sends a pipeline with it. #### Do all connected apps use the same sign-in popup? Most do, but a few — such as Lemlist or Phantombuster — ask for that app's API key in the popup instead of showing a consent screen. The key itself is still held by the secure sign-in service, not by ListPlus. #### Can I revoke ListPlus's access from inside Google or HubSpot? Yes — revoking access in the connected service takes effect immediately, regardless of whether the connection still shows in ListPlus. The next time ListPlus tries to use it, the action fails until you reconnect or remove it from ListPlus. #### When does ListPlus actually use my connected account's access? Only when someone in your workspace triggers it — an import, Reload, Sync Changes, an export, or clicking Send in a pipeline. ListPlus doesn't access a connected account in the background or on a schedule. #### Can other members of my workspace use an account I connected? Yes. A connected account belongs to the workspace, so every member can use it for imports, Reload, exports and pipelines (Sync Changes: owner and admins only), and those actions run under your login. It isn't available in your other workspaces; connect it there separately if needed. #### Who can disconnect a connected account? The workspace owner, an admin, or the person who connected it, under Settings → Connected accounts → Disconnect. Imports, sync and pipelines using that account stop working until it's connected again. #### Does disconnecting an account delete data I already imported with it? No — disconnecting only removes ListPlus's ongoing access to that account. Lists you already created or imported into with it stay exactly as they are; you just can't Reload, Sync Changes or send pipelines with that connection anymore until you reconnect. --- ## Reload: what's kept, what's lost Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/reload-from-source Last updated: 2026-09-25 This is a quick reference for what a **Reload** keeps and what it removes. For where to click Reload, which sources support it, and pushing your edits back out, see "[Keeping a connected list in sync](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/sync-overview)" — that article is the full guide. ### Kept - A saved edit, if the source field hasn't changed since you made it. - Rows you edited that have since disappeared from the source — they stay in your list. - Tags, enrichment results and quality-check data on any row still present in the source. ### Changed or removed - A saved edit is overwritten if the source now holds a different value for that field. - Rows you never edited that are no longer in the source are removed from your list. - Rows newly added in the source are added to your list. - Any change you haven't saved yet is not compared at all — it's simply lost, which is why the reload warning calls out unsaved changes separately. **Related topics:** sync-overview · saving-is-manual. ### FAQ #### What does a Reload keep from my saved edits? A saved edit is kept as long as the source field hasn't changed since you edited it; if the source now has a different value, that value wins and your edit is overwritten. See "[Keeping a connected list in sync](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/sync-overview)" for the full comparison logic. #### Does Reload delete rows I edited but that vanished from the source? No — rows you edited that later disappeared from the source stay in your list. Rows you never touched that are no longer in the source get removed. #### Will my tags, enrichment results and check data survive a Reload? Yes, on any row that's still present in the source after the reload. Rows removed because they're no longer in the source lose that data along with the row. #### Does Reload add new rows from the source? Yes, records that are new in the source since your last reload are added to your list. #### Does Reload change my list's columns or schema? No — Reload only refreshes row data from the source. Your columns and their types stay exactly as set in List Settings, whether or not you reload. #### How does ListPlus know which row matches which source record? Automatically, by the source's own record ID (or row position for a Google Sheet) — this matching is separate from the Primary Key Field you set for Sync Changes, and needs no setup from you. --- ## Section: Working in a list ## A tour of the list editor Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/list-editor-tour Last updated: 2026-09-28 A list editor screen has a header, a set of panels you open next to the grid, the grid itself, and a status bar at the bottom. This article is the map; see the linked topics for how each part actually works. ### Header The header holds the list title, the **Find & evaluate** search field, a **Reload** button (only on lists imported from an online source), **Save**, the panel buttons, **Export**, and a **⋯** menu with more export options, Add Column and List Settings. See navigation-and-glossary for the full walkthrough of the header and the difference between the **⋯** menu and the **More** panel picker. ### The panels Nine panels are available from the panel picker in the header. **Analyze**, **Record** and **Enrich** each have their own quick icon; the rest open through **More**, grouped as Essentials (Analyze, Record, Enrich) and More tools (Sublists, Changes, Columns, Prompts, Automation, Dashboard): - **Analyze** — runs data-quality checks and lets you select or filter rows from the results. - **Record** — shows every field and stored enrichment result for the row you've clicked, including values not yet filled into a cell. If the row was sent to a pipeline, an **In pipelines** section at the bottom shows its state there (see "[Seeing which pipelines a record went through](https://listplus.ai/en/help/pipelines/pipeline-marks)"). - **Enrich** — starts lookups for missing data, for one row or the whole list. - **Sublists** — lists your saved segments (manual and smart), lets you filter by one, and manage hidden rows. - **Changes** — tracks your unsaved edits and lets you revert them. - **Columns** — shows, hides and reorders columns; this is the grid's own column panel, not one of ListPlus's tool panels. - **Prompts** — runs AI instructions on your data. - **Automation** — the list's API connections for AI agents and scripts (set up by the workspace owner or an admin). - **Dashboard** — charts of your column values; click a chart to filter the grid. Enrich, Prompts and Automation only appear if you can edit the list. Every member of the list's workspace can; the only read-only case is a public list opened by someone outside that workspace. Up to two panels can be open side by side (three on very wide windows); opening one more closes whichever was opened first. Columns is the exception — it opens on its own and never counts toward that limit. ### Selection bar and status bar Ticking row checkboxes opens a selection bar above the grid with actions for just those rows — see selecting-rows. The status bar along the bottom shows view chips, your tag chips, a New row button, credits spent on this list, and zoom — see search-filter-sort-replace for the view chips and saving-is-manual for the Changes chip. ### Cell display Hover an empty cell in a column that supports enrichment (email, phone, company and similar) and a small sparkle icon appears on its left edge, labelled with what it will do — "Find Email," "Reveal Mobile" and so on. Clicking it looks up just that value for that one row. Filled cells and columns that aren't enrichable never show it — see which-enrich-button for every way to start an enrichment. ### FAQ #### What panels does the list editor have? Nine panels are available from the panel picker (the More button) in the list header: Essentials holds Analyze, Record and Enrich; More tools holds Sublists, Changes, Columns, Prompts, Automation and Dashboard. Each opens what its name suggests — Record shows one row's full data, Changes tracks your unsaved edits, and Dashboard shows charts you can click to filter the grid. #### How many panels can I have open at the same time? Up to two panels can be docked open side by side (three on very wide windows), and opening one more closes whichever was opened first. Columns is the exception — it's the grid's own column panel and opens on its own, so it never counts toward that limit. #### What's the difference between the Analyze, Record and Enrich icons and the More button? Analyze, Record and Enrich have their own icon buttons in the header for one-click access, while every other panel only opens through the More button next to them. Clicking a panel from the More list adds it alongside whatever's already open; clicking one of the three quick icons instead shows only that panel, closing any others. #### Why don't I see Enrich, Prompts or Automation in my panel list? Those three panels only appear if you can edit the list. Every member of the list's workspace can, so they're hidden only when you open someone else's public list, which is read-only for you. Analyze, Record, Sublists, Changes, Columns and Dashboard stay available either way. #### What's the difference between the Record and Enrich panels? Record shows everything ListPlus knows about the row you've clicked, including enrichment results not yet filled into a cell. Enrich is where you start new lookups for that row or the whole list — see which-enrich-button for how to pick the right option. #### What's the small icon that appears when I hover an empty cell? A small sparkle icon appears on the left edge of an empty cell whose column supports enrichment, such as email, phone or company, labelled with what it will do (for example "Find Email" or "Reveal Mobile"). Clicking it looks up just that value for that one row; filled cells and non-enrichable columns don't get it. #### What are the Find & evaluate field and Reload button in the header for? Find & evaluate is the header's search-and-filter field — see search-filter-sort-replace for how it works — and the same spot lets you pick a campaign-ready evaluation such as Cold Email. Reload only appears on lists imported from an online source and pulls fresh data from that source into the list. --- ## Saving is manual: no autosave Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/saving-is-manual Last updated: 2026-09-28 ListPlus does not autosave a list while you work in it. Editing a cell, running Fix or Fix all, filling empty cells from enrichment, or using find & replace all change the grid in your browser only — they stay **unsaved** until you click **Save** in the list header. Leaving the list without saving discards them, and ListPlus warns you first. ### The Save button Save sits in the list header, next to the panel icons. It is greyed out with the tooltip "No changes to save" when there is nothing pending, and turns solid purple with the tooltip "Save your changes" as soon as you have an edit. There is no separate keyboard shortcut for it — the command palette (⌘K) lists a Save entry, but it only runs when you click it there; pressing ⌘S in the grid does not save. ### How unsaved changes are shown - Every edited cell gets a soft highlight, and the row number cell for that row is highlighted too, so you can spot changed rows while scrolling. - Hovering an edited cell shows a tooltip with the original value and a **Revert** button for that one cell. - The status bar at the bottom shows a **Changes** chip with a live count; click it to filter the grid to only the changed rows. - The **Changes** panel (one of the panel icons in the header) lists every pending edit grouped by row or by field, with how long ago each happened. ### Undo all unsaved changes In the Changes panel, click **All** at the top of the list, then **Revert** in the **Revert all changes?** confirmation. This discards every unsaved edit and reloads the original data from the server. This is the fastest way to undo a batch of edits, a Fix all run, or a filled-cells dialog you regret, as long as you have not clicked Save yet. Once you save, **All** can no longer bring back the previous values. ### Leaving the list - Navigating away inside the app (clicking another list, Home, or a nav item) with unsaved changes opens an **Unsaved Changes** dialog with three buttons: **Save**, **Discard**, or **Cancel** to stay on the page. - Reloading the page, closing the tab, or closing the browser with unsaved changes triggers your browser's own "leave site?" prompt. If you confirm leaving (or the browser/tab crashes), the unsaved edits are gone — they only ever existed in that browser tab, with no draft kept anywhere. ### What IS saved automatically A few actions write straight to the server in the background, without needing Save: - **Hiding rows** — Ignore, Restore, and the row-hiding side of a duplicate merge — sync to the server automatically, batched every few seconds. If a merge also copies field values onto the surviving row, those field values are regular unsaved edits like any other cell change. - **Tags and manual row order** (dragging rows). - **Sublist membership** — adding rows to or removing them from a manual sublist. - **New columns created by a join** (Enrich from List) — added to the list right away; the joined values themselves still need Save. - **Enrichment results.** A lookup writes its result next to each row on the server right away; it is never lost if you close the list. Those results only become visible in the grid, as unsaved cell edits, once you accept the "Fill empty cells with enrichment data?" prompt (or use Fill Empty Fields later) — at that point Save still applies to them like any other edit. Everything else you type, fix, or fill in the grid needs Save. ### Checks, segments and exports Analyze checks, smart sublists (segments), the export wizard and **Export Data** read the list as it was last **saved**, not your unsaved edits. Click **Save** first if you want your changes in a check, a segment's count or an exported file. The one exception is **Export as Excel** in the ⋯ menu: it downloads the grid exactly as you see it, including unsaved edits. ### Do others see my unsaved edits? No. Other members of your workspace (and anyone viewing a public list) only ever see the list as it was last saved — your unsaved edits stay in your own browser tab until you click Save, and are never visible to anyone else viewing the same list. ### Related topics - **editing-and-undo** — inline editing, fill handle, undo/redo, reverting a single cell. - **quality-checks-overview** — why Analyze needs saved data and how to re-run it after saving. - **duplicates** — which part of a merge saves automatically and which part needs Save. - **enrichment-overview** — why enrichment blocks on unsaved changes and how results become cell edits. ### FAQ #### Does ListPlus autosave my list? No. Edits, fixes, filled cells and find & replace changes stay in your browser as unsaved changes until you click Save in the list header. There is no background autosave and no local draft — if you leave without saving, the changes are gone. #### Why did my changes disappear? You likely left the list, reloaded the page, or closed the tab before clicking Save. ListPlus warns before this happens — an in-app navigation shows an Unsaved Changes dialog (Save, Discard or Cancel), and closing the tab or reloading triggers your browser's own leave-site prompt — but confirming either one discards unsaved edits permanently. #### How do I know which cells are unsaved? Unsaved cells get a highlighted background, and hovering one shows the original value with a Revert button. The status bar also shows a Changes chip with a count; click it to filter the grid to only the changed rows, or open the Changes panel to review every pending edit. #### How do I undo all my unsaved changes at once? Open the Changes panel, click All at the top of the change list, then click Revert in the "Revert all changes?" confirmation. This discards every unsaved edit and reloads the original data from the server — it only works before you click Save. #### Is there a keyboard shortcut to save? No. The command palette (⌘K) shows a Save entry, but pressing ⌘S in the grid does not trigger a save — you need to click Save in the list header or select Save from the palette. #### Do I need to save after hiding or merging duplicate rows? Hiding rows (Ignore, Restore, or the hidden side of a duplicate merge) saves itself automatically in the background. But if a merge copied any field values onto the surviving row, those values are unsaved cell edits like any other, so you still need to click Save to keep them. #### Do I need to save before enriching my list? Yes. The Enrich menu blocks starting an enrichment run while you have unsaved changes, so it writes results to the correct saved rows. Save first, then start the enrichment. #### Will Analyze show my unfixed changes right away? No. The Analyze panel and smart sublists read the list as it was last saved, so click Save, then Re-run Analysis to see your edits reflected. Only Export as Excel in the ⋯ menu includes unsaved edits, because it downloads the grid as you see it. #### If I close the list without saving, is the data lost forever? Yes, for anything that was still an unsaved cell edit — there is no draft or recovery. Enrichment results are the exception: they are written to the server as soon as the lookup finishes, so you can always fill them into cells later even if you closed the list before saving. #### Can other people see my changes before I save? No. Other members of your workspace only see the last saved version of the list. Your unsaved edits exist only in your own browser until you click Save. --- ## What the AI sees of your data Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/what-the-ai-sees Last updated: 2026-09-25 ListPlus uses AI in several places while you work in a list — the **Prompts** panel, AI checks, **AI Column**, import, and enrichment providers. Each of these sees a different, narrow slice of your data, sized for that one job. This article is the canonical answer for what goes where; other topics point here instead of repeating it. **AI commands and questions (Prompts panel).** When you type an instruction or a question in **Ask about your data...**, ListPlus sends your text, the names and types of your columns, the total row count, your sublist names and, if you have rows selected, how many (not which ones or their values). No cell values are sent to understand the request. For a column with up to eight fixed options (for example a status column), the option labels are included too. Some commands then need to look at values, for example "select all CEOs", "find companies in Germany" or "unify country spellings". For those, ListPlus sends the distinct values of the column(s) involved, with duplicates removed (or unique value combinations when several columns are compared), and applies the answer to the matching rows. **AI checks and AI Column.** The optional "Include AI Analysis" checks in the Analyze panel never see full rows. They collect the distinct values of the column being checked, remove duplicates, or unique pairs of values for checks that compare two columns, such as city and country, and send only that short list to the AI together with the rule. The **AI Column** feature works on the same principle but keyed to your own prompt: it sends your prompt filled in once per unique combination of the values in every column your prompt references — never whole rows. A 10,000-row list with only a few hundred unique job titles, for example, is sent as a few hundred combinations, not ten thousand rows. Each combination's one answer is then mapped back to every row that shares it. A **Normalize** fix (offered on checks like inconsistent country, state or industry spellings) works the same way: it sends the distinct values of that column, with duplicates removed, and asks the AI to group them and propose one standard value per group, which you confirm before anything changes. **Enrichment providers.** When you enrich a contact, the provider (such as Prospeo, FullEnrich or CompanyEnrich) receives only the identifier needed for that lookup — an email address, a domain, a LinkedIn URL, a name and company, or a company name — never your other columns. **AI Research.** A research run sends your search description (for a target group) or the known identity details of one person (name, company, job title, location) to search public web sources. When you research a contact from your list, only that person's details are sent, not the rest of your list. **Column detection on import.** When you import a file, ListPlus analyses a sample of its first rows, including the actual cell values. The sample is 10% of the file, at least 50 and at most 200 rows, or the whole file if it's smaller. The AI receives your column headers plus a few example values and statistics per column, to suggest column types and names. For gender, country or yes/no columns it also receives the distinct values from the whole file, so it can standardise them. This step runs on every import. The **Skip AI Enhancement** button only appears if the analysis is unavailable or fails. **Where this runs.** All of this happens on ListPlus's servers, never in your browser — provider keys and AI keys are never sent to the client. Each request is scoped to the list you're working in and requires you to be signed in. ### FAQ #### What does the AI see when I use an AI command in the Prompts panel? It sees your instruction, your column names and types, the total row count, your sublist names and, if rows are selected, how many are selected. Your cell values aren't sent to understand the request. If a command has to judge values (such as "select all CEOs"), the distinct values of the columns involved are sent in a second step, with duplicates removed. #### Does the Prompts panel AI see the values in my cells? Not to understand your request. Only column names and types, plus the option labels of columns with up to eight fixed options, are sent. Commands that judge values, like selecting by job title or unifying spellings, send the distinct values of the columns involved, with duplicates removed, and never whole rows. #### If I select rows before asking the AI something, does it see those rows' data? No. The AI learns only how many rows are selected, not their IDs or values; ListPlus then applies the resulting command to your actual selection. #### What do AI checks and AI Column send to the AI? AI checks send only the distinct (unique) values of the column being checked, with duplicates removed, or unique pairs of values for checks that compare two columns, such as city and country, plus the rule you're applying — a Normalize fix works the same way, sending the column's distinct values and asking the AI to suggest one standard value per group for you to confirm. AI Column sends your prompt filled in once per unique combination of the values in the columns your prompt references — never whole rows. Either way, a 10,000-row list might have only a few hundred unique combinations, so that's all that's sent, and each answer is mapped back to every row that shares it. #### What do enrichment providers receive when I enrich a contact? Only the identifier needed for that specific lookup: an email address, a domain, a LinkedIn URL, a name and company, or a company name. Enrichment providers (such as Prospeo, FullEnrich or CompanyEnrich) never receive your other columns. #### What does AI Research send? A target-group description or a known person's identity details (name, company, job title, location), used to search public web sources for matches. When you research a contact from your list, only that person's details are sent, not the rest of your list. #### What does the AI see when it detects columns during import? Your column headers and a sample of your file's first rows (10% of the file, 50–200 rows), including real cell values: a few example values per column go to the AI. For gender, country or yes/no columns, the distinct values from the whole file are sent too. It runs on every import; Skip AI Enhancement only appears if the analysis fails. #### Does AI processing happen in my browser or on ListPlus's servers? On ListPlus's servers. AI commands, checks, AI Column, enrichment and AI Research all run server-side; provider and AI keys are never sent to your browser. #### Can the AI see data from my other lists? No. Each AI request is scoped to the one list you're working in and requires you to be signed in; it doesn't include your other lists. #### Do values the AI fills in or derives need to be saved like other changes? Yes. Values from AI Column, AI checks' fixes, or enrichment you apply to cells are ordinary grid changes — they stay unsaved until you click Save, same as any manual edit. --- ## Editing cells, undo/redo, and adding rows Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/editing-and-undo Last updated: 2026-09-25 ### Editing a cell Double-click a cell, or select it and press Enter, to start editing — or just start typing over a selected cell to replace its content right away. Enter commits the edit and keeps that cell selected, Tab commits and moves to the next cell, and Escape cancels and restores the previous value. Selecting a cell (without opening it for editing) and pressing Delete or Backspace clears it immediately. ### Fill handle, copy and paste Drag the small square at the bottom-right corner of a selected cell or range to copy that value into every cell you drag over. Select a cell or a range, copy with ⌘C / Ctrl+C, then select the target and paste with ⌘V / Ctrl+V — paste is turned off on lists you don't have edit access to. ### Adding new rows Click **New row** in the status bar at the bottom of the grid, right-click any row and choose **Insert Row Below**, or press Tab or ↓ from the last cell of the last row to grow the grid automatically. None of these appear if adding rows has been turned off for that list. ### Undo and redo The grid has real undo/redo: press ⌘Z / Ctrl+Z to undo your last edits and ⌘⇧Z or Ctrl+Y to redo them while the grid has focus, up to the last 50 changes. It covers cell edits — typed values, pasted values, fill-handle fills — but not adding or deleting rows, tags, or sublist changes, and it resets once you reload the page or leave the list. ### Reverting a cell Hover a changed, unsaved cell to see its original value and a **Revert** button that restores just that cell. See saving-is-manual for the Changes panel, reverting every change at once, and what happens when you leave the page without saving. ### Related topics - **saving-is-manual** — the Changes panel, reverting all changes, and the unsaved-changes warning when you leave. - **selecting-rows** — the selection bar for acting on several rows at once. ### FAQ #### How do I edit a cell? Double-click a cell, or select it and press Enter, to start editing — or just start typing to replace its content right away. Enter commits the edit and keeps that cell selected, Tab commits and moves to the next cell, and Escape cancels and restores the previous value. #### What is the fill handle? It's the small square at the bottom-right corner of a selected cell or range — drag it down or across and ListPlus copies that value into every cell you drag over. It works for a single cell or a whole selected range at once. #### Can I copy and paste cells or ranges? Yes — select a cell or a range, copy it with ⌘C / Ctrl+C, then select the target cell or range and paste with ⌘V / Ctrl+V. Paste is turned off on lists you don't have edit access to. #### How do I add a new row? Click New row in the status bar at the bottom of the grid, right-click any row and choose Insert Row Below, or press Tab or ↓ from the last cell of the last row to grow the grid automatically. None of these appear if adding rows has been turned off for that list. #### Is there an undo/redo for the grid? Yes — press ⌘Z / Ctrl+Z to undo your last edits and ⌘⇧Z or Ctrl+Y to redo them while the grid has focus, for up to the last 50 changes. This works while the list stays open in that browser tab; reloading or leaving resets the undo history. #### What does undo/redo cover? Undo/redo covers cell edits: typed values, pasted values and fill-handle fills. It doesn't undo adding or deleting rows, tags, or sublist changes. Unsaved row additions and deletions are discarded with All → Revert in the Changes panel; tags and sublist membership save automatically, so remove them the same way you added them. #### How do I revert just one cell back to its saved value? Hover the changed cell — it's highlighted because it's unsaved — and click Revert in the tooltip that appears, showing the original value. See saving-is-manual for reverting every change at once from the Changes panel. #### How do I clear a cell's contents? Select the cell, without opening it for editing, and press Delete or Backspace — it's cleared immediately, as an unsaved edit until you save. --- ## Search, filter, sort, and find & replace Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/search-filter-sort-replace Last updated: 2026-09-25 ### Header search Type into **Find & evaluate** in the list header (just "Find" on narrow windows) — typing alone doesn't filter yet. Press Enter, or click the suggestion that appears, and the grid narrows to rows matching that text in any visible column; committing a search also clears any active sublist, Changes filter or check selection. The same field also picks a campaign-ready evaluation; see campaign-ready-evaluations. ### Column filters and sort Click the funnel icon in a column header to filter that column: a checkbox list of its values for text and lookup columns, a number range for numeric columns, a date range for date columns. Click a column header to sort ascending, click again for descending, a third click removes the sort, and shift-click another header to add a second-level sort on top of it. ### View chips The status bar at the bottom always shows **All** (your whole list); **Filtered**, **Selection** and **Changes** appear only while a filter, a selection or unsaved edits exist: **Filtered** shows the count currently shown after a search or column filter (informational only, not clickable), **Selection** (click to show only your ticked rows), and **Changes** (click to show only rows with unsaved edits — see saving-is-manual). Click **All** to go back to showing everything. ### Find & replace Click the swap icon at the right end of the Find & evaluate field, or choose **Find & Replace** in Commands (⌘K), to open Find & Replace — on narrow windows the icon is hidden, so use Commands instead. ⌘F / Ctrl+F jumps to the Find & evaluate field. Step through matches with the arrows, toggle **Match Case** or **Match Entire Cell**, optionally narrow to specific columns, then **Replace** one match or **Replace All**. Replace All only touches the rows currently visible after any active filter or search, and only the columns you've picked (or every column holding your own data if none are picked); there's no regular-expression support — special characters are matched literally — and no preview step. On lists you can only view, Find works but the Replace row is hidden. ### FAQ #### How does the search field in the header work? Type into Find & evaluate in the list header and either press Enter or click the suggestion that appears — typing alone doesn't filter yet. Once you commit, the grid narrows to rows matching that text in any visible column. #### How do I filter a single column? Click the funnel icon in that column's header. Text and lookup columns show a checkbox list of their values, numeric columns give you a range, and date columns give you a date range. #### How do I sort by a column? Click the column header to sort ascending, click again for descending, and a third click removes the sort. Shift-click another header to add it as a second-level sort on top of the first. #### What do the All, Filtered, Selection and Changes chips in the status bar mean? All always shows your whole list; Filtered, Selection and Changes only appear while a filter, a selection or unsaved edits exist. Filtered shows the count after a search or column filter (informational only), and clicking Selection or Changes narrows the grid to just your ticked rows or just your unsaved edits; click All again to go back to showing everything. #### How do I find and replace text across my list? Click the swap icon at the right end of the Find & evaluate field, or choose Find & Replace in Commands (⌘K) — on narrow windows the icon is hidden, so use Commands instead. ⌘F / Ctrl+F jumps to the Find & evaluate field rather than opening Find & Replace. Step through matches with the arrows, toggle Match Case or Match Entire Cell, then Replace one match or Replace All. #### Which rows and columns does Replace All change? Only the rows currently visible after any active filter or search, and only the columns you've picked in the column selector — leave it empty to cover every column holding your own data. Internal system columns aren't offered. #### Does Find & Replace support regular expressions or show a preview first? No — special characters in your search term are matched literally, not as a pattern, and there's no preview step before Replace or Replace All applies. Check your column selection and active filter before using Replace All on a large list. --- ## Selecting rows and the selection bar Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/selecting-rows Last updated: 2026-09-28 ### Selecting rows Tick the checkbox at the left of each row you want — clicking anywhere else on the row opens or edits a cell instead of selecting it. Tick the checkbox in the column header to select every row that matches the current filter, search or sublist, including rows further down that you haven't scrolled to — not necessarily your whole list. ### The selection bar As soon as one or more rows are selected, a selection bar appears above the grid: a count of selected rows, **Tag**, an **Add** menu, **Enrich**, already showing how many rows it would enrich, and a **⋯** menu (**Hide** selected records, **Restore**, and **Delete** if you're allowed to delete rows on this list). Click the **×** next to the count to clear the selection. On a public list you can only view, Tag, the **⋯** menu and the sublist option are hidden. - **Tag** — type a new tag and press Enter, or click one of your list's existing tags to apply it to every selected row. - **Add** — groups where the selection can go: - **To sublist** (under "In this list") — add the selection to an existing manual sublist, or start a new one from it. Smart sublists aren't offered, since their rows are set by rules rather than manually. - **Add to list** (under "Elsewhere") — copy the selected contacts into another list. - **Send to pipeline** (under "Elsewhere") — put the selected rows into one of your workspace's pipelines as waiting entries; nothing is sent until someone releases them in the pipeline. See "[Pipelines — send records on to your CRM, Slack, e-mail or API](https://listplus.ai/en/help/pipelines/pipelines-overview)". - **Enrich** — see which-enrich-button for how to pick the right lookup. ### When an evaluation is active If a campaign-ready evaluation such as Cold Email is active, the selection bar is replaced by the evaluation bar (see campaign-ready-evaluations): Tag, Add and the **⋯** menu aren't available there, only an Enrich button scoped to your selected, still-enrichable rows. Choose **No evaluation** in Find & evaluate to get the regular selection bar back. ### Related topics - **duplicates** — what hiding rows does and how to restore them. - **export-overview** — exporting only your selected rows. - **which-enrich-button** — every way to start an enrichment, including from a selection. ### FAQ #### How do I select rows in a list? Tick the checkbox at the left of each row you want — clicking anywhere else on the row opens or edits a cell instead of selecting it. Tick the checkbox in the column header to select every row that matches the current filter, search or sublist, including rows further down that you haven't scrolled to. #### Does "select all" select my whole list or just what's on screen? It selects every row that matches the current filter, search or sublist, including rows further down that you haven't scrolled to — not your whole list unless nothing is filtering it. Clear the filter first if you want every row in the list selected. #### What appears when I select rows? A selection bar appears above the grid showing how many rows are selected, with Tag, an Add menu (to a sublist, to another list or to a pipeline), an Enrich button that already shows how many rows it would enrich, and a ⋯ menu (Hide, Restore or Delete, if you're allowed to delete on this list). Click the × next to the count to clear your selection. #### How do I tag selected rows? Click Tag in the selection bar, then either type a new tag and press Enter, or click one of your list's existing tags to apply it. It's applied to every row you currently have selected. #### How do I add selected rows to a sublist? Click Add in the selection bar, then To sublist, and pick an existing manual sublist to add the selection to it, or start a new sublist from your selection. Smart sublists aren't offered here, since their rows are set by rules, not manually. #### How do I enrich just a few rows instead of the whole list? Tick the checkboxes next to the rows you want and click Enrich in the selection bar — this only enriches the rows you selected. You see the maximum possible cost before confirming; most lookups charge only when they find something, with a few exceptions listed in "[Find a verified email address](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/find-verified-email)". #### Why does my selection bar look different or show different buttons? If a campaign-ready evaluation like Cold Email is active, the selection bar is replaced by the evaluation bar — Tag, Add and the ⋯ menu aren't available there, only an Enrich button scoped to your selected, still-enrichable rows. Choose No evaluation in Find & evaluate to get the regular selection bar back. #### How do I send selected rows to a pipeline? Select the rows, click Add in the selection bar, then Send to pipeline and pick the pipeline. The rows wait there as entries until someone clicks Send in the pipeline, and sending costs no credits. See "[Pipelines — send records on to your CRM, Slack, e-mail or API](https://listplus.ai/en/help/pipelines/pipelines-overview)" for how pipelines work. #### Can I hide or delete several rows at once from a selection? Yes — select the rows, open the ⋯ menu in the selection bar, and choose Hide (or Restore, if you're viewing hidden rows) or Delete, if you have permission to delete on that list. See duplicates for what hiding rows does and how to restore them. --- ## Adding and managing columns Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/columns-formulas-ai-columns Last updated: 2026-09-25 Beyond the columns your import created, you can add three kinds of columns — a regular data column, a **Formula Column**, or an **AI Column** — and show, hide, reorder, rename or delete any of them. ### Adding a column Open the list's **⋯** menu in the header and choose **Add Column...** (you can also start this from a column's own header menu, which inserts the new column right next to it). Pick one of three modes: - **Column** — search or browse column types (Email, Phone, Company, and dozens more) or fall back to a generic Text, Number, Date or Boolean column. The name auto-fills from the type; you can overwrite it before creating. - **Formula Column** — computes a value from other columns using a formula you write (see below). - **AI Column** — generates a value per row from an AI prompt you write (see below). ### Show, hide and reorder columns Open **More → Columns** to show or hide columns with a checkbox and drag them into a new order. Column order and visibility are list-level settings, not tied to your unsaved edits. ### Renaming a column Open the list's **⋯** menu → **List Settings...** → the **Schema** tab, click a column to expand it, and edit its **Title** field. Click **Apply Changes** at the bottom of the tab to save the rename. This tab also lets you adjust a column's content type and data type. ### Formula columns A formula column computes its value live from other columns in the same row — it's free and never calls the AI. Reference another column by its name in curly braces, e.g. `{Price} * {Quantity}`, `{First Name} & " " & {Last Name}`, `IF({Revenue} > 1000, "Enterprise", "SMB")`, `ROUND({Amount} * 1.19, 2)`, or `COALESCE({Mobile}, {Phone}, "N/A")`. The editor shows a live preview on your first sample rows as you type, and flags an invalid formula before you can create the column. Because the value is always recalculated from the current row, there's nothing separate to save for the formula itself — it simply reflects whatever is in the referenced columns, saved or not. ### AI Columns An AI Column runs your own prompt through the AI for every row, using `{Column Name}` placeholders to pull in that row's values — for example `Classify {Company} in {Industry} as B2B or B2C` or `What seniority level is "{Job Title}"? Reply: Junior, Mid, Senior, or Executive`. The editor previews the rendered prompt on your first sample rows before you create the column. To run it, click **Run** in the column's header (next to the purple AI badge) — or **Run AI Column** from the column's header menu. It processes only the rows currently visible (respecting any active filter), and — the key saving — it first groups rows that share the exact same input values and only asks the AI once per unique combination, applying that one answer to every row in the group. A 10,000-row list with only a few hundred unique job titles, for example, is billed for a few hundred AI calls, not ten thousand. AI Columns are billed by usage, the same way as other AI commands (see "How credits work") — there's no fixed price and no cost preview before you run it; the exact charge depends on how many unique combinations it actually processed. Unlike AI commands, a run shows no credit note afterwards; the charge is deducted from your credit balance (see Account). The results land in the grid as regular unsaved cell edits, so you still need to click **Save** to keep them (see "Saving is manual"). ### Editing or deleting a column Click the menu icon in a column's header for **Edit Formula** (formula columns), **Edit AI Column** and **Run AI Column** (AI columns), or **Delete Column** — available for every column except the built-in system columns such as Tags. **Related topics:** saving-is-manual · segments-and-tags · ai-commands. ### FAQ #### How do I add a new column to my list? Open the list's **⋯** menu in the header and choose **Add Column...**, then pick Column (a data type like Email or Phone, or a generic Text/Number/Date/Boolean), Formula Column, or AI Column. #### How do I hide or show columns? Open **More → Columns** and use the checkbox next to each column to show or hide it; drag a column in that list to reorder it in the grid. #### How do I rename a column? Open the list's **⋯** menu → **List Settings...** → the **Schema** tab, click the column to expand it, edit the **Title** field, then click **Apply Changes**. #### What is a Formula Column and does it cost credits? A Formula Column computes a value from other columns in the same row, for example `{Price} * {Quantity}` or `IF({Revenue} > 1000, "Enterprise", "SMB")`. It's free — it runs in your browser and never calls the AI — and it recalculates live, so there's nothing to save for the formula itself. #### What is an AI Column and how much does it cost? An AI Column runs a prompt you write (using `{Column Name}` to pull in row values) through the AI for every row, grouping rows with identical inputs so each unique combination is only asked once. It's billed by usage like other AI commands, with no fixed price shown in advance — see "[How credits work](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/credits-explained)" for how usage-based AI pricing works. #### Do I need to click Save after running an AI Column? Yes. The generated values appear as regular unsaved cell edits, exactly like a manual edit or an enrichment fill — click **Save** in the list header to keep them. #### Does an AI Column run on every row or only the ones I can see? Only the rows currently visible in the grid, so an active filter narrows what it processes. Clearing the filter and running it again covers the rest of the list. Rows where every referenced column is empty are skipped and not billed; a single run handles up to 5,000 unique combinations. #### How do I edit or delete a Formula Column or AI Column later? Click the menu icon in that column's header for **Edit Formula** or **Edit AI Column** (to change the formula or prompt) and **Run AI Column** (AI columns only); **Delete Column** is there too, available for every column except the built-in system columns such as Tags. --- ## Sublists (segments) and tags Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/segments-and-tags Last updated: 2026-09-25 Sublists split a list into named groups — a smart sublist filters by a rule you define, a manual sublist is a set of rows you assign yourself. Tags are a separate, lighter way to label individual rows. ### Sublists Open **More → Sublists** to see, create, filter by, and manage them. Click **New** to open the sublist editor; under **Start with a template** you can pick a ready-made rule (for example "No email," "Decision makers" or "Perfect Contact"). Only templates that fit your list's columns are shown. #### Smart sublists (rule-based) A smart sublist re-evaluates a rule live against your **saved** data every time you open it — it's not a snapshot. Add one or more conditions (a column, an operator such as "is empty," "contains," or "equals," and a value where needed); when a sublist has more than one condition, a row must match **all** of them to be included. Smart sublists show a small "Unsaved changes" hint when you have pending edits, since their count reflects your saved data, not what's on screen — save first, then the count updates. #### Manual sublists A manual sublist holds exactly the rows you put in it, with no rule. Select rows in the grid, then use **Add to sublist** — either from the selection context shown in the Sublists panel, or by right-clicking your selection in the grid and choosing **Add to Sublist** — to pick an existing sublist, or choose **Create new sublist…** to make one. Membership changes to a manual sublist save themselves in the background — you don't need to click Save for that part (like tags). #### Using and managing a sublist Click a sublist's name to filter the grid to just that sublist; click it again (or click **Show all rows**) to clear the filter. Each sublist shows its own row count. Use the pencil icon to edit a smart sublist's rule or either type's name and color, and the trash icon to delete it — deleting a sublist doesn't delete its rows, only the grouping. ### Tags Tags are free-text labels on individual rows, shown in the built-in **Tags** column at the end of the grid. Click a row's Tags cell to open the tag editor: type to search your existing tags or create a new one, and click a tag to toggle it on or off — a row can carry any number of tags. Tag changes save themselves in the background, like sublist membership, without needing Save. ### Sublists vs. tags Use a sublist when you want to filter the grid to a specific group or run an enrichment/check/export on just that group. Use tags for quick, informal labels on individual rows (for example "called," "vip," "wrong number") that you don't need to filter the whole grid by, though you can still search or sort by the Tags column. **Related topics:** saving-is-manual · selecting-rows · quality-checks-overview. ### FAQ #### What's the difference between a sublist and a tag? A sublist is a named group of rows — either rule-based (smart) or a set you assign yourself (manual) — that you can filter the whole grid by. A tag is a free-text label on individual rows, shown in the Tags column, for quick informal notes without creating a group. #### What's the difference between a smart sublist and a manual sublist? A smart sublist filters live by a rule (for example "Country is Germany") and updates automatically as your saved data changes. A manual sublist holds only the exact rows you add to it yourself, with no rule. #### How do I create a sublist? Open **More → Sublists** and click **New**. Add one or more conditions for a smart sublist, or leave it without conditions and assign rows manually afterward. #### If a smart sublist has several conditions, does a row need to match all of them or any of them? All of them — conditions on a smart sublist are combined with AND, so a row must satisfy every condition to be included. #### Do I need to click Save after adding rows to a manual sublist? No. Adding or removing rows from a manual sublist, like tagging, saves itself in the background. Any field values you additionally edited on those rows still need the regular Save. #### Why does my smart sublist's count look wrong after I just edited some cells? Smart sublists read your last **saved** data, not unsaved edits in the grid — the panel shows an "Unsaved changes" hint in that case. Click Save, then the sublist's count and membership reflect your edits. #### How do I add a tag to a row? Click that row's cell in the Tags column to open the tag editor, then type to search or create a tag and click it to add it — a row can have multiple tags, and they save automatically. #### Can I filter or sort by tags? Yes — the Tags column supports the grid's normal search, filter and sort, so you can find or group rows by tag even without turning the tag into a sublist. --- ## Hiding vs. deleting rows Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/hide-or-delete-rows Last updated: 2026-09-25 ListPlus has two separate ways to remove a row from view: **hiding**, which is reversible and keeps the data, and **deleting**, which removes the row from the list. ### Hiding rows Select one or more rows and open the selection bar's **⋯** menu, or right-click a row and choose **Hide N Row(s)**. Hidden rows disappear from every view of the list. To find them again, open the **Sublists** panel and click the **Hidden rows** entry below **All**, or run **Show Ignored Rows** from Commands (⌘K) — **Show All Rows** brings the normal view back. Hiding rows saves itself automatically in the background; you don't need to click Save. ### Restoring hidden rows In the hidden-rows view, select the rows and click **Restore**, or right-click and choose **Restore N Row(s)**. This is also saved automatically — the rows are back in your normal views immediately. ### Deleting rows Select rows and choose **Delete** from the selection bar's **⋯** menu, or right-click and choose **Delete N Row(s)**. Unlike hiding, deleting is a regular unsaved edit: the rows disappear from the grid right away but stay in the list until you click **Save**. Before saving, you can undo a delete with **All** → **Revert** in the Changes panel; once saved, the rows are gone and can't be brought back. Deleting rows is only available if the list allows it — see "List Settings" for the **Allow deleting rows** toggle. If it's off, no Delete option appears in the selection bar or the right-click menu. ### Cost Hiding, restoring and deleting rows are all free. **Related topics:** selecting-rows · duplicates · saving-is-manual · list-settings. ### FAQ #### What's the difference between hiding and deleting a row? Hiding removes a row from view but keeps its data — you can bring it back anytime with Restore. Deleting removes the row from the list entirely once you save; there's no bringing it back after that. #### How do I hide rows? Select the rows, then open the selection bar's ⋯ menu and click Hide, or right-click a row and choose Hide N Row(s). Hidden rows disappear from every view immediately and save automatically — no need to click Save. #### Where do hidden rows go, and how do I find them again? Open the Sublists panel and click the Hidden rows entry below All, or run Show Ignored Rows from Commands (⌘K). Run Show All Rows to return to your normal view. #### How do I restore a hidden row? Open the hidden-rows view (Hidden rows in Sublists, or Show Ignored Rows from Commands), select the rows, and click Restore — or right-click and choose Restore N Row(s). This saves automatically too. #### Do I need to click Save after hiding or restoring rows? No — hiding and restoring both sync to the server automatically in the background, unlike a normal cell edit. #### How do I delete rows, and can I undo it? Select the rows and choose Delete from the selection bar's ⋯ menu, or right-click and choose Delete N Row(s). It's an unsaved change until you click Save — use All → Revert in the Changes panel to undo it before saving; after saving, the deletion is permanent. #### Why don't I see a Delete option for my rows? Deleting is only available when the list allows it. Check List Settings → General → Allow deleting rows; if it's switched off, no Delete option appears for anyone on that list. --- ## List Settings: rows, layout and schema Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/list-settings Last updated: 2026-09-25 Open the list's **⋯** menu in the header and choose **List Settings...** for three tabs: **General** (row permissions and in-cell enrichment), **Layout** (display options) and **Schema** (per-column type details). In General and Layout, click **Save** at the bottom of the tab; in Schema, click **Apply Changes**. ### General tab - **Allow adding rows** — lets people add new rows to the list. - **Allow deleting rows** — lets people delete rows; see "Hiding vs. deleting rows" for how that's different from hiding. - **Allow row reordering** — lets people drag rows into a new order. It turns on automatically, and can't be switched off, while Allow adding rows is on. - **In-cell enrichment** — shows a small wand icon when you hover an empty cell that can be filled by a lookup; clicking it fills just that one cell: instantly and free if the value is already known, otherwise it opens a small window listing the ways to fill it, cheapest first. Turn it off here to stop it appearing. ### Adding, deleting and reordering rows Click **New row** in the status bar at the bottom of the grid to add one empty row. To reorder, drag a row by its first column — this only works when no column sort is currently applied. For deleting rows, see "Hiding vs. deleting rows." ### Layout tab **Alternate row colors** (striped background for even/odd rows), **Show company favicon** (small icon next to company names) and **Show photo URLs as images** (renders a photo URL cell as a circular thumbnail instead of text). ### Schema tab Click a column to expand its details: **Title** (the display name — see "[Adding and managing columns](https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/columns-formulas-ai-columns)" for renaming), a **Required** checkbox, **Content Type** and **Data Type** dropdowns, plus read-only details where they apply — a **Value Format** section showing the value patterns detected for that column, a lookup's option list, validation rules, and the AI's confidence score and reasoning from import. Click **Apply Changes** at the bottom to save any edits you made in this tab. **Related topics:** hide-or-delete-rows · columns-formulas-ai-columns · enrichment-overview. ### FAQ #### How do I open List Settings? Open the list's ⋯ menu in the header and click **List Settings...**. It opens with three tabs: General, Layout and Schema. #### What can I control in the General tab? Whether people can add rows, delete rows, or reorder rows by dragging, plus whether the in-cell enrichment wand icon appears on empty cells. Row reordering turns on automatically while adding rows is allowed. Click Save at the bottom of the tab to keep your changes. #### How do I add a new row to my list? Click **New row** in the status bar at the bottom of the grid — it adds one empty row, as long as Allow adding rows is on for the list. #### How do I reorder rows? Drag a row by its first column into a new position. This only works while no column sort is applied and Allow row reordering is on in List Settings. #### What is the wand icon that appears when I hover an empty cell? It's in-cell enrichment: clicking it fills just that one cell, either instantly from data you already have or through a small window that lists the lookups that can fill it, cheapest first. Turn it off in List Settings → General if you don't want it to appear. #### What can I change in the Schema tab? A column's title, whether it's required, its content type (e.g. Email, Phone) and its data type, plus read-only details like validation rules and the AI's confidence from import. Click Apply Changes to save. #### What's in the Layout tab? Alternate row colors (a striped background), showing a company favicon next to company names, and showing photo URL cells as circular thumbnail images. --- ## The Dashboard panel: charts that filter your list Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/dashboard-charts Last updated: 2026-09-25 **Dashboard** is one of the panels in a list's **More** menu (list header → More → Dashboard). It automatically turns your columns into charts — pie charts for columns with a handful of distinct values, bar charts for columns with more, plus a couple of charts that compare two columns and a short list of insights, like which columns have the most missing data. ### Filtering by clicking a chart Click a bar or a pie segment to filter the grid down to just the rows with that value — the panel header then shows which filter is active, and a **Clear Filter** button appears to remove it. Only one chart filter can be active at a time; clicking a different segment replaces the previous filter rather than adding to it. Closing the Dashboard panel clears the filter automatically. ### Good to know - Charts are generated from the data currently in the grid and rebuild each time you open the panel — there's nothing to configure or save. - It's entirely computed in your browser: no credits are spent and no data leaves ListPlus to build these charts. - With very little data, or columns that are mostly empty or all-unique (like a raw notes field), ListPlus may not have enough to chart and shows an empty state instead. ### FAQ #### What is the Dashboard panel? It's a panel that automatically charts the values in your list's columns — pie or bar charts for how values are distributed, plus a couple of charts comparing two columns and a short list of data-quality insights. Open it from the list header's More menu. #### How do I filter my list using a chart? Click a bar or a pie slice — the grid narrows to the rows matching that value, and the panel header shows the active filter with a Clear Filter button to remove it. #### Can I have more than one chart filter active at once? No, only one at a time. Clicking a different bar or segment replaces the current filter instead of adding to it; use the column funnel filters (see "[Search, filter, sort, and find & replace](https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/search-filter-sort-replace)") if you need to combine several conditions. #### Does using the Dashboard cost credits? No. All charts and insights are computed in your browser from the data already in the grid — nothing is sent to an AI model or a data provider, so it's completely free. #### Why don't I see any charts for a column? ListPlus needs enough structure to chart a column — a free-text field where almost every value is different, or a column that's mostly empty, usually won't produce a useful chart and is skipped. #### Do the charts update automatically as I edit the list? Charts are generated fresh each time you open the Dashboard panel, so recent edits are included when you open it — they don't update live while it's already open and you're editing elsewhere. --- ## Commands (⌘K) and keyboard shortcuts Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/command-palette-and-shortcuts Last updated: 2026-09-28 Press **⌘K** (Mac) or **Ctrl+K** (Windows/Linux) anywhere in the app to open **Commands** — a searchable list of every action and page ListPlus offers. Type to filter, use the arrow keys and Enter to run something, or Escape to close it. ### What's in it Commands groups everything by category: Navigation (Go to Home, Lists, Person Search, Segment Search, AI Research, Inbox, Saved, Plans & Billing, Usage, and a specific list by name), File, Edit, View (open a panel), Enrichment (every single lookup and AI analysis, plus the ready-made wizards), Analytics, Export, Sublists and Advanced. Some entries only appear once a list is open, and enrichment actions only appear once you have edit access. At the top, a **Recent** section shows up to 5 of your last-used commands, remembered per browser. ### Jump to a specific list **Go to List** opens a search box over every list you have, sorted by most recently changed — type to filter and press **Enter** to open the top match. It's the fastest way to reach a specific list from anywhere; the same lists are also one click away in the Lists view's tree, and Home has a **Search lists...** field. Almost everything else in Commands also has a button or menu entry somewhere in the app; Commands is a faster way to reach it, not the only way. ### Shortcuts that work without opening Commands first Most rows in Commands show a keyboard shortcut next to the label, but only a few of those are wired up as real, always-on shortcuts: - **⌘K / Ctrl+K** — open or close Commands, from any page. - **⌘⇧L / Ctrl+Shift+L** — **Show/hide left column**: in the Lists view it collapses or expands the project/list tree; on the Inbox, Saved, Pipelines, Segment Search and AI Research pages it does the same for their left column; on any other page it opens the Lists view. Each page remembers its column's width and whether it's collapsed. Inside a list, the tree starts collapsed so the grid gets the full width; the left columns of the other pages start open. Clicking the left-rail item of the page you're already on also reopens its collapsed column (not on phones). - **⌘⇧D / Ctrl+Shift+D** — inside a list, open **Data Quality – Checks & Selections** on its overview. - **⌘F / Ctrl+F** — inside a list, jump to and select the **Find & evaluate** field in the header (it does not open Find & Replace). See "[Search, filter, sort, and find & replace](https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/search-filter-sort-replace)" for the swap icon and Commands entry that open Find & Replace itself. Other rows, such as **Save** shown with a ⌘S label, describe what the button does but aren't bound as a live keyboard shortcut — pressing the key combination does nothing in ListPlus; click the entry in Commands, or the matching button in the list, instead. ### Editing shortcuts Undo/redo, copy/paste and the fill handle are documented in "Editing cells, undo/redo, and adding rows" — they work directly in the grid and don't need Commands at all. ### FAQ #### How do I open Commands? Press ⌘K on a Mac or Ctrl+K on Windows/Linux — it works from any page in the app, not just inside a list. Press Escape, or click outside the box, to close it. #### What can I do from Commands? Jump to any page or list, open a panel, run any enrichment lookup or AI analysis, or trigger export and sublist actions — Commands lists everything currently available to you, grouped by category, and lets you search by typing. #### What does the Recent section show? Up to 5 of the commands you ran most recently, remembered in your browser so they're still there next time you open Commands. It's per browser, not synced across devices. #### Is there anything I can only do from Commands? No — almost every command also has a button or menu entry elsewhere in the app. Go to List is simply the fastest way to open a specific list by name (type, then Enter opens the top match); the same lists are one click away in the Lists view's tree, and Home has a Search lists field. #### Which keyboard shortcuts actually work without opening Commands? ⌘K / Ctrl+K opens Commands, ⌘⇧L / Ctrl+Shift+L shows or hides the left column of the current page (the list tree in the Lists view; opening the Lists view from pages without one), ⌘⇧D / Ctrl+Shift+D opens Data Quality – Checks & Selections on its overview inside a list, and ⌘F / Ctrl+F jumps to the Find & evaluate field. Shortcut labels shown next to other rows in Commands, like ⌘S for Save, are not live keyboard shortcuts. #### Does ⌘F open Find & Replace? No — ⌘F / Ctrl+F jumps to and selects the Find & evaluate field in the list header. To open Find & Replace itself, click the swap icon at the right end of that field, or choose Find & Replace in Commands; see "[Search, filter, sort, and find & replace](https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/search-filter-sort-replace)" for the full flow. --- ## Section: AI on your list ## AI commands in the Prompts panel Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/ai-on-your-list/ai-commands Last updated: 2026-09-28 The Prompts panel lets you edit your list or ask questions about it by typing plain instructions instead of clicking through menus. Open it via **More → Prompts** in the list header, then type into the **Ask about your data...** field. ### What you can do with it **Edit your data by instruction.** Select rows by a condition ("select personal emails"), tag or sort rows into sublists ("mark decision makers as key-contact"), update or clean values ("trim whitespace in company names"), unify inconsistent spellings ("normalize country names" — this one shows you the proposed groupings to approve before applying them), or fill columns from existing enrichment data ("use the industry field from enrichment data"). It also understands enrichment requests, working through the same enrichment engine as the Enrich menu — see "[Which Enrich button do I use?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/which-enrich-button)" **Ask questions about your data.** Ask things like "how many contacts are from Germany," "what countries are there," or "show statistics by country," and it answers directly rather than changing anything in the grid. For a longer list of example sentences in English and German, see "AI command examples." ### What it sees The Prompts panel sends your instruction, your column names and types, your total row count and sublist names, and — only for commands that need to judge actual values — the distinct values of the relevant column(s). Your individual cell values aren't sent just to understand a request. See "What the AI sees of your data" for the full breakdown. ### Cost per reply Every AI command is billed by usage, not a flat per-command price — it depends on how much the request needed to process. Each reply ends with a small note showing the exact number of credits it used, so you always see the cost after the fact. Typical requests cost a small fraction of a credit (see "[Price list: what every action costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list)" for how usage-based AI pricing compares to other actions); a request that also triggers a paid enrichment adds that enrichment's own credits on top. In a workspace, the credits come from the workspace owner's balance (see "[Credits, plan and limits in a workspace](https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/billing-in-workspaces)"). If the balance is too low for the request, you'll see an insufficient-credits message before anything runs. ### Which AI model answers? A model chosen by ListPlus answers every request; you can't pick or change it, and there's no model selector. The small note under each reply shows which model handled it and the credits it used. ListPlus may change the model over time, and how you use the panel stays the same. ### Limits - One list at a time: a command only ever reads or changes the list you're currently in, never your other lists. - Commands work on your list as it is in the grid right now, including edits you haven't saved yet, and only on the rows your current filter or sublist shows. Clear the filter first if you want a command to cover the whole list. - There's a fair-use cap of 1,000 AI requests per day and 20,000 per month. It counts per person, not per workspace, so colleagues in the same workspace don't use up your requests; hitting it shows a "Limit reached" message. - You can type in English, German or other languages — the Prompts panel understands the request either way. - Add "for selected" to a command to target only the rows you've selected in the grid, and combine multiple conditions with "and" or "or" (for example "select where country = France and city = Paris"). **Related topics:** ai-command-examples · what-the-ai-sees · which-enrich-button · price-list · price-list-ai-research-imports · saving-is-manual. ### FAQ #### What is the Prompts panel and how do I open it? It's a field where you type plain instructions or questions about your list instead of clicking through menus. Open it with **More → Prompts** in the list header, then type into **Ask about your data...**. #### Can I edit my list by just typing what I want? Yes — requests like "select personal emails," "tag decision makers as key-contact," or "normalize country names" are understood as edit instructions and applied to matching rows, the same way clicking through the grid's own menus would. #### Can I ask questions instead of giving instructions? Yes — questions like "how many contacts are from Germany" or "what countries are there" are answered directly without changing your data. #### Where do I see how much an AI command cost? In a small note right after the reply itself — every AI command is billed by usage, not a fixed price, so the exact number of credits only appears once it's done. See "How much does an AI command cost?" in the price list for typical amounts. #### Which AI model does ListPlus use, and can I choose it? A model chosen by ListPlus; you can't pick it. The note under each reply names the model that answered and the credits used, but there's no setting to switch models. #### Does the Prompts panel see my other lists? No. Every request is scoped to the one list you're working in. #### Does a command cover rows hidden by my filter? No. Commands act only on the rows currently shown in the grid, so an active filter or sublist narrows what they touch — clear the filter to include the whole list. Unsaved edits are included: a command sees the grid as it is now. #### Is there a limit to how many AI commands I can send? Yes, a fair-use cap of 1,000 AI requests per day and 20,000 per month, counted per person rather than per workspace, so colleagues don't use up your share. If you ever hit it, wait a while or contact support@listplus.ai. The credits for each request still come from the workspace owner's balance. --- ## AI command examples (English & German) Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/ai-on-your-list/ai-command-examples Last updated: 2026-09-25 These are real, working examples for the Prompts panel (**More → Prompts** in the list header, then type into **Ask about your data...**) — see "AI commands in the Prompts panel" for how the panel works and what it costs. ListPlus understands both English and German phrasings; a German column name works the same way as an English one. ### Selecting rows by email quality | English | German | | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------- | | select valid emails | wähle gültige E-Mails | | select invalid emails | wähle ungültige E-Mails | | find disposable emails | finde Wegwerf-E-Mails | | select personal emails | wähle persönliche E-Mails | | select non-personal emails (role-based, like info@ or admin@) | wähle nicht-persönliche E-Mails | ### Selecting by a value or a concept | English | German | | ---------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------- | | select all from Germany | wähle alle aus Deutschland | | select where country = France and city = Paris | wähle wo Land = Frankreich und Stadt = Paris | | select decision makers | wähle Entscheider | | select technical roles | wähle technische Rollen | "Select decision makers" is understood as a concept, not a literal text match — it also catches "Geschäftsführer" or "Directeur" in a job title column, not just the English word. ### Finding duplicates | English | German | | -------------------------------- | ---------------------------------- | | find fuzzy duplicates in name | finde unscharfe Duplikate im Namen | | find duplicate phone numbers | finde doppelte Telefonnummern | | find names similar to John Smith | finde Namen ähnlich wie John Smith | ### Tagging and sublists | English | German | | -------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------- | | mark decision makers as key-contact | markiere Entscheider als key-contact | | tag invalid emails as needs-review | markiere ungültige E-Mails als needs-review | | add all from Germany to sublist "DACH" | füge alle aus Deutschland zur Subliste "DACH" hinzu | | add selected to sublist "Priority" | füge Auswahl zur Subliste "Priority" hinzu | | remove all from sublist "Ready" | entferne alle aus Subliste "Ready" | ### Cleaning and normalizing values | English | German | | ----------------------- | --------------------------------- | | normalize country names | normalisiere Ländernamen | | unify status values | vereinheitliche die Status-Werte | | clean up city spellings | bereinige Schreibweisen der Stadt | Normalizing shows you the proposed groupings first — for example every spelling of "USA" it found — and only applies them once you approve, so it never silently rewrites a column. ### Asking questions | English | German | | ----------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | | how many contacts are from Germany? | wie viele Kontakte sind aus Deutschland? | | what countries are there? | welche Länder gibt es? | | show statistics by country | zeige Statistik nach Land | These are read-only — they answer in the chat without changing any row. **Related topics:** ai-commands · what-the-ai-sees · segments-and-tags. ### FAQ #### What are some example AI commands I can type to select rows? "Select personal emails," "select invalid emails," "select all from Germany," and "select decision makers" all work — the last one matches the concept of a decision-maker job title, not just the literal words. #### How do I select emails by quality with an AI command? Type "select valid emails," "select invalid emails," "find disposable emails," "select personal emails," or "select non-personal emails" — each maps to one of ListPlus's built-in email checks. #### How do I find duplicate rows with an AI command? Try "find fuzzy duplicates in name" for similar spellings, "find duplicate phone numbers" for matching numbers regardless of formatting, or "find names similar to John Smith" to match against one specific name. #### How do I tag or sort rows into a sublist with an AI command? "Mark decision makers as key-contact" tags matching rows; "add all from Germany to sublist 'DACH'" or "add selected to sublist 'Priority'" creates the sublist if it doesn't exist yet and adds the matching or selected rows. #### How do I clean up inconsistent values with an AI command? "Normalize country names" or "unify status values" groups the different spellings it finds in that column and shows you the proposed groups to approve before anything changes. #### Can I ask questions about my list instead of giving a command? Yes — "how many contacts are from Germany?", "what countries are there?" and "show statistics by country" are answered directly in the chat, without changing your data. #### Do these commands work in German too? Yes — ListPlus understands German phrasings like "wähle Entscheider" or "normalisiere Ländernamen" the same way it understands the English versions in this article. #### Where do I type these commands? In the Prompts panel: open **More → Prompts** in the list header and type into the **Ask about your data...** field. --- ## AI Analysis: gender, name split, seniority, industry, address Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/ai-on-your-list/ai-derivations Last updated: 2026-09-25 **AI Analysis** is a group of five AI-powered clean-ups in a list's **Enrich** menu that read a column you already have and fill in a new one, using AI inference instead of a data lookup — there's no external provider involved. ### The five analyses - **Detect Gender** — reads the first name column and adds a gender value plus a matching salutation (Mr./Ms./Dear). - **Split Full Names** — splits a full-name column into separate First Name and Last Name columns. - **Analyze Job Titles** — reads job titles and adds a seniority level (C-Level, VP, Director, Manager, Senior/Individual Contributor). - **Classify Industries** — standardizes free-text industry values into a consistent set of names (for example "tech consulting" → "IT & Consulting"). - **Enrich Addresses** — fills in missing city, state, zip and country from whatever address fragments you already have, and normalizes country names. All five need a source column that ListPlus can detect automatically (like a first-name or job-title column) — if none exists, that analysis doesn't appear. **Analyze All** runs every applicable analysis in one go — depending on your columns, that can include steps beyond these five, such as buying roles, lead scoring, outreach briefs and custom scorings, all billed by usage. If many rows lack company data, it first offers **Enrich first, then analyze**, which spends enrichment credits (the dialog shows the estimate). ### AI Analysis is billed by usage — it is not free Every one of the five analyses above calls ListPlus's AI model and is billed the same way as AI commands: by actual usage, shown after it runs, not a fixed price per row. The Enrich menu shows no price up front for these items. Running an analysis is still efficient — ListPlus analyzes each **unique value** in the column once and applies the result to every row that shares it, so a column with many repeated job titles or first names costs far less than analyzing every row separately. See "[AI, research and import costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-ai-research-imports)" for the exact billing model and how it compares to AI commands and AI columns. The **only free item** in the Enrich menu's AI and local groups is **Clean Phone Numbers**, in the separate "Local (Free & Instant)" group — it reformats phone numbers in your browser with no AI call and no credits. See "[Phone number checks and cleanup](https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/phone-numbers)" for that one. ### Where to run it Open **Enrich** in the list toolbar, select rows first if you only want to analyze some of them, then open the **AI Analysis** group and click one analysis or **Analyze All**. Save any unsaved edits first — the Enrich menu blocks a run while you have unsaved changes. Results land the same way as any other enrichment: as unsaved data you confirm into cells afterward. See "[How enrichment works](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/enrichment-overview)" for that fill-in flow. ### FAQ #### What does AI Analysis do? It's a group of five AI-powered clean-ups in a list's Enrich menu: detecting gender and a salutation from first names, splitting full names into first and last name, classifying job titles by seniority, standardizing industry values, and filling in missing address details. Each reads a column you already have and adds new values with AI, without calling an external data provider. #### Is AI Analysis free? No. All five analyses (gender, name split, seniority, industry, address) are billed by usage, the same way as AI commands — the Enrich menu doesn't show a price beforehand, and the amount is shown after the run. The only free option in that part of the Enrich menu is Clean Phone Numbers, which runs locally with no AI call. #### How is gender detected and where does the salutation come from? ListPlus reads the first name column and returns a gender value plus a matching salutation (Mr./Ms./Dear), taking cultural context into account where a name's gender differs by country. It adds these as new columns rather than overwriting your first name column. #### How does name splitting work? Select a full-name column and run Split Full Names — ListPlus adds separate First Name and Last Name columns, handling common naming conventions across regions, prefixes like Dr. or Prof., and suffixes like Jr. or III. #### What does "seniority" mean for job titles? Analyze Job Titles reads your job title column and classifies each one into a level such as C-Level, VP, Director, Manager, or Senior/Individual Contributor, so you can prioritize or filter outreach by decision-making authority. #### What does industry standardization change? Classify Industries normalizes inconsistent, free-text industry values into a consistent set of names — for example "tech consulting" becomes "IT & Consulting" — which makes filtering and segmenting by industry more reliable. #### Does AI Analysis cost less if many rows share the same value? Yes. ListPlus analyzes each unique value in the source column once — for example one "CEO" is analyzed once even if 500 rows have that title — and applies the result to every row that shares it, rather than billing per row. #### Can I run just one analysis instead of all five? Yes. Each of the five appears as its own item in the Enrich menu's AI Analysis group; click just the one you need, or use Analyze All to run every applicable analysis — including any beyond these five that your columns support — in one go. #### What does Analyze All do beyond the five listed analyses? Depending on your columns, Analyze All can also run steps like classifying buying roles, scoring leads, generating outreach briefs and custom scorings, all billed by usage the same way. If many rows are missing company data, it may first offer "Enrich first, then analyze," which spends enrichment credits — the dialog shows the estimate before you confirm. --- ## Section: Inbox & Saved ## The Inbox Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/inbox-and-saved/inbox Last updated: 2026-09-28 The **Inbox** (Eingang) is the place for everything that could become a contact: a meeting invitation, an email signature, a note from a call, a participant list, a pasted table, or an email you forward to it. You drop it in first and sort it out later. Nothing is parsed or converted until you ask for it. The Inbox belongs to the **workspace**: every member sees the same entries, whoever added them, and can recognise and save the people in them. If you work in several workspaces, each has its own Inbox (see "What is a workspace?"). ### Getting things in - **Paste.** On the Inbox page ("Everything that could become a contact."), paste text into the box and click **Add to inbox**. Calendar invitations (.ics), vCards, CSV or JSON snippets and plain notes all work. You can also attach a file with the paperclip button, or drop it onto the paste box: text PDFs up to 30 MB (the text is read in your browser; only the text is uploaded), plus CSV, TSV, JSON and other text files. Images, scanned PDFs and Excel files aren't read as inbox entries — an Excel file goes straight to the list-import wizard instead (see below). Under the box, **Try an example** offers fictional samples (Email signature, Call note, Calendar invite, Attendee list, LinkedIn profile text, Business card); **Use example** only fills the box, nothing is added or charged. - **More ways into your inbox**, below the examples: - **Forward emails** shows your address with "Your personal address for this workspace" and a copy button (or **Create address** if you don't have one yet; signed out, **Sign in**). - **Drop files** opens the file picker for the paste box. - **Automatically via API** (n8n · Zapier · Make · iOS Shortcuts) → **Set up** opens **Receive from tools** (see "Sending into the Inbox from n8n, Zapier, Shortcuts, scripts and email"). - **Dictate** → **Record** starts the microphone in the paste box, so you can speak a note in after a conversation. - **Forward an email.** Forward or send a mail to your address ending `@in.listplus.ai` and the body becomes one entry in the workspace's Inbox; the first 10 attachments are read, and text PDFs, vCards, calendar invites (.ics), CSV, JSON and plain-text files each become their own entry. Excel files, images and scanned PDFs are skipped. Keep attachments under about **3 MB in total** — larger emails may not arrive. Spam and duplicate deliveries are dropped, and ListPlus never replies. Your own account address and the address you forward from are never suggested as a contact. The address is personal **per workspace**: each member has their own, and in another workspace you get a different one. Each entry holds up to 256 KB and a workspace's Inbox keeps up to 500 live entries; older ones expire on their own. ### Big tables go to the list import, not recognition If an entry — pasted text, something sent from a tool, or an email attachment — is a table (more than 10 rows and at least 3 columns of CSV, TSV or JSON), ListPlus shows "Table with N rows and M columns detected" and offers **Import as list**, which opens the New List wizard with the table pre-loaded (preview, column mapping, every row) instead of contact recognition. Tables of 50 rows or fewer can still be recognised here with **Recognize here anyway**. After an import finishes, the entry is marked **Done** and shows "This table was imported as a list" with a button to open that list. Dropping or attaching an Excel file, or a CSV/TSV/JSON file that is such a table, directly in the Inbox skips the entry step and opens the import wizard right away. ### Recognising contacts Open an entry and click **Recognize contacts**. ListPlus splits it into people and companies — attendees of an invitation, rows of a table, names in a note — and for each one shows what it understood, the evidence from your text, and, for entries with up to 5 people, matching LinkedIn profiles found on the web (for bigger entries, click **Find person** on a row, free). For material from a document (a brochure, a forwarded newsletter), the result also opens with a header naming the organisation the material is from or about and a one-sentence summary, when that's clear from the text. A row marked **Please check** might be a placeholder or test entry, or has only an abbreviated first name; entries with such rows collect under the **To review** tab. A person you already saved shows **Already saved** and is linked, not duplicated. You are never offered as a contact — your account email address and, for forwarded mail, the sender's address are excluded automatically. Every recognition run costs **0.5 credits as a base** — this applies to every kind of entry, including calendar invites, vCards and tables. Long free text (an email body, a pasted note) also adds the actual AI cost at double the standard rate. The **Recognize contacts** button shows the price before you click: an exact number like "· 0.5" for invitations, vCards and tables, or a "~" upper bound for free text (typically up to about 2.1 credits for the longest entries; the real charge is usually lower). In a workspace, the credits come from the owner's balance. If the balance is too low for that estimate, the button is replaced by **Top up credits**. Recognition never looks up emails or phone numbers itself — that happens later, from a list or from Saved. If you edit an entry's text or delete it while a recognition run is still in flight, any credits spent on that run are refunded automatically. **Recognize again** re-runs the same process — you're charged again each time — and keeps your earlier decisions on any candidate whose text didn't change. ### What to do with a recognised person Each person is a row with a checkbox you tick. You can correct the fields directly, or open the profile to load the LinkedIn and company basics (about 0.75 credits combined). If several LinkedIn profiles matched, the row stays locked until you pick the right one under "Is this the right person?" (or **None of these**). Then, for the ticked rows: - **Add to list** (the primary action, shown in the button when rows are ticked): sends the people into an existing or new list. Rows already sent show **In list · name**. - **Save**: keeps the people under Saved without spending anything, so you can decide on a list later. Opening a person's profile also saves them automatically. A person already saved stays ticked and selectable — you can still send them to a list from here — but Save itself only acts on people you haven't saved yet; someone recognised by the same email or LinkedIn profile as an existing saved contact is linked to it, not saved twice. - **Don't save** hides a wrong match. ### Done and expiry Entries whose people are all handled (saved, listed or dismissed) move to the **Done** tab automatically; you can also click **Done** on an entry by hand, or **Reopen** to bring it back to "All". Marking an entry Done only hides it from "All" — it doesn't delete it or reset its countdown. Every raw entry is deleted automatically **14 days** after it arrives, and each entry shows its own days-left count (or "Expires today"); the **Expiring soon** filter lists the ones with under 3 days left. People you saved or added to a list from an entry are not affected. ### FAQ #### What is the Inbox for? For everything that could become a contact but is not one yet: meeting invitations, email signatures, call notes, participant lists, pasted tables, or emails you forward to it. You drop it into the Inbox first and recognise the people later, when you have time. Nothing is converted automatically. #### How do I get something into the Inbox? Paste text into the box on the Inbox page and click Add to inbox — you can also attach a text PDF, CSV, JSON or similar file there, or drop it onto the box. Or forward emails to your personal address for this workspace (shown under "More ways into your inbox" → Forward emails), or send content from n8n, Zapier, Make, an iPhone Shortcut or a script via Automatically via API → Set up. Images, scanned PDFs and Excel files aren't read as inbox entries — Excel goes straight to the list import instead. #### How does "Recognize contacts" work and what does it cost? It splits the entry into people and companies, shows what it understood with the evidence from your text, and finds matching LinkedIn profiles on the web. Every run costs a 0.5-credit base — including invitations, vCards and tables — plus, for long free text, the actual AI cost at double rate (shown as an upper bound of up to about 2.1 credits on the button before you click). If your balance is too low, a Top up credits button appears instead of letting the click fail, and any charge is refunded automatically if you edit or delete the entry while a run is still in progress. #### What do Verified, Plausible and Review mean? In the current app these words aren't shown as labels. A recognised person who needs a look is marked Please check — it might be a placeholder or test entry, or the first name is only abbreviated — and such entries collect under the To review tab. Someone you already saved shows Already saved and is linked instead of saved twice. #### Why can't I tick a person in the Inbox? Because several LinkedIn profiles matched and ListPlus doesn't want to guess. Choose the right one under "Is this the right person?", or None of these, and the checkbox unlocks. #### What is the difference between Save and Add to list? Add to list sends the ticked people straight into an existing or new list; Save keeps them under Saved without spending anything, so they wait there until you decide on a list. A person you already saved stays selectable so you can still add them to a list later, but Save itself only applies to people who aren't saved yet. Both actions are free. #### How long do entries stay in the Inbox? Raw entries are deleted automatically 14 days after they arrive; each entry shows its own days-left count. People you saved or added to a list from an entry are unaffected — only the raw entry disappears. Marking an entry Done just moves it out of the "All" tab; it still expires on the same 14-day schedule, and Reopen brings it back. #### What happens when I paste or forward a big table? Anything with more than 10 rows and at least 3 columns (CSV, TSV or JSON) is offered as "Table with N rows and M columns detected" with an Import as list button that opens the New List wizard instead of contact recognition. Tables of 50 rows or fewer can still be recognised in the Inbox directly with Recognize here anyway. #### Is my intake address safe? Both your forwarding email address and your webhook URL are private: anyone who knows either can send content into your workspace's Inbox, nothing else. Don't publish them — if one leaks, click Renew address and both the old email address and the old URL stop working immediately, and sending stays rate-limited so a leak can't flood your Inbox. Forwarded mail passes through an inbound e-mail service on its way in — see "[Who processes your data (subprocessors)](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/subprocessors)". #### Can my colleagues see what's in my Inbox? Yes. The Inbox belongs to the workspace, so every member sees the same entries — including emails you forwarded and entries from your tools — and can recognise and save the people in them. Each workspace has its own Inbox, so switch workspaces to see another one. #### Does everyone in the workspace share one forwarding address? No. Each member gets their own personal address per workspace ("Your personal address for this workspace"), but whatever arrives at any member's address lands in the same shared Inbox of that workspace. In a different workspace you get a different address, so forward to the one of the workspace the contacts belong to. #### What are the example cards under the Inbox paste box? Under "Try an example" you'll find fictional samples such as an email signature, a call note, a calendar invite, an attendee list, LinkedIn profile text and a business card. Use example only fills the paste box so you can see what the Inbox handles; nothing is added or charged until you click Add to inbox and later Recognize contacts. --- ## Sending into the Inbox from n8n, Zapier, Shortcuts, scripts and email Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/inbox-and-saved/send-to-inbox-from-tools Last updated: 2026-09-28 You have two private addresses that any tool, script, automation or email client can send content to: a **forwarding email address** and a **webhook URL** for tools. Anything sent to either lands unchanged in the Inbox of the **workspace** the addresses belong to, ready to recognize later. Every member of a workspace has their own pair for that workspace, and everything they receive goes into the same shared Inbox; in another workspace you get a different pair. ### Getting your addresses On the Inbox page, the **Forward emails** card under "More ways into your inbox" shows your address with "Your personal address for this workspace", or a **Create address** button if you don't have one yet. The full setup is under **Receive from tools** (also reached via **Automatically via API** → **Set up**): click **Create address** there once per workspace, and ListPlus shows: - **Forward by e-mail** — a personal address ending `@in.listplus.ai`, with a **Copy** button. Forward or send mail to it directly from your mail client or phone. - **For tools (webhook URL)** — a private URL for scripts and automations, plus ready-made snippets for n8n, Zapier and iPhone Shortcuts that you can copy directly. You get exactly one of each per workspace, tied together: renewing or closing one affects both (see below). Make sure the right workspace is active before you copy an address, because contacts sent there land in that workspace's Inbox. ### Forwarding email Forward or CC any mail to your **Forward by e-mail** address. ListPlus turns it into inbox entries: - The message **body** becomes one text entry (subject is stored as its note). - The first **10 attachments** are read; text PDFs, vCards, calendar invites (.ics), CSV, JSON and plain-text files each become their own entry. Excel files, images and scanned PDFs are skipped. - **Keep attachments under about 3 MB in total** — larger emails may not arrive at all, body included. - A mail with only skipped attachments still delivers its body as an entry. - **Spam-flagged mail and duplicate deliveries of the same message are dropped.** Mail to an old, rotated address is dropped too. - **ListPlus never replies** to a forwarded mail — not even to reject it. Anyone who knows your forwarding address can send mail into your workspace's Inbox; there is no sender allowlist, only the size and rate limits below. ### What each tool sends - **n8n** — an HTTP Request node: POST to your webhook URL, with the body as plain text or JSON. Add `?source=n8n` to the URL to see that source labeled in your Inbox. - **Zapier** — the Webhooks by Zapier action, Custom Request: POST, with Content-Type `text/plain` or `application/json`, any body. - **iPhone Shortcuts** — the "Get Contents of URL" action: method POST, request body is your text. Works well from the iOS share sheet, so you can send a webpage or a note straight to your Inbox from your phone. - **Your own script** — POST plain text, a JSON object, or a file (`multipart/form-data` with one file field: txt, md, csv, json, ics, vcf, eml, xml, html, or a PDF — text PDFs are extracted server-side, a scanned PDF is rejected with an error; images and other binary files aren't accepted). A plain `curl` call works too, for example `curl -X POST "?source=myscript" -H "Content-Type: text/plain" --data "..."`. Optional query parameters or JSON fields let a sender add context: `source` (who sent it), `hint` (a parser hint like `ics`, `vcard` or `table`), and `note` (a short note, up to 500 characters). ### Limits Each entry can hold up to **256 KB**, and a workspace's Inbox keeps up to **500 live entries** at a time, counted for all members together — older entries expire on their own before that becomes a problem, but if you reach it, new sends are refused until older entries expire. A forwarded email can add up to 11 entries at once (the body plus up to 10 attachments). Sending is also rate-limited per minute and per day for each person so a single runaway script or a leaked address can't flood your Inbox; if you hit a limit, the response (or, for email, silence) tells the difference between a skipped part and a dropped message. Every entry — however it arrived — is deleted automatically 14 days after it was received; see "[The Inbox](https://listplus.ai/en/help/inbox-and-saved/inbox)" for what that means for people you've already saved or added to a list. ### Renewing or turning it off Both addresses are private: anyone who has one can send into your workspace's Inbox, and nothing else. Renewing or closing only affects your own pair in the current workspace; colleagues' addresses keep working. If either leaks — for example a script logs the URL somewhere public, or you no longer trust who has your forwarding address — click **Renew address**; the old email address and the old URL both stop working immediately, and new ones take their place. You can also click **Close intake** on the same screen, which stops all intake through your pair (email and tools) until you create a new one. If the workspace is deleted, all its addresses stop working. ### FAQ #### How do I get an address that tools can send data to? On the Inbox page, click Receive from tools (or Automatically via API → Set up), then Create address, once per workspace. ListPlus shows your personal forwarding address for this workspace under "Forward by e-mail" and a webhook URL under "For tools (webhook URL)", along with copyable setup snippets for n8n, Zapier and iPhone Shortcuts. #### What request format does the webhook URL expect? A POST request with either plain text (Content-Type text/plain), a JSON body, or a file upload (multipart/form-data with one file field — txt, md, csv, json, ics, vcf, eml, xml, html, or a PDF; a scanned PDF is rejected). Optional source, hint and note fields or query parameters let the sender add context shown in your Inbox. #### How do I connect n8n, Zapier or an iPhone Shortcut? n8n: an HTTP Request node POSTing to your webhook URL with the body as text or JSON. Zapier: the Webhooks by Zapier "Custom Request" action, POST, text/plain or application/json. iPhone Shortcuts: the "Get Contents of URL" action, method POST, with your text as the request body — great from the share sheet. #### How do I forward emails into my Inbox? Copy your address from the Forward emails card on the Inbox page (or create it there with Create address) and forward mail to it; it ends in `@in.listplus.ai` and belongs to the current workspace. The body becomes one entry, and the first 10 attachments are read: text PDFs, vCards, calendar invites, CSV, JSON and plain-text files each become their own entry (kept under about 3 MB in total), while Excel files, images and scanned PDFs are skipped, and ListPlus never replies. #### Why didn't my forwarded e-mail arrive? Most likely the attachments were too large — keep them under about 3 MB in total, since larger emails may not arrive at all. Excel files and scanned PDFs are also skipped rather than stored, and spam-flagged or duplicate mail is dropped; if none of that explains it, check that your forwarding rule sends to the exact address shown and that you're looking at the Inbox of the workspace that address belongs to. #### How big can one entry be, and how many can I have? Each entry can be up to 256 KB, and a workspace's Inbox holds up to 500 live entries at a time for all members together; older entries expire automatically well before that limit matters, but if you reach it, new sends are refused until older entries expire. A forwarded mail can add up to 11 entries at once (body plus up to 10 attachments). Sending is also rate-limited, so a leaked address or a misconfigured script can't flood your Inbox. #### How long does content sent this way stay in the Inbox? Every entry, however it arrived, is deleted automatically 14 days after it was received. People you've saved or added to a list from it are unaffected — only the raw entry disappears. #### What happens if my intake address leaks? Click Renew address on the Receive from tools screen — your old forwarding email address and old webhook URL for this workspace both stop accepting new content immediately, and new ones replace them together; colleagues' addresses aren't affected. Update any tool, script, or mail forwarding rule that was using the old address afterward. #### Can I turn off receiving from tools and email entirely? Yes, click Close intake on the Receive from tools screen — nothing can be sent through your address pair for this workspace, by email or by tool, until you create a new one. Pasting content yourself on the Inbox page still works either way. #### Why do I have a different forwarding address in each workspace? Each address belongs to one person in one workspace, so ListPlus knows which workspace's Inbox a mail belongs in. Forward to the address you see while that workspace is active; creating a new workspace means creating a new address there. --- ## How Inbox recognition works, and reviewing what it found Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/inbox-and-saved/recognition-and-review Last updated: 2026-09-25 "[The Inbox](https://listplus.ai/en/help/inbox-and-saved/inbox)" covers pasting things in and the overall flow; this goes deeper on what **Recognize contacts** actually does with different kinds of input, what its badges mean, and how to correct what it got wrong. ### Recognition depends on what you pasted - **A calendar invitation (.ics)** — the organizer and every attendee become one candidate each. - **A vCard** — one candidate per card. - **A table (CSV, JSON, or a pasted spreadsheet block)** — one candidate per row, with columns matched to the right field automatically. A table with **10 rows or fewer** is recognized directly with no extra step. Anything bigger (more than 10 rows, at least 3 columns) shows a table card instead: **Import as list** always, plus **Recognize here anyway** when the table is **50 rows or fewer** — over 50 rows, only Import as list is offered. See "[The Inbox](https://listplus.ai/en/help/inbox-and-saved/inbox)" for that card. - **A short line of text** (a signature, a single contact), or **one contact per line** for several lines — each becomes its own candidate directly, with no AI step. - **Longer free text** (an email body, a forwarded PDF, a note) — read by AI to pull out several candidates, at most 50 per run. This is the one case that adds AI cost on top of the base charge (see "[The Inbox](https://listplus.ai/en/help/inbox-and-saved/inbox)" for the exact cost); every other case above (invitations, vCards, tables, short text and contact lines) costs exactly the 0.5-credit base, never more. Before longer free text reaches the AI, ListPlus strips noise that would otherwise slow it down without adding information: repeated `mailto:`/ `https:` links, quote markers, repeated From/To/Cc/Subject lines from a mail thread, image filename placeholders, and duplicate paragraphs (the same signature or disclaimer repeated in every reply). For material longer than about 24,000 characters, it keeps the beginning (roughly the first quarter) plus every line with a contact signal anywhere in the text — an email address, a phone number, a job title like "CEO" or "Head of", or a word like "Impressum" or "Vertrieb" — and fills in the rest as space allows; skipped stretches show as "[…]" internally but every value in the result is still checked against your original text. Even when the same person appears many times (a signature, quoted replies, forwarded threads), recognition produces exactly one candidate for them, merging their details. Every candidate is then checked for placeholder, test or generic role-address values. When an entry has 5 candidates or fewer, each is also matched against the web automatically, the same way Person Search does it. With more, click **Find person** on a row to look it up (free). ### You're never offered as a contact Recognition automatically drops your own account email address, and — for mail you forwarded — the address you forwarded from, along with any name-only mentions of that person (a "Hi Anna," greeting line, for example). This applies to every entry, not only forwarded email. ### Document header, for material about an organisation When longer free text is clearly from or mainly about one organisation (a brochure, a company newsletter, a letter), the result opens with a small header card naming that organisation and one sentence on what it does — only when the text makes that clear. A list of several people or a thread between different companies doesn't get a header, since no single organisation is central. ### The badges A recognized row shows at most one badge: - **Please check** — something about the row needs a look before you rely on it: it might be a placeholder, a test record or a generic role address, or the first name is only an abbreviation in the source text. - **Already saved** — this person or company matches one you've already saved; it's linked to that existing record instead of duplicated. - **Saved**, **In list** (or **In list · [list name]**), and **Not saved** show once you've acted on a row: kept in Saved, sent to a list, or dismissed. - **No badge** — nothing looked like a placeholder and it isn't linked to an existing saved contact; it's ready to tick. ### Choosing the right profile If more than one LinkedIn profile could match a person, the row is locked with **Is this the right person?** and a list of candidates — pick one, or click **None of these** if none fit. The row unlocks and becomes selectable as soon as you decide. ### Correcting a candidate Expand a row with the arrow on its right. Under **Review details**, type a correction into any field — first name, last name, job title, company, email or phone for a person; company name, domain, website or industry for a company. It saves as soon as you leave the field. Corrections are free, don't trigger a new recognition run, and are possible until you save, list or dismiss the row. **Related topics:** inbox · saved-contacts. ### FAQ #### Why do some Inbox rows say "Please check" and others don't? "Please check" appears when the row looks like it could be a placeholder, a test record or a generic role address, or when the first name in your source text is only an abbreviation. A row with no badge raised none of these flags. #### What does "Already saved" mean on a recognized row? It means this person or company matches someone you've already saved — ListPlus links the row to that existing record instead of creating a duplicate. #### Does recognition work differently for a calendar invite than for a pasted table? Yes. An invitation turns its organizer and attendees into one candidate each, a vCard becomes one candidate per card, and a table of 10 rows or fewer becomes one candidate per row with columns matched automatically — bigger tables (up to 50 rows) need one extra click on Recognize here anyway, or go straight to the list import. Only longer free text is read by AI to extract several candidates, which is the one case with an AI charge on top of the base cost. #### I pasted several contacts as plain lines of text — does each line become its own candidate? Yes, for a short list of lines (up to 40): each line starting with a name becomes its own candidate, with any following line (email, phone, title) attached to it. This still costs the 0.5-credit base charge like every recognition run, but never the extra AI charge — it's not the free-text extraction path. #### Can I fix a wrong name, title or email before saving or adding to a list? Yes — expand the row with the arrow on its right and type the correction under Review details; it saves as soon as you leave the field, with no extra charge or new recognition run, and stays editable until you save, list or dismiss the row. #### Is there a limit to how much text ListPlus can extract candidates from? Yes. Before sending long free text to the AI, ListPlus removes repeated quote headers, signatures and disclaimers, then — if what's left is still over about 24,000 characters — keeps the beginning plus every line with a contact signal (an email, a phone number, a job title, "Impressum") rather than just cutting off the end, so contact details near the bottom aren't lost. Extraction stops at 50 candidates per paste either way; split a very long or contact-dense document into smaller pastes for full coverage. #### Does recognizing a document tell me what it's about? For longer free text clearly from or about one organisation (a brochure, a newsletter, a forwarded PDF), the result opens with a header card naming that organisation and a one-sentence summary, drawn only from your text. Material without a single central organisation — a contact list, a thread between several companies — doesn't get one. #### Will recognition ever suggest me as a contact? No. Your own account email address is always excluded, and for a forwarded email, the address you forwarded from is excluded too, along with plain name mentions of that same person (like a greeting line). This applies to every entry, not just email. --- ## Saved contacts Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/inbox-and-saved/saved-contacts Last updated: 2026-09-28 **Saved** (Gemerkt) is where people wait for their list. Every profile you load in Person Search, Segment Search, AI Research or the Inbox is recorded automatically, and it lands on Saved as soon as a lookup finds data, or when you file it or save it from the Inbox, so you can collect over days and then move a whole folder into a list at once. Saved is deliberately not a CRM: there are no notes, statuses or deal stages. Saved belongs to the **workspace**: everyone in the workspace sees the same saved contacts and folders, and can file, enrich or remove them. If you work in several workspaces, each has its own Saved (see "[What is a workspace?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/what-is-a-workspace)"). The page's address is listplus.ai/app/saved; older links to listplus.ai/app/contacts still lead there. ### How people get here Loading a profile anywhere in the app is recorded automatically, and it lands on Saved as soon as a lookup finds data, or when you file it or save it from the Inbox. In the Inbox, **Save** keeps a recognised person here too regardless of what any lookup found. Someone you already have is recognised by LinkedIn URL, email, or name and company, so nothing is saved twice — a richer result just updates the existing entry. ### Kept versus just viewed Contacts you **keep** — saved from the Inbox, filed into a folder, or enriched (a profile where at least one lookup found data, including a cache hit) — stay on the Saved page and don't expire. Profiles where nothing was found are only kept briefly as **viewed** — for example a result loaded straight onto the page from a LinkedIn URL, email or domain with no match — and aren't shown on Saved; they show instead under **Recently viewed** on the idle Person Search page (the 6 most recent viewed entries in the workspace), and drop out after 30 days of no further activity. The Saved page itself only ever shows kept people, so it doesn't fill up with every profile you glanced at. ### The Saved page Click **Saved** in the left navigation to open the Saved page. As long as nothing is saved yet, it shows a start page, "Keep interesting contacts in view", with the four ways contacts land here: **From Person Search**, **From Segment Search**, **From AI Research** and **From the Inbox**, each with a button that takes you there. Once something is saved, the page has its own left column — **All saved** plus the **Folders** — next to a table. The folder column is open by default; you can drag it wider or narrower and collapse it (⌘⇧L / Ctrl+Shift+L, or click **Saved** in the left navigation again to reopen it), and on phones it becomes a side panel titled "Folders". The table shows contact, company, location, what's reachable (email, mobile, phone), where the person was found, folder and last seen. Search, filter by people or companies and by source, and open a row to see the full profile again, free of charge. ### Folders Create up to 50 folders from the **+** next to "Folders" in the left column, rename or delete them, and file people into one by **dragging table rows** (a dragged selection carries every selected row) onto a folder in the left column, or via a row's **⋯** menu or the bulk **Move to folder** action. Dropping rows on **All saved** takes them out of their folder. Deleting a folder, or removing someone from one, **keeps that person saved** — they stay on "All saved", they're just no longer filed anywhere. Up to 300 people can be filed across all folders combined. Both limits (50 folders, 300 filed) apply per workspace, shared by all its members. A folder's own menu offers **Add to list** for everyone in it at once. ### Getting people into a list or a pipeline Tick rows and click **Add** → **Add to list**, or use a folder's menu. Adding merges with rows that already exist in the list by email, LinkedIn URL, or name and company, filling empty cells instead of creating duplicates. The enrichment results and their sources travel along, so the list shows where each value came from. **Add** → **Send to pipeline** puts the selected people into one of the workspace's pipelines instead (see "[Pipelines — send records on to your CRM, Slack, e-mail or API](https://listplus.ai/en/help/pipelines/pipelines-overview)"). When you open a saved contact that has been sent to a pipeline, the profile drawer shows an **In pipelines** section with each pipeline's state for that person (waiting, data check, sent, failed or removed) — see "[Seeing which pipelines a record went through](https://listplus.ai/en/help/pipelines/pipeline-marks)". ### Enriching from Saved Opening someone from Saved always reloads them for free. If the basics (LinkedIn profile and company profile, about 0.75 credits combined) haven't been loaded yet, click **Load** in the profile drawer; add-on cards for a verified email, phone or mobile number run only when you click them and show their price first. The result is saved in place, so the data is there when the person moves into a list. ### FAQ #### What is Saved? Saved (Gemerkt) is the holding place for people you found and want to keep — from Person Search, Segment Search, AI Research or the Inbox. You collect there, organise in folders, enrich if needed, and move people into a list or a pipeline when ready. It's not a CRM: no notes, statuses or deal stages. #### How do I save a contact? Open the person's profile anywhere in the app: once a lookup finds data, they're saved automatically. To keep someone regardless, choose a folder under Save in … in the profile drawer's header, or tick them in the Inbox and click Save. Profiles loaded from a bare email or domain have no Save in … button, so file them from Saved instead. #### Why did a contact disappear from Saved? Only contacts you keep — saved, filed, or enriched with a lookup that found data — stay on Saved. A profile where nothing was found (viewed only) isn't kept: it shows under Recently viewed on the idle Person Search page (the 6 most recent) and drops out after 30 days of no activity. There's no "Saved only" switch to toggle any more: the Saved page always shows kept people only. #### How do I organise saved contacts? Create folders (up to 50) with the + next to "Folders" in the Saved page's left column, or from Save in … → New folder … in the profile drawer. Drag table rows (or a whole selection) onto a folder, or use a row's ⋯ menu; rename or delete folders any time — deleting one keeps the people, it just unfiles them, they stay saved. #### How do I move saved contacts into a list? On the Saved page, tick rows and click Add → Add to list, or open a folder's menu and choose Add to list for everyone in it. Pick an existing list or create a new one; people already in that list are matched by email, LinkedIn URL, or name and company and merged instead of duplicated. #### Are saved contacts saved twice if I find them again? No. ListPlus recognises the same person by LinkedIn URL, email, or name and company and updates the existing entry with the richer result instead of creating a second one. #### Can I enrich a contact directly from Saved? Yes. Open the person and use the profile drawer: load the basics if they aren't loaded yet (about 0.75 credits), reveal a verified email, phone or mobile number, or run other add-ons — each shows its price before it runs. The saved entry is updated in place, so the data travels with the person into a list. #### Can I export Saved to a file? Not directly — there's no export button on the Saved page. Add the people to a list first, then export the list as CSV or Excel. #### Where did folders and Recently viewed go, and how do I delete a saved contact? Folders live in the Saved page's own left column, which is open by default and can be collapsed (⌘⇧L / Ctrl+Shift+L, or click Saved in the left navigation again to reopen it); on phones it's a side panel titled "Folders". Recently viewed shows the 6 contacts you touched most recently, saved or not, under the idle Person Search page. To delete a saved contact, use Delete in its row's ⋯ menu on the Saved page; it removes right away, with no confirmation step. #### Can my colleagues see my saved contacts? Yes. Saved belongs to the workspace, so every member sees the same saved contacts and folders and can file, enrich or remove them. If you work in several workspaces, each one has its own Saved; switch workspaces to see the other one. #### Why is my Saved page empty or showing a start page? As long as nothing is saved in the current workspace, Saved shows the start page "Keep interesting contacts in view" with four ways to save contacts: from Person Search, Segment Search, AI Research or the Inbox. If you expected contacts there, check that you're in the right workspace, because each workspace has its own Saved. #### Where do I see whether a saved contact was sent to a pipeline? Open the contact from Saved: if it has been sent to a pipeline, the profile drawer shows an "In pipelines" section with each pipeline's state (waiting, data check, sent, failed or removed) and the date. Click a row to open that pipeline; the section is hidden when there's nothing to show. --- ## Saved vs. Lists: why both exist Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/inbox-and-saved/saved-vs-lists Last updated: 2026-09-28 **Saved** and **Lists** both hold contacts, but they're for two different stages of the same job: Saved is where people wait before you've decided what to do with them, and a list is where you actually get them ready for something — checked, enriched, exported. ### What each one is for **Saved** is a lightweight holding area. Anyone you look at in Person Search, Segment Search, AI Research or the Inbox is saved automatically once a lookup finds data, sorted into folders you create, with no notes, statuses or deal stages — it's deliberately not a CRM. You can reopen and reload anyone in Saved for free at any time, whether or not you've decided on a list for them yet. A **list** is a real, structured table: columns, checks, evaluations (Cold Email, CRM Quality, …), enrichment, and export or sync to another tool. Working on a list is where credits get spent and where data actually becomes usable for a campaign or a CRM push. Both belong to the **workspace**: every member sees the same Saved contacts and the same lists, and each workspace has its own of both. ### The practical differences - **Structure.** Saved has no columns of its own beyond what a person's profile carries; a list has whatever schema you or an import gave it, and every list can look completely different. - **Record limit.** Rows in lists count toward the record limit of the workspace owner's plan; people sitting in Saved do not — Saved has its own, separate caps per workspace (up to 1,000 saved people outside folders, up to 300 more filed across the folders, plus up to 50 viewed-only entries kept for 30 days — Person Search's Recently viewed shows the 6 most recent) that have nothing to do with the plan. - **What you can do there.** In Saved you can reload a profile, add-on reveals like a verified email or mobile, and move people to a list. Full enrichment jobs, checks, evaluations, exports and syncs only run inside a list. - **Lifetime.** People you've saved, filed into a folder, or enriched stay in Saved indefinitely; merely-viewed entries drop out after 30 days. A list stays until you delete it. ### Moving between them Saved is a one-way step into a list: tick people in Saved and click **Add** → **Add to list** to send them into an existing or new list, merging with matching rows instead of duplicating. **Add** → **Send to pipeline** is the third destination: it hands the selected people to a pipeline (for example your CRM or Slack) straight from Saved, without a list in between — see "[Pipelines — send records on to your CRM, Slack, e-mail or API](https://listplus.ai/en/help/pipelines/pipelines-overview)". There's no "send a list row back to Saved" — if you want to keep working a contact without committing to a specific list, keep them in Saved until you're ready. ### FAQ #### Why does ListPlus have both Saved and Lists? They cover two stages: Saved is a lightweight place to collect people as you find them, without deciding on a list yet; a list is where you structure, check, enrich and export contacts for a specific job like a campaign or a CRM push. #### Do people in Saved count toward my plan's record limit? No. The record limit only counts rows inside lists, against the plan of the workspace owner. Saved has its own separate limits per workspace instead — up to 1,000 saved people outside folders, up to 300 more across the folders, plus up to 50 viewed-only entries kept for 30 days. #### Can I run enrichment or checks on people while they're still in Saved? You can reload a profile and run individual add-ons like revealing a verified email in Saved, but full enrichment jobs, quality checks and evaluations only run inside a list — add the people to a list first for those. #### Does adding someone to a list remove them from Saved? No. Adding a person to a list doesn't remove them from Saved — they stay there too, so you can still find them later, add them to a second list, or file them into a folder. #### Can I move a contact from a list back into Saved? Not directly — opening that person's profile from the list only adds them to Recently viewed. To keep them in Saved, choose a folder under Save in … in the profile drawer, or click Load; they stay once a lookup finds data. The list row stays where it is either way. #### Can I send saved contacts to a pipeline without putting them in a list first? Yes. On the Saved page, tick the people, click Add and choose Send to pipeline, then pick the pipeline. They wait there as entries until someone clicks Send in the pipeline; see "[Pipelines — send records on to your CRM, Slack, e-mail or API](https://listplus.ai/en/help/pipelines/pipelines-overview)" for how that works. #### Which one should I use to start finding new contacts? Either works — opening someone's profile from Person Search, Segment Search, AI Research or the Inbox saves them automatically once a lookup finds data, so Saved fills up as you search. Use it to collect over several sessions, then send a batch to a list once you know which campaign or CRM push they're for. --- ## Section: Data sources, privacy & legal ## Where does the data come from? Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/where-does-the-data-come-from Last updated: 2026-09-25 ListPlus does not own a contact database. Every lookup calls a specialised data provider at the moment you ask for it, and the result is written into your list. Which provider answers depends on what you're doing. ### Who answers which lookup | You use… | Data comes from… | | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Segment Search**, and "Contact Brief" (by LinkedIn URL or by Name & Company), "Reveal Mobile Number" | Prospeo — a licensed B2B contact database, refreshed by the provider weekly | | **Contact Profile** (by Email) and the deeper "Find Email"/"Find Email + Phone" searches | FullEnrich, which checks 20+ underlying sources one after another | | **Company Lookup** (company details from a domain or company name), and the cheaper "Contact Profile (by Email)" in the single-cell fill window | CompanyEnrich | | **Company Profile Crunchbase** (funding, tech, growth) | Crunchbase | | Email verification (valid / invalid / catch-all / disposable) | MillionVerifier, checked live against the mail server | | LinkedIn profile and company data, profile search, URL verification | A specialised LinkedIn data provider (never your own LinkedIn account) | | Finding a LinkedIn URL or a company website by name | Google search — free | | **AI Research** matches | Live web search across job posts, press, company pages, and (if enabled) Reddit, X and BuiltWith (tech stack) | This is a short summary. The full table with inputs, coverage and charge rules per provider is in "[Data sources: the full provider table](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/data-sources-table)", and each provider also has its own topic with more detail. ### LinkedIn imports Importing from LinkedIn (a Sales Navigator search, a company's employees, a profile search, or a post's reactions or comments) runs through a specialised LinkedIn data provider on ListPlus's side. It never signs in with your LinkedIn account and never uses your session. ### The company cache Company data (industry, size, location and more) is the same for every customer who looks up the same domain, so ListPlus keeps a shared result per domain and reuses it for free when anyone looks up that domain again — no new provider call, no credits charged. Person data (emails, phone numbers, job titles) is never shared between customers. Repeating one of your own LinkedIn lookups within 30 days reuses your earlier result for free; person lookups (Prospeo, FullEnrich) that returned data are reused for 7 days in your account, and lookups that found nothing are run again. ### How current the data is Prospeo's own figures for Segment Search: roughly 300 million profiles and 143 million verified email addresses, updated weekly by the provider — that claim is theirs, not independently verified by ListPlus. Other lookups query the provider when you ask. If you repeat a lookup, ListPlus may reuse an earlier result instead of charging again: company details from the shared company cache, your own LinkedIn lookups for 30 days, and your person lookups (Prospeo, FullEnrich) and email checks for 7 days. **Related topics:** data sources table · what-does-one-contact-cost · categories-audience-database · ai-research. ### FAQ #### Does ListPlus have its own contact database? No. ListPlus holds no contact database of its own; every lookup calls a specialised data provider live, and the result is saved into your list. Segment Search is the one exception where you're browsing a provider's database directly through ListPlus's filters. #### Which provider powers Segment Search? Prospeo, a licensed B2B contact database. By the provider's own figures it holds roughly 300 million profiles and 143 million verified email addresses, refreshed weekly. #### Which provider finds an email from just a name and company? Prospeo for the cheaper "Contact Brief" lookup, and FullEnrich for the deeper "Find Email (by Name & Company)" search that checks 20+ sources when Prospeo doesn't find a match. #### Which provider looks up company details from a domain? CompanyEnrich. When ListPlus's company cache already holds current data for a domain (industry, employee count, location and more), the lookup costs nothing. #### How is my email verification checked? By MillionVerifier. Obvious cases such as disposable addresses are caught by a free pre-check first. Everything else is checked by MillionVerifier, and a result is reused for 7 days if you verify the same address again. #### Where does LinkedIn profile data come from? From a specialised LinkedIn data provider on ListPlus's side, never from your own LinkedIn account or session. #### Does ListPlus use my LinkedIn account? No. LinkedIn data comes from a specialised LinkedIn data provider on ListPlus's side; ListPlus never signs in as you and never uses your LinkedIn account or session. #### Where do AI Research results come from? From a live web search: job posts, community threads, press, company pages, and Reddit, X or BuiltWith (tech stack) when you switch those on. Every match also gets a free LinkedIn lookup to confirm the person is real before it's returned. #### How current is the data ListPlus shows me? Lookups query the provider at the moment you ask, so you get their current data. When you repeat a lookup, ListPlus may reuse an earlier result for free: company details from its company cache, your own LinkedIn lookups for 30 days, and your person lookups (Prospeo, FullEnrich) and email checks for 7 days. #### Is any of this data made up or guessed by AI? Contact details such as emails, phone numbers and profiles come from data providers' lookups or public web sources with evidence — they're not invented by AI. Fields you create yourself with AI Analysis or an AI Column (such as gender, seniority or industry) are AI-derived, and you run those explicitly. --- ## Data sources: the full provider table Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/data-sources-table Last updated: 2026-09-25 This is the full provider-by-provider table behind "Where does the data come from?". For exact prices, see "Price list: what every action costs" and "AI, research and import costs" — this page links to those instead of repeating every number. ### Provider table | Provider | What it delivers | Where in ListPlus | Inputs needed | Charge rule | | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Prospeo** | Segment Search results; a verified email + the company's main phone + basic company data; a verified personal mobile number | Segment Search; "Contact Brief" (Enrich menu, record panel, single-cell fill window; also appears as "Find Email (by Name & Company)" in the Enrich menu) / "Verified Email & Company Phone" (Person Search); "Reveal Mobile Number" | Segment Search: your search filters; lookups: a LinkedIn URL, or a name + company | On a hit, except a Segment Search page (charged per page, see price list) | | **FullEnrich** | Name, job title, company, LinkedIn URL and location from an email; the same from a name + company when Prospeo finds nothing; email + phone together | "Contact Profile (by Email)"; "Find Email (by Name & Company)" / "Contact Profile (by Name & Company)" / "Deep Email Search"; "Find Email + Phone (by Name & Company)" / "Deep Mobile Search" | An email address, or a name + company | On a hit (returns data); the chained "Contact Profile (by Name & Company)" costs 6, up to 12 only if the follow-up also succeeds | | **CompanyEnrich** | Company details (industry, employee count, location and more) from a domain or company name; a cheaper, lower-coverage email-to-person lookup | "Company Lookup" (Enrich menu, record panel, single-cell fill window) / "Company Profile" (Person Search); "Contact Profile (by Email)" (single-cell fill window only) | A domain or company name; an email | On a hit | | **LinkedIn data provider** (a specialised provider — never your LinkedIn account) | Profile and company data by URL, profile search by name + company, profile verification | "LinkedIn Profile" / "LinkedIn Company", "LinkedIn Profile Search", "Verify LinkedIn Profile" | A LinkedIn URL, or a name + company | LinkedIn Profile / Company (0.5) whenever found; LinkedIn Profile Search (1) per attempt, even without a match; Verify LinkedIn Profile per check, even without a match | | **Data-collection platform** | LinkedIn imports — Sales Navigator search, Company Employees, Profile Search, Post Reactions, Post Comments | New List → LinkedIn import options | A LinkedIn search, company or post URL | Base + per result — see "[AI, research and import costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-ai-research-imports)" | | **Google search** | Finds a LinkedIn URL or a company website from a name; searches the open web throughout an AI Research run | "LinkedIn URL (by Name & Company)"; used throughout AI Research | A name + company, or your research brief | Always free | | **MillionVerifier** (email verification) | Checks whether an email is valid, invalid, catch-all or disposable, live against the mail server | "Verify Email Deliverability" | An email address | 0.1 credits, only for a valid, invalid or disposable result; catch-all and unknown are free. Obviously invalid addresses are caught free before the call; a result is reused for 7 days | | **Crunchbase** | Funding, technology and growth data for a company | "Company Profile Crunchbase" (Enrich menu, record panel) | A domain or company name | On a hit | | **BuiltWith** | A company's technology stack | AI Research → "Unlock additional sources (paid)" → technology lookup; "Tech Stack" (record panel, and the Person Search drawer's company card) | A domain (found by the agent, or already known for the company) | Per search call, whether or not it finds something (see AI Research pricing); the record panel / Person Search lookup charges on a hit | | **Reddit / X (Twitter)** in AI Research | Community threads (Reddit) and posts (X) used as evidence for a match | AI Research → "Unlock additional sources (paid)" checkboxes | Your research brief — no manual query needed | Per search call, whether or not it's useful (see AI Research pricing) | | **ListPlus company cache** | Reuses company data another customer already looked up for the same domain, instead of calling a provider again | Automatic inside "Company Lookup" — ListPlus checks the cache before calling CompanyEnrich | A domain | Always free — no provider call | ### Notes on this table - **"On a hit"** means the provider is only charged when it actually returns a value; a miss costs nothing. The exceptions are noted in the table and detailed in the price list. - Several rows share the same underlying provider under different button labels depending on where you start them (Enrich menu, record panel, single-cell fill window, or a Person Search card) — see "What does one contact cost?" for how to tell them apart. - The ListPlus company cache is separate from any single provider's own caching: it's domain data shared across all ListPlus customers, and free to reuse. Person data (emails, phone numbers, job titles) is never shared between customers. - AI Research's core reasoning is billed by usage, not per provider call; only the three opt-in sources in this table (BuiltWith, Reddit, X) have a fixed per-call rate. See "[AI, research and import costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-ai-research-imports)" for the exact numbers. **Related topics:** where-does-the-data-come-from · price-list · price-list-ai-research-imports · what-does-one-contact-cost · categories-audience-database · ai-research. ### FAQ #### Is there one table that lists every data provider ListPlus uses? Yes — this page. Each row names the provider, what it delivers, where you trigger it in ListPlus, what input it needs, and when it charges. For the short version grouped by task, see "[Where does the data come from?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/where-does-the-data-come-from)". #### Which provider does Segment Search use? Prospeo. It's a licensed B2B contact database that also powers "Contact Brief" and "Reveal Mobile Number" elsewhere in ListPlus. #### Which provider verifies my email addresses? MillionVerifier, checked live against the mail server. It charges 0.1 credits only when the result is valid, invalid or disposable — catch-all and unknown results are free, and obviously invalid addresses (bad format, disposable domains, role-based addresses) are marked invalid for free before the service is called. #### Does Google search cost credits anywhere? No. Google search is always free, whether it's finding a LinkedIn URL or company website by name, or searching the open web throughout an AI Research run. #### What's the difference between CompanyEnrich and the ListPlus company cache? CompanyEnrich is the provider that looks up a company's details from its domain or name, charged 0.25 credits on a hit. ListPlus's company cache sits in front of it: when the cache already holds current data for a domain, the lookup is free and no new provider call is made. #### Where do Reddit and X results in AI Research come from, and do they cost extra? They're opt-in paid sources you switch on under "Unlock additional sources (paid)" in AI Research: Reddit search and X (Twitter) search, each charged per search call the agent makes, whether or not it turns up something useful. Exact rates are in "[AI, research and import costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-ai-research-imports)". #### Which provider gives me funding and technology data for a company? Crunchbase provides funding, technology and growth data via "Company Profile Crunchbase," charged on a hit. BuiltWith is a separate, narrower technology-stack lookup, available as a paid source inside AI Research and as "Tech Stack" in the record panel and the Person Search drawer's company card. #### Why do some providers appear twice under different labels? The same provider lookup can show a different button label depending on where you start it — the Enrich menu, the record panel, the single-cell fill window, or a Person Search card. "[What does one contact cost?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/what-does-one-contact-cost)" and the price list spell out every label for each lookup. --- ## When enrichment sources disagree, which value is offered? Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/which-source-wins Last updated: 2026-09-25 Looking up the same person or company more than once, or through more than one provider, can produce different values for the same field. This explains how ListPlus decides which one to offer, and confirms the one rule that always comes first: **enrichment never overwrites a value already in your list.** ### Enrichment never overwrites a value you already have Filling cells from enrichment writes only into empty cells: the "Fill empty cells with enrichment data?" dialog, the **Fill empty** tab of "Apply values" and the record panel's "Merge." A value already in a cell, whether you typed it, pasted it or imported it, is left alone. An existing value is replaced only when you do it on purpose: the **Overwrite all** tab in "Apply values" (you tick each field), **Overwrite existing** when joining columns from another list, or an AI command or cleanup you run that changes values. ### Ranking when several enrichment sources disagree When more than one enrichment source has returned a value for the same field on a row — say, an email from both a LinkedIn-based lookup and a name + company lookup — ListPlus picks one to offer using an internal ranking: a value a paid data provider actually verified generally ranks above one only inferred by AI, and a provider known to be strong at one particular field (for example, a mobile number) can outrank its usual order for that field alone. For email specifically, a value confirmed deliverable by verification outranks one that hasn't been checked, even from an otherwise higher-ranked source. This ranking only decides which value is offered to fill an empty cell — it never overrides a value already in the grid. ### Seeing every source for a row Click a row and open the **Record** panel to see everything ListPlus knows about it, including stored enrichment results not yet filled into a cell — this is where you can check which source a value came from before deciding to take it over. **Related topics:** fill-empty-cells · take-over-and-join · list-editor-tour · enrichment-overview. ### FAQ #### If I've already typed a value into a cell, can enrichment overwrite it? No, not automatically. Filling cells from enrichment only ever writes into empty cells; a value you typed or pasted yourself is left alone unless you choose "Overwrite all" in Apply values or "Overwrite existing" in a join; AI commands you run can also change existing values. #### How does ListPlus pick a value when two providers found different data for the same field? It uses an internal ranking that generally favors a value a paid provider actually verified over one only inferred by AI, with a provider's own strength at a specific field (like mobile numbers) able to move it ahead for that field alone. #### Does a verified email always beat an unverified one from a "better" provider? Yes for email specifically — a value confirmed deliverable by verification outranks an unverified one even from a source that would otherwise rank higher. #### Where can I see which source a value came from? Open the Record panel for that row — it shows everything ListPlus knows about the row, including stored enrichment results and their source, whether or not they're filled into a cell yet. #### How do I deliberately replace a value that's already in a cell? Use "Overwrite all" (from "Apply values" in the Enrich menu) or "Overwrite existing" (when joining columns from another list) — both are explicit, per-field choices, never automatic. #### Can an AI command change a value that's already in a cell? Yes — unlike enrichment fill, an AI command or cleanup you run acts on the cells you target and can change values that are already there, so review its result before saving. --- ## Wrong result or outdated data — what now? Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/accuracy-and-wrong-results Last updated: 2026-09-25 Enrichment providers are good, but none of them are right 100% of the time. This topic covers the two most common ways a result can be wrong — namesakes and outdated job data — how to check a value you're unsure about, and what to do when you find one that's incorrect. ### Why a result can be wrong The two most common causes: the provider matched the wrong person because two people share a name (a namesake), or the person has since changed company or role and the data hasn't caught up yet. Less often, a provider simply holds a stale or mistyped record. See "Where does the data come from?" for which provider stands behind each field, since accuracy depends on the provider, not on ListPlus. ### Namesakes and the wrong person If you're picking a person from search results and suspect you've got the wrong one, that's covered in "[Person not found — what now?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/not-found-what-now)" — it explains the ✓/✗ match badges on look-alike candidates and how to refine your search. If a row already in your list turns out to hold the wrong person's data, check the source first (see "Verify a value" below), then correct or re-run the lookup with more specific input (adding the company or a location helps the provider disambiguate). ### Outdated job or company data People change jobs, and a provider's record doesn't always update immediately. "[Detecting job changes](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/job-change-detection)" covers the automatic and on-demand ways ListPlus flags a row whose current company no longer matches what's in your list. ### Emails that bounce or look wrong For an email that looks suspicious or that bounced after sending, see "[Email quality checks and verification](https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/email-quality-and-bounces)" — it covers the free format checks and the paid deliverability check that asks a mail server directly. ### A LinkedIn URL that looks wrong or dead To check whether a LinkedIn URL in your list still points to a real, existing profile, see "[LinkedIn data: find, fill and verify](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/linkedin-data)." ### Verify a value before you trust it Click the number badge in the sparkles column at the right edge of the row. The record panel opens, and each result there is headed with its provider and type — for example "Prospeo · Contact" or "CompanyEnrich · Company" — so you can see exactly which lookup produced the value you're looking at and cross-check it against another source if you're unsure. ### What to do with a wrong result There's no in-app button to "report" a wrong result to ListPlus or to the provider behind it. Fix it yourself: edit the cell directly and click **Save**, or delete the row if it's simply the wrong person (select it and use the trash icon, or the selection bar's Delete option) and click **Save** — edits and deletions stay unsaved until you do. If you believe a provider is returning wrong data systematically rather than a one-off mismatch, contact support — see "[How do I contact support?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/troubleshooting/contact-support)" A single wrong enrichment result can also be removed on its own from the record panel: open the section for that result and use its delete icon ("Remove this enrichment data?") so it's no longer offered for filling into a cell. **Related topics:** not-found-what-now · job-change-detection · email-quality-and-bounces · linkedin-data · where-does-the-data-come-from · contact-support. ### FAQ #### Is the data ListPlus shows me always accurate? No — no enrichment provider is right 100% of the time. The most common causes of a wrong result are namesakes (the provider matched a different person with the same name) and outdated job or company data. #### How do I check which provider a specific value came from? Click the number badge in the sparkles column at the right edge of the row; the record panel that opens headers each result with its provider and type, such as "Prospeo · Contact" or "CompanyEnrich · Company". #### A row in my list has the wrong person's data — what do I do? Check the record panel to see which provider and lookup produced it. Then correct the cell yourself, or clear the wrong cells, add more specific input (company or location) and run the lookup again. Filling only writes into empty cells, so a wrong value that is still there isn't replaced; if it's the wrong person entirely, delete the row and click Save. #### The company or job title looks out of date — how do I catch that? Run "Detect Company Changes" from the Enrich menu, or the "Detect Job Changes" wizard for a fresh check — see "[Detecting job changes](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/job-change-detection)" for both. A flagged row shows the previous and new company in that row's record panel, under Signals. #### An email bounced even though ListPlus showed it as valid — what does that mean? A "valid" format doesn't guarantee delivery on its own; see "[Email quality checks and verification](https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/email-quality-and-bounces)" for the paid deliverability check that asks a mail server directly, and what a verified result does and doesn't guarantee. #### Can I report a wrong result to ListPlus or to the data provider? There's no in-app "report this result" button. Correct the cell yourself, or delete the row if it's the wrong person entirely, then click Save — edits and deletions stay unsaved until you do. If you think a provider is returning wrong data as a pattern rather than a one-off, contact support and describe what you found. #### If I fix a wrong value myself, will ListPlus overwrite it again later? Filling from enrichment results never replaces a value that's already in a cell. Only actions you start on purpose can: "Overwrite all" in "[Transfer data record by record, or join columns from another list](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/take-over-and-join)", or an AI command that edits that column. Click Save after your fix, or it's lost when you leave the list. --- ## Where is my data stored? Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/where-is-my-data Last updated: 2026-09-28 Your lists are stored by ListPlus, hosted on Vercel in the EU region Frankfurt. There's no separate "where is my data" toggle to check — this article covers where things are, how long they're kept, and what happens when you delete them. ### Hosting and storage location ListPlus runs on Vercel, with its servers and file storage in the EU region Frankfurt. A working data cache used for fast reads is also in Frankfurt. Some processing, such as AI features and enrichment lookups, is done by the providers named in "[Where does the data come from?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/where-does-the-data-come-from)", and transfers are covered by data processing agreements. ### Your lists: stored until you delete them A list you create is kept indefinitely — there's no automatic expiry and no "inactive list" cleanup. It stays exactly as it is until you delete it yourself. Deleting a list is immediate and permanent: the list and all its rows are removed from ListPlus right away, and there's no trash, undo or restore, so export anything you want to keep first (see "Exporting your list"). Lists belong to a workspace, and only the workspace's owner or an admin can delete one; for members the delete option isn't available (see "[Workspace roles and permissions](https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/roles-and-permissions)"). ### Your workspace's data Lists, Saved contacts and folders, the Inbox, AI Research runs, pipelines, connected accounts and the Block List all belong to the **workspace**, and every member can see them (see "[What is a workspace?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/what-is-a-workspace)"). Your credit balance and plan belong to you personally, not to a workspace. When the owner deletes a workspace (**Delete workspace** in the workspace settings), everything in it is removed at once and permanently: all lists and their data, saved contacts, the Inbox and its forwarding addresses, research runs, pipelines and the links they sent, connected accounts, API connections, the Block List and the usage history. Credits and plan are not affected. See "[Leave, remove, transfer or delete a workspace](https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/leave-remove-transfer-delete)" for the steps. ### Data that expires automatically A few places are deliberately temporary, because they're meant to be picked up and saved, not stored indefinitely: - **Inbox**: a raw entry you drop into Inbox — pasted, sent by a tool, or an email you forward to your personal Inbox address (an inbound email service passes it to ListPlus first) — is deleted automatically **14 days** after it arrives. People you saved or added to a list from it stay. - **Shared result links** (the "Copy result link" on a person's result): each link works for **7 days after the last time anyone opens it** — every visit resets the 7-day window, so an unvisited link goes stale but a link people keep opening stays alive. - **AI Research runs**: every research is kept for **7 days** after it was started, whether it's still running, finished, or stopped. Researches are stored in your workspace, so every member sees them on any device. - **Links in pipeline e-mails**: an e-mail sent by a pipeline contains links to a contact card per entry and an overview with a download. These links work for **30 days from sending** for anyone who has them, even without a ListPlus account, so forwarding the mail shares them. They stop working earlier if the pipeline or the workspace is deleted, and the pipeline's History is also kept for 30 days. See "[Sending entries by e-mail to your team](https://listplus.ai/en/help/pipelines/email-pipeline)". - **Recently viewed on Person Search**: a contact you merely looked at (never saved from the Inbox, filed into a folder, or enriched — a profile where at least one lookup found data counts as enriched) doesn't appear on the Saved page at all — it only shows under Person Search's "Recently viewed" (up to 6 visible, up to 50 kept in storage; beyond 50, the oldest drop out first) and drops out after **30 days** of no further activity. Contacts you keep — saved from the Inbox, filed into a folder, or enriched — stay on the Saved page and don't expire. None of this touches your lists — expiry only applies to these temporary, not-yet-saved places. ### Backups ListPlus has no self-service "restore a previous version" or "undo a delete" feature, so treat every delete as final and export what matters first. For questions about backups and retention at ListPlus's hosting providers, email support@listplus.ai. ### Closing your account Deleting individual lists, saved contacts or Inbox entries is something you do yourself in the app, and a workspace owner can delete a whole workspace with everything in it. Deleting your entire account and all associated data goes through support — see "[Deleting lists, contacts, and your account](https://listplus.ai/en/help/account/delete-account-and-data)" for what that covers, and "[Cancel, downgrade and leave](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/cancel-downgrade-leave)" for cancelling a subscription without deleting anything. **Related topics:** where-does-the-data-come-from · delete-account-and-data · cancel-downgrade-leave · export-overview. ### FAQ #### Where is my data physically stored? ListPlus is hosted on Vercel in the EU region Frankfurt, and its working data cache is also in Frankfurt. AI features and enrichment lookups are processed by the providers named in "[Where does the data come from?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/where-does-the-data-come-from)", under data processing agreements. #### How long are my lists kept? Indefinitely — a list stays exactly as it is until you delete it yourself. There's no automatic expiry or inactivity cleanup for lists. #### If I delete a list, can I get it back? No — deleting a list removes it from ListPlus immediately, with no trash, undo or restore. Export the list first (⋯ menu → Export Data) if you might want the data later. See "[Deleting lists, contacts, and your account](https://listplus.ai/en/help/account/delete-account-and-data)" for how to delete a list. #### How long do Inbox entries stay before they're deleted? 14 days after they arrive; each entry shows its expiry date. People you saved or added to a list from an entry stay — only the raw entry is deleted. #### How long does a shared result link stay active? 7 days after the last time anyone opens it. Every visit resets the 7-day window, so a link nobody has viewed for a week stops working, while one people keep opening stays live. #### What happens to the data when a workspace is deleted? Everything in the workspace is deleted permanently at once: lists and their rows, saved contacts, the Inbox and its forwarding addresses, research runs, pipelines and the links they sent, connected accounts, API connections, the Block List and usage history. Only the owner can do this, and there's no undo, so export anything you want to keep first. The owner's credits and plan are not affected. #### How long are AI Research runs kept? 7 days from when the run was started, regardless of whether it's still running, finished, or you stopped it. Add any results you want to keep to a list before that window closes. #### Do "recently viewed" contacts disappear? Yes, if you only viewed them. A contact you looked at but never saved from the Inbox, filed into a folder, or enriched (a profile where at least one lookup found data counts as enriched) doesn't appear on the Saved page — it only shows under Person Search's "Recently viewed" (up to 6 visible; beyond 50 stored, the oldest drop out first) and drops out entirely after 30 days of no further activity. Contacts you keep — saved from the Inbox, filed into a folder, or enriched — stay on the Saved page and don't expire. #### Does ListPlus back up my data? ListPlus has no self-service "restore a previous version" or "undo a delete" feature, so treat every delete as final and export what matters first. For questions about backups and retention at ListPlus's hosting providers, email support@listplus.ai. #### Is ListPlus GDPR-compliant? ListPlus hosts your data in the EU (Frankfurt) and provides a data processing agreement (DPA) on request for every plan — email support@listplus.ai. See "[Deleting lists, contacts, and your account](https://listplus.ai/en/help/account/delete-account-and-data)" for exercising deletion rights on your account. #### Can I delete my whole account and all my data? Yes, but that goes through support rather than a button in the app — see "[Deleting lists, contacts, and your account](https://listplus.ai/en/help/account/delete-account-and-data)" for what's covered and how. To just stop paying without deleting anything, see "[Cancel, downgrade and leave](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/cancel-downgrade-leave)" instead. #### Do enrichment providers store my data too? Providers receive only the identifier needed for that lookup — an email address, a domain, a LinkedIn URL, a name and company, or a company name — never your other columns. See "[Where does the data come from?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/where-does-the-data-come-from)" for which provider handles which lookup. --- ## Who processes your data (subprocessors) Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/subprocessors Last updated: 2026-09-28 A subprocessor is another company that processes data on ListPlus's behalf to run part of the product — hosting your lists, verifying an email, or taking a payment. This page lists ListPlus's subprocessors by category. ### Hosting and file storage **Vercel**, in the EU region Frankfurt. Runs the ListPlus application, stores your lists and uploaded files, and collects usage and performance statistics. ### Working data store A database used for fast reads while you work in a list, located in the EU (Frankfurt region). It is separate from the long-term storage above. ### Data providers (lookups) When you enrich or search for a contact, the specific provider for that lookup — Prospeo, FullEnrich, CompanyEnrich, MillionVerifier, Crunchbase, a specialised LinkedIn data provider, or Google search (also used for the web searches in AI Research) — receives only the identifier needed (an email, domain, LinkedIn URL, a name and company, or a company name), never your whole list. See "[Where does the data come from?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/where-does-the-data-come-from)" for which provider handles which lookup. ### Data collection for imports and AI Research A data-collection platform runs LinkedIn imports (Sales Navigator, Company Employees and others), Crunchbase company lookups, and the optional Reddit and X sources in AI Research. BuiltWith provides technology-stack lookups, and a search-index service powers the optional Hacker News search, both in AI Research. They receive the search URL, the company URL or the research query, never your list. ### Email service (inbound and outbound) When you forward an email to your personal Inbox forwarding address, an email service receives it first and passes the message to ListPlus, which keeps the body and supported attachments as Inbox entries (see "Where is my data stored?" for how long). It only processes mail sent to that one address, never your regular mailbox. The same email service also sends the emails ListPlus sends on your behalf from notifications@listplus.ai: workspace invitations (the invitee's address, your name and the workspace name) and the digest mails of an Email pipeline (the recipients' addresses and, per entry, name, position, company and links). It doesn't send the one-time login codes; those come from the sign-in service below. ### AI model providers AI model providers process the text ListPlus's AI features send them (commands, checks, AI Column, AI Research, Inbox recognition). See "What the AI sees of your data" for exactly what each request includes. ### Authentication A sign-in service handles your email address and sends your one-time login codes by email. ### Realtime updates A messaging service delivers live status updates to your browser (for example, when an import or enrichment finishes). ### OAuth connector When you connect a CRM or spreadsheet (HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipedrive, Google Sheets, Airtable, Notion, Lemlist, Stripe), a dedicated connector service holds those login credentials — ListPlus itself doesn't store those logins. The same connector service also receives internal account notifications for product operations (sign-up and sign-in events, list names and row counts, payment events — never your list's contents). Of these notifications, only your email address is passed on and stored: in the CRM system for account emails and in the account record database described below. ### Account emails When you sign up, your email address (nothing else) is stored in a CRM system, which sends you a welcome email about your new account. The welcome email is part of your account, not advertising. ### Account record A cloud database hosted in Frankfurt (EU) keeps a record for your account: your email address and, after a purchase, the plan you bought. When you pay, Stripe notifies ListPlus, which finds this record by the payer's email address and sets the purchased plan. ### Payment **Stripe** processes subscription payments and credit pack purchases. ### Support chat An in-app chat service powers the support widget you can open from the app. Some subprocessors may process data outside the EU; those transfers are covered by data processing agreements. A full subprocessor list with locations is available on request from support@listplus.ai. **Related topics:** where-does-the-data-come-from · where-is-my-data · dpa-avv. ### FAQ #### Which other companies process my data? A small number of subprocessors, each handling one part of the product: hosting (Vercel, EU Frankfurt), a working data store, the specific data provider for a lookup, a data-collection platform for imports and AI Research, an email service for forwarded mail, workspace invitations and pipeline emails, AI model providers, sign-in, realtime updates, an OAuth connector for CRM/sheet logins, a CRM system for account emails, a cloud database for your account record, payments (Stripe), and support chat. #### Who processes emails I forward to my Inbox? An email service receives mail sent to your personal Inbox forwarding address and passes the message to ListPlus, which stores the body and supported attachments as Inbox entries. It only sees mail sent to that one address, never your regular mailbox. #### Which company hosts ListPlus? Vercel, in the EU region Frankfurt. ListPlus's application and your uploaded files run and are stored there. #### Do data providers see my whole list when I enrich a contact? No. A data provider (such as Prospeo, FullEnrich or CompanyEnrich) receives only the identifier needed for that one lookup — an email, domain, LinkedIn URL, or a name and company — never the rest of your list. #### Who manages my login when I connect a CRM or Google Sheets? A dedicated connector service holds those credentials on ListPlus's behalf. ListPlus itself never stores or sees your CRM or Google login. For the full subprocessor list with locations, email support@listplus.ai. #### Who stores my email address when I sign up? A CRM system for account emails stores your email address, nothing else, and sends your welcome email. A cloud database in Frankfurt (EU) keeps your account record: your email address and, after a purchase, the plan you bought. #### Which company handles payments? Stripe processes subscription payments and credit pack purchases for every plan. #### Does ListPlus use its own database, or another company's? ListPlus uses a working data store, hosted in the EU (Frankfurt region), for fast reads while you work in a list, separate from the long-term file storage on Vercel. #### Which AI provider processes ListPlus's AI features? AI model providers process the text ListPlus's AI features send them. See "[What the AI sees of your data](https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/what-the-ai-sees)" for exactly what's included in a request — never your whole list. #### Is there a complete subprocessor list with exact locations for every provider? This page covers the categories and the providers ListPlus names publicly. A full subprocessor list with locations is available on request from support@listplus.ai. #### Who sends workspace invitations and pipeline emails? The same email service that receives forwarded Inbox mail sends them, from notifications@listplus.ai. It processes the recipients' email addresses and the mail content — for an invitation your name and the workspace name, for a pipeline digest each entry's name, position, company and links. Login codes are sent separately by the sign-in service. --- ## Data processing agreement (DPA / AVV) Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/dpa-avv Last updated: 2026-09-25 A data processing agreement (DPA), called Auftragsverarbeitungsvertrag (AVV) in German, is the contract that governs how ListPlus processes personal data on your behalf under GDPR. It's separate from your subscription terms. ### Getting a DPA A DPA is available on request for every plan — Basic, Pro and Premium. Email support@listplus.ai with your company name and it will be sent to you to sign. There's no self-service download in the app today. ### What ListPlus does and doesn't claim ListPlus hosts your data in the EU (Frankfurt) and signs a DPA on request, but ListPlus itself holds no security certification of its own (no ISO 27001, SOC 2, or similar). Vercel, ListPlus's hosting provider, holds its own certifications (including SOC 2 Type 2 and ISO 27001:2022) — that's Vercel's certification, not ListPlus's, and covers Vercel's infrastructure. Some processing, such as AI features and enrichment lookups, is done by subprocessors, and transfers are covered by data processing agreements; see "[Where is my data stored?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/where-is-my-data)". This article explains where to get a DPA and what ListPlus does and doesn't claim about it — it is not legal advice. For your own obligations when using contact data (legitimate interest, informing people you've added them, cold-outreach rules), see "[Your responsibilities under GDPR](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/gdpr-your-responsibilities)." **Related topics:** where-is-my-data · subprocessors · gdpr-your-responsibilities. ### FAQ #### Does ListPlus offer a DPA / AVV? Yes, a data processing agreement (AVV in German) is available on request for every plan — Basic, Pro and Premium. Email support@listplus.ai to request one. #### How do I request a DPA? Email support@listplus.ai with your company name; support sends you the document to sign. There's no self-service download inside the app today. #### Is a DPA available on the free Basic plan, or only paid plans? Every plan, including Basic. The DPA isn't gated by plan — it's available on request whenever you're processing personal data through ListPlus. #### Does ListPlus hold ISO 27001, SOC 2, or similar certifications itself? ListPlus doesn't hold a certification in its own name. Its hosting provider, Vercel, holds SOC 2 Type 2 and ISO 27001:2022 for the infrastructure ListPlus runs on. For security questions, email security@listplus.ai. #### Does signing a DPA with ListPlus cover the data providers you use (Prospeo, FullEnrich, and so on)? The DPA covers ListPlus as the party you contract with; the providers behind individual lookups act as subprocessors. See "[Who processes your data (subprocessors)](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/subprocessors)" for the categories and named providers, or email support@listplus.ai for the full list with locations. #### Is this page legal advice? No. This page explains how to get a DPA and what ListPlus does and doesn't claim; it isn't a substitute for legal advice about your own GDPR obligations. #### Where else can I read about ListPlus's data handling? See the help topics "[Where is my data stored?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/where-is-my-data)", "[Who processes your data (subprocessors)](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/subprocessors)" and "[What the AI sees of your data](https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/what-the-ai-sees)." For anything else, email support@listplus.ai. --- ## Your responsibilities under GDPR Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/gdpr-your-responsibilities Last updated: 2026-09-25 This page is general orientation, not legal advice — talk to a lawyer about your specific outreach before relying on it. ListPlus helps you find and enrich B2B contact data, but you decide who to contact and how, so under GDPR you are the controller for that use. ### You are the controller for your outreach ListPlus processes data on your behalf when you search, enrich or export a list, but once you use that data — for example to send an email — you decide the purpose and means of that processing. That makes you the controller for your own outreach, with the obligations that come with it (a lawful basis, honesty about where the data came from, and honoring objections). ### Legitimate interest needs a balancing test B2B outreach is commonly based on "legitimate interest" (GDPR Art. 6(1)(f)) rather than consent. That basis is not automatic: it requires weighing your business interest in reaching out against the individual's interest in not being contacted, considering things like their role, whether the outreach is relevant to their job, and whether they'd reasonably expect it. It does not cover every kind of contact or every audience — a lawyer can help you judge where your outreach falls. ### The duty to tell people where their data came from When you didn't collect someone's data directly from them — which is the normal case for enriched or purchased contact data — GDPR's Art. 14 requires telling them certain information, including the source of their data, within a reasonable period and at the latest within one month — and if you use the data to contact them, at the latest when you first contact them. You also need to tell people about their right to object when you first contact them (Art. 21(4)). See "[Where does the data come from?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/where-does-the-data-come-from)" for the specific provider behind each lookup, which you'll need to answer that question accurately. ### The right to object, and suppressing contacts Anyone you contact under legitimate interest has the right to object at any time, and once they do, you should stop contacting them. ListPlus's Block List (Settings panel — the gear icon at the bottom of the left rail) is built for exactly this: add an email or domain once and ListPlus flags every matching row across your lists with the "On Global Block List" check, so you don't re-contact them by accident. It only flags matches inside ListPlus — it does not filter Segment Search results or block enrichment. The full mechanics, including the separate automated do-not-contact check, are covered in "[Block List and the do-not-contact check](https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/do-not-contact-and-block-list)." ### Cold email and cold-call rules in Germany and DACH In Germany, the Act Against Unfair Competition (UWG §7(2)) generally requires the recipient's prior express consent before you send marketing email — to businesses as well as consumers. There is a narrow exception for existing customers (§7(3)), which does not cover contacts you sourced to approach for the first time. B2B marketing calls need at least the recipient's presumed consent. Austria and Switzerland also generally require consent for marketing email — get advice from a lawyer familiar with your market before running a cold outreach campaign. ### Exported files carry no source note A file export (CSV/Excel) writes out only the columns you select, with no added "source" or "provenance" field — so if you need to state where a contact's data came from, keep track of it yourself before or after export. Inside ListPlus, click the small number badge in the sparkles column at the right edge of a row to see that row's enrichment results, each labelled with the provider it came from. For someone asking about their own data (a deletion or information request), see "Someone asks where I got their data, or wants it deleted" for what to do and what ListPlus can provide. **Related topics:** where-does-the-data-come-from · do-not-contact-and-block-list · data-subject-requests · dpa-avv · subprocessors. ### FAQ #### Is this page legal advice? No. This page explains general principles so you know what to think about; it is not a substitute for advice from a lawyer about your specific outreach, market and audience. #### Am I allowed to email a business contact I find through ListPlus? That depends on your legal basis and, in Germany and similar markets, on cold-email rules like UWG §7 — ListPlus doesn't determine or guarantee this for you. Get advice from a lawyer before running outreach based on data you sourced through ListPlus. #### What is "legitimate interest" and does it cover B2B outreach? Legitimate interest (GDPR Art. 6(1)(f)) is a lawful basis some companies rely on for B2B outreach instead of consent, but it requires weighing your interest in contacting someone against their interest in not being contacted. It's not automatic or unconditional — whether it applies to a given contact and message is a legal judgment call. #### Do I have to tell someone where I got their data? Generally yes, when the data wasn't collected from them directly — GDPR's Art. 14 requires giving them certain information, including the source, within a reasonable period (at most one month), and no later than your first message if you contact them. "[Where does the data come from?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/where-does-the-data-come-from)" names the provider behind each ListPlus lookup so you can answer accurately. #### What happens if someone asks me to stop contacting them? They have the right to object, and once they do, you should stop contacting them going forward. Add their email or domain to your Block List (gear icon → Block List) so ListPlus flags any matching row in your lists before you contact them again. #### Does ListPlus check my lists against a do-not-contact or suppression list? Yes — your Block List (Settings panel — the gear icon at the bottom of the left rail) flags rows whose email or domain matches an entry you've added with the "On Global Block List" check, and a separate automated check flags obviously unreachable addresses like noreply or unsubscribe. See "[Block List and the do-not-contact check](https://listplus.ai/en/help/check-and-clean/do-not-contact-and-block-list)" for how both work. #### Can I send cold emails to businesses in Germany? Generally, German law (UWG §7(2)) requires the recipient's prior express consent before you send marketing email to a business, with a narrow exception for existing customers that doesn't cover new contacts. B2B marketing calls need at least the recipient's presumed consent, and these are general rules with exceptions, so confirm your approach with a lawyer. #### Do exported files show where each contact's data came from? No — a file export contains only the columns you select, no added source or provenance field, so it doesn't carry over. To check a value's source before exporting, click the number badge in the sparkles column at the right edge of a row to see that row's enrichment results labelled by provider. #### Someone is asking where I got their data or wants it deleted — what do I do? See "[Someone asks where I got their data, or wants it deleted](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/data-subject-requests)" for the steps to take and what ListPlus can provide to help you respond. #### Is ListPlus responsible for making sure my outreach is GDPR-compliant? No. You decide who to contact and how, so you are the controller for your outreach and responsible for its legal basis. ListPlus can't guarantee that any use of the data is lawful. --- ## Someone asks where I got their data, or wants it deleted Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/data-subject-requests Last updated: 2026-09-28 If someone in one of your lists asks where you got their information, or asks you to delete it, that request is addressed to you, not to ListPlus. As covered in "Your responsibilities under GDPR," you're the controller for the contacts you source and contact through ListPlus, so answering data-subject requests like these is your responsibility. ListPlus is not a party to that conversation and doesn't answer on your behalf. ### What the person can ask for Under GDPR a person can ask for access to their data, including any available information about its source (Art. 15, 15(1)(g)). They can ask for erasure (Art. 17) and object to direct marketing (Art. 21). You generally have to respond without undue delay and within one month; that can be extended by two further months where necessary (Art. 12(3)). Exceptions exist, so check with a lawyer. ### What ListPlus gives you to answer with - **The source of a value.** Click the number badge in the sparkles column at the right edge of the row. The row's record panel opens, and each enrichment result there is headed with its provider and type, for example "Prospeo · Contact". See "[Where does the data come from?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/where-does-the-data-come-from)" for what each provider covers. The record panel only shows sources for enrichment results — for rows you imported from a file or from LinkedIn, the source is that file or import, so keep track of it yourself. - **Removing a row.** Select the row (or rows) and use the selection bar's **⋯** menu → **Delete**, then click **Save** in the list header. Deleting is an unsaved change like any edit — see "Selecting rows and the selection bar" for the exact steps. This removes the row from that list only, not from other lists, Saved (Gemerkt), the Inbox, a file you exported, or a CRM you pushed it to. - **Several workspaces.** Each workspace has its own lists, Saved, Inbox and pipelines, so if you work in more than one, check each of them for the person (switch workspaces in the Home header or the avatar menu). If a whole workspace is no longer needed, its owner can delete it with everything in it at once — see "Leave, remove, transfer or delete a workspace". - **The Block List.** Add the person's email or domain in the Settings panel (gear icon at the bottom of the left rail) → **Block List** so ListPlus flags any matching row across the workspace's lists going forward (each workspace has its own Block List) — useful once someone objects to being contacted again. It flags rows for review; it doesn't delete anything by itself. See "Block List and the do-not-contact check." ### What ListPlus does not do ListPlus does not contact the person for you, does not confirm deletion to them, and does not keep a record you can hand over as proof of a completed request. A file export carries no added source field, so if you'll need to answer "where did this come from" later, note the provider from the record panel before you export or delete the row. This page is general orientation, not legal advice — for how to phrase a response, applicable deadlines, or anything beyond what's described here, talk to a lawyer. **Related topics:** gdpr-your-responsibilities · where-does-the-data-come-from · do-not-contact-and-block-list · selecting-rows · delete-account-and-data. ### FAQ #### Someone asked where I got their data — what do I do? Answer them yourself; you're the controller for the contacts you source through ListPlus, not ListPlus. Click the number badge in the sparkles column at the right edge of the row to open its record panel, where each enrichment result is headed with its provider and type, for example "Prospeo · Contact", then use that in your reply. #### How long do I have to respond to a data request? You generally have to respond without undue delay and within one month of the request, extendable by two further months where necessary under GDPR Article 12(3). People can ask for access to their data including its source, erasure, or to object to direct marketing. Exceptions exist, so check with a lawyer for your specific case. #### Someone asked me to delete their data — does ListPlus do that for me? No — ListPlus doesn't contact people or process deletion requests on your behalf. You remove the row yourself: select it, use the selection bar's ⋯ menu → Delete, then click Save — deleting is an unsaved change like any edit. #### Does deleting the row also remove it from an export or CRM I already sent it to? No — this removes the row from that list only, not from other lists, Saved (Gemerkt), the Inbox, a file you exported, or a CRM you pushed it to. Remove it separately wherever else you've already sent it. #### I work in several workspaces — where do I have to look for someone's data? In every workspace you belong to, because each one has its own lists, Saved contacts, Inbox and pipelines. Switch workspaces in the Home header or the avatar menu and search each one; if a whole workspace is no longer needed, its owner can delete it with all its data at once. #### How do I find which provider a specific value came from? Click the number badge in the sparkles column at the right edge of the row; the record panel that opens headers each enrichment result with its provider and type, for example "Prospeo · Contact". #### Should I add the person to the Block List after a request like this? It's a sensible step if they've objected to being contacted again: add their email or domain in the Settings panel (gear icon at the bottom of the left rail) → Block List, and ListPlus flags any matching row across that workspace's lists going forward (each workspace has its own Block List). It doesn't delete the row for you — you still do that yourself. Keeping their email on the Block List after an erasure request means you keep that one data point; ask a lawyer whether to keep it. #### Can ListPlus confirm to the person that their data was deleted? No — ListPlus isn't party to that request, so it can't send a confirmation on your behalf. Any reply to the person has to come from you. #### Is this page legal advice on handling data-subject requests? No. It describes what ListPlus provides so you can respond; it isn't a substitute for legal advice on deadlines, required content, or how to phrase your reply. #### What if I want to delete my whole account, not just one contact's data? That's a different request — see "[Deleting lists, contacts, and your account](https://listplus.ai/en/help/account/delete-account-and-data)" for how to close your own ListPlus account, which is separate from responding to someone else's data request. --- ## LinkedIn imports and your responsibilities Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/linkedin-imports-legal Last updated: 2026-09-25 This page covers the two questions people ask before running a LinkedIn import in ListPlus: does it touch my own LinkedIn account, and whose responsibility is it to make sure this fits LinkedIn's rules and the law where I operate. It's general orientation, not legal advice. ### Your account is never used Every LinkedIn import — a Sales Navigator search, a company's employees, a profile search, or a post's reactions or comments — runs through a specialised LinkedIn data provider on ListPlus's side. It never signs in with your LinkedIn account, never uses your session, and doesn't need you to connect or share a LinkedIn login. The same is true for individual LinkedIn lookups elsewhere in ListPlus (profile and company enrichment, profile search, URL verification) — see "[Where does the data come from?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/where-does-the-data-come-from)" ### Whether to run an import is your call LinkedIn publishes its own User Agreement and professional community policies covering automated data collection from its site, and those terms can change. Whether running a LinkedIn import, and what you then do with the result, fits those terms and the law that applies to you (including data protection law) is something only you can judge for your situation — ListPlus doesn't determine or guarantee this for you, and this page doesn't interpret LinkedIn's terms on your behalf. Read LinkedIn's current terms directly on linkedin.com, and check with a lawyer before relying on imported LinkedIn data for anything with legal weight, especially commercial outreach. ### Once you have the data, GDPR responsibilities still apply A LinkedIn import gives you personal data about people who didn't hand it to you directly, so once you use it — for example to contact someone — the same controller responsibilities apply as to any other enriched contact: a lawful basis, telling people where their data came from, and honoring objections. See "[Your responsibilities under GDPR](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/gdpr-your-responsibilities)" for what that involves. **Related topics:** linkedin-imports · where-does-the-data-come-from · gdpr-your-responsibilities · data-subject-requests. ### FAQ #### Does a LinkedIn import in ListPlus use my own LinkedIn account or session? No. It runs through a specialised LinkedIn data provider on ListPlus's side; it never signs in as you and never uses your LinkedIn account or session, so you don't need to connect a LinkedIn login. #### Is it legal or allowed to import data from LinkedIn this way? ListPlus doesn't determine or guarantee that for you — it depends on LinkedIn's own terms and the law that applies to your situation. This page is general orientation, not legal advice; check LinkedIn's current terms and talk to a lawyer before relying on this data, especially for commercial use. #### Who is responsible for making sure a LinkedIn import fits LinkedIn's terms? You are. ListPlus provides the import feature and runs it through its data provider, but deciding to run an import against a specific search or page, and what you do with the results, is your decision and your responsibility to check against LinkedIn's rules. #### Where can I read LinkedIn's own rules about this? Directly on linkedin.com — LinkedIn publishes its own User Agreement and professional community policies, and ListPlus doesn't reproduce or interpret them here since they can change independently of ListPlus. #### Does this apply to all LinkedIn-related features, or only the five import types? The same "your responsibility, never your account" answer applies to every LinkedIn-related feature in ListPlus — the five import types (Sales Navigator, company employees, profile search, post reactions, post comments) and the individual profile/company lookups and URL verification in the Enrich menu. #### Do I still need to tell people where I got their data if it came from a LinkedIn import? Generally yes, the same as for any enriched contact: GDPR's Art. 14 duty to name the source applies (with narrow exceptions). See "[Your responsibilities under GDPR](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/gdpr-your-responsibilities)" for what that requires and when. #### Is this page a substitute for legal advice about scraping or data protection law? No. It explains what ListPlus does (never your account) and points out that fitting LinkedIn's terms and applicable law is your responsibility; for an actual legal opinion, talk to a lawyer familiar with your market. --- ## Provider: CompanyEnrich Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/provider-companyenrich Last updated: 2026-09-25 CompanyEnrich is ListPlus's primary provider for company details, and also powers a shared, free company cache and a few record-panel extras built on top of the same company data. **What it delivers.** Company Lookup: name, domain, website, industry, employee count, LinkedIn company URL, address, revenue, founded year and social links, from a domain (or a company name in the wizard and single-cell window). A 2-credit email-to-person lookup (single-cell fill window only). Record-panel extras: "Workforce Insights" (observed employee count and headcount by department), "Find Employees" (adds up to 10 decision-makers as new list rows) and "Similar Companies" (5 lookalike companies). **Where in ListPlus.** "Company Lookup" (Enrich menu, record panel, single-cell fill window); "Company Profile" (Person Search); "Contact Profile (by Email)" in the single-cell fill window; "Workforce Insights," "Find Employees" and "Similar Companies" in the record panel's company section. **Inputs needed.** A domain or company name for Company Lookup; an email address for the person lookup; a domain for Workforce Insights, Find Employees and Similar Companies. **Coverage & freshness.** CompanyEnrich looks up its own current company dataset live at the moment you run the lookup; ListPlus doesn't hold a separate freshness figure for it. **Credits & charge rule.** Charged only on a hit; a miss, or a domain already in the free company cache, costs nothing. Exact amounts are in "[Price list: what every action costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list)" and "Company data: by domain vs by name." **What the provider receives from us.** Only the domain, company name or email needed for that one lookup — never your whole list. **Company seat, data location, legal basis.** According to CompanyEnrich's privacy policy and Trust Center (checked September 2026), its legal entity is registered in Turkey and its production compute, databases and backups are hosted in Finland. Its public privacy policy cites legitimate interests and, where required, your consent as its legal bases for processing. **Caching.** Company data is the same for every customer who looks up the same domain, so ListPlus keeps a free, shared cache per domain: once anyone has looked up a domain, a later Company Lookup for that domain costs nothing and doesn't call CompanyEnrich again. The extras (Workforce Insights 1 credit, Similar Companies 2 credits, Find Employees 3 credits, each charged on a hit) are not cached and are billed again each time. The email lookup is reused for 7 days in your account when it returned data. **Related topics:** company-data · where-does-the-data-come-from · data-sources-table · price-list. ### FAQ #### What does CompanyEnrich do inside ListPlus? CompanyEnrich is ListPlus's main provider for company details — industry, employee count, location and more — looked up from a domain or company name, plus a few record-panel extras (Workforce Insights, Find Employees, Similar Companies). #### Does CompanyEnrich work by domain or by company name? In the Enrich menu, Company Lookup works by domain only. To search by company name, use the Company Enrichment wizard or the single-cell fill window on an empty company cell; a name match is less certain than a domain match, so check that the company found is the one you meant. #### What is the free company cache, and is it CompanyEnrich's own caching? It's ListPlus's own cache of company details. When it already holds current data for a domain, the lookup is free and CompanyEnrich isn't called again. #### What does CompanyEnrich receive from ListPlus? Only the domain, company name or email needed for that one lookup — never the rest of your list. #### What are Workforce Insights, Find Employees and Similar Companies? Three record-panel extras built on CompanyEnrich data: Workforce Insights (1 credit) gives observed employee count and headcount by department, Find Employees (3 credits) adds up to 10 decision-makers as new list rows, and Similar Companies (2 credits) returns 5 lookalike companies. All three need a company domain and are charged on a hit. #### Are the record-panel extras cached like Company Lookup is? No. Workforce Insights, Find Employees and Similar Companies are billed again each time you run them, even for the same company. #### Where is CompanyEnrich based, and where is the data hosted? According to CompanyEnrich's privacy policy and Trust Center (checked September 2026), its legal entity is registered in Turkey and its production compute, databases and backups are hosted in Finland. --- ## Provider: Crunchbase Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/provider-crunchbase Last updated: 2026-09-25 Crunchbase supplies funding and investor data for companies. It's available from a list: **Company Profile Crunchbase** in the Enrich menu or a row's record panel, and as an optional step in the enrichment assistants. **What it delivers.** Funding rounds, investors, revenue estimates, founding year, tech stack and growth signals for a company, pulled from its public Crunchbase profile. **Where in ListPlus.** "Company Profile Crunchbase" in the Enrich menu's company section (appears whenever your list has a company-name column), a matching card in a row's record panel, and an optional step in the enrichment assistants. It isn't currently offered from Person Search, Segment Search or the Analyze panel's fix-it suggestions. **Inputs needed.** A company name; the record panel prefers a domain when one is known. An uncommon name can be ambiguous, so check the result against the company you meant. **Coverage & freshness.** Only companies with a Crunchbase profile return data — many smaller or non-US companies have none. Results reflect whatever is currently published on that company's Crunchbase page. **Credits & charge rule.** 1 credit, charged only when a matching Crunchbase profile is found; no match costs nothing. **What the provider receives from us.** Only the company name being looked up, never the rest of your list. **Company seat, data location, legal basis.** Available on request from support@listplus.ai. **Caching.** If you look up the same company again within 7 days, ListPlus reuses your earlier result for free. **Related topics:** where-does-the-data-come-from · data-sources-table · which-enrich-button. ### FAQ #### What does the Crunchbase lookup in ListPlus return? Funding rounds, investors, revenue estimates, founding year, tech stack and growth signals for a company — whatever is published on that company's public Crunchbase profile. #### Where do I run a Crunchbase lookup? It's available from a list: "Company Profile Crunchbase" in the Enrich menu or a row's record panel, and as an optional step in the enrichment assistants. #### How much does it cost, and when am I charged? 1 credit, charged only when ListPlus finds a matching Crunchbase profile for the company name; no match costs nothing. #### How does ListPlus find the right Crunchbase company? It looks the company up by name (in the record panel it uses the company's domain when there is one). With a very common or ambiguous name, check the location and funding details before you rely on the result. #### Does every company have Crunchbase data? No. Only companies with a Crunchbase profile return anything — many smaller or non-US companies aren't listed there, and the lookup then simply finds nothing. #### Is Crunchbase data available from Person Search or Segment Search? No. Crunchbase is only available inside a list: the Enrich menu, a row's record panel, or the optional Crunchbase step of an enrichment assistant. It isn't offered in Person Search, Segment Search or the Analyze panel. --- ## Provider: Email verification Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/provider-email-verification Last updated: 2026-09-25 MillionVerifier checks whether an email address is real by asking the mail server for its domain directly, live at the moment you run the check. **What it delivers.** One of six results per address: valid, invalid, catch-all, disposable, unknown or error. See "Email quality checks and verification" for what each result means and how it's shown in your list. **Where in ListPlus.** "Verify Email Deliverability" in the record panel and in the Enrich menu under Verify. **Inputs needed.** An email address — nothing else. **Coverage & freshness.** Checked live against the mail server at the moment of the check; verifying the same address again within 7 days reuses that result. **Credits & charge rule.** 0.1 credits per address, charged only for a valid, invalid or disposable result. Catch-all, unknown and error results are free. Addresses the free pre-checks already flag (bad format, disposable or test domain, role account, typo, numeric-heavy) never reach MillionVerifier and cost nothing. **What the provider receives from us.** Only the one email address being checked — never the rest of your list. **Company seat, data location, legal basis.** According to its privacy policy (checked September 2026), MillionVerifier is operated by GBD Software as a Service Private Limited Company, registered in Hungary. It may also process personal data in other countries, depending on the service provider involved, and it names contract performance, legitimate interests, legal obligations and, where required, consent as its legal bases. **Caching.** A result is reused for 7 days if you verify the same address again — no new check, no credits charged. **Related topics:** email-quality-and-bounces · where-does-the-data-come-from · data-sources-table · price-list. ### FAQ #### Which service verifies my email addresses? MillionVerifier. It checks each address live against the mail server for its domain and returns one of six results: valid, invalid, catch-all, disposable, unknown or error. #### What does MillionVerifier receive when I verify an address? Only that one email address — never the rest of your list or any other column data. #### Is every address actually sent to MillionVerifier? No. Free local pattern checks catch obvious cases first — bad format, disposable domains, role accounts, test domains — and mark those without ever calling MillionVerifier. #### Does checking the same address twice cost credits again? No, not within 7 days. A result is reused for a week before ListPlus checks the same address again. #### Where is MillionVerifier based, and what's its legal basis for processing? According to its privacy policy (checked September 2026), MillionVerifier is operated by GBD Software as a Service Private Limited Company, registered in Hungary. It names contract performance, legitimate interests, legal obligations and, where required, consent as its legal bases, and may also process data in other countries depending on the service provider involved. #### What's the difference between the free checks and MillionVerifier's check? The free checks in Analyze only look at the text of the address (format, known disposable domains, role accounts); MillionVerifier is the only check that actually contacts the receiving mail server to confirm the mailbox is real. --- ## Provider: FullEnrich Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/provider-fullenrich Last updated: 2026-09-25 FullEnrich is the waterfall provider ListPlus calls when a person's email needs to come from checking 20+ underlying sources — either starting from an email you already have, or from just a name and company. **What it delivers.** From an email: name, job title, company, LinkedIn URL and location. From a name + company: a verified email, and optionally a direct phone number. **Where in ListPlus.** "Contact Profile (by Email)" (Enrich menu, record panel, single-cell fill window). The name + company email search is "Find Email (by Name & Company)" in the Enrich menu, "Contact Profile (by Name & Company)" in the single-cell window and "Deep Email Search" on a Person Search profile. The email + phone search is "Find Email + Phone (by Name & Company)" in the Enrich menu and "Deep Mobile Search" in Person Search. **Inputs needed.** An email address for the reverse lookup, or a first name, last name and company name/domain for the name-based search. The phone-inclusive searches also send a flag telling FullEnrich to look for a phone number, not just an email. **Coverage & freshness.** FullEnrich checks its waterfall of 20+ underlying sources live at the moment you run the search, rather than serving from a fixed, dated dataset. **Credits & charge rule.** Charged only on a hit (FullEnrich returns data); a miss costs nothing. Searching for a phone number alongside the email costs more than an email-only search. From the Enrich menu or record panel, "Contact Profile (by Name & Company)" costs 6 credits and up to 12 only if the follow-up profile lookup also succeeds. Exact amounts are in "[Price list: what every action costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list)" and "[Find a verified email address](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/find-verified-email)." **What the provider receives from us.** For the reverse lookup, only the email address. For the name-based search, only the first name, last name and company name or domain — never your whole list. **Company seat, data location, legal basis.** According to FullEnrich's public privacy policy (checked September 2026), it relies on legitimate interests, contract performance and, for some purposes, consent, and uses standard contractual clauses for transfers outside the EU. FullEnrich Corp is headquartered in San Francisco, California, USA. **Caching.** A lookup that returned data is reused for 7 days in your account, so repeating it sooner doesn't charge again; a lookup that found nothing is run again. **Related topics:** find-verified-email · where-does-the-data-come-from · data-sources-table · price-list. ### FAQ #### What does FullEnrich do inside ListPlus? FullEnrich finds a person's contact and profile details by checking 20+ underlying sources: it can turn an email into a full profile, or a name and company into a verified email (and optionally a phone number). #### When does ListPlus use FullEnrich instead of Prospeo? FullEnrich is the deeper, more expensive fallback: it runs when you search "Find Email (by Name & Company)" or "Find Email + Phone (by Name & Company)," typically after a cheaper Prospeo lookup hasn't already found a match. In the Enrich menu, "Find Email (by Name & Company)" can itself be Prospeo (2 credits) or FullEnrich (6 credits) depending on the row — the price shown tells them apart. #### What does a FullEnrich phone search cost compared to an email-only search? An email-only search costs 6 credits; email + phone costs 30 credits, charged when the lookup returns data. #### What does FullEnrich receive from ListPlus? Only what the specific lookup needs: an email address for a reverse lookup, or a first name, last name and company name/domain for a name-based search — never the rest of your list. #### Is a FullEnrich result reused if I search the same person again? Yes, for 7 days — a FullEnrich lookup that returned data is reused in your account, so repeating it sooner doesn't charge again. A lookup that found nothing is run again. #### Where is FullEnrich based? FullEnrich Corp is headquartered in San Francisco, California, USA, according to its public privacy policy. #### What is FullEnrich's legal basis for processing data, and does it move data outside the EU? According to FullEnrich's public privacy policy (checked September 2026), it relies on legitimate interests, contract performance and, for some purposes, consent, and uses standard contractual clauses for transfers outside the EU. --- ## Provider: Google search Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/provider-google-search Last updated: 2026-09-25 ListPlus uses Google search results for a handful of lookups where a full data-provider call isn't needed — finding a URL or a fact that's already public on the open web. The underlying search service isn't named in these docs. **What it delivers.** Free lookups: a person's LinkedIn profile URL from their name and company, a company's website from its name, and the "Company News" and "Person in the News" add-ons on a Person Search profile. The same search also powers the live web search in AI Research. **Where in ListPlus.** "LinkedIn URL (by Name & Company)" (Enrich menu); "Company Website (by Name)" (single-cell fill window, also run automatically before a company lookup when only a name is known); "Company News" / "Person in the News" (Person Search profile); throughout an AI Research run. **Inputs needed.** A name and company for a person's LinkedIn URL, or a company name for its website. AI Research builds its own search queries from your research brief. **Coverage & freshness.** Whatever is currently indexed on the open web at the moment of the search — there's no stored copy or delay, and no guarantee a page will be found if it isn't publicly indexed. **Credits & charge rule.** The search itself never costs credits, found or not. Features that use it internally, such as AI Research runs and web research, are billed at their own price (see "AI, research and import costs"). **What the provider receives from us.** Only the search query itself — a name and company, a company name, or your Person Search query, or (during AI Research) the query terms built from your research brief. It never receives your list. **Company seat, data location, legal basis.** Available on request from support@listplus.ai. **Caching.** Not cached — each search runs live, though it costs nothing to repeat since it's always free. **Related topics:** where-does-the-data-come-from · data-sources-table · ai-research · price-list. ### FAQ #### How does ListPlus find a LinkedIn URL for someone without one? "LinkedIn URL (by Name & Company)" in the Enrich menu runs a free Google search for the person's name and company and fills the LinkedIn URL cell if it finds a match — it doesn't fetch the profile itself. #### Does this search cost credits? No. Every Google search lookup in ListPlus — finding a LinkedIn URL or a company website, or reading company/person news — is always free, whether or not it finds a result. #### Which company runs this search? The underlying search service isn't named publicly; it's referred to here as "Google search" for the results it returns. #### What does the search provider receive from my list? Only the search terms for that one lookup — a name and company, or a company name — never the rest of your list or any other row data. #### Does Google search play a role in AI Research? Yes. The same search powers the live web search AI Research runs while looking for and confirming matches, alongside optional paid sources like Reddit, X and BuiltWith you can switch on. The search adds no charge of its own; the run is billed as described in "[AI, research and import costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-ai-research-imports)". #### Is a Google search result ever cached or reused? No — each search runs live against the current web index every time, but since it's always free there's no cost to running it again. #### Can this search find a person's email address? No. It finds public URLs (LinkedIn profiles, company websites) and news items, never an email address. --- ## Provider: LinkedIn imports Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/provider-linkedin-imports Last updated: 2026-09-25 Building a list straight from LinkedIn (Sales Navigator, a company's employees, a profile search, or post reactions/comments) runs through a data-collection platform on ListPlus's side, separate from the specialised LinkedIn provider that answers individual profile, company, search and verify lookups elsewhere in the app — see "Provider: LinkedIn profile data" for that one. This page covers where an import's data comes from and what it returns; see "Importing from LinkedIn" for how to run one. **What it delivers.** Whatever LinkedIn itself shows on the pages the import reads: names, job titles, companies and LinkedIn profile URLs for people, plus comment text, reaction type or post date for the two post-based imports. It never returns email addresses — add those afterwards with enrichment. **Where in ListPlus.** The five **Collect web data** tasks in the New List wizard: Sales Navigator search, company employees, profile search, post reactions, post comments. **Inputs needed.** A Sales Navigator search URL, up to 10 LinkedIn company page URLs, a keyword search, or one or more LinkedIn post URLs, depending on the import type. **Coverage & freshness.** Reflects what LinkedIn shows for that search or page at the moment the import runs — not a static, pre-built database. **Credits & charge rule.** A base fee plus a per-result rate, shown in an **Estimated cost** box before you start and charged once the import finishes. See "[AI, research and import costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-ai-research-imports)" for exact rates. **What the provider receives from us.** The search URL, company URL(s) or post URL(s) you're importing from — never the rest of your list, and never your own LinkedIn account or session. **Company seat, data location, legal basis.** Available on request from support@listplus.ai. **Caching.** Not cached — each import run reads LinkedIn fresh. **Related topics:** linkedin-imports · linkedin-imports-legal · provider-linkedin-profile-data · where-does-the-data-come-from. ### FAQ #### Where does the data in a LinkedIn import actually come from? From the public LinkedIn pages the import reads — a Sales Navigator search, a company's employee list, profile search results, or a post's reactions or comments — run through a data-collection platform on ListPlus's side, not from a stored database. #### Is this the same provider that answers a single LinkedIn Profile or Company lookup? No. Imports run through a data-collection platform; individual LinkedIn Profile, Company, Profile Search and Verify lookups run through a separate, specialised LinkedIn data provider — see "[Provider: LinkedIn profile data](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/provider-linkedin-profile-data)." #### Does the import use my own LinkedIn account? No, never. See "[LinkedIn imports and your responsibilities](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/linkedin-imports-legal)." #### How current is the data an import brings back? It reflects what's publicly visible on LinkedIn at the moment the import runs, not a stored snapshot from an earlier date. #### What does the provider receive when I run an import? Only the search, company or post URL(s) for that one import — never the rest of your list. #### Which LinkedIn import types run through this provider? All five "Collect web data" tasks in the New List wizard: Sales Navigator search, company employees, profile search, post reactions and post comments. --- ## Provider: LinkedIn profile data Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/provider-linkedin-profile-data Last updated: 2026-09-25 A specialised LinkedIn data provider on ListPlus's side answers every LinkedIn lookup in the product. ListPlus never signs in with your LinkedIn account and never uses your LinkedIn session. The provider isn't named in these docs. **What it delivers.** A person's full profile (current job title, company, location, experience) from a LinkedIn URL; a company's profile (industry, size, headquarters, website) from a company URL; a profile found by searching a name + company when you don't have the URL; and a check for whether a profile exists for a name and company, without pulling the full profile. These lookups return profile and company data only, never an email address or phone number. **Where in ListPlus.** "LinkedIn Profile (by LinkedIn URL)", "LinkedIn Company", "LinkedIn Profile Search (by Name & Company)" and "Verify LinkedIn Profile" — in the Enrich menu, the record panel and the selection bar's Enrich. See "[LinkedIn data: find, fill and verify](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/linkedin-data)" for which button to use when. **Inputs needed.** A LinkedIn profile URL, a LinkedIn company page URL, or a first name + last name + company name/domain for the two name-based lookups. **Coverage & freshness.** The provider doesn't publish coverage figures ListPlus can verify or repeat here. Every lookup reflects what's currently visible on the public LinkedIn profile or company page at the moment you run it — it's not a static snapshot. **Credits & charge rule.** See "[Price list: what every action costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list)" and "[LinkedIn data: find, fill and verify](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/linkedin-data)" for the exact numbers. Profile and company lookups by URL charge only on a hit; Profile Search and Verify charge per attempt, even without a match, because the search or check itself still runs against LinkedIn. **What the provider receives from us.** Only the identifier needed for that one lookup — a LinkedIn URL, a company URL, or a name and company — never the rest of your list. **Company seat, data location, legal basis.** Available on request from support@listplus.ai. **Caching.** Repeating a LinkedIn Profile, LinkedIn Company or LinkedIn Profile Search that found data within 30 days reuses the earlier result for free. The same Verify LinkedIn Profile check is also reused for 30 days, found or not. A Profile Search that found nothing is charged again when you retry it. **Related topics:** linkedin-data · where-does-the-data-come-from · data-sources-table · price-list. ### FAQ #### Which company runs ListPlus's LinkedIn lookups? ListPlus works with a specialised LinkedIn data provider rather than your own LinkedIn account — the provider's name isn't published, but every LinkedIn action in ListPlus (profile, company, search, verify) runs through this one service. #### Does ListPlus ever sign in as me on LinkedIn? No. ListPlus never signs in with your LinkedIn account and never uses your LinkedIn session for any lookup or import. #### Can a LinkedIn lookup return someone's personal email address? No. LinkedIn Profile, LinkedIn Company, LinkedIn Profile Search and Verify LinkedIn Profile return profile and company data only, never an email address. To find an email, use "Contact Brief" (from a LinkedIn URL or a name and company) or "Find Email (by Name & Company)". #### What does the provider receive when I run a LinkedIn lookup? Only the identifier the lookup needs: a LinkedIn profile or company URL, or a name and company for a search or verify check. It never receives the rest of your list. #### Does the provider return the same data every time I look up a profile? It returns what's currently visible on the public profile or company page at the moment of the request, so results can change if the person updates their profile. Repeating your own successful lookup within 30 days reuses the earlier result instead of running it again. #### Is Verify LinkedIn Profile from this same provider? Yes. It uses the same LinkedIn provider for a lighter search that only confirms a profile exists. If it first has to identify the company from the email domain, that company lookup runs through CompanyEnrich, which is why it then costs 0.5 instead of 0.25 credits. #### Where is this provider based, and what's its legal basis for processing data? That detail isn't published in a way ListPlus can state here — contact support@listplus.ai for the provider's registered seat, data location and legal basis for processing. --- ## Provider: Prospeo Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/provider-prospeo Last updated: 2026-09-25 Prospeo is the licensed B2B contact database behind **Segment Search**, and also powers several email, phone and company-contact lookups elsewhere in ListPlus. **What it delivers.** Filtered audience results in Segment Search; a verified work email plus the company's main phone number via "Contact Brief"; a verified personal mobile via "Reveal Mobile Number"; and up to 25 company decision-makers with contact teasers via "Company Contacts (Prospeo)." **Where in ListPlus.** The Segment Search page; "Contact Brief (by LinkedIn URL)" and "Contact Brief (by Name & Company)" (Enrich menu, record panel, single-cell fill window) — in the Enrich menu, Prospeo's 2-credit name lookup can also appear as "Find Email (by Name & Company)"; "Verified Email & Company Phone" in Person Search; the Reveal · 12 Cr mobile button under a profile's Reachability section, also available in the record panel and the single-cell fill window as "Reveal Mobile Number"; "Deep Company Profile" (3 credits) and "Company Contacts" on a Person Search profile, and "Company Contacts (Prospeo)" in the record panel. **Inputs needed.** For Segment Search, your filter selections (role, industry, seniority, company size, location, funding stage and more) — Prospeo receives the filters, not any of your existing contacts. For a lookup, a LinkedIn profile URL, or a first name + last name + company name/domain. Company Contacts needs a company domain. **Coverage & freshness.** By Prospeo's own figures: roughly 300 million profiles and 143 million verified email addresses, refreshed weekly — that claim is the provider's, not independently verified by ListPlus. **Credits & charge rule.** Charged only when Prospeo returns a value (a Segment Search page with zero matches is free). Exact amounts are in "Price list: what every action costs," "[Get emails and phone numbers](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/reveal-email-and-phone)" and "[Person Search: the profile drawer and its add-ons](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/profile-and-add-ons)." **What the provider receives from us.** For Segment Search, only your search filters. For a lookup, only the identifier needed: a LinkedIn URL, a name and company, or (for Company Contacts and Deep Company Profile) a company domain. It never receives your whole list. **Company seat, data location, legal basis.** ListPlus doesn't publish Prospeo's registered seat or data location in this help center. Email support@listplus.ai and we'll send you the details. **Caching.** An identical Segment Search you repeat within 30 days is free. A Contact Brief or mobile reveal that returned data is reused for 7 days in your account, so repeating it sooner doesn't charge again; lookups that found nothing, and Company Contacts, are run again. **Related topics:** where-does-the-data-come-from · data-sources-table · categories-audience-database · reveal-email-and-phone · price-list. ### FAQ #### What does Prospeo do inside ListPlus? Prospeo is the licensed B2B contact database behind Segment Search, and also finds verified work emails, company phone numbers, personal mobile numbers, and company decision-maker lists elsewhere in ListPlus. #### How current is Prospeo's data? By Prospeo's own figures, its database holds roughly 300 million profiles and 143 million verified email addresses, refreshed weekly — that's the provider's claim, not independently verified by ListPlus. #### What does Prospeo receive when I run a Segment Search? Only the filters you set (role, industry, seniority, company size, location and so on) to match against its database — not any data from your existing lists. #### What does Prospeo receive when I look up one person? Only the identifier needed for that lookup: a LinkedIn profile URL, or a first name, last name and company name or domain. It never receives the rest of your list. #### Does repeating a Prospeo lookup cost credits again? An identical Segment Search repeated within 30 days is free, and a Contact Brief or mobile reveal that returned data is reused for 7 days in your account without charging again. Lookups that found nothing are run again, and Company Contacts is billed again on each hit. #### What is "Company Contacts (Prospeo)" in the record panel? A lookup that returns up to 25 decision-makers at a company, with masked email and mobile teasers, added to your list as new rows. It needs a company domain and appears in the record panel's company section. It costs 2 credits, charged only when contacts are found; it is also a Person Search add-on called "Company Contacts." #### Where is Prospeo based, and is it GDPR-compliant? ListPlus doesn't publish Prospeo's registered seat or data location in this help center. Email support@listplus.ai and we'll send you the details. --- ## Provider: AI Research's web sources Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/provider-research-sources Last updated: 2026-09-25 AI Research reads the open web while it looks for matches. This article covers which sources it can reach and what's free versus paid; for exact per-call pricing and how metering works, see "How is AI Research metered, and what do paid sources cost?" **What it delivers.** A free Google-powered web search, scoped on demand to a specific site (Reddit, Hacker News, GitHub, LinkedIn or a company's own domain) or left unscoped for press and team pages; a free news search for announcements and funding news; a free, structured Hacker News search (story and comment authors); a free page-reading tool that fetches the text of any URL the agent finds (a forum thread, a team page, a GitHub profile); and three opt-in paid sources: Reddit search, Twitter / X search and a BuiltWith technology lookup, for posts, profiles and tech-stack data those free sources don't otherwise surface well. Every match is also run through a free LinkedIn check before it's returned. **Where in ListPlus.** Runs automatically during every AI Research run; Reddit search, Twitter / X search and the BuiltWith technology lookup only run if you tick them under "Unlock additional sources (paid)" before starting. **Inputs needed.** The research brief you describe when starting a run — AI Research builds its own search queries from it. **Coverage & freshness.** Whatever is currently indexed or postable on each site at the moment of the search — there's no stored copy or delay. **Credits & charge rule.** Web search, news search, Hacker News search and page reading are always free. Reddit search, Twitter / X search and the BuiltWith technology lookup are billed per call, whether or not the call finds anything; see "How is AI Research metered" for current rates. **What the provider receives from us.** Only the search query the agent builds for that one call, never your list or brief in full. **Company seat, data location, legal basis.** Available on request from support@listplus.ai. **Caching.** Not cached — a research run searches live each time. **Related topics:** research-costs-and-sources · ai-research · provider-google-search. ### FAQ #### Which web sources can AI Research search? Google-powered web search (which it can scope to Reddit, Hacker News, GitHub, LinkedIn or a company's own site), a news search, a free Hacker News search, and a page-reading tool that fetches any URL it finds. Reddit, Twitter / X and a BuiltWith tech-stack lookup are three further, opt-in paid sources. #### Is there a dedicated GitHub source, or does it use web search? There's no separate GitHub tool — the free web search is scoped to github.com when the agent judges that useful, the same way it scopes to Reddit or Hacker News. #### Are Reddit, X and BuiltWith free like the others? No — those three are opt-in paid sources you unlock under "Unlock additional sources (paid)" before starting a run; every other source (web search, news, Hacker News, reading a page) is always free. Reddit search costs 6 credits per call, Twitter / X search costs 3 credits per call, and the BuiltWith technology lookup costs 0.25 credits per call, each charged whether or not it finds something. See "[AI, research and import costs](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-ai-research-imports)" for the current rates. #### How does AI Research read a company's own website or team page? The same free page-reading tool that opens any URL the agent finds — it fetches the text of a team, about or press page once a search points to it. #### Does AI Research use a stored index, or search live each time? Live each time. Every source reflects whatever's currently on the web or postable at the moment of the search, with no stored copy or delay. #### What does a source receive when AI Research calls it? Only the search query the agent builds for that one call — never your full research brief or list. --- ## Provider: signal add-ons (tech stack, jobs, traffic, maps, email) Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/provider-signals-add-ons Last updated: 2026-09-25 Person Search and Segment Search results carry a set of small, single-purpose add-on cards on top of the main contact and company data — signals that help you judge fit or timing rather than reach someone. Five exist in ListPlus today: **Tech Stack**, **Open Jobs**, **Google Maps Profile**, **Web Traffic** and **Email Infrastructure**; a sixth, **Deep Company Profile**, bundles the first two with funding data in one lookup. **What it delivers.** Tech Stack: technologies detected on the company website. Open Jobs: active job postings — a buying-intent signal. Google Maps Profile: rating, review count, phone and address. Web Traffic: monthly visits and global rank. Email Infrastructure: the domain's mail provider and SPF/DMARC posture. Deep Company Profile: funding rounds, tech stack and open job titles together in one card. **Where in ListPlus.** All six show as cards in the company section of the Person Search / Segment Search result profile (the same drawer used from either finder); exact prices are in "Person Search: basics and profile add-ons." **Inputs needed.** A domain for Tech Stack, Web Traffic and Email Infrastructure; a company name for Google Maps Profile; a LinkedIn company URL or company name for Open Jobs; a domain for Deep Company Profile. **Coverage & freshness.** Each card looks up its source live at the moment you click it; a card with nothing to show (no jobs open, no detected technology) simply reports "Nothing found" instead of returning stale data. **Credits & charge rule.** Every card is charged only on a hit — a miss costs nothing. Exact per-card amounts are in "Person Search: basics and profile add-ons." **What the provider receives from us.** Only the one identifier the card needs — a domain or a company name — never the rest of your list or search. **Company seat, data location, legal basis.** These cards each pull from a different specialised data source; none is named individually in these docs. Details are available on request from support@listplus.ai. **Caching.** Not cached — each card runs again even for a company you've already looked up. **Related topics:** profile-and-add-ons · price-list-profile-add-ons · data-sources-table. ### FAQ #### What signal add-ons can I see on a Person Search or Segment Search result? Five: Tech Stack, Open Jobs, Google Maps Profile, Web Traffic and Email Infrastructure, plus Deep Company Profile, which bundles funding data, tech stack and open job titles into one lookup. #### What does "Open Jobs" tell me? Active job postings for the company — a signal it may be growing or hiring into the area you care about. It needs a LinkedIn company URL or a company name. #### What does "Email Infrastructure" show? The domain's mail provider and its SPF/DMARC setup — useful for judging how a domain sends email before you rely on an address at it. #### Are these signal cards charged even if they find nothing? No. Every card is charged only when it returns data; a miss costs nothing. See "[Person Search: basics and profile add-ons](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/price-list-profile-add-ons)" for the exact per-card price. #### What does "Deep Company Profile" add over the individual cards? It's one lookup that returns funding rounds, tech stack and open job titles together, instead of running Tech Stack and Open Jobs separately. #### Do these add-ons work in a list's Enrich menu, or only in search results? Mostly as cards in the Person Search / Segment Search profile drawer. Tech Stack is also available in a list row's record panel. None of them is a button in a list's Enrich menu. --- ## Section: Workspaces & team ## What is a workspace? Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/what-is-a-workspace Last updated: 2026-09-28 A workspace is the place where you and your team work on the same lists, contacts and pipelines. Everyone you invite sees and works on the same data, and everything paid in the workspace runs on the plan and credits of one person: the workspace owner. ### What you get when you sign up Every account gets its own workspace on sign-up, named after the first part of your e-mail address (for example "anna Workspace"). You can work alone in it, invite teammates into it, or create more workspaces. Creating workspaces and adding members is free and unlimited. ### What is shared in a workspace Everyone in the workspace sees and works on the same: - Lists and projects - Saved contacts and their folders - Inbox entries - AI Research runs (a teammate's run shows "by" and their name) - Pipelines - Connected accounts (CRM, Google Sheets and other apps) and API connections - Block List - Usage history for the workspace ### What stays personal - Your login, your display name and your app language - Your own credit balance and plan, which pay for the workspaces you own - Your AI request limits - Your personal Inbox forwarding address (one per workspace) ### Who pays The workspace owner's plan and credits cover everything in that workspace. Members spend the owner's credits and never need a plan of their own. See "[Credits, plan and limits in a workspace](https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/billing-in-workspaces)" for the details. ### Typical setups - **A team:** one workspace, the person with the subscription is the owner, colleagues join as members or admins. - **An agency:** one workspace per client ("e.g. Client Miller"), so each client's lists and contacts stay apart. - **Freelancer working for a client:** the client invites you into their workspace, and the client's plan and credits pay for your work there. ### Per-list sharing no longer exists You no longer share single lists with single people. Instead, invite the person into the workspace that holds the list. To give someone a list from a different workspace, export it and import it there. The only other way to show a list to outsiders is a public list, which is read-only for anyone with the link. **Related topics:** invite-teammates · roles-and-permissions · switch-and-create-workspaces · leave-remove-transfer-delete · billing-in-workspaces · public-lists-warning. ### FAQ #### Can I use ListPlus with my team? Yes. Invite your colleagues into your workspace (workspace menu in the Home header → Members & invites), and everyone works on the same lists, Saved contacts, Inbox, research and pipelines. Members are free, and all paid actions run on the workspace owner's plan and credits. #### What is a workspace in ListPlus? A workspace is a shared space with its own lists, saved contacts, inbox, AI Research runs, pipelines and connected accounts. Everyone in it works on the same data, and one person, the owner, pays for it with their plan and credits. Every account gets its own workspace on sign-up. #### What do the members of a workspace share? Lists and projects, Saved contacts and folders, Inbox entries, AI Research runs, pipelines, connected accounts, API connections, the Block List and the workspace's usage history. Everyone in the workspace sees and works on the same data. What each person may change depends on their role (Owner, Admin or Member). #### What stays personal when I'm in a workspace? Your login, display name and app language stay yours, and so do your own credit balance and plan. AI request limits count per person, and each person gets their own Inbox forwarding address in each workspace. Your credits only pay for workspaces you own. #### Does every colleague need their own ListPlus account? Yes. Each person signs in with their own e-mail address and one-time code, which is why nobody shares a login. A colleague without an account creates one while accepting your invite ("Sign in and join"), and gets no bill: members work on the owner's plan and credits. #### Do workspaces or extra members cost anything? No. Creating workspaces and inviting members is free, and there is no per-seat price. All credits spent in a workspace come from the owner's balance, and the owner's plan sets the limits for everyone in it. #### How many workspaces can I have? As many as you like. You can own several workspaces and be a member of others at the same time. Your plan covers every workspace you own. #### I run an agency. How should I set up my clients? Create one workspace per client (workspace menu → Create workspace), so each client's lists, contacts and connected accounts stay separate. Your plan and credits pay for all workspaces you own, and the record limit counts across all of them. If a client should pay, let the client own the workspace and invite you. #### Can I still share a single list with one person? No, per-list sharing was replaced by workspaces. Invite the person into the workspace that holds the list, or export the list and let them import it in their own workspace. Making a list public is the only other option, and it exposes the list to anyone with the link. --- ## Invite teammates to a workspace Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/invite-teammates Last updated: 2026-09-28 Invite colleagues by e-mail into your workspace. Each invite is sent as an e-mail and also gives you a link to copy, is valid for 14 days and can only be accepted with the invited e-mail address. ### Invite someone 1. On Home, click the workspace name in the header (or open your avatar menu and click the workspace row). 2. Choose **Members & invites**. 3. Under **Invite**, enter one or more e-mail addresses, separated by commas (up to 20 at a time). 4. Owners and admins can pick the role, **Member** or **Admin**. Everyone else invites as Member. 5. Click **Invite**. ListPlus e-mails the invite and shows each link with **Copy link**, so you can also send it yourself, for example in a chat. The message "Invitation sent by e-mail" confirms the mail. If the mail could not go out, you see "Copy the link – e-mail not sent" with the reason ("daily limit reached", "address blocked" or "sending failed"). The invite still works: copy the link and send it yourself. The invitation e-mail comes from ListPlus, names you and the workspace, and has an **Accept invitation** button. It is written in your app language. ### Open invites Invites that nobody has accepted yet appear under **Open invites** in the same window. - **Resend** sends a fresh e-mail with a new link. The old link stops working and the 14 days start again. - **Withdraw** cancels the invite, and its link stops working. The person who sent the invite, the owner and admins can resend or withdraw it. Inviting an address again also replaces its open invite and its old link. An address that already belongs to the team is not invited again ("is already on the team"). ### Limits - Up to 20 addresses per invite. - Each person can send up to 100 invitation e-mails per day. Above that, the invite is still created and only the mail is skipped, so copy the link. - Each invite link works once and expires after 14 days. ### Accepting an invite The invited person clicks the button in the e-mail or opens the link: - **Not signed in, or no account yet:** click **Sign in and join**, then sign in or sign up with the invited e-mail address and a one-time code. - **Signed in with the invited address:** click **Join**. - **Signed in with a different address:** the page says "This invite was sent to …. Sign in with that address to join." Sign out and sign in with the invited address. Signed-in users also find invites for their address in the workspace menu under **Invites**, with **Join** and **Decline**. A dot on the workspace icon shows that an invite is waiting. **Related topics:** what-is-a-workspace · roles-and-permissions · leave-remove-transfer-delete · billing-in-workspaces · sign-in-problems. ### FAQ #### How do I invite a colleague to my workspace? On Home, click the workspace name in the header (or the workspace row in your avatar menu) and choose Members & invites. Enter one or more e-mail addresses under Invite and click Invite. ListPlus e-mails each person a link, and you can also copy the link and send it yourself. #### Who can invite people to a workspace? Every member of a workspace can invite people as Members. Only the owner and admins can invite someone directly as an Admin. #### Does my colleague need a ListPlus account before I invite them? No. They open the invite link, click "Sign in and join" and sign up with the invited e-mail address and a one-time code. They join your workspace right away and work on your plan and credits. #### How long is an invite link valid? An invite link is valid for 14 days and works once. It can only be accepted with the e-mail address it was sent to. After that, send a new invite or click Resend under Open invites. #### My colleague didn't get the invitation e-mail. What can I do? Ask them to check their spam folder, or copy the link from the invite window and send it yourself. You can also click Resend under Open invites (workspace menu → Members & invites), which mails a new link. If you saw "e-mail not sent (address blocked)", the address refused earlier mails, so send the link another way. #### What happens when I click Resend? Resend creates a new link, e-mails it and restarts the 14 days. The previous link stops working, so only the newest link can be used. Inviting the same address again has the same effect. #### How do I cancel an invite? Open the workspace menu → Members & invites and click Withdraw next to the invite under Open invites. The link stops working immediately. The person who sent it, the owner and admins can withdraw an invite. #### Is there a limit on how many people I can invite? You can enter up to 20 addresses at a time and send up to 100 invitation e-mails per day. Above the daily limit, the invite is still created and you see "Copy the link – e-mail not sent (daily limit reached)", so send the link yourself. There is no limit on the number of members. #### How do I accept an invite to a workspace? Open the link from the invitation e-mail and click "Join", or "Sign in and join" if you are signed out. If you are already signed in, you also find the invite in the workspace menu under Invites, with Join and Decline. Use the e-mail address the invite was sent to. #### The invite link says it was sent to a different e-mail address. What now? An invite can only be accepted with the address it was sent to. Sign out and sign in with that address, or ask the person who invited you to invite the address you actually use. There is no way to move an invite to another address. #### The invite says it no longer exists. Why? The message "This invite no longer exists — it expired or was already used" appears when the link is older than 14 days, was withdrawn, was already used, or was replaced by a newer link (Resend or a new invite). Ask the person who invited you for a new invite. #### In which language is the invitation e-mail? The invitation e-mail is written in the app language of the person who sends it. The invited person can switch their own app language after joining. --- ## Workspace roles and permissions Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/roles-and-permissions Last updated: 2026-09-28 Every person in a workspace has one of three roles: **Owner**, **Admin** or **Member**. The role decides who manages the workspace and its lists. The day-to-day work (editing, enriching, AI, import, export) is open to everyone. ### The three roles - **Owner:** exactly one per workspace. Pays for the workspace with their plan and credits, and is the only one who can delete the workspace, transfer it, or make a list public. - **Admin:** manages the team and the workspace's lists, pipelines and API connections, but doesn't pay and can't delete the workspace. - **Member:** works on all lists and contacts in the workspace, and can invite colleagues as members. ### Who can do what | Action | Owner | Admin | Member | | ---------------------------------------------------------------- | ----- | ----- | -------------- | | Edit rows, enrich, run AI commands, import, export | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | | Use Saved, Inbox, AI Research and the Block List | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | | Add entries to a pipeline and send them | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | | Connect an account (CRM, Google Sheets …) and use connected ones | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | | Disconnect an account | ✓ | ✓ | only their own | | Invite people as Member | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | | Invite people as Admin | ✓ | ✓ | – | | Resend or withdraw an invite | ✓ | ✓ | only their own | | Change roles (Member ↔ Admin), remove members | ✓ | ✓ | – | | Rename the workspace | ✓ | ✓ | – | | Delete or duplicate lists, move lists into projects | ✓ | ✓ | – | | Create, edit or delete pipelines | ✓ | ✓ | – | | Create and manage API connections | ✓ | ✓ | – | | Make a list public or private | ✓ | – | – | | Transfer ownership, delete the workspace | ✓ | – | – | | Buy credits or change the plan for the workspace | ✓ | – | – | Creating, renaming and deleting projects is open to every member. Every member can leave a workspace; the owner has to transfer it first. ### Change someone's role 1. Open the workspace menu (workspace name in the Home header) → **Members & invites**. 2. Under **Members**, pick **Member** or **Admin** in the dropdown next to the person. The owner's role can't be changed there. To hand over the owner role, use **Transfer ownership** (see "Leave, remove, transfer or delete a workspace"). ### Connected accounts When someone connects an app (for example HubSpot or Google Sheets), the connection belongs to the workspace: everyone on the team can use it, and actions run in the name of the person who connected it. The owner, an admin or the person who connected it can disconnect it. **Related topics:** what-is-a-workspace · invite-teammates · leave-remove-transfer-delete · billing-in-workspaces · public-lists-warning. ### FAQ #### What roles are there in a workspace? There are three: Owner, Admin and Member. The owner pays with their plan and credits and alone can delete or transfer the workspace and make lists public. Admins manage members, lists, pipelines and API connections, and members do the everyday work on lists and contacts. #### What can a member do in a workspace? Members can edit rows, enrich, run AI commands, import and export, and use Saved, the Inbox, AI Research and the Block List. They can add and send pipeline entries and invite colleagues as members. They can't delete, duplicate or move lists, set up pipelines or API connections, or change roles. #### What can an admin do that a member can't? Admins can invite people as admins, change roles, remove members, rename the workspace, delete, duplicate and move lists, and create or change pipelines and API connections. They can't delete or transfer the workspace, make a list public, or buy credits for the workspace. Those belong to the owner. #### What can only the owner do? Only the owner can delete the workspace, transfer ownership and make a list public or private. The owner's plan and credits pay for everything in the workspace, so only the owner can buy credits or upgrade for it. #### How do I make someone an admin? Open the workspace menu in the Home header → Members & invites and choose Admin in the dropdown next to the person under Members. Only the owner and admins see this dropdown. You can switch an admin back to Member the same way. #### Why can't I set up a pipeline? Only owners and admins create and change pipelines, and the Pipelines page says so for members. As a member you can still add entries to existing pipelines and send them. #### Can there be more than one owner? No, every workspace has exactly one owner, because the owner's plan and credits pay for it. Add more admins to share the management work, or transfer ownership to someone else. --- ## Switch, create and rename workspaces Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/switch-and-create-workspaces Last updated: 2026-09-28 The workspace menu shows which workspace you are in, lets you switch to another one, and is where you create new workspaces. Everything you see in the app (lists, Saved, Inbox, research, pipelines) belongs to the workspace that is active right now. ### Open the workspace menu - On **Home**, click the workspace name in the header. - Or open your **avatar menu** and click the row with the workspace name. This works on every page and on phones. The menu shows: - your workspaces, each with its number of members and a check mark on the active one - **Invites** for your e-mail address, with **Join** and **Decline** (only when you have any) - **Members & invites** and **Workspace settings** - **Plan in this workspace**, with the plan name and whose subscription pays for it ("Through your subscription" or the owner's name) - **Create workspace** ### Switch workspaces Click another workspace in the menu. The app reloads in that workspace, and other open ListPlus tabs follow. ListPlus remembers the active workspace, also on your other devices. If you belong to more than one workspace, the browser tab title also shows the workspace name. ### Create a workspace 1. Open the workspace menu and click **Create workspace**. 2. Enter a name (up to 80 characters), for example "Client Miller". 3. Click **Create**. The new workspace starts empty and becomes active. Its credits and plan are yours, because you own it. Creating workspaces is free and unlimited. ### Rename a workspace Open the workspace menu → **Workspace settings**, change the **Name** and click **Save**. Only the owner and admins can change the name. Each workspace gets a colour automatically; it can't be changed. ### Moving a list to another workspace There is no move between workspaces. Export the list (for example as CSV or Excel) and import the file in the other workspace. The import counts as a new list there, with the usual import cost and the record limit of that workspace's owner. **Related topics:** what-is-a-workspace · invite-teammates · roles-and-permissions · leave-remove-transfer-delete · export-files · create-list-and-import-file. ### FAQ #### How do I switch to another workspace? On Home, click the workspace name in the header, or open your avatar menu and click the workspace row. Pick the workspace you want; the app reloads in it and your other open tabs follow. #### I can't find my lists. Where did they go? You're probably in a different workspace, because lists, Saved contacts, the Inbox and pipelines belong to one workspace each. Open the workspace menu (workspace name on Home or the workspace row in your avatar menu) and switch to the workspace that holds them. #### How do I create a new workspace? Open the workspace menu (workspace name in the Home header or the workspace row in your avatar menu) and click Create workspace. Enter a name and click Create. The new workspace is free, starts empty, and runs on your plan and credits. #### How do I rename a workspace? Open the workspace menu → Workspace settings, change the Name and click Save. Only the owner and admins of the workspace can rename it. #### Can I change the colour of a workspace? No. Each workspace gets a colour automatically, so you can tell them apart in the menu. You can change its name in Workspace settings. #### How do I move a list to another workspace? There is no direct move between workspaces. Export the list as a file (CSV, Excel or JSON) and import it in the other workspace. The import creates a new list there, with the usual import cost of 1 credit. #### Which workspace am I in right now? The active workspace's name shows in the Home header and in your avatar menu. In the workspace menu, the active one has a check mark. If you belong to several workspaces, the browser tab title also shows its name. #### Where do I see which plan applies in this workspace? Open the workspace menu and look at "Plan in this workspace". It shows the plan name and either "Through your subscription" or the name of the owner whose subscription pays for it. --- ## Leave, remove, transfer or delete a workspace Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/leave-remove-transfer-delete Last updated: 2026-09-28 This article covers the ways a workspace membership ends or changes hands: leaving a workspace, removing someone, transferring ownership and deleting a workspace for good. ### Leave a workspace 1. Switch to the workspace, open the workspace menu → **Workspace settings**. 2. Click **Leave workspace** and confirm. You lose access to the workspace's lists, contacts and pipelines right away. The lists and contacts you added stay in the workspace for the others. You can only come back with a new invite. The owner can't leave; they transfer the workspace first or delete it. ### Remove a member Owners and admins open the workspace menu → **Members & invites**, click the remove icon next to the person and confirm ("Remove … from the workspace?"). Their access ends immediately, and any open invites they sent are withdrawn. The data they added stays in the workspace. The owner can't be removed. ### Transfer ownership The owner pays for the workspace with their plan and credits. To hand that over to someone else: 1. The new owner must already be a member (Member or Admin). 2. Open the workspace menu → **Workspace settings** → **Transfer ownership**, select the member and click **Transfer**. 3. The member sees the offer in **Members & invites** and clicks **Accept**. After the transfer, plan and credits run through the new owner, and you stay in the workspace as an admin. The offer is valid for 7 days, and you can take it back with **Withdraw** until it is accepted. Credits are not moved: the new owner's own balance pays from then on, and the workspace's lists count toward the new owner's record limit. ### Delete a workspace Only the owner can delete a workspace, and it can't be undone. 1. Open the workspace menu → **Workspace settings**. 2. Under **Danger zone**, click **Delete workspace**. 3. Type the workspace name and click **Delete permanently**. This deletes all lists and their data, saved contacts, the Inbox (including its forwarding addresses), AI Research runs, pipelines (and the links they sent out), connected accounts, API connections, the Block List and the usage history of that workspace. All other members lose access. Your credits and plan are not affected. If the app says "Not everything could be deleted", click Delete again to remove the rest. After deleting, you land in another workspace you belong to. If it was your only one, ListPlus creates a new, empty workspace for you. ### Deleting your whole account Deleting a workspace doesn't delete your account. To delete your account, see "[Deleting lists, contacts, and your account](https://listplus.ai/en/help/account/delete-account-and-data)". **Related topics:** what-is-a-workspace · roles-and-permissions · billing-in-workspaces · delete-account-and-data · export-files. ### FAQ #### How do I leave a workspace? Switch to the workspace, open the workspace menu → Workspace settings and click Leave workspace, then confirm. You lose access to its lists, contacts and pipelines immediately and can only come back with a new invite. The owner can't leave without transferring the workspace first. #### What happens to my lists when I leave a workspace? They stay in the workspace, because lists and contacts belong to the workspace, not to the person who created them. If you need a copy, export the lists before you leave. Your own workspaces and your credits are not affected. #### How do I remove someone from our workspace? Owners and admins open the workspace menu → Members & invites, click the remove icon next to the person and confirm. Their access ends right away and their open invites are withdrawn. Everything they added stays in the workspace. #### Why can't I leave a workspace I own? The owner pays for the workspace, so it can't be left without an owner. Transfer ownership to another member first (Workspace settings → Transfer ownership), then leave, or delete the workspace. #### How do I transfer a workspace to someone else? Open the workspace menu → Workspace settings → Transfer ownership, select a member and click Transfer. The member has 7 days to accept it in Members & invites. After that, their plan and credits pay for the workspace and you stay as an admin. #### Do my credits move with the workspace when I transfer it? No. Credits and plans stay with each person. After the transfer, the new owner's balance pays for everything in the workspace, and its lists count toward the new owner's record limit. #### How do I delete a workspace? Only the owner can: open the workspace menu → Workspace settings → Danger zone → Delete workspace. Type the workspace name and click Delete permanently. This can't be undone. #### What is deleted when I delete a workspace? All its lists and their data, saved contacts, the Inbox and its forwarding addresses, AI Research runs, pipelines and the links they sent, connected accounts, API connections, the Block List and the usage history. All other members lose access. Your credits and plan stay untouched. #### Can I get a deleted workspace back? No, deleting a workspace is permanent and there is no trash. Export any list you want to keep before deleting. --- ## Credits, plan and limits in a workspace Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/billing-in-workspaces Last updated: 2026-09-28 In a workspace, one person pays: the **owner**. Everything that costs credits in the workspace is deducted from the owner's balance, and the owner's plan decides the record limit and which integrations are available. Members are free and don't need a plan or credits of their own. ### What members see - The credit balance shows as the owner's, for example "Anna's credits". - The Plans & Billing page says "This workspace uses Anna's plan." There is no **Buy Credits** button, because members can't top up the owner's balance. - Where the owner would see the window to buy credits, members see "Balance empty – please ask Anna to top up" (or the owner's balance), with **Got it**. Let the owner know; only they can buy credits. - At the record limit, members see that only the owner can upgrade. Members can still subscribe to a plan or buy credits for themselves. That pays for workspaces **they** own, never for someone else's workspace. ### What the owner pays for - All paid actions of every member in the owner's workspaces: enrichment, reveals, AI commands and AI columns, AI Research, imports and Inbox recognition. - The plan (Basic, Pro or Premium) applies to every workspace the owner owns. Integrations such as Google Sheets (Pro) or HubSpot (Premium) are available to all members of those workspaces. - The record limit (Basic 10,000 · Pro 100,000 · Premium 1,000,000 records) counts the rows of all lists across **all** workspaces the owner owns. Lists in a workspace where you are only a member count toward that workspace's owner, not toward you. Workspaces, members and invites themselves cost nothing. ### Seeing who spent what Open your avatar menu → **Usage**. The section "Usage in this workspace" lists this month's credits per person in the active workspace. Members only see the active workspace's usage ("You only see this workspace's usage. The balance belongs to …"), without purchases. The owner also sees their full credit history across all their workspaces. ### When the balance runs out Everyone in the workspace spends the same balance. A job that is refused at the start opens the buy window for the owner and the "ask the owner" window for members. If the balance runs out while a batch enrichment is running, the batch stops: the remaining rows are not charged and show as failed in the task card. After a top-up, run the enrichment again on the rows that are still empty. ### AI request limits are per person The fair-use limits for AI requests (1,000 per day and 20,000 per month) count per person, not per workspace, and don't draw on the owner. The credits those requests cost still come from the owner's balance. **Related topics:** what-is-a-workspace · roles-and-permissions · credits-explained · buying-credits · record-limit · not-enough-credits · where-did-my-credits-go. ### FAQ #### Who pays for credits in a workspace? The workspace owner. Every paid action by any member in the workspace is deducted from the owner's credit balance, and the owner's plan sets the limits and integrations for everyone in it. Members don't need a plan or credits of their own. #### Why can't I buy credits in this workspace? The workspace runs on the owner's balance, and only the owner can top it up. As a member you see "Balance empty – please ask … to top up" instead of the buy window, so let the owner know. Credits you buy for yourself only pay for workspaces you own. #### What does "Balance empty – please ask … to top up" mean? The workspace you're in uses its owner's credits, and that balance is empty. Only the owner named in the message can buy credits, so ask them to top up. Click Got it to close the message. #### Can I transfer or give credits to a teammate? No, credits can't be moved between people. Instead, invite the teammate into your workspace: everything they do there is paid from your balance. The owner's credits pay for all members' work in the owner's workspaces. #### Can I get one invoice for my whole team? Yes, in effect: the workspace owner holds the subscription and buys all credit packs, and members never pay. So there is one subscription and one set of invoices, those of the owner. For invoice questions, see "[Invoices and VAT](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/invoices-and-vat)". #### How does the record limit work with several workspaces? The record limit belongs to the owner's plan and counts the rows of all lists across every workspace that person owns (Basic 10,000, Pro 100,000, Premium 1,000,000). A new workspace doesn't bring extra room. A member who hits the limit sees that only the owner can upgrade. #### Can I see how many credits each teammate used? Yes. Open your avatar menu → Usage; the section "Usage in this workspace" shows this month's credits per person in the active workspace. Members only see the active workspace's usage, without purchases. #### Are AI limits shared across the workspace? No. The AI request limits (1,000 per day and 20,000 per month) count per person, so one busy teammate can't use them up for everyone. The credits those AI requests cost still come from the owner's balance. --- ## Making a list public — what it exposes Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/public-lists-warning Last updated: 2026-09-28 A list has a **public/private** switch. A private list is visible only to the members of its workspace. A public list can be opened by anyone with its link. This article covers what "public" does and when not to use it. ### What "Make public" does Only the **owner of the workspace** can make a list public. Open the list's **⋯** menu on its card on Home and choose **Make public** (the same menu shows **Make private** once it is). Admins and members don't see this menu item. Lists imported from a connected app (for example HubSpot or Google Sheets) can't be made public, so the option doesn't show for them, even for the owner. A public list can be opened, read and exported by **anyone with its link, signed in or not**, marked **Read only** in its header. People outside the workspace can't edit, enrich or delete anything, but they can see every row and column exactly as it stands. Anyone you forward the link to can pass it on, so treat a public list as visible to anyone. Members of your workspace keep working on the list as usual. ### When not to make a list public Never make a list public if it contains anyone's personal data (names, e-mails, phone numbers or anything else about real people). A public list has no access control at all: it isn't a secret link, and its name and description can also show up when people search on ListPlus. Reserve **Make public** for lists that hold nothing personal, such as a template or a sample dataset you want anyone to be able to open. ### The safer alternative To work with specific people on a list with real contact data, invite them into the workspace that holds the list (workspace menu → **Members & invites**). Only invited people get access, and you can remove them at any time. They see every list in that workspace, so for a single list create a separate workspace for it. To hand over a copy instead, export the list and send the file. See "[Invite teammates to a workspace](https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/invite-teammates)". **Related topics:** invite-teammates · roles-and-permissions · where-is-my-data · gdpr-your-responsibilities. ### FAQ #### What does making a list public actually do? It removes all access control from that list: anyone with its link, signed in or not, can open, read and export every row and column, marked "Read only". They can't edit or delete anything, but they can see everything. #### Where do I make a list public or private? Open the list's ⋯ menu on its card on Home and click "Make public" (or "Make private" once it already is). Only the owner of the workspace sees this option. #### Why can't I make a list public? Only the workspace owner can make a list public or private, so admins and members don't see "Make public" in the ⋯ menu. Lists imported from a connected app (for example HubSpot or Google Sheets) can't be made public, so the option doesn't show for them, even for the owner. Otherwise ask the owner, or invite the people who need the list into the workspace instead. #### Can other people find my public list without the link? Treat a public list as visible to anyone, not only to people you send the link to. Its name and description can show up when people search on ListPlus. Only make a list public if it holds nothing personal, such as a template or sample. #### Should I make a list with real contacts public? No. A public list has no access control, so anyone can view names, e-mails, phone numbers or anything else in it. Only make a list public if it holds nothing personal, such as a template or sample. #### What can someone do with a list I've made public? People outside your workspace can view and export it, but not edit, enrich or delete anything. Members of your workspace keep their usual access. --- ## Section: AI agents & API ## Give an AI agent access to one list Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/ai-agents-api/api-connection-overview Last updated: 2026-09-28 Any list can get its own private connection that lets Claude, ChatGPT or another AI agent — or a script — read, add, update, tag and enrich rows in that one list, and nothing else in your workspace. It works as both a REST API (a standard web interface any script or Claude can call) and an MCP server (the protocol ChatGPT and other MCP-compatible tools connect through). It's included on every plan, including Basic. ### Who can set it up Only the **owner or an admin** of the workspace can create, view and manage a list's API connections. Members work with the list as usual but don't manage its agent access. ### Where it lives Open the list, click **More** in the list header, then **Automation**. A list without a connection yet shows **Set up agent access**; a list that already has one shows **Add API Endpoint**. See "[Creating and connecting your agent](https://listplus.ai/en/help/ai-agents-api/api-connection-setup)" for the full setup walkthrough. ### What an agent can do Exactly what's allowed is up to you, set per connection under **Permissions** (see "[API connection: permissions and presets](https://listplus.ai/en/help/ai-agents-api/api-permissions)"). Depending on what you turn on, an agent can: - Query, count, add, edit, tag, ignore (soft-delete) or organize records into sublists - Fill columns using AI, or run ListPlus's free quality checks - Look up companies, LinkedIn profiles, verified emails and phone numbers through the enrichment types you allow — billed at the same credit rate as doing it in the app - Use free research tools (Google Search, Hacker News Search, Website Scrape) and, if you allow them, paid ones (Reddit Search, Twitter/X Search) A brand-new connection can add, query, count, tag, ignore and sort records into sublists, look up Company Profiles, and use the research tools, including the paid ones. Editing records, AI column filling and the other enrichment types stay off until you turn them on. Review the Permissions tab before you share the URL. ### REST or MCP — which one connects? Both point at the same list and obey the same permissions; you don't choose between them, an agent uses whichever it supports: - **REST** — the plain URL. Any script, Zapier/Make/n8n's HTTP modules, or Claude on a paid plan can call it directly once you paste the URL into the chat. - **MCP** — the same connection exposed as an MCP server; this is what ChatGPT connects through (see Creating and connecting your agent). ### Cost Setting up and calling the connection itself is free. Only the actions an agent performs that would also cost credits in the app — enrichment and paid research — are billed, at the same rate, and they are paid from the workspace owner's credits. See "[What agent actions cost and how they're secured](https://listplus.ai/en/help/ai-agents-api/api-costs-and-security)" for the details, and "[Not enough credits](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/not-enough-credits)" for what an agent sees if your balance runs out. A connection only reads and writes its list. To hand records on to a CRM, Slack or your own webhook from ListPlus, use a pipeline instead (see "[Pipelines — send records on to your CRM, Slack, e-mail or API](https://listplus.ai/en/help/pipelines/pipelines-overview)"). **Related topics:** api-connection-setup · api-permissions · api-costs-and-security · zapier-make-n8n · pipelines-overview · roles-and-permissions · billing-in-workspaces · not-enough-credits. ### FAQ #### Can I connect Claude, ChatGPT or my own AI agent to ListPlus? Yes, on every plan. The workspace owner or an admin opens the list, clicks More in the list header, then Automation, and clicks Set up agent access. You get one connection for that list that works as both a REST API and an MCP server, with permissions you control. #### Which plans include the API connection? All of them, including Basic — it's not gated to Pro or Premium. Any actions an agent performs that use credits, like enrichment, are billed the same as they would be in the app. #### Can the AI agent see my other lists? No. A connection is created inside one specific list and only ever reads or writes that list's records; it has no access to your other lists, saved contacts, pipelines or workspace settings. #### What's the difference between the REST API and the MCP server? They're the same connection with the same permissions, exposed two ways: REST is a plain URL that scripts, webhook tools, and Claude can call directly, while MCP is the protocol ChatGPT (and other MCP-compatible clients) use to connect to outside tools. You don't have to choose — both URLs are available on every connection. #### What can an agent actually do once it's connected? Only what its permissions allow. By default it can add, query, count, tag and ignore records, look up Company Profiles and use the research tools; editing, AI column filling, quality checks and other enrichment types are separate switches. See "[API connection: permissions and presets](https://listplus.ai/en/help/ai-agents-api/api-permissions)" for the full list and the ready-made presets. #### Does giving an agent access cost credits? See "[What agent actions cost and how they're secured](https://listplus.ai/en/help/ai-agents-api/api-costs-and-security)" — in short, only actions that cost credits in the app too (enrichment, paid research) are billed. #### Who in my workspace can create or manage an API connection? Only the workspace owner and admins can create, view, change or delete a list's API connections. Members can still work with the list, but ask an owner or admin to set up or change agent access. #### Is this the same as the Zapier/Make/n8n webhook in Export? No, they're different tools for different jobs. The Export webhook is a one-way push of your current data out to a URL you paste in; the API connection is a two-way, always-on link an AI agent or automation tool uses to read and write that list on its own. #### Do I need to write code to use it? No. Pasting the URL and the ready-made instruction into Claude or ChatGPT is enough for most uses — the AI reads the schema and figures out the rest. Code samples (curl, Python, JavaScript, and snippets for Zapier, Make and n8n) are also provided for anyone building something custom. --- ## Creating and connecting your agent Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/ai-agents-api/api-connection-setup Last updated: 2026-09-28 ### Create the connection You need to be the workspace owner or an admin. Open the list, click **More** in the list header, then **Automation**. Click **Set up agent access** (or **Add API Endpoint** if the list already has one) — it's created immediately, no form to fill in. The success screen shows your **API URL** and a **Quick Start** snippet; click **Done** to go to the connection's Overview. You can always find the URL again on the connection's Overview tab. ### Give the URL to an AI On the **Overview** tab, the **API Access** card has a **Copy AI instruction** button. It copies a ready-made instruction plus your URL: > "This is an open REST API (no authentication required). Start by fetching the URL below — it returns the full schema, available columns, actions, filter syntax, and usage instructions as JSON. Read and understand the response thoroughly before doing anything else." Paste that into Claude (any paid plan), Google Gemini, Cursor/Windsurf/Cline, VS Code with GitHub Copilot, or any other assistant that can fetch a URL — it reads the schema on its own and starts working. The same card also lists a few example prompts you can copy, such as "add 3 test records" or "find LinkedIn URLs for every person missing one." ### Connect ChatGPT (MCP) ChatGPT doesn't take a plain URL the way Claude does — it connects through MCP instead. On the Overview tab, open the **MCP Server (ChatGPT)** card and copy the **MCP URL**. The card shows the path in ChatGPT (currently Settings → Connectors → Developer Mode → Create). ChatGPT's menus and plan availability can change, so check ChatGPT's own help if they differ. ### Connect Claude Desktop, Claude Code, or another MCP client Any MCP-compatible client can use the same MCP URL from the Overview tab — add it as a custom MCP server in that client's settings. For a plain chat conversation in Claude, you don't need MCP at all: pasting the REST URL and instruction above is enough. ### Code samples The **Code Examples** card on the Overview tab has ready-made snippets in **curl**, **Python**, **JavaScript**, **Zapier**, **Make** and **n8n** — each one shows a discovery `GET` call followed by a `POST` with `{"action": "add_records", "records": [...]}`, using your actual URL and up to your first few column names as example fields. Copy the tab you need. ### Cost of setting up and connecting None. Creating the connection, copying URLs or code, and an agent's first discovery call are all free — only the actions it goes on to perform that cost credits in the app (enrichment, paid research) are billed, at the same rate. See "[What agent actions cost and how they're secured](https://listplus.ai/en/help/ai-agents-api/api-costs-and-security)." **Related topics:** api-connection-overview · api-permissions · api-costs-and-security · zapier-make-n8n. ### FAQ #### How do I create an API connection for a list? As the workspace owner or an admin, open the list, click More in the list header, then Automation, and click Set up agent access (or Add API Endpoint if one already exists). It's created instantly — no setup form — and the next screen shows your API URL and a quick-start snippet. #### What is the "Copy AI instruction" button for? It copies a ready-made instruction plus your connection's URL in one click, worded so you can paste it straight into Claude, Gemini, Cursor or a similar assistant — the AI fetches the URL itself, reads the schema, and starts working from there. #### How do I connect ChatGPT to my list? ChatGPT uses the MCP URL, not the plain API URL: open the MCP Server (ChatGPT) card on the Overview tab and copy the MCP URL. The card shows the current path in ChatGPT's own menus (Settings → Connectors → Developer Mode → Create) — check ChatGPT's own help if that's changed. #### Can I connect Claude Desktop or another MCP tool instead of pasting the URL into a chat? Yes — the same MCP URL from the Overview tab works as a custom MCP server in Claude Desktop, Claude Code, or any other MCP-compatible client, in addition to pasting the plain REST URL into a Claude chat. #### Do you provide code examples for building something custom? Yes. The Code Examples card on the Overview tab has ready-to-copy snippets in curl, Python, JavaScript, Zapier, Make and n8n, each showing how to read the schema and add a record with your actual URL and column names filled in. #### What happens if I lose the API URL? Open the list's Automation panel and select the connection — the Overview tab's API Access card shows the same URL again, with a copy button, for as long as the connection exists. If the connection itself was deleted, there's no way to recover its old URL; create a new connection to get a new one. --- ## API connection: permissions and presets Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/ai-agents-api/api-permissions Last updated: 2026-09-25 Every connection's **Permissions** tab controls exactly what an agent can see and do in that one list. Start from a preset, then adjust. Choosing a preset also resets Visible Columns (all visible again), Write Protection, Deduplicate by and Record Quality, and turns all research tools on — check those sections after picking one. ### Presets | Preset | What it turns on | | ------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Read Only** | Query, count, run quality checks. No adding, editing or enrichment (research tools stay on unless you uncheck them) | | **Data Assistant** | Query, count, edit, ignore, sublists, tags, quality checks. No adding, no enrichment | | **Enrichment** | Query, count, edit (empty cells only), quality checks, plus six enrichment types: Company Profile, LinkedIn Profile (by LinkedIn URL), LinkedIn URL (by Name & Company), LinkedIn Profile Search (by Name & Company), Contact Profile (by Email), Contact Profile (by Name & Company) | | **Data Collector** | Add, query, count, ignore, sublists, tags, Company Profile, all research tools. Makes all columns visible, limits writing to typical lead columns, deduplicates by the LinkedIn column if there is one | | **Full Access** | All actions including AI column filling and creating/deleting its own columns, plus the same six enrichment types (not Contact Brief) | | **Custom** | Your own combination — selected automatically once you change anything a preset doesn't match | A brand-new connection can add, query, count, tag, ignore and sort records into sublists, look up Company Profiles, and use the research tools, including the paid ones. Editing records, AI column filling and the other enrichment types stay off until you turn them on. Review the Permissions tab before you share the URL. ### Actions The core actions are **Add records**, **Query records**, **Count records**, **Edit records**, **Ignore records**, **Manage sublists** and **Manage tags** — add, ignore, sublists and tags stay off unless you allow them; count and query start on. Two more switches matter beyond basic data access: - **AI column filling** — lets the agent fill a column with AI-derived values (for example gender from a name, or continent from a country). - **Run quality checks** — ListPlus's deterministic data-quality checks; free, no credits. Free research tools (**Google Search**, **Hacker News Search**, **Website Scrape**) and paid ones (**Reddit Search**, **Twitter/X Search**) are each their own switch, so you can allow research without allowing enrichment or vice versa — all five are on by default on a new connection. **Create columns** lets the agent add new columns to the list's schema (with an optional cap and permission to delete only columns it created itself). ### Enrichment types Only **Company Profile** is allowed by default. Each type you check is a separate lookup with its own credit cost, shown next to the checkbox — for example Company Profile, LinkedIn Profile (by LinkedIn URL), LinkedIn Profile Search (by Name & Company), Contact Brief (by LinkedIn URL or Name & Company), and Contact Profile (by Email or by Name & Company). Only checked types are available to the agent; the exact credit amounts and when they're charged are the same as everywhere else in ListPlus — see "[What does one contact cost?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/what-does-one-contact-cost)" and the price list. A connected **Max records per enrich request** setting caps how many rows one enrichment call can touch at once. ### Data safety controls - **Sublist Visibility** (when your list has sublists) restricts the connection to records in the sublists you select; leave none selected to see everything. - **Visible Columns** lets you hide specific columns from the agent entirely — it never sees or receives them. New connections hide likely email, name and phone columns automatically; you can uncheck any column to hide it, or re-check it to reveal it. - **Write Protection** offers **Only fill empty cells** (updates can't overwrite a value that's already there) plus a column-by-column whitelist of which columns the agent is even allowed to write to; leave the whitelist empty to allow writing to any visible column. - **Record Quality** rejects incoming records that aren't identifiable enough: **Accept all**, **Person identity required** (default — a valid email, LinkedIn URL, or name plus company), **Company identity required**, **Person or company**, or **Custom rules** where you pick specific checks yourself. ### Deduplication and default values **Deduplicate by** picks one column (for example email); any new record whose value there already exists in the list is rejected. **Default Values** auto-fills fixed values into specific columns on every record the agent adds — useful for tagging where a batch of records came from. **Related topics:** api-connection-overview · api-connection-setup · api-costs-and-security · what-the-ai-sees · price-list. ### FAQ #### What permission presets can I start from? Six: Read Only, Data Assistant, Enrichment, Data Collector, Full Access, and Custom (selected automatically once your settings don't match any preset) — see the preset table above for what each one turns on. #### What actions can I individually allow or block? Add records, Query records, Count records, Edit records, Ignore records, Manage sublists and Manage tags, plus AI column filling, running quality checks, creating columns, and each research tool (Google Search, Hacker News Search, Website Scrape, Reddit Search, Twitter/X Search) are each their own switch — turn on only what that agent needs. #### Which enrichment lookups can an agent use, and how do I turn them on? Only Company Profile is allowed by default. On the Permissions tab's Enrichment section, check each other lookup you want to allow (for example Contact Profile by Email) — each shows its own credit cost — and set a maximum records-per-request if you want to cap how much one call can spend. #### Can I hide specific columns from the agent? Yes. Visible Columns lets you uncheck any column so the agent never sees or receives it; new connections hide likely email, name and phone columns by default, and you can adjust that per connection. #### Can I stop the agent from overwriting data that's already there? Yes, with Only fill empty cells, which restricts updates to blank values only. You can also whitelist exactly which columns the agent is allowed to write to at all — leaving that list empty allows writing to any visible column. #### What does "Record Quality" do? It rejects incoming records the agent tries to add that aren't identifiable enough, based on a mode you pick: Accept all, Person identity required (the default — needs a valid email, LinkedIn URL, or name plus company), Company identity required, Person or company, or a Custom set of rules you choose yourself. #### Can I restrict a connection to only part of my list? Yes, if your list has sublists — Sublist Visibility lets you select which ones the connection can see; with none selected, it sees the whole list. #### Can I stop duplicate records, or auto-fill a value on everything an agent adds? Deduplicate by rejects a new record if its value in a column you pick (for example email) already exists in the list. Default Values auto-fills fixed values into chosen columns on every record the agent adds, regardless of what it sends. --- ## What agent actions cost and how they're secured Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/ai-agents-api/api-costs-and-security Last updated: 2026-09-28 ### What it costs Reading, counting, adding, editing, tagging and running quality checks are free. Everything an agent spends comes from the **workspace owner's** credit balance, the same balance the members of that workspace use. AI column filling is billed by usage, like AI derivations in the app. Credits are also spent when the agent triggers an enrichment type you've allowed (see "[API connection: permissions and presets](https://listplus.ai/en/help/ai-agents-api/api-permissions)" for the list and exact per-lookup credits) or a paid research tool like Reddit Search or Twitter/X Search. Google Search, Hacker News Search and Website Scrape are always free. See "Price list" for exact per-action amounts, and "[Not enough credits](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/not-enough-credits)" for what an agent gets back if the balance is too low (an HTTP 402 error over REST, a tool error over MCP). Over REST, an agent can check your balance first with the `credit_balance` action. ### Limits on a single request Four separate limits, all set on the Permissions tab, cap how much one call — or the connection overall — can do: - **Max records per enrich request** — how many rows one enrichment call can touch at once (only shown once you've allowed at least one enrichment type). - **Max rows per query** — how many records a single query can return. - **Max total rows** — a lifetime cap on how many rows this connection can ever add (0 = unlimited). - **Requests per minute** — the connection's overall rate limit; calls above the connection's limit are refused with an error until the minute is over. ### Executions log Every call a connection handles — success or error — is logged on the **Executions** tab: the action, a short detail line, credits spent, the time, and how long it took, grouped by day with a running Calls/Errors count and a **Download CSV** button. If nothing has called the connection yet, the tab just says "No executions yet." ### The secret URL The connection's URL is the credential: whoever has it can act within that connection's permissions, so treat it like a password — don't paste it somewhere public, and only share it with the AI or tool you intend to use it with. It's shown in full on the Overview tab for as long as the connection exists. ### No rotation — delete and recreate There's no button to generate a new secret while keeping the same URL. If a URL may have leaked, or you just want a fresh one, delete the connection (Permissions tab → **Delete API Endpoint**, which immediately stops the old URL from working) and create a new one from the list's Automation panel — it gets its own new URL. ### Turning it off without deleting it The **Active/Inactive** switch next to the connection's name turns access off and back on without losing your permissions or execution history — while inactive, every call to that URL is refused. **Expires on** (Permissions tab) does the same thing automatically on a date you set, after which calls get an HTTP error stating the endpoint has expired. **Related topics:** api-connection-overview · api-connection-setup · api-permissions · billing-in-workspaces · not-enough-credits · price-list. ### FAQ #### Does it cost credits just to let an agent connect to my list? No. Creating the connection and letting an agent query, add, edit, tag or run quality checks is free — credits are only spent on actions that cost credits in the app too, like enrichment, AI column filling or paid research tools, at the same rate. Those credits come from the workspace owner's balance. #### How much does an enrichment an agent triggers cost? The same as the identical lookup costs in the app — see the price list for exact per-action credits. You also choose which enrichment types a connection may use at all, so an agent can never spend credits on a lookup you haven't explicitly allowed. #### What's the maximum an agent can do in one request? Four separate caps: max records per enrich request, max rows returned per query, a lifetime max total rows the connection can add, and a requests-per-minute rate limit — calls above the connection's limit are refused with an error until the minute is over. #### Where can I see what an agent has done with my list? The connection's Executions tab lists every call — action, result, credits spent, time and duration — grouped by day, with a Download CSV button for the full history. #### Is the connection's URL secret, and what happens if it leaks? Yes — the URL itself is the credential, so anyone who has it can act within that connection's permissions; treat it like a password. If it may have leaked, delete the connection and create a new one to get a fresh URL, which stops the old one from working immediately. #### Can I rotate the URL, or just pause access without losing my settings? There's no separate "rotate" button — the way to get a new URL is to delete the connection and create a new one, which also means reconfiguring its permissions. To pause access temporarily instead, switch the connection to Inactive next to its name; every call is refused while it's off, and your permissions and past executions stay exactly as they were when you switch it back on. #### Can I make a connection expire automatically? Yes. Set Expires on (Permissions tab, date picker) and the connection stops accepting calls after that date on its own, without you having to remember to disable or delete it. --- ## Section: Outlook add-in ## The ListPlus add-in for Outlook Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/outlook/outlook-addin Last updated: 2026-09-28 The ListPlus add-in for Outlook is a sidebar that shows who a sender, recipient or meeting attendee is — their LinkedIn profile, company and contact details — without leaving your inbox, and lets you enrich or save that contact. It's a separate product from the Inbox (Eingang) inside the ListPlus web app; the two don't share data. ### Getting it Install the add-in from Microsoft AppSource (search for ListPlus) into Outlook for Windows, Mac or the web. Some Microsoft 365 organizations let you install add-ins yourself; others require an administrator to approve it first — follow your organization's policy. The add-in is free to install and works on the Basic plan. ### Signing in Click **Enrich Contacts** (reading a message), **Enrich Recipients** (writing one) or **Enrich Attendees** (a calendar event) in the ListPlus group of the Outlook ribbon, then sign in with the same email-address-and-one-time-code sign-in as the ListPlus web app (create an account first if you don't have one). The add-in works in the **workspace you last used** in the ListPlus web app; to change it, switch workspaces in the web app. It shows and spends that workspace's credits, which belong to the workspace owner. ### What it shows and where - **Reading a message** — the sender and other recipients. - **Composing a message** — the people you're addressing. - **A calendar event** — the organizer and attendees. Opening the sidebar doesn't run any paid lookup on its own. It lists the people in the header (sender, To, Cc or attendees). For messages it also scans the message text for further email addresses and shows them under "From thread". Only email addresses are taken from the text, and nothing is looked up until you choose an action. ### Enriching a contact Pick a contact and choose an action under Enrich: **Company Lookup** (0.25 credits), **Find LinkedIn Profile** / **LinkedIn Profile** (0.5), **Contact Profile Lite** (2, email and phone from LinkedIn or name + company), **Contact Profile Waterfall** (4, name, job title, phone and LinkedIn from the email) or **Crunchbase** (1). Each action shows its credit cost before you run it, uses the same managed enrichment providers and credit rates as the rest of ListPlus (see "[How credits work](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/credits-explained)" and the price list), and is only charged when it finds something. Running out of credits stops paid lookups; see "[Not enough credits](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/not-enough-credits)". ### Where the results go Every enrichment saves to an auto-created **Outlook Contacts** list in that workspace (one per workspace, shared with its members), updating the same contact if you look them up again. Use **Add to List** to also copy a contact into another list of the workspace. From there, the contact behaves like any other row: checks, further enrichment, CRM sync and export all happen in the ListPlus web app, not inside Outlook. **Related topics:** credits-explained · price-list · not-enough-credits · inbox · which-enrich-button · switch-and-create-workspaces · billing-in-workspaces · pipelines-overview. ### FAQ #### Where do I get the ListPlus add-in for Outlook? Install it from Microsoft AppSource — search for ListPlus there. It's free to install and works with any Outlook that supports AppSource add-ins (Windows, Mac, web), so no separate download is needed. #### Does my Microsoft 365 admin need to approve the add-in? It depends on your organization's Microsoft 365 settings: some let you install add-ins yourself, others require administrator approval first. If installing is blocked for you, ask your admin to approve or install ListPlus from AppSource. #### How do I sign in to the add-in? Open the add-in sidebar from a message or calendar event and sign in the same way as the ListPlus web app: your email address and a one-time code, no password. You need a ListPlus account first (sign-up is free); the add-in then works in the workspace you last used in the web app. #### What does the add-in show me about a sender or attendee? Opening a message shows the sender and other recipients; composing shows who you're addressing; a calendar event shows the organizer and attendees. It doesn't look anyone up automatically — you pick a contact and choose company lookup, LinkedIn profile or a full contact profile. #### Does the add-in read my emails? It reads the message only to find email addresses: the sender and recipients from the header, plus any further addresses in the message text, which it shows under "From thread". It doesn't save or forward the text itself. Nothing is looked up until you pick a contact and an action. #### Which workspace and whose credits does the Outlook add-in use? The add-in works in the workspace you last used in the ListPlus web app, saves to that workspace's Outlook Contacts list and spends that workspace's credits, which belong to its owner. To work in another workspace, switch to it in the web app first. #### What does enriching a contact in Outlook cost? Company Lookup is 0.25 credits, Find LinkedIn Profile is 0.5, Contact Profile Lite is 2 (email and phone from LinkedIn or name + company), Contact Profile Waterfall is 4 (name, job title, phone and LinkedIn from the email), and Crunchbase is 1 — each shown before you run it and only charged when something is found. See "[How credits work](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/credits-explained)" and the price list for how these compare to the rest of ListPlus. #### Where do enriched contacts end up? Every enrichment saves to an "Outlook Contacts" list created automatically in the workspace you last used in the web app, updating the same row if you look up that person again. Each workspace has its own Outlook Contacts list, shared with its members; use Add to List in the sidebar to also copy a contact into another list. #### Can I sync contacts from Outlook straight to my CRM? Not from inside the add-in itself. Continue with the contact in the Outlook Contacts list (or a list you added it to) in the ListPlus web app, and send it with a pipeline or the export you've set up there. From the sidebar you can also **Send** a contact to your own webhook (Power Automate, Zapier, Make; set the URL in Settings). #### Is the Outlook add-in the same as the ListPlus Inbox? No — they're separate. The Outlook add-in enriches senders, recipients and attendees right inside Outlook; the Inbox (Eingang) in the ListPlus web app is a place to paste text, receive it from tools, or forward emails to a personal address and turn it into contacts. See "[The Inbox](https://listplus.ai/en/help/inbox-and-saved/inbox)" for that feature. --- ## Section: Account ## Account and sign-in Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/account/account-and-login Last updated: 2026-09-28 ListPlus signs you in with your email address and a one-time code — there is no password, passkey or social login to set up. ### Without an account You can look around before creating one: the Home page, the import wizard, **Person Search**, **Segment Search** and **AI Research** all open without signing in, and Person Search even gives you a few free full-profile lookups. See **Person Search** for exactly what's free there. Nothing is saved for you until you have an account — the moment you do something that needs saving or spends credits (creating or importing a list, adding a contact to a list, enrichment, research, an AI command), a sign-up dialog opens. Your current search or selection is kept — in Person Search, the search you were running continues right after sign-up. ### Signing up Click **Start for free** in the account menu (the avatar at the bottom of the left navigation), or just start an action that needs an account — either opens the **Get Started** dialog. Enter your email address, then enter the one-time code sent to that address; there is no password to create or remember. Every new account starts with **25 free credits**, and no credit card is required. Temporary or disposable email addresses are not accepted — see below. Your account comes with its own workspace, where your lists, saved contacts and Inbox live (see "[What is a workspace?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/what-is-a-workspace)"). If a colleague invited you, open the link from the invitation e-mail and click **Sign in and join** instead. Sign up with the address the invite was sent to, and you land directly in their workspace (see "Invite teammates to a workspace"). ### Signing in Signing in works the same way: click **Start for free** in the account menu, enter your email address and the one-time code sent to it. If an account already exists for that address, you are signed straight in. If you open a link to a list while signed out, you'll see a **Welcome Back** dialog with the same two steps. ### Disposable email addresses If you sign up with a temporary or disposable email address, you'll see a **Temporary Email Address Detected** page right after sign-in, and you can't use the app with that account. Click **Sign Out & Register with Real Email**, then sign up again with a permanent address such as Gmail, Outlook or your work email. ### The account menu The avatar at the bottom of the left navigation opens your account menu. For a signed-in account it shows: - your name and your own plan, plus a row with the active **workspace** that opens the workspace menu (switch, invite, create), - **Balance** — your credit total, opens the credit purchase dialog, - **Usage** — your credit consumption and transaction history, - **Plans & Billing** — subscription and invoices, - **Settings …** — opens **Manage Account**, your account profile, - **Language** — English, German or Spanish (French is also selectable, partly translated), - **Sign Out**. Anonymous visitors see "Guest – Browsing without an account", a **Start for free** button ("25 free starter credits · sign in with an email code"), and the rows **Plans & Billing** (to browse pricing) and **Language**. ### Signing out and switching accounts Choose **Sign Out** in the account menu to end the session in this browser. Signing in on a different device or browser needs the email + code step again — a session isn't shared across devices, only across pages in the same browser. To use a different account, sign out first, then sign in again with the other email address. Credits and your plan belong to your account; lists, saved contacts and the Inbox belong to the workspace they were created in. ### FAQ #### Do I need an account to use ListPlus? Not to look around. You can browse the Home page, the import wizard, Person Search, Segment Search and AI Research without signing in, and Person Search gives you a few free lookups. An account is needed as soon as you want to save something or spend credits, for example to create a list or run an enrichment — the sign-up dialog opens automatically at that point. #### How do I sign up or sign in? Click Start for free in the account menu (the avatar at the bottom of the left navigation), or start an action that needs an account. Enter your email address, then the one-time code sent to it — there is no password. New accounts get 25 free credits and no credit card is required. #### Why is my email address rejected during sign-up? ListPlus doesn't accept temporary or disposable email addresses. Sign up with a permanent address, such as your work email or a Gmail or Outlook account. #### Do I get free credits when I sign up? Yes. Every new account starts with 25 free credits, and no credit card is required. See "[How credits work](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/credits-explained)" for what credits pay for and how to top up. #### Where do I sign out? Open the account menu via the avatar at the bottom of the left navigation and choose Sign Out. This ends your session in this browser only. #### Can I add or change the email address on my account? To change the email address your account uses, contact support@listplus.ai from your current address. Your lists and credits stay with your account. #### Do I stay signed in if I switch devices? No. Your sign-in is tied to the browser you signed in on, not synced across devices. Signing out ends the session only in that browser; on a new device or browser, sign in again with your email address and a fresh one-time code — there's no password to remember, so it only takes a moment. #### What can I do before I create an account? You can browse the Home page, the import wizard, Person Search, Segment Search and AI Research, and Person Search lets you open a few full profiles for free. Nothing is saved and no credits are spent until you sign up; see Person Search for the exact free allowance there. #### Is there a password I need to set? No. ListPlus uses email address plus a one-time code only — no password, passkey or social sign-in to set up or remember. #### When does ListPlus ask me to create an account? As soon as you do something that needs saving or spends credits: creating or importing a list, adding a contact to a list, running an enrichment, starting a research, or using an AI command. Browsing itself never asks you to sign up. --- ## Managing your account, language and installing ListPlus as an app Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/account/profile-language-install Last updated: 2026-09-28 Two things live in your avatar menu that don't fit elsewhere: managing your account, and switching the app's language. Installing ListPlus as a browser app is a separate, browser-level feature. ### Manage Account Open the avatar menu at the bottom of the left navigation and choose **Settings …** to open **Manage Account** — a panel showing your account profile. Since sign-in is email address plus a one-time code only, there's no password to change here; see "[Account and sign-in](https://listplus.ai/en/help/account/account-and-login)" for how sign-in itself works. ### Your name in a workspace Your teammates see your display name in the member list, next to AI Research runs you start, and in invitations you send. To change it, open the workspace menu (workspace name on Home, or the workspace row in your avatar menu) → **Members & invites**, click the pencil icon (**Change my name**) next to your own entry, type the new name and press Enter. The name belongs to your account, so it shows the same in every workspace. ### Language The app is available in **English**, **German** and **Spanish**; **French** can also be selected, but only parts of the app are translated so far, and the rest appears in English. Switch it from the avatar menu's **Language** submenu, which lists all four and marks your current choice with a checkmark — the change applies immediately, no reload needed, and your choice is remembered in this browser. Invitation e-mails you send to colleagues are written in your current app language. ### Installing ListPlus as a browser app ListPlus isn't in the App Store or Google Play (see "Using ListPlus on a phone or tablet"), but it can be installed as an app straight from your browser, since it's built to support that. On a computer, look for an install icon in the address bar (Chrome, Edge) and click it; on a phone, use your browser's own menu — usually **Add to Home Screen** on iPhone Safari, or **Install app** on Android Chrome. An installed ListPlus opens in its own window without the browser's address bar, at the same listplus.ai/app address either way. **Related topics:** account-and-login · mobile-and-small-screens · invite-teammates. ### FAQ #### Where do I manage my account details? Open the avatar menu at the bottom of the left navigation and click "Settings …" — it opens "Manage Account," a panel with your account profile. There's no password to manage, since sign-in uses only your email address and a one-time code. #### How do I change the app language? Open the account menu via the avatar at the bottom of the left navigation and choose Language. English, German and Spanish are fully available; French can also be selected, but parts of the app still appear in English. The change applies immediately. #### Does changing the language apply right away? Yes. Pick a language in the avatar menu's Language submenu and the interface switches immediately — no page reload or re-login needed. #### Is there a ListPlus app in the App Store or Google Play? No. ListPlus runs in your browser at listplus.ai/app; see "[Using ListPlus on a phone or tablet](https://listplus.ai/en/help/getting-started/mobile-and-small-screens)" for what works on mobile. #### How do I install ListPlus as an app on my computer or phone? Use your browser's own install feature: on a computer, click the install icon in the address bar (Chrome, Edge); on a phone, use the browser menu's "Add to Home Screen" (Safari) or "Install app" (Android Chrome). It then opens in its own window at the same listplus.ai/app address. #### Is my language choice saved to my account? No — your language choice is saved in this browser only, not on your ListPlus account. If you sign in on a different browser or device, or clear this browser's site data, you'll need to pick your language again. #### How do I change the name my teammates see? Open the workspace menu (workspace name on Home or the workspace row in your avatar menu) → Members & invites, click the pencil icon next to your own entry, type the name and press Enter. The name belongs to your account, so it shows the same in every workspace you're in. --- ## Deleting lists, contacts, and your account Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/account/delete-account-and-data Last updated: 2026-09-28 You can delete a list, a saved contact, a folder, an Inbox (Eingang) entry, an AI Research run or a whole workspace yourself, right in the app, at any time. Lists, Saved, the Inbox and research runs are shared in your workspace, so deleting something removes it for everyone in it. Deleting your whole account is different: there's no self-service button for that — you ask support, and it's a good idea to export anything you want to keep first (see "[Cancel, downgrade and leave](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/cancel-downgrade-leave)"). ### Delete a list The owner and admins of the workspace can delete a list: choose **Delete list** from the **⋯** menu on the list's card on Home or next to the list in the list tree of the **Lists** view, then confirm with **Yes, delete**. Deleting a list is immediate and permanent: there's no trash and no recovery, and it disappears for everyone in the workspace. Members can't delete lists; ask an admin or the owner. ### Remove a saved contact or delete a folder On the Saved (Gemerkt) page, open the contact's row **⋯** menu and choose **Delete** — it's removed right away, with no confirmation step. Folders live in the Saved page's own left column (a drawer on phones): open a folder's **⋯** menu → **Delete folder** and confirm. Deleting a folder, or removing a person from one, doesn't delete the contact — they **stay saved**, just unfiled from that folder, so they're not subject to the 30-day "recently viewed" cleanup (see "[Where is my data stored?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/data-sources-privacy-legal/where-is-my-data)"). ### Inbox: Done vs. Delete Marking an Inbox entry **Done** moves it from **All** to **Done** — it isn't deleted and still expires after 14 days like any untouched entry. To remove an entry immediately, hover it, click the trash icon and confirm **Delete** — this deletes it right away, before the 14-day window. Saving a contact from an entry or adding it to a list keeps that contact regardless of what you do with the entry. ### Delete an AI Research run Click the **×** on the run in the research panel and confirm **Delete**. The run and its matches are permanently removed. ### API connections and connected accounts To remove a list's API/MCP connection, open the list's **Automation** panel, go to **Permissions**, click **Delete API Endpoint** and confirm with **Delete**. The URL stops working immediately and any service using it loses access. To disconnect a connected CRM or Google Sheets account, see "[Connecting a CRM, spreadsheet or other app](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/connect-crm-and-sheets)". ### Delete a workspace The owner can delete a whole workspace with all its lists, saved contacts, Inbox, research runs, pipelines and connections: workspace menu (workspace name on Home) → **Workspace settings** → **Danger zone** → **Delete workspace**, then type the workspace name and click **Delete permanently**. Your credits and plan are not affected. See "Leave, remove, transfer or delete a workspace" for the details. ### Deleting your account There's no self-service "delete account" button. Email support@listplus.ai and ask — our team deletes your account and your data on request. If colleagues work in a workspace you own, transfer it to one of them first (Workspace settings → Transfer ownership), or tell support what should happen to it. Export anything you want to keep first (open a list's **⋯** menu → **Export Data**; see "Take your data with you before you leave" in "[Cancel, downgrade and leave](https://listplus.ai/en/help/plans-credits-billing/cancel-downgrade-leave)"). For what happens to your credit balance when your account is deleted, ask support directly. **Related topics:** cancel-downgrade-leave · where-is-my-data · export-overview · connect-crm-and-sheets · leave-remove-transfer-delete. ### FAQ #### How do I delete my account and my data? Write to support through the chat bubble on the Home page of the app or by email to support@listplus.ai. Our team deletes your account and your data on request; if colleagues work in a workspace you own, transfer it to one of them first. You can delete individual lists, saved contacts, folders, Inbox entries and whole workspaces yourself at any time. #### How do I delete a list, and can I undo it? The workspace owner and admins can: "..." menu → Delete list → Yes, delete, on the list's card on Home or in the list tree of the Lists view. Deleting a list is permanent for everyone in the workspace, with no undo and no trash. Members can't delete lists, so ask an admin or the owner. #### How do I remove a contact from Saved? Open the contact's row "..." menu on the Saved page and choose Delete — it's removed immediately, with no confirmation step. This doesn't affect any list you already added that contact to. #### If I delete a folder in Saved, are the contacts in it deleted too? No. Deleting a folder only removes the folder — the people in it stay saved, they're just no longer filed anywhere, so they still show under "All saved" and don't fall back into the 30-day "recently viewed" cleanup. #### What's the difference between marking an Inbox entry Done and deleting it? Done moves the entry from "All" to "Done" — it still expires automatically after 14 days like any Inbox entry, same as if you'd done nothing. Delete (the trash icon on the entry) removes it immediately instead of waiting for that window. Either way, any contact you already saved or added to a list from that entry is unaffected. #### Can I delete an AI Research run? Yes — click the × on the run in the research panel and confirm Delete. The run and its matches are permanently removed. #### How do I delete a list's API connection or token? Open the list's Automation panel, go to Permissions, click Delete API Endpoint and confirm with Delete. The URL stops working immediately and any service using it loses access. #### Is deleting my account instant? Account deletion is handled by support on request rather than instantly by a button, so it isn't immediate the way deleting a single list is. Export anything you want to keep before you write in, since there's no undo once it's done. --- ## Section: Troubleshooting & support ## How do I contact support? Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/troubleshooting/contact-support Last updated: 2026-09-25 There are two ways to reach ListPlus support: the chat bubble on the Home page (Start), and email at **support@listplus.ai**. Use whichever is more convenient — both reach the same team. ### Chat on the Home page Click **Home** at the top of the left navigation — the chat bubble appears in the bottom-right corner a few seconds after the page loads. It is not shown on other pages, so if you don't see it, go back to Home first. You can chat without an account; if you're signed in, the conversation is automatically linked to your account, so you don't need to repeat your email address. An AI assistant answers first, using only ListPlus's own help content. If it can't help, it can pass your conversation on to the ListPlus team, who reply as soon as they can. For anything about your specific account or list, email is the most reliable route. You'll also find a **Contact support** link below your lists on the Home page, which opens an email draft to support@listplus.ai. ### Email For anything the chat can't solve, or if you prefer email, write to **support@listplus.ai**. This is the one address for every kind of request — billing, technical problems, account changes, everything. ### What to include The faster a request can be handled, the less back-and-forth it needs. Include: - the email address your account uses, - the name of the list involved (if any), - what you clicked and where, - the exact error or message text you saw, - roughly when it happened, - the browser you use. ### What support can and can't do for you The chat assistant answers from ListPlus's help content — it can't see your screen, your list or your data, and it can't take a screenshot for you or make changes to your account. For anything that needs a look at your specific list or account (fixing a stuck import, a billing correction, closing your account), describe the problem with the details above and email it to support@listplus.ai. ### Sending a screenshot The easiest way to share a screenshot is to email it to **support@listplus.ai**, attached to your message, with a short description of what you were doing. ### FAQ #### How do I contact ListPlus support? Two ways: the chat bubble on the Home page (Start), or email support@listplus.ai. Both reach the same team and work for any kind of request — billing, technical issues or account changes. #### Where is the chat button? Only on the Home page (Start): click Home at the top of the left navigation, and the chat bubble appears in the bottom-right corner after a few seconds. It isn't shown on other pages. If it still doesn't appear (some browser extensions block chat widgets), email support@listplus.ai. #### Can I use the chat without an account? Yes. You can open the chat and ask a question without signing in. If you are signed in, the conversation is linked to your account automatically. #### Does support know who I am when I chat? If you're signed in, yes — the chat is linked to your account automatically, so you don't have to type your email address. If you're not signed in, the chat has no account information and treats you as an anonymous visitor. #### Is the chat a bot or a real person? An AI assistant answers first, using ListPlus's own help content. If it can't resolve your question, it can pass the conversation to the ListPlus team. For account- or list-specific problems, email support@listplus.ai. #### What should I include in a support request? Your account email address, the list name (if relevant), what you clicked, the exact error or message text, roughly when it happened, and the browser you use. This lets support act without a round trip to ask for details. #### Can support see my screen or my list? No. The chat assistant only answers from help content — it can't see your screen, your list or your data, and it can't take a screenshot for you. Describe what you saw instead, or email a screenshot to support@listplus.ai. #### How do I send a screenshot? Email it as an attachment to support@listplus.ai, together with a short description of what you were doing and roughly when. #### Can support or the chat change something on my account? The chat assistant itself can't make changes to your account. For anything that needs an actual change — a billing correction, closing your account, fixing a stuck import — email support@listplus.ai with the details and the team will get back to you. #### Does Premium get faster support? Premium lists "Priority support" among its plan features; see Plans & Billing for the full comparison of what each plan includes. --- ## Import problems Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/troubleshooting/import-problems Last updated: 2026-09-25 Most import problems have one of these causes. This article routes you to the fix; for the full import flow see "[Create a list and import a file](https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/create-list-and-import-file)" and "File import details." ### Columns look wrong, or characters are garbled ListPlus detects your file's delimiter and character encoding automatically — see "File import details" for exactly how. If a _value_ ended up in the wrong column, or accented characters show as odd symbols, the most common cause is a source file that isn't cleanly formatted; re-export it as CSV or Excel from the original tool and import again. If the _type_ is wrong (for example an email column detected as plain text), fix it in List Settings → Schema — see "[How column type detection works](https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/column-detection)." ### No header row detected ListPlus expects a header row and skips any preamble rows above the data table automatically. If your first row looks like data rather than column names, ListPlus treats the whole file as headerless and names the columns `_1`, `_2`, and so on — add a proper header row to your source file and re-import, or rename the columns after import. ### Google Sheets link won't import The sheet must be shared as "Anyone with the link can view." Otherwise you'll see an error asking you to make the file publicly accessible, or a Google Sheets Import dialog with Download as CSV and Download as Excel buttons — download the file and select it on the New List page. You can also connect your Google account instead (Pro) — see "Connecting a CRM, spreadsheet or other app." ### File too large Every import format is capped at 100 MB; a larger file shows "File too large. Maximum size is 100MB." Split the file or remove unneeded columns and try again. ### Only some rows were imported If your import is larger than your plan's remaining record capacity, ListPlus imports what fits and shows "Importing X of Y rows due to your plan's record limit." — see "What is the record limit?" for the exact numbers and how to free up space or upgrade. **Related topics:** create-list-and-import-file · import-file-details · column-detection · record-limit · not-enough-credits · contact-support. ### FAQ #### Why did my columns come out wrong after importing? Delimiter and encoding are detected automatically, so this is usually either a wrong detected column _type_ (fix it in List Settings → Schema) or a source file that isn't cleanly formatted (re-export it as CSV or Excel and re-import). See "[How column type detection works](https://listplus.ai/en/help/lists-and-import/column-detection)" for fixing types. #### My imported text shows strange characters instead of accents Re-save the file as UTF-8 in the original tool and import again — see "File import details" for how encoding is detected. #### ListPlus named my columns "_1", "_2" instead of using my headers This happens when ListPlus decides your first row looks like data rather than column names, so it treats the file as headerless. Add a real header row to your source file and re-import, or just rename the generated columns after import. #### Why won't my Google Sheets link import? The sheet must be shared as "Anyone with the link can view." Otherwise you'll see an error asking you to make the file publicly accessible, or a Google Sheets Import dialog with Download as CSV and Download as Excel buttons — download the file and select it on the New List page. You can also connect your Google account instead (Pro). #### I get "File too large" when I try to import You'll see "File too large. Maximum size is 100MB." — see "File import details" for the size limit per format. #### My import only brought in some of my rows Your plan's record limit was reached partway through the file, so ListPlus imported as many rows as still fit and shows "Importing X of Y rows due to your plan's record limit." Delete unneeded records or lists to free up space, or upgrade your plan — see "What is the record limit?" #### Do I need to clean up my file before importing? No — delimiter and encoding are detected automatically; see "File import details" for what's automatic and how to skip a column. #### None of this fixed my import — what now? Contact support with the file (or a small sample that reproduces the problem) and what you expected to see — see "Contact support" for how to reach us. --- ## Enrichment problems: nothing found, cells not filled, blocked, credits ran out Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/troubleshooting/enrichment-problems Last updated: 2026-09-28 Enrichment trouble is almost always one of four things: a lookup genuinely found nothing, it found data but a cell stayed empty, ListPlus refused to start because you have unsaved edits, or the credits ran out. Each has its own full article — this page routes you to the right one. ### A lookup found nothing If a run finished but returned no data for a row, see "Why did enrichment find nothing?" — it covers the usual reasons (no starting point, no provider match, a wrong or outdated identifier) and what to try next, plus which lookups charge credits even on a miss. ### A lookup found data, but the cell is still empty That's a different situation from finding nothing: the enrichment result exists but hasn't been written into the grid yet. See "Fill empty cells with enrichment data" for the "Fill empty cells with enrichment data?" dialog, why it sometimes doesn't appear, and how to apply stored results later with "Apply values" in the Enrich menu. ### "Please save your changes before enriching" The Enrich menu blocks starting an enrichment while your list has unsaved edits, so results are written to the correct saved rows. You'll see: "Please save your changes before enriching. This ensures enrichment data is written to the correct records." Click **Save** in the list header, wait for it to turn grey with the tooltip "No changes to save," then start the enrichment again. See "[Saving is manual: no autosave](https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/saving-is-manual)" for how unsaved changes are shown and why enrichment blocks on them. ### The credits ran out If the balance doesn't cover a run, it doesn't start: you see the credits window, or, as a member of someone else's workspace, "Balance empty – please ask … to top up" with the owner's name, because enrichment in a workspace spends the owner's credits (see "[Credits, plan and limits in a workspace](https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/billing-in-workspaces)"). If the balance runs out while a run is going — other members may be spending the same credits — the run stops early: the finished job shows a number of "failed" rows, each with the note "insufficient_credits", and those rows are not charged. After a top-up, select the rows that are still empty and run the enrichment again. See "Enrichment jobs: progress, batches and limits." **Related topics:** enrichment-found-nothing · fill-empty-cells · saving-is-manual · which-enrich-button · contact-support. ### FAQ #### Why did my enrichment run find nothing for a row? See "[Why did enrichment find nothing?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/enrichment-found-nothing)" — it lists the usual causes (no starting point on the row, no match at the provider, a wrong or outdated identifier) and what to try next. #### The cell is still empty even though enrichment said it found data — why? The result exists but hasn't been applied yet. See "[Fill empty cells with enrichment data](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/fill-empty-cells)" for the fill dialog and how to apply stored results later with "Apply values" in the Enrich menu. #### Why does ListPlus say "Please save your changes before enriching"? Because you have unsaved edits in the list — the Enrich menu won't start an enrichment until you save, so results land on the correct saved rows. Click Save in the list header, then start the enrichment again. #### I clicked Save and it still won't let me enrich — what now? Wait a moment for the Save button to turn grey with the tooltip "No changes to save" before retrying — that confirms the save finished. If it stays blocked after that, reload the list; if the problem persists, contact support with the list name and what you clicked. #### Does a lookup that finds nothing cost credits? Usually not — see "[Why did enrichment find nothing?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/enrichment-found-nothing)" for the short list of exceptions that charge for the attempt itself even on a miss. #### Do I need to save again after enrichment fills my cells? Yes. Filled cells are unsaved edits like any other change; see "[Fill empty cells with enrichment data](https://listplus.ai/en/help/enrich/fill-empty-cells)" and "[Saving is manual: no autosave](https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/saving-is-manual)" for how to review and save them. #### My enrichment shows failed rows marked "insufficient_credits" — what now? The credit balance ran out during the run, so the remaining rows were skipped and not charged; in a workspace it's the owner's balance, which other members may be spending too. Once the balance is topped up (only the owner can do that for a workspace), select the rows that are still empty and run the enrichment again. #### None of this matches my problem — what do I do? Contact support with the list name, what you clicked, and the exact message you saw — see "[How do I contact support?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/troubleshooting/contact-support)" for the chat and email options. --- ## Sign-in problems Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/troubleshooting/sign-in-problems Last updated: 2026-09-28 ListPlus signs you in with your email address and a one-time code — there's no password to reset. This article covers what to do when the code doesn't arrive or you're signed into the wrong account; for how sign-up and sign-in work step by step, see "[Account and sign-in](https://listplus.ai/en/help/account/account-and-login)." ### The code isn't arriving Check your spam or junk folder first — the code email sometimes lands there. If it's still not there after about a minute, double-check you typed your email address correctly and click Send new code — if a countdown ("Request a new code in …") shows, wait until it runs out. ### Signed into the wrong account Choose **Sign Out** in the account menu (click your avatar at the bottom of the left navigation), then sign in again with the email address you actually want to use. Your credits and plan belong to your account, and you see the workspaces that account is a member of, so switching accounts switches everything you see. If you're in the right account but your lists are missing, you're probably in a different workspace — see "My list looks wrong — rows, columns or whole lists are missing". ### An invite link doesn't work A workspace invitation can only be accepted with the email address it was sent to, and the link is valid for 14 days and works once. - **"This invite was sent to … Sign in with that address to join."** You're signed in with a different address. Sign out and sign in (or sign up) with the invited address, then open the link again. - **"This invite no longer exists — it expired or was already used."** The 14 days have passed, the invite was withdrawn, or someone sent you a newer one (a resend replaces the old link). Ask the person who invited you to send a new invite. - **"This workspace no longer exists."** The workspace was deleted. If you don't have a ListPlus account yet, click **Sign in and join** on the invite page; signing in with the invited address creates your account and joins you in one go. See "[Invite teammates to a workspace](https://listplus.ai/en/help/workspaces/invite-teammates)" for how invites work. **Related topics:** account-and-login · contact-support. ### FAQ #### I never got my sign-in code by email — what do I do? Check your spam or junk folder first, since the email sometimes lands there, and give it about a minute to arrive. If it still hasn't shown up, confirm you typed your email address correctly and request a new code. #### Can I ask for a new code? Yes — on the code screen click Send new code. If a countdown ("Request a new code in …") shows, wait until it runs out. #### My email address was rejected as disposable during sign-up ListPlus doesn't accept temporary or disposable email addresses — see "[Account and sign-in](https://listplus.ai/en/help/account/account-and-login)" for the exact page you'll see and how to register again with a permanent address. #### I'm signed into the wrong ListPlus account — how do I switch? Open the account menu via your avatar at the bottom of the left navigation, choose Sign Out, then sign in again with the other email address. Each account keeps its own credits, plan and workspace memberships, so after switching you see that account's workspaces. #### I typed the wrong email address when signing in Go back to the sign-in box, clear the field and enter the correct address, then request the code again — a code is only sent to the address you enter. #### The code I received doesn't work anymore Codes expire after a short time and lock after too many wrong tries — you'll see "The passcode has expired…" or "…entered incorrectly too many times…". Click Send new code and use the newest code only. #### None of this gets me signed in — what now? Contact support with the email address you're trying to use — see "Contact support" for how to reach us. --- ## Export and sync problems Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/troubleshooting/export-and-sync-problems Last updated: 2026-09-28 This article covers export and sync failures specifically. For how exporting, connecting and syncing normally work, see "Exporting your list," "Connecting a CRM, spreadsheet or other app" and "[Keeping a connected list in sync](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/sync-overview)." ### "Export failed" If an export doesn't go through, you'll see "Export failed. Please try again." and the wizard returns you to the step where you can adjust it. Retry first; if it keeps failing for the same destination, reconnect that destination's account and try again, or contact support. ### Columns missing from an export Check the column step in the export wizard — a column may simply be unchecked. Also remember export only sends what's actually saved in the list's cells: data Enrich found but you haven't accepted via "Fill empty cells?" is left out for most destinations — see "Exporting your list" for the exceptions. ### CRM field mapping looks wrong For HubSpot, open **Field Mapping** in the export wizard and check or change the dropdown for each column — an unmapped column is skipped, not sent with a guessed field. Google Sheets, Lemlist, Instantly and Smartlead don't have a mapping step; see "[Exporting to HubSpot and Google Sheets](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/export-to-hubspot-and-sheets)" and "[Sending contacts to Lemlist, Instantly and Smartlead](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/send-to-sequencers)" for how each one matches your columns. ### Rows skipped or marked failed HubSpot and the sequencers (Lemlist, Instantly, Smartlead) need an email address, read from your column named **email**. A row without one isn't sent — HubSpot, Lemlist and Instantly count it as "failed" in the result message; Smartlead leaves it out of its count. ### "Sync Changes" or "Sync failed" Sync Changes only works for lists created by connecting Google Sheets, Airtable, HubSpot, Notion, Salesforce or Pipedrive. Click **Save** first, since only saved changes are pushed, then try again. If the result instead shows "N conflict(s) detected", those fields changed in the source since you edited them and were held back by your conflict setting — see "Setting up how changes push back to your source." **Related topics:** export-overview · export-to-hubspot-and-sheets · send-to-sequencers · sync-overview · push-changes-back · contact-support. ### FAQ #### I got "Export failed" — what do I do? Try the export again; this usually means the request to that destination didn't complete. If it keeps failing for the same destination, reconnect that account (HubSpot, Google, Lemlist and so on) from the export wizard and try once more. #### Some columns are missing from my export Check that the column is checked on the export wizard's column step. If the missing values were found by Enrich but never filled into the cells, fill them in first with "Fill empty cells?" — see "[Exporting your list](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/export-overview)" for which destinations fill enrichment data automatically instead. #### My HubSpot field mapping looks wrong Open the Field Mapping section in the export wizard and check or change the dropdown for each column yourself — ListPlus only suggests a mapping, and any column left unmapped is skipped rather than guessed. #### Why were some rows skipped or marked "failed" in my export? HubSpot and the sequencers (Lemlist, Instantly, Smartlead) match and create contacts by email, read from your column named email. A row without one isn't sent — HubSpot, Lemlist and Instantly count it as "failed" in the result message; Smartlead leaves it out of its count. #### Sync Changes says "Sync failed" — what happened? Click Save first, since only saved changes are pushed, then try again. If the result instead shows "N conflict(s) detected", those fields changed in the source since you edited them and were held back by your conflict setting — see "[Setting up how changes push back to your source](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/push-changes-back)." #### I don't see a Sync Changes button on my list The button appears in the Changes panel only for the workspace's owner and admins, and only on lists created by connecting a source that supports sync back — see "[Keeping a connected list in sync](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/sync-overview)" for the list of sources. If you're a member, ask an owner or admin of the workspace to run Sync Changes. #### Why can't I sync or reload a connected list in my workspace? A connected account belongs to the workspace it was connected in, so every member can use Reload, but Sync Changes is only shown to the workspace's owner and admins. If Reload says "This data source was connected in another workspace and can only be reloaded there.", switch to that workspace, or export the list and import it where you need it. See "[Keeping a connected list in sync](https://listplus.ai/en/help/export-sync-integrations/sync-overview)." --- ## My list looks wrong — rows, columns or whole lists are missing Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/troubleshooting/list-looks-wrong Last updated: 2026-09-28 If a list suddenly shows fewer rows or columns than you expect, it's almost always a filter, a sublist or a display setting — not lost data. This article is a checklist; each cause links to the article that covers it in full. ### A whole list (or all your lists) is missing - **You're in a different workspace.** Lists belong to a workspace, and you only see the lists of the workspace that's active. Check the workspace name in the Home header, or open the avatar menu → **Workspaces**, and switch to the right one. If you belong to more than one workspace, the browser tab title also shows the active workspace's name. See "Switch, create and rename workspaces." - **The list tree is just collapsed.** Inside a list, the tree of projects and lists starts collapsed so the grid gets the full width. Press ⌘⇧L / Ctrl+Shift+L, or click **Lists** in the left navigation again, to show it. - **The list was deleted.** An owner or admin of the workspace can delete lists, and deleting is permanent, with no trash. Ask your workspace's owner or admins. - **You no longer have access.** If you left a workspace, were removed from it, or it was deleted, its lists are gone from your view; you can only get back in with a new invite. ### Rows missing - **An active search or column filter.** Look at the status bar at the bottom of the grid: if a **Filtered** chip is showing next to **All**, a search or column filter is narrowing the view. Click **All** to see every row again. See "[Search, filter, sort, and find & replace](https://listplus.ai/en/help/working-in-a-list/search-filter-sort-replace)." - **A Selection or Changes chip is active.** These narrow the view to your ticked rows or your unsaved edits. Click **All** to clear either one. - **An active sublist (segment).** Open **More → Sublists** and check whether you're currently viewing a sublist rather than **All** — a sublist only shows the rows that match it. See "Sublists (segments) and tags." - **Hidden rows.** Rows can be hidden on purpose and disappear from every view. Open **More → Sublists** and click **Hidden rows** (below **All**) to find them, and **Restore** to bring them back. See "Hiding vs. deleting rows." ### Columns missing Open **More → Columns** and check the checkbox next to each column — an unchecked column is hidden, not deleted. Tick it to bring it back into the grid; drag a column in that list to reorder it. See "Add, hide, reorder and rename columns" for the full column toolbox. ### Everything looks too small or too large The grid has its own zoom control at the bottom-right of the status bar, from 50% to 150%. Click the percentage in the middle to reset it to 100%. This only changes how large the grid looks on your screen — it never affects your data. **Related topics:** search-filter-sort-replace · hide-or-delete-rows · segments-and-tags · columns-formulas-ai-columns. ### FAQ #### The list tree on the left is gone while I'm in a list Inside a list, the tree of projects and lists starts collapsed so the grid gets the full width. Press ⌘⇧L / Ctrl+Shift+L, or click Lists in the left navigation again, to show it. #### Some rows I expect to see are missing — where did they go? Check the status bar for a "Filtered," "Selection" or "Changes" chip next to "All" (click All to clear it), then check More → Sublists for an active segment or the "Hidden rows" view — none of these delete data, they only narrow what's shown. #### How do I tell if a filter or search is currently narrowing my view? The status bar at the bottom of the grid shows a "Filtered" chip next to "All" whenever a search or column filter is active; click "All" to see every row again. #### I can't find some rows anywhere in my views — could they be hidden? Yes — open More → Sublists and click "Hidden rows" below "All." Hidden rows are reversible; select them and click Restore to bring them back into your normal views. #### A column I need isn't showing in the grid — is it deleted? Probably just hidden. Open More → Columns and tick the checkbox next to it to show it again; nothing about a hidden column's data changes. #### Why does my list look tiny or huge compared to last time? Check the zoom control at the bottom-right of the status bar (50%–150%) — click the percentage in the middle to reset it to 100%. It only changes the on-screen size, never your data. #### Could a sublist be the reason I'm only seeing some of my rows? Yes — opening a sublist from More → Sublists shows only the rows that match it. Click "All" in Sublists, or the "All" chip in the status bar, to return to your full list. --- ## Is ListPlus down, and what happens to jobs mid-run? Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/troubleshooting/status-and-outages Last updated: 2026-09-27 ListPlus doesn't currently publish a separate status page — for a suspected outage, ask support directly. ### Checking whether something is down Contact support (the chat bubble on the Home page, or support@listplus.ai) and describe what you're seeing — an error message, a stuck import, or pages not loading. See "[How do I contact support?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/troubleshooting/contact-support)" for what to include so the team can check quickly. ### What happens to a job that's running when something goes wrong Imports, enrichment runs and AI Research are server-side jobs: their progress is stored as they go, not only in your browser tab. An AI Research that stops responding shows **"Stalled — no more response from the run"** instead of finishing normally, and everything it found up to that point is kept; clicking **Resume** starts a fresh working segment to continue it (see "[AI Research always runs on the server](https://listplus.ai/en/help/find-contacts/background-runs)"). The same principle applies to enrichment and import jobs: results already produced are kept, and reopening the list shows their current state. ### What about credits already spent? Some enrichment lookups are only charged when they find something (for example a person via Prospeo or a mobile number); others are charged per attempt. Two specific situations refund automatically — see "Automatic credit refunds" for exactly which ones. Outside those, credits already spent for work already done generally aren't refunded; for anything that looks wrong on your balance, contact support with the list or run involved. **Related topics:** contact-support · background-runs · refunds · enrichment-problems. ### FAQ #### Does ListPlus have a status page I can check? Not currently. If you suspect an outage or something isn't loading, contact support directly — the chat bubble on the Home page, or support@listplus.ai. #### How do I report that something seems down? Use the chat bubble on the Home page or email support@listplus.ai, and describe what you're seeing (an error message, a page that won't load, a stuck job). See "[How do I contact support?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/troubleshooting/contact-support)" for what to include. #### If an import or enrichment run is interrupted, do I lose what it already found? No. These are server-side jobs, so results already produced are kept even if your connection drops or the page reloads; reopening the list shows the current state. #### Will I get my credits back if a run fails partway through? It depends on the lookup: some are only charged when they find something, others per attempt. Beyond the two cases in "Automatic credit refunds," credits spent on work already done aren't refunded automatically — contact support for a specific concern. #### Should I keep retrying if something seems broken? A short retry is fine, but if it keeps failing, stop and contact support with what you were doing and which list or run it involved — that's faster than repeated attempts. #### What should I include when I report a problem? The more specific you are, the faster support can help — name the list or run involved, the exact error text and roughly when it happened. See "[How do I contact support?](https://listplus.ai/en/help/troubleshooting/contact-support)" for the full list of details to include. --- ## Section: Pipelines ## Pipelines — send records on to your CRM, Slack, e-mail or API Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/pipelines/pipelines-overview Last updated: 2026-09-28 A pipeline hands records from ListPlus on to another tool: your CRM, a sequencer, a Slack channel, a Google Sheet, your own webhook or API, another list, or an e-mail to your team. You pick the records, they wait in the pipeline, and you send them with one click. ### Where to find it Click **Pipelines** in the left navigation bar (below Saved). The page lists all pipelines of your workspace on the left; the one you open shows three tabs: - **Entries** — records waiting to be sent, plus any that need attention. - **History** — every send attempt with its result, kept for 30 days. - **Flow** — the setup at a glance: how records come in, the optional **Data check**, the target step, and **Test connection** at the bottom. A number on the Pipelines icon shows how many entries are still open across all pipelines. ### Create a pipeline 1. On the Pipelines page, click **New pipeline** (or pick one of the suggestions on the start page, such as "Contacts into your CRM" or "Notify your team in Slack"). 2. Choose what should happen to each contact, for example **HubSpot — Create or update contact** or **Slack — Post a message to a channel**. 3. Fill in the target's settings (account, channel, campaign, URL …) and, under **Data & advanced settings**, which fields to send and the optional data check. 4. Click **Create pipeline**, then run **Test connection** with a real record before you send anything for real. ### What a pipeline can send to - **Within ListPlus:** Another list, Email (a digest mail to members of your workspace). - **External:** Webhook (n8n, Make, Zapier or your own API), Slack, HubSpot, Attio, Salesforce, Pipedrive, Close, Lemlist, Instantly, Google Sheets, and Other app for further tools. Some targets carry a **Preview** badge. See "Pipelines to Slack, CRMs, sequencers, Sheets and webhooks" for what each target does and what the badge means, and "[Sending entries by e-mail to your team](https://listplus.ai/en/help/pipelines/email-pipeline)" for the Email target. ### Sending is manual Records never leave on their own. They wait under **Entries** until someone in your workspace clicks **Send** for the selected entries or **Send all**. There is no schedule, delay or automatic sending. The **Active** / **Paused** switch at the top right controls whether a pipeline can send at all: a paused pipeline still collects entries but sends nothing until you activate it again. ### Who can do what Pipelines belong to the **workspace**, so everyone in it sees the same pipelines, entries and history. Owners and admins create, change, pause, duplicate and delete pipelines; every member can add records, send entries, remove entries and run a test. Members see the hint "Owners and admins of this workspace set up and change pipelines. You can add and send entries." ### Cost and limits Pipelines are free: no ListPlus credits are charged for adding, testing or sending, including the Email target, and there is no plan requirement. The tool you send to may have its own costs (for example, Lemlist or Instantly credits for their own e-mail checks). Limits: 50 pipelines per workspace, 5,000 entries waiting in one pipeline, and 1,000 records per add. **Related topics:** send-records-to-a-pipeline · pipeline-marks · email-pipeline · pipelines-crm-slack-and-webhook · roles-and-permissions · crm-credentials. ### FAQ #### What is a pipeline in ListPlus? A pipeline hands records from your lists or Saved on to another tool, such as HubSpot, Salesforce, Slack, Lemlist, Google Sheets, a webhook for n8n/Zapier/Make, another list, or an e-mail to your team. You add records, they wait under Entries, and they are sent when you click Send. #### Where do I find pipelines? Click Pipelines in the left navigation bar, below Saved. Each pipeline has three tabs: Entries (waiting records), History (send results, kept 30 days) and Flow (the setup and Test connection). #### Which tools can a pipeline send records to? Webhook (n8n, Make, Zapier or your own API), Slack, HubSpot, Attio, Salesforce, Pipedrive, Close, Lemlist, Instantly, Google Sheets and Other app, plus two targets within ListPlus: Another list and Email. You choose the target when you create the pipeline with New pipeline. #### Do pipelines send records automatically or on a schedule? No. Records wait under Entries until someone in your workspace clicks Send or Send all in that pipeline; there is no schedule, delay or automatic sending. A paused pipeline keeps collecting entries but sends nothing until it's activated again. #### Do pipelines cost credits or need a paid plan? No. Adding, testing and sending entries costs no ListPlus credits on any plan, including the Email target. The tool you send to may charge its own fees, for example Lemlist or Instantly credits for their own e-mail checks. #### Who can create or change a pipeline? Only the owner and admins of the workspace can create, edit, pause, duplicate or delete pipelines. Every member can add records to a pipeline, send or remove its entries and run a test. #### Are pipelines shared with my team? Yes. Pipelines belong to the workspace, so every member sees the same pipelines, waiting entries and history, and anyone can send what a colleague added. If you have several workspaces, each one has its own pipelines; switch workspaces to see the others. #### How do I create a pipeline? On the Pipelines page click New pipeline, choose what should happen to each contact (for example HubSpot, Slack or Webhook), fill in the target's settings and click Create pipeline. Then open Test connection on the Flow tab and try it with a real record before sending entries. #### What happens when I pause a pipeline? Records can still be added and wait under Entries, but nothing is sent; Send shows "The pipeline is paused – activate it to send." Use the Active / Paused switch at the top right of the pipeline to change it (owners and admins only). #### How many pipelines and entries can I have? Up to 50 pipelines per workspace, up to 5,000 entries waiting in one pipeline, and up to 1,000 records per add. If a pipeline is full, send or remove some entries first; for larger selections, add them in several steps. #### Can I copy or delete a pipeline? Yes, owners and admins can open More actions (the ⋯ button) on a pipeline and choose Duplicate or Delete. A copy is created without its secrets (keys, tokens, signing secret), so set them again before you activate the copy. Deleting removes the setup and its secrets and cannot be undone. --- ## Adding records to a pipeline and sending them Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/pipelines/send-records-to-a-pipeline Last updated: 2026-09-28 Records get into a pipeline through the **Add** menu, wait under **Entries**, and go out when you click **Send**. This article covers that day-to-day flow. Setting up a pipeline is covered in "Pipelines — send records on to your CRM, Slack, e-mail or API". ### Add records 1. **From a list:** select the rows, then in the selection bar click **Add → Send to pipeline → (pipeline name)**. 2. **From Saved:** select contacts and use **Add → Send to pipeline** the same way. 3. **From the contact drawer:** for a saved contact, use **Add → Send to pipeline** in the drawer. 4. **From the Inbox:** select recognized contacts and use **Add → Send to pipeline**; they are saved to Saved first, then added. A confirmation shows how many contacts were added, how many were already in the pipeline, and how many are held for the data check; click it to open the pipeline. At the bottom of the pipeline menu, **New pipeline** starts a new one. Paused pipelines still appear in the menu (with a pause icon) and collect entries. Pipelines take stored records only. A result in Person Search, Segment Search or AI Research has to be saved or added to a list first. ### Send entries Open the pipeline on the Pipelines page. The **Entries** tab lists every waiting record with its origin (List or Saved) and when it was added. Select some and click **Send (number)**, or click **Send all**. Progress shows as "Sending 10 / 40 …". Sent entries leave the Entries tab and appear under **History**. If you close the tab while sending, the rest simply keeps waiting. Each record is read **at the moment it is sent**, so edits and enrichment you made after adding it are included. ### Data check ("Only send with") A pipeline can require fields, for example an e-mail address, under **Data check → Only send with**. Some targets add their own requirement (HubSpot, for instance, always needs an e-mail). Records missing a required field wait under Entries with the status **Check** and show "Missing: …". They are not sent and nothing is written to the History. Enrich or fill the missing field, then click Send again: they are checked again and go out if complete. ### When sending fails A failed entry stays under Entries as **Error** (with the number of attempts), and the reason is shown, for example "The Slack connection expired – reconnect the account." Fix the cause and send it again; nothing is retried automatically. Use the **Errors** filter to see only those. To drop entries you don't want to send, select them and remove them; the History records them as **Removed**. ### Test before you send **Test connection** sits at the bottom of the **Flow** tab. Pick a sample record **From a list** or **From Saved** to see exactly what would be sent, then: - **Webhook:** sends one real request, marked `"test": true`, and shows the response. - **Slack:** posts one real message to the channel. - **Email:** sends a test mail to you only. - **All other targets** (CRMs, sequencers, Sheets, Another list, Other app): **Check (writes nothing)** looks the record up in the target and reports what would happen, without writing anything. The test uses the saved setup, so save your changes first. ### History The **History** tab lists every attempt with its result (Sent, Failed, Removed), the time, and for each one the data that was sent and the target's answer. Filter by Sent or Failed. History is kept for 30 days. **Related topics:** pipelines-overview · pipeline-marks · email-pipeline · pipelines-crm-slack-and-webhook · selecting-rows · saved-contacts. ### FAQ #### How do I add records to a pipeline? Select rows in a list or contacts in Saved, then click Add → Send to pipeline and pick the pipeline. For a single saved contact, use Add → Send to pipeline in its contact drawer. The records wait under the pipeline's Entries tab until someone clicks Send. #### Can I send contacts straight from Person Search or the Inbox to a pipeline? From the Inbox, yes: select recognized contacts and use Add → Send to pipeline, and they are saved to Saved first. Results in Person Search, Segment Search or AI Research must be saved or added to a list first, because pipelines only take stored records. #### I added records, why haven't they been sent yet? Pipelines never send on their own. Open the pipeline on the Pipelines page, go to Entries and click Send for selected entries or Send all. If nothing goes out, check that the pipeline isn't Paused. #### What does the status "Check" or "Missing" mean on an entry? The pipeline's data check (Only send with) requires a field this record doesn't have, for example an e-mail address, so it waits and is not sent. Fill or enrich the missing field and click Send again; the record is checked again and goes out when complete. #### Does the pipeline send the data as it was when I added the record? No, each record is read at the moment it is sent. Edits and enrichment results you added after putting it into the pipeline are included. #### What happens if I add the same record twice? It stays in the pipeline once. The confirmation counts it as "already in", and the existing entry keeps its state. #### A pipeline entry failed, how do I retry it? Failed entries stay under Entries as Error with the reason shown, for example an expired connection or a missing e-mail. Fix the cause and click Send again; ListPlus does not retry automatically. The Errors filter shows only the failed ones. #### How do I remove an entry from a pipeline without sending it? On the pipeline's Entries tab, select the entries and remove them. They are logged as Removed in the History, and the record itself stays untouched in your list or Saved. #### How do I test a pipeline before sending real records? Open the Flow tab, expand Test connection at the bottom and pick a sample record From a list or From Saved. A webhook gets one real request marked "test": true, Slack gets one real message and Email mails only you; CRMs, sequencers, Sheets and the other targets use Check (writes nothing) and only report what would happen. #### What does the History tab show and how long is it kept? Every send attempt with its result (Sent, Failed or Removed), the time, the data that was sent and the target's answer. History is kept for 30 days. --- ## Seeing which pipelines a record went through Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/pipelines/pipeline-marks Last updated: 2026-09-28 Every list row and saved contact remembers the latest state it reached in each pipeline. You can see it on the record itself and turn it into a filterable column, so you always know whether a lead already went to your CRM, Slack or team mail. ### Where you see it - **In a list:** open a row's record panel. At the bottom, the section **In pipelines** lists each pipeline the record was added to: the target's icon, the pipeline name, the state and the date. Click a line to open that pipeline. - **In Saved:** open the contact drawer of a saved contact; the same **In pipelines** section appears there. The section only shows up once a record has been added to at least one pipeline. Deleted pipelines drop out of it. ### What the states mean - **waiting** — added, not sent yet. - **data check** — held back because a field required by the pipeline's data check is missing. - **sent** — delivered successfully. - **failed** — the last attempt failed; the entry is still in the pipeline for another try. - **removed** — someone removed it from the pipeline without sending. Only the most recent state per pipeline is kept on the record. The full sequence of attempts is in the pipeline's **History** tab (30 days). ### Filter a list by pipeline state In the record panel, click **As column** next to a pipeline ("Show as a list column – filterable and sortable"). A read-only column **Pipeline: (name)** appears with coloured state tags. Filter it like any column, for example to show only rows that are **sent**, or pick **(Blanks)** to find rows that were never added to that pipeline. The column is a view aid: it isn't saved with the list, so add it again after reopening the list. A duplicated list starts without pipeline marks. ### "Open in ListPlus" links Slack messages and pipeline e-mails can carry an **Open in ListPlus** link per record. It opens the exact row in its list (with the record panel open) or the saved contact, after you sign in. Only members of the workspace can open it. **Related topics:** pipelines-overview · send-records-to-a-pipeline · list-editor-tour · saved-contacts · search-filter-sort-replace. ### FAQ #### How can I see if a contact was already sent to a pipeline? Open the row's record panel in the list, or the contact drawer of a saved contact, and look at the In pipelines section at the bottom. It lists every pipeline the record was added to with its latest state and date; click a line to open that pipeline. #### What do the pipeline states waiting, data check, sent, failed and removed mean? waiting = added but not sent yet; data check = held back because a required field is missing; sent = delivered; failed = the last attempt failed and the entry waits for another try; removed = taken out of the pipeline without sending. Only the latest state per pipeline is shown on the record. #### How do I filter my list by pipeline status? In the record panel, click As column next to the pipeline; a read-only column "Pipeline: (name)" appears with state tags. Filter or sort it like any column, and use (Blanks) to find rows that were never added to that pipeline. #### Why did the pipeline column disappear from my list? The Pipeline column added with As column is a temporary view and isn't saved with the list. Open any record panel and click As column again to bring it back. #### Why don't I see "In pipelines" on a record? The section only appears once the record has been added to at least one pipeline, and pipelines that were deleted drop out of it. In the contact drawer it shows for saved contacts only, and a duplicated list starts without marks. #### Where can I see every attempt, not just the latest state? The record shows only its latest state per pipeline. Open the pipeline (click the line in In pipelines) and go to the History tab for each attempt, its result and the target's answer, kept for 30 days. #### What does "Open in ListPlus" in a Slack message or pipeline mail open? It opens that exact record: the row in its list with the record panel open, or the saved contact in Saved. You need to sign in, and only members of the workspace can open it. --- ## Sending entries by e-mail to your team Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/pipelines/email-pipeline Last updated: 2026-09-28 The **Email** target sends the entries of a pipeline as one digest mail to members of your workspace, for example "new trade-fair leads for the sales team". The mail lists each contact with a link to a contact card, and a button to view and download all entries. ### Set it up 1. On the Pipelines page, click **New pipeline** and choose **Email** ("Digest mail with links to members of your workspace"). 2. Under **Recipients**, tick the workspace members who should get the mail. You are preselected; up to 50 recipients. 3. Optional: enter a **Subject**. Left empty, it reads "12 new entries in “(pipeline name)”". Your own subject can use the two placeholders shown under the field, for the number of entries and the pipeline name. 4. Optional, under **Data & advanced settings**: choose the **Fields for overview and download**. The mail itself always shows only name · position · company. 5. Click **Create pipeline** and send a test (see below). ### What recipients get Each click on **Send** or **Send all** creates **one** mail with all the selected entries (up to 1,000; anything beyond stays waiting for the next send). It comes from ListPlus , in the language of the person who clicked Send. All recipients are on the same mail and can see each other's addresses. For every entry the mail shows name · position · company with: - a link to a **contact card** that shows the contact's current data from ListPlus, and - **Open in ListPlus**, which opens the record in the app for signed-in members. The button **View all & download** opens an overview "(number) entries from “(pipeline)”" with **Download: XLSX · CSV · JSON**, containing the fields you chose. ### The links are public for 30 days Contact cards and the overview open **without a login** for anyone who has the link, and show the **full contact** as it currently is in ListPlus (not only the fields you selected). They stay valid for **30 days after sending**. The mail says so in its footer: "The links show the current data and stay valid for 30 days. Forwarding this mail shares the links." If a record was deleted in the meantime, its card shows "This entry is no longer available". To stop the links early, delete the pipeline (or the whole workspace); that ends every link it sent. Removing a member from the workspace doesn't end links they already received. ### Recipients must be members Only current members of the workspace can be recipients. Membership is checked again at every send: a person who left shows "No longer a member – deselect", and the send fails until you deselect them. ### Errors - **Recipient blocked (bounce/spam complaint)** — one recipient's address bounced or marked a mail as spam earlier. Because it is one mail, the whole send fails and all its entries show as failed. Remove that recipient and send again. - **Too many mails at once – try again in a moment.** - **The mail was rejected.** / **The mail could not be sent.** — send again later. ### Test and cost **Test connection** on the Flow tab sends a test mail with a real record **only to you**, with "[Test]" in front of the subject. The Email target is free: no credits, on every plan. After a send, the History shows "Mailed to (number) recipients". **Related topics:** pipelines-overview · send-records-to-a-pipeline · pipeline-marks · invite-teammates · where-is-my-data. ### FAQ #### How do I e-mail new leads to my team from ListPlus? Create a pipeline with New pipeline, choose Email, tick the recipients from your workspace and save with Create pipeline. Add records to it with Add → Send to pipeline, then click Send: everyone selected gets one digest mail with all the entries. #### Can I send the pipeline mail to people outside my workspace? No, recipients can only be current members of the workspace, up to 50 per pipeline. To reach someone else, invite them to the workspace first, or forward the mail (which shares its links). #### What is in the pipeline e-mail? One mail per send with every entry as name · position · company, each linked to a contact card and to Open in ListPlus, plus a View all & download button. There are no attachments; a single mail carries up to 1,000 entries, and any beyond that wait for the next send. #### Can I change the subject of the pipeline mail? Yes, enter your own Subject in the pipeline's settings; left empty it reads "12 new entries in “(pipeline name)”". Your own subject can use the placeholders shown under the field for the number of entries and the pipeline name. #### How do I download the entries as Excel, CSV or JSON? Click View all & download in the mail. The overview page offers Download: XLSX · CSV · JSON with the fields chosen under Fields for overview and download in the pipeline's settings. #### Do recipients need to log in to open the contact links? No, the contact cards and the overview open without a login for anyone with the link, and they show the full, current contact from ListPlus, not only the selected fields. Only Open in ListPlus requires signing in as a workspace member. #### How long do the links in a pipeline mail work? 30 days from sending. After that, or if the pipeline or workspace is deleted, the links stop working; a record deleted in the meantime shows "This entry is no longer available". #### What happens if someone forwards the pipeline mail? Forwarding shares the links: whoever receives the forwarded mail can open the contact cards and the download page for the rest of the 30 days. Forward only to people who may see this contact data. #### How do I stop the links in a mail I already sent? Delete the pipeline (owners and admins); that ends every link it sent. Removing a member from the workspace does not end links they already received. #### Can recipients see who else got the pipeline mail? Yes, all recipients are on the same mail, so each one sees the others' addresses. Use a separate Email pipeline if some people should get their own mail. #### What does "Recipient blocked (bounce/spam complaint)" mean? One recipient's address bounced before or reported a mail as spam, so mail to them is blocked. Because every send is one shared mail, the whole send fails and its entries show as failed; deselect that recipient and click Send again. #### Where does the test mail of an Email pipeline go? Only to you, the person who clicks Test connection, with "[Test]" in front of the subject and one real record. The chosen recipients get nothing until you send real entries. --- ## Pipelines to Slack, CRMs, sequencers, Sheets and webhooks Source: https://listplus.ai/en/help/pipelines/pipelines-crm-slack-and-webhook Last updated: 2026-09-28 This article explains what each external pipeline target does and how to set it up. For creating a pipeline, adding records and sending them, see "[Pipelines — send records on to your CRM, Slack, e-mail or API](https://listplus.ai/en/help/pipelines/pipelines-overview)" and "Adding records to a pipeline and sending them". The Email target has its own article. ### Connected accounts Slack, CRMs, sequencers and Google Sheets use a **connected account**. In the pipeline setup, pick one under **Choose account …** or click **Connect new account**; the service's own sign-in window opens. Connected accounts belong to the workspace: every member's pipelines can use them, and actions run in the name of the person who connected the account. Manage them under **Settings → Connected accounts**. See "What access you grant when connecting a CRM or app". ### The "Preview" badge Salesforce, Pipedrive, Close, Lemlist, Instantly, Google Sheets and Other app show a **Preview** badge: "Built from the provider's documentation but not yet verified with a real account. Try it with “Test connection” and a few contacts first." They work like the other targets; start with a test and a few records. Webhook, Slack, HubSpot, Attio, Another list and Email carry no badge. ### Slack **Post a message to a channel.** Choose the Slack account and the **Channel**. Messages appear under the name of the person who connected the Slack account, and that person must be a member of the channel. Each record becomes one card: an optional **Intro line** (with placeholders and @here), name and job title · company, up to 10 fields, and optional buttons **Open in ListPlus**, **LinkedIn** and **Website**. Slack posts about one message per second, so large sends take a moment. ### CRMs: HubSpot, Attio, Salesforce, Pipedrive, Close Each record is matched by **e-mail address**, so a record without an e-mail is held by the data check. New contacts are always created. For an existing one you choose: **Only fill empty fields** (default), **Leave it – only create new ones**, or **Overwrite with our values**. - **HubSpot:** creates or updates a contact; optional **Add to list** (static list; existing contacts are added too). - **Attio:** creates or updates a person; optional list of people. - **Salesforce:** **Create as** Lead or Contact. A new lead needs a last name and a company, a new contact a last name. - **Pipedrive:** creates or updates a person and links the company as an organization (created if needed). - **Close:** new contacts go to the lead with the same company name, otherwise a new lead is created. The History shows the outcome per record, for example "Contact created", "Contact updated", "2 empty fields filled" or "Skipped – already exists". ### Sequencers: Lemlist and Instantly Both **add a contact as a lead to a campaign**. If the campaign is running, the sequence starts right away for new leads. - **Lemlist** needs an e-mail or a LinkedIn profile and a Lemlist plan with API access (from "Email Pro"). Options include skipping leads already in another campaign and letting Lemlist find or verify e-mails, which uses Lemlist credits. - **Instantly** connects with an API key (API v2) and needs a paid Instantly plan and an e-mail per lead. You choose whether to skip contacts already in a campaign, anywhere in the Instantly workspace, or add them anyway. ### Google Sheets **Append row** to a spreadsheet and sheet you pick. Columns are matched by the header row and shown under **Map columns** for you to check; an empty sheet gets a header row on the first send. Options: **Skip if the e-mail is already in the sheet** and **Add missing columns at the end**. Columns added to the sheet later stay empty until you map them. ### Webhook (n8n, Make, Zapier or your own API) Paste the **Webhook URL** (HTTPS, public host; redirects are not followed). Under Data & advanced settings, choose the method (POST, PUT or PATCH), **Auth** (None, Bearer token, API key header or Basic auth) and additional headers; their values are stored encrypted and never shown again. Each record is sent as its own JSON request; a response within 15 seconds with a 2xx status counts as sent. ### Another list and Other app - **Another list** appends each contact as a row to a list of your workspace. Choose **Merge – only fill empty cells** or **Always append a new row**. It can't write into the list a record came from. - **Other app** runs a ready-made action of another connected app. You map each action field; most such actions only create records, so duplicates can occur. ### For advanced users **Payload (version 1).** Each webhook request body is JSON with `version`, `test` (true for tests), `pipeline` (`id`, `name`), `delivery` (`id`, `attempt`, `sentAt`), `source` (`type` "list" with list id, list name and record id, or "saved" with the record id) and `record`. In `record`, known columns appear under their content type (`email`, `first_name`, `company_name` …) regardless of the column name, so one pipeline works for every list; with **All fields**, other columns go under `extra` with their original name. Empty values are left out. **Headers.** `X-ListPlus-Delivery` is stable for one entry across all attempts, so use it as your idempotency key. `X-ListPlus-Pipeline` carries the pipeline id. `X-ListPlus-Signature: sha256=…` is an HMAC-SHA256 of the exact request body, keyed with the pipeline's **Signing secret**. **Signing secret.** It is shown once, when the pipeline is created, and can't be displayed again. **New secret** replaces it; the old one stops working right away. To verify a request, compute the HMAC-SHA256 of the raw body with your secret, prefix it with `sha256=` and compare it to the header in constant time. **Related topics:** pipelines-overview · send-records-to-a-pipeline · email-pipeline · crm-credentials · zapier-make-n8n · send-to-sequencers. ### FAQ #### How do I post new leads to a Slack channel? Create a pipeline with New pipeline, choose Slack, pick the connected Slack account and the Channel, and optionally set an intro line and the fields for the card. Each record you send becomes one message card; the person who connected the Slack account must be a member of that channel. #### Whose name do the Slack messages from a pipeline appear under? Under the name of the person who connected the Slack account in your workspace. If Slack says "You're not a member of this channel – join it in Slack", that person needs to join the channel. #### Which connected account does a pipeline use, and can my colleagues use mine? Each pipeline uses the account chosen in its setup. Connected accounts belong to the workspace, so pipelines of any member can use them, and actions run in the name of the person who connected the account. #### How does a CRM pipeline handle contacts that already exist? HubSpot, Attio, Salesforce, Pipedrive and Close match by e-mail address and always create new contacts. For an existing one you choose Only fill empty fields (default), Leave it – only create new ones, or Overwrite with our values. #### Why is my record not sent to HubSpot or Salesforce? CRM targets match contacts by e-mail, so a record without one waits under Entries as Check with "Missing: …" naming the e-mail field. Salesforce also needs a last name and a company for a new lead, or a last name for a new contact. #### What does the "Preview" badge on a pipeline target mean? The target was built from the provider's documentation but not yet verified with a real account. It currently applies to Salesforce, Pipedrive, Close, Lemlist, Instantly, Google Sheets and Other app; run Test connection and send a few records before a large batch. #### Can a pipeline add leads to a Lemlist or Instantly campaign? Yes, choose Lemlist or Instantly and pick the campaign; if the campaign is running, the sequence starts right away for new leads. Lemlist needs a plan with API access (from Email Pro), Instantly an API key (v2) and a paid Instantly plan. #### How does a Google Sheets pipeline decide which column gets which value? Columns are matched by the sheet's header row and shown under Map columns for you to check; an empty sheet gets a header row on the first send. Columns added to the sheet later stay empty until you map them. #### How do I send records to n8n, Zapier or Make with a pipeline? Create a pipeline with the Webhook target, paste your n8n, Zapier or Make webhook URL (HTTPS) and optionally set method, Auth and headers. Each record is sent as one JSON request; use Test connection to send a sample marked "test": true first. #### How do I verify that a webhook request really came from ListPlus? Every request carries X-ListPlus-Signature: sha256= followed by an HMAC-SHA256 of the raw body, keyed with the pipeline's Signing secret. Compute the same value with your secret and compare; the secret is shown only once, and New secret replaces it immediately. #### What does the webhook payload of a pipeline look like? JSON with version, test, pipeline, delivery (id, attempt, sentAt), source (list or saved) and record, where known fields use fixed keys like email, first_name and company_name whatever your column is called. The X-ListPlus-Delivery header stays the same for every attempt of one entry, so you can use it to ignore duplicates. #### Can a pipeline copy contacts into another list? Yes, choose Another list and pick a list of your workspace; decide between Merge – only fill empty cells and Always append a new row. It can't write into the list the record came from. #### My tool isn't in the pipeline catalog, what can I do? Use the Webhook target with n8n, Make or Zapier, or Other app to run a ready-made action of another connected app, where you map each field yourself. Other app actions usually only create records, so duplicates can occur. ---